Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2008
Registration No. 333-152973
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
Delaware   7374   26-2994223
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
(201) 469-2000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
 
 
Kenneth E. Thompson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
(201) 469-2000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
Richard J. Sandler
Ethan T. James
Davis Polk & Wardwell
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
  Eric J. Friedman
Richard B. Aftanas
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o                  
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
                                       (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
 
             
Title of Each Class
    Proposed Maximum Aggregate
    Amount of
of Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)     Registration Fee
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share
    $750,000,000     $29,475(3)
             
(1)  Includes shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(3)  Previously paid.
 
      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
(Subject to Completion)
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Dated November 20, 2008
 
          Shares
 
(VERISK ANALYTICS, INC. LOGO)
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
 
Class A Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is our initial public offering of common stock. Our stockholders are selling all of the shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, offered by this prospectus. We are not selling any shares in this offering. We expect the public offering price to be between $      and $      per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares.
 
After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “     .”
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
         
   
Per Share
  Total
 
Public offering price
  $          $       
Underwriting discount
  $          $       
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $          $       
 
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional           shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The shares will be ready for delivery on or about          , 2008.
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch & Co. Morgan Stanley
 
 
 
 
          , 2008


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    10  
    20  
    20  
    21  
    22  
    22  
    23  
    24  
    26  
    49  
    70  
    88  
    92  
    94  
    98  
    100  
    102  
    106  
    106  
    106  
    F-1  
  EX-1.1: FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
  EX-4.2: PRUDENTIAL UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-4.3: AMENDMENT NO.1 TO THE UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-4.4: AMENDMENT NO.2 TO THE UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-4.5: AMENDMENT NO.3 TO THE UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-4.6: WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO.4 TO THE UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-4.7: NEW YORK LIFE UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
  EX-10.5: SCHEDULE OF MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENTS
  EX-23.1: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
  EX-23.2: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
  EX-23.3: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
 
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will have effected an internal reorganization whereby our predecessor, Insurance Services Office, Inc., or ISO, will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and all outstanding shares of ISO common stock will be replaced with common stock of the Company. We will immediately thereafter effect an approximately     -for-one split of our common stock. Unless otherwise stated herein or the context otherwise requires, the terms “Verisk,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Verisk Analytics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the reorganization described above, and prior to such reorganization these terms refer to ISO and its consolidated subsidiaries through which we are currently conducting our operations. In addition, except as the context otherwise requires, the share and per share information in this prospectus gives effect to the stock split that will occur immediately after the reorganization.
 
Until          , 2008, 25 days after the commencement of this offering, all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements.
 
Company Overview
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of detailed actuarial and underwriting data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage industries, and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions, in the form of our data, statistical models or tailored analytics, to make more logical decisions. We develop solutions which our customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk, in what we define as the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework: Prediction of Loss, Selection and Pricing of Risk, Detection and Prevention of Fraud, and Quantification of Loss.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics.
 
Risk Assessment:   We are the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our proprietary and unique databases describe premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities in addition to other properties and attributes. Our largest P&C insurance database includes nearly 14 billion records, and, in each of the past three years, we updated the database with over 2 billion validated new records. We use our data, for example, to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standard and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   We provide solutions in each of the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework by combining algorithms and analytic methods, which incorporate our proprietary data. Our unique data sets include approximately 600 million P&C insurance claims, historic natural catastrophe data covering more than 50 countries, data from more than 13 million applications for mortgage loans and over 300 million U.S. criminal records. Customers integrate our solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. We are a leading developer of catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. We also develop solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. Our fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, healthcare and mortgage sectors.
 
We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs. The embedded nature of our solutions serves to strengthen and extend our relationships. In 2007, our U.S. customers included all of the top 100 P&C insurance providers, four of the 10 largest Blue Cross Blue Shield plans, four of the seven leading mortgage insurers, 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders, and 8 of the 10 largest global reinsurers. Approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenue, have been our customers for each of the last five years. Further, from 2003 to 2007, revenues generated from these top 200 customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 13%.
 
We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are typically pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenues in 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we had revenues of $802 million and $662 million, respectively, and net income of $150 million and $122 million, respectively. For the five year


1


Table of Contents

period ended December 31, 2007, our revenues and net income have grown at a CAGR of 13.8% and 21.2%, respectively.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe there is a long-term trend for companies to set strategy and direct operations using data and analytics to guide their decisions, which has resulted in a large and rapidly growing market for professional and business information. According to Veronis Suhler Stevenson, an industry consultant, in a report dated September 2006, spending on professional and business information services in the U.S. reached $61 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8% through 2010. Another research firm, International Data Corporation, or IDC, in a report dated March 2008, estimates that the business analytics services market, which totaled $32 billion in 2007, will grow at a CAGR of 9% through 2012.
 
We believe that the consistent decline in the cost of computing power contributes to the trend towards greater use of data and analytics. As a result, larger data sets are assembled faster and at a lower cost per record while the complexity and accuracy of analytical applications and solutions have expanded. This trend has led to an increase in the use of analytic output, which can be generated and applied more quickly, resulting in more informed decision making. As computing power increases, cost decreases and accuracy improves, we believe customers will continue to apply and integrate data and analytic solutions more broadly.
 
Companies that engage in risk transactions, including P&C insurers, healthcare payors and mortgage lenders and insurers, are particularly motivated to use enhanced analytics because of several factors affecting risk markets, including:
 
  •      the total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing;
 
  •      the number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial; and
 
  •      the failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in financial performance.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
 
  •      Our Solutions are Embedded In Our Customers’ Critical Decision Processes.   Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions and to price risk appropriately. In the U.S. P&C insurance industry, our solutions for prospective loss costs, policy language, rating/underwriting rules and regulatory filing services are the industry standard. In the U.S. healthcare and mortgage industries, our predictive models, loss estimation tools and fraud identification applications are the primary solutions that allow customers to understand their risk exposures and proactively manage them. Over the last three years, we have retained 98% of our customers across all of our businesses, which we believe reflects our customers’ recognition of the value they derive from our solutions.
 
  •      Extensive and Differentiated Data Assets and Analytic Methods.   We maintain what we believe are some of the largest, most accurate, and most complete databases in the markets we serve. Much of the information we provide is not available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. As a result, our accumulated experience and years of significant investment have given us a competitive advantage in serving our customers.
 
  •      Culture of Continuous Improvement.   Our intellectual capital and focus on continuous improvement have allowed us to develop proprietary algorithms and solutions that assist our customers in making informed risk decisions. Our team includes approximately 390 individuals with advanced degrees, certifications and professional designations in such fields as actuarial science, data management, mathematics, statistics, economics, soil mechanics, meteorology and various engineering disciplines. Our compensation and benefit plans are pay-for-performance-


2


Table of Contents

  oriented, including incentive compensation plans and substantial equity participation by employees. Today, our employees own approximately 30% of the company.
 
  •      Attractive Operating Model.   We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Over the past five years, we have grown our revenues at a CAGR of 13.8% through the successful execution of our business plan. These results reflect strong organic revenue growth, new product development and selected acquisitions. We have made, and continue to make, investments in people, data sets, analytic solutions, technology, and complementary businesses. The key components of our strategy include:
 
  •      Increase Sales to Insurance Customers.   We expect to expand the application of our solutions in insurance customers’ internal risk and underwriting processes. Building on our deep knowledge of, and embedded position in, the insurance industry, we expect to sell more solutions to existing customers tailored to individual insurance segments. By increasing the breadth and relevance of our offerings, we believe we can strengthen our relationships with customers and increase our value to their decision making in critical ways.
 
  •      Develop New, Proprietary Data Sets and Predictive Analytics.   We work with our customers to understand their evolving needs. We plan to create new solutions by enriching our mix of proprietary data sets, analytic solutions and effective decision support across the markets we serve. We constantly seek to add new data sets that can further leverage our analytic methods, technology platforms and intellectual capital.
 
  •      Leverage Our Intellectual Capital to Expand into Adjacent Markets and New Customer Sectors.   Our organization is built on nearly four decades of intellectual property in risk management. We believe we can continue to profitably expand the use of our intellectual capital and apply our analytic methods in new markets, where significant opportunities for long-term growth exist. We also continue to pursue growth through targeted international expansion. We have already demonstrated the effectiveness of this strategy with our expansion into healthcare and non-insurance financial services.
 
  •      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement Our Leadership Positions.   We will continue to expand our data and analytics capabilities across industries. While we expect this will occur primarily through organic growth, we have and will continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to customers. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for shareholders. We have acquired 14 businesses in the past five years, which in the aggregate have increased their revenue with a weighted average CAGR of 40% over the same period.
 
Risk Factors
 
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in evaluating an investment in our common stock.


3


Table of Contents

Corporate History and Information
 
We were formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, we have transformed our business by deepening and broadening our data assets, entering new markets, placing a greater emphasis on analytics and pursing strategic acquisitions to enhance these efforts. Members of our senior management operating team have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. This team has led our transformation to a successful for-profit entity and our expansion from P&C insurance into a variety of new markets.
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686 and our telephone number is (201) 469-2000.


4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
Class A common stock outstanding            shares
 
Over-allotment option            shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders
 
Class B common stock outstanding            shares
 
Sale and transfer restrictions on Class B common stock The Class B (Series 1) common stock is not transferable until 18 months after the date of this prospectus and the Class B (Series 2) common stock is not transferable until 30 months after the date of this prospectus.
 
These transfer restrictions are subject to limited exceptions, including transfers to another holder of Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Transfer Restrictions.”
 
Conversion of Class B common stock After termination of the restrictions on transfer described above for each series of Class B common stock, such series of Class B common stock will be automatically converted into Class A common stock. No later than 30 months after the date of this prospectus, there will be no outstanding shares of Class B common stock.
 
In the event that Class B common stock is transferred and converts into Class A common stock, it will have the effect of diluting the voting power of our existing holders of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Conversion.”
 
Use of proceeds The Company will not receive any proceeds from sale of Class A common stock in the offering.
 
Dividend policy Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend, in cash, at an annual rate initially equal to $      per share of Class A common stock (representing a quarterly rate initially equal to $      per share) commencing with the quarter ended          , 2008. Our Class B common stock will share ratably on an as-converted basis in such dividends. The declaration and payment of any dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, covenants in our debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
 
Stock symbol


5


Table of Contents

 
Unless the context requires otherwise, the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2008, giving effect to the stock split of          -for-one that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering. The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering does not take into account, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
  •                 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2008 at a weighted average exercise price of $      per share; and
 
  •      an aggregate of           shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for future issuances under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of the closing of this offering.


6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following summary historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2008 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 is derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that is not included in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in our opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or any future period.
 
Since January 1, 2005 we have acquired 10 businesses, which may affect the comparability of our financial statements.
 
                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
Statement of income data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Risk Assessment revenues
  $ 448,875     $ 472,634     $ 485,160     $ 365,553     $ 378,542  
Decision Analytics revenues
    196,785       257,499       317,035       234,158       283,539  
                                         
Revenues
    645,660       730,133       802,195       599,711       662,081  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenues
    294,911       331,804       357,191       261,845       288,985  
Selling, general and administrative
    88,723       100,124       107,576       82,589       91,293  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,024       28,007       31,745       23,297       25,478  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916       24,964       21,978  
                                         
Total expenses
    425,458       486,789       530,428       392,695       427,734  
                                         
Operating income
    220,202       243,344       271,767       207,016       234,347  
Other income/(expense):
                                       
Investment income and realized gains on securities, net
    2,932       6,101       9,308       6,688       319  
Interest expense
    (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )     (17,052 )     (22,566 )
                                         
Total other expense, net
    (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )     (10,364 )     (22,247 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    212,669       232,777       258,147       196,652       212,100  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )     (81,273 )     (90,311 )
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    126,947       145,856       154,963       115,379       121,789  


7


Table of Contents

                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)
    (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )     (3,322 )      
                                         
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374     $ 112,057     $ 121,789  
                                         
Basic income/(loss) per share (2) :
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58     $ 28.49     $ 32.93  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )     (0.82 )      
                                         
Net income per share
  $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44     $ 27.67     $ 32.93  
                                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03     $ 27.39     $ 31.63  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )     (0.79 )      
                                         
Net income per share
  $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93     $ 26.60     $ 31.63  
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928       4,049,460       3,698,519  
                                         
Diluted
    4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151       4,212,518       3,849,873  
                                         
Other data:
                                       
EBITDA(3):
                                       
Risk Assessment EBITDA
  $ 195,951     $ 202,872     $ 212,780     $ 160,018     $ 167,313  
Decision Analytics EBITDA
    66,075       95,333       124,648       95,259       114,490  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 262,026     $ 298,205     $ 337,428     $ 255,277     $ 281,803  
                                         
Purchases of fixed assets
  $ (24,019 )   $ (25,742 )   $ (32,941 )   $ (28,328 )   $ (22,323 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    174,071       223,499       248,521       193,034       194,046  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )     (54,812 )     (100,670 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
    (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )     (196,940 )     (66,489 )
 
                                         
    As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
                (In thousands)              
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049     $ 40,729     $ 51,024  
Total assets
    466,244       744,731       828,483       689,160       857,934  
Total debt(4)
    276,964       448,698       438,330       401,195       595,682  
Redeemable common stock(5)
    901,089       1,125,933       1,171,188       1,170,491       985,738  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (938,294 )     (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )     (1,196,933 )     (1,142,030 )
 
(1) As of December 31, 2007, we discontinued operations of our claim consulting business located in New Hope, Pennsylvania and the United Kingdom.
 
(2) In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc., which plans to effect a stock split of its common stock. Giving effect to the approximately          -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering, basic earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31,

8


Table of Contents

2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Diluted earnings per shares from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $      , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and $      and $      and $      and $      for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
(3) EBITDA is the financial measure which management uses to evaluate the performance of our segments. “EBITDA” is defined as income from continuing operations before investment income and interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. See note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 16 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Although EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for an analysis of our results of operations or cash flow from operating activities reported under U.S. GAAP. Management uses EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of its overall assessment of company performance. Some of these limitations are:
 
•     EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
•     EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
•     Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
•     Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
The following is a reconciliation of income from continuing operations to EBITDA:
 
                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 126,947     $ 145,856     $ 154,963     $ 115,379     $ 121,789  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed and intangible assets
    41,824       54,861       65,661       48,261       47,456  
Interest expense
    10,465       16,668       22,928       17,052       22,566  
Investment income and realized gains on securities, net
    (2,932 )     (6,101 )     (9,308 )     (6,688 )     (319 )
Provision for income taxes
    85,722       86,921       103,184       81,273       90,311  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 262,026     $ 298,205     $ 337,428     $ 255,277     $ 281,803  
 
(4) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(5) Prior to this offering, we are required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We could lose our access to data from external sources which could prevent us from providing our solutions.
 
We depend upon data from external sources, including data received from customers and various government and public record services, for information used in our databases. In general, we do not own the information in these databases, and the participating organizations could discontinue contributing information to the databases. Our data sources could withdraw or increase the price for their data for a variety of reasons, and we could also become subject to legislative or judicial restrictions on the use of such data, in particular if such data is not collected by the third parties in a way which allows us to legally use and/or process the data. In addition, many of our customers are significant stockholders of our company. Specifically, all of our Class B common stock is owned by insurers who are also our customers and provide us with a significant percentage of our data. If our customers’ percentage of ownership of our common stock decreases in the future, including as a result of this offering, there can be no assurance that our customers will continue to provide data to the same extent or on the same terms. If a substantial number of data sources, or certain key sources, were to withdraw or be unable to provide their data, or if we were to lose access to data due to government regulation or if the collection of data became uneconomical, our ability to provide solutions to our customers could be impacted, which could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
Agreements with our data suppliers are short-term agreements. Some suppliers are also competitors, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases and may cause some suppliers not to renew certain agreements. Our competitors could also enter into exclusive contracts with our data sources. If our competitors enter into such exclusive contracts, we may be precluded from receiving certain data from these suppliers or restricted in our use of such data, which would give our competitors an advantage. Such a termination or exclusive contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and operating results if we were unable to arrange for substitute sources.
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the U.S. P&C insurance industry. If there is a downturn in the U.S. insurance industry or that industry does not continue to accept our solutions, our revenues will decline.
 
Revenues derived from solutions we provide to the U.S. P&C insurance industry account for a substantial portion of our total revenues. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, approximately 66% of our revenue was derived from solutions provided to the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Also, sales of certain of our solutions are tied to premiums in the U.S. P&C insurance market, which may rise or fall in any given year due to loss experience and capital capacity and other factors in the insurance industry beyond our control. In addition, our revenues will decline if the insurance industry does not continue to accept these solutions. Factors that might affect the acceptance of these solutions by P&C insurers include the following:
 
  •      changes in the business analytics industry;
 
  •      changes in technology;
 
  •      our inability to obtain or use state fee schedule or claims data in our insurance solutions;
 
  •      saturation of market demand;
 
  •      loss of key customers;


10


Table of Contents

  •      industry consolidation; and
 
  •      failure to execute our customer-focused selling approach.
 
A downturn in the insurance industry or lower acceptance of our solutions by the insurance industry could result in a decline in revenues from that industry and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
There may be consolidation in our end customer market, which would reduce the use of our services.
 
Mergers or consolidations among our customers could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. This could adversely affect our revenues even if these events do not reduce the aggregate number of customers or the activities of the consolidated entities. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or that use fewer of our services, they may discontinue or reduce their use of our services. The adverse effects of consolidation will be greater in sectors that we are particularly dependent upon, for example, in the P&C insurance services sector. Any of these developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
If we are unable to develop successful new solutions or if we experience defects, failures and delays associated with the introduction of new solutions, our business could suffer serious harm.
 
Our growth and success depends upon our ability to develop and sell new solutions. If we are unable to develop new solutions, or if we are not successful in introducing and/or obtaining regulatory approval or acceptance for new solutions, we may not be able to grow our business, or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate. In addition, significant undetected errors or delays in new solutions may affect market acceptance of our solutions and could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. In the past, we have experienced delays while developing and introducing new solutions, primarily due to difficulties developing models, acquiring data and adapting to particular operating environments. Errors or defects in our solutions that are significant, or are perceived to be significant, could result in rejection of our solutions, damage to our reputation, loss of revenues, diversion of development resources, an increase in product liability claims, and increases in service and support costs and warranty claims.
 
We will continue to rely upon proprietary technology rights, and if we are unable to protect them, our business could be harmed.
 
Our success depends, in part, upon our intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a combination of copyright, patent, trade secret, and trademark laws and nondisclosure and other contractual restrictions on copying and distribution to protect our proprietary technology. This protection of our proprietary technology is limited, and our proprietary technology could be used by others without our consent. In addition, patents may not be issued with respect to our pending or future patent applications, and our patents may not be upheld as valid or may not prevent the development of competitive products. Any disclosure, loss, invalidity of, or failure to protect our intellectual property could negatively impact our competitive position, and ultimately, our business. Our protection of our intellectual property rights in the United States or abroad may not be adequate and others, including our competitors, may use our proprietary technology without our consent. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We could face claims for intellectual property infringement, which if successful could restrict us from using and providing our technologies and solutions to our customers.
 
There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings, particularly in the United States, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the information technology industry. There is a risk that we are infringing, or may in the future infringe, the intellectual property rights of third parties. We monitor third-party patents and patent applications that may be relevant to our technologies and solutions and


11


Table of Contents

we carry out freedom to operate analyses where we deem appropriate. However, such monitoring and analysis has not been, and is unlikely in the future to be, comprehensive, and it may not be possible to detect all potentially relevant patents and patent applications. Since the patent application process can take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that cover our products and technologies. As a result, we may infringe existing and future third-party patents of which we are not aware. As we expand our operations there is a higher risk that such activity could infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.
 
Third-party intellectual property infringement claims and any resultant litigation against us or our technology partners or providers, could subject us to liability for damages, restrict us from using and providing our technologies and solutions or operating our business generally, or require changes to be made to our technologies and solutions. Even if we prevail, litigation is time consuming and expensive to defend and would result in the diversion of management’s time and attention.
 
If a successful claim of infringement is brought against us and we fail to develop non-infringing technologies and solutions or to obtain licenses on a timely and cost effective basis this could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
Regulatory developments could negatively impact our business.
 
Because personal, public and non-public information is stored in some of our databases, we are vulnerable to government regulation and adverse publicity concerning the use of our data. We provide many types of data and services that already are subject to regulation under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, the European Union’s Data Protection Directive and to a lesser extent, various other federal, state, and local laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are designed to protect the privacy of the public and to prevent the misuse of personal information in the marketplace. However, many consumer advocates, privacy advocates, and government regulators believe that the existing laws and regulations do not adequately protect privacy. They have become increasingly concerned with the use of personal information, particularly social security numbers, department of motor vehicle data and dates of birth. As a result, they are lobbying for further restrictions on the dissemination or commercial use of personal information to the public and private sectors. Similar initiatives are under way in other countries in which we do business or from which we source data. The following legal and regulatory developments also could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows:
 
  •      amendment, enactment, or interpretation of laws and regulations which restrict the access and use of personal information and reduce the supply of data available to customers;
 
  •      changes in cultural and consumer attitudes to favor further restrictions on information collection and sharing, which may lead to regulations that prevent full utilization of our solutions;
 
  •      failure of our solutions to comply with current laws and regulations; and
 
  •      failure of our solutions to adapt to changes in the regulatory environment in an efficient, cost-effective manner.
 
Fraudulent data access and other security breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.
 
Security breaches in our facilities, computer networks, and databases may cause harm to our business and reputation and result in a loss of customers. Our systems may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar disruptive problems. Third-party contractors also may experience security breaches involving the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If users gain improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify confidential third-party information that is stored or transmitted on our networks.


12


Table of Contents

In addition, customers’ misuse of our information services could cause harm to our business and reputation and result in loss of customers. Any such misappropriation and/or misuse of our information could result in us, among other things, being in breach of certain data protection and related legislation.
 
A security or privacy breach may affect us in the following ways:
 
  •      deterring customers from using our solutions;
 
  •      deterring data suppliers from supplying data to us;
 
  •      harming our reputation;
 
  •      exposing us to liability;
 
  •      increasing operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach;
 
  •      affecting our ability to meet customers’ expectations; or
 
  •      causing inquiry from governmental authorities.
 
We may detect incidents in which consumer data has been fraudulently or improperly acquired. The number of potentially affected consumers identified by any future incidents is obviously unknown. Any such incident could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
 
We typically face a long selling cycle to secure new contracts that requires significant resource commitments, which result in a long lead time before we receive revenues from new relationships.
 
We typically face a long selling cycle to secure a new contract and there is generally a long preparation period in order to commence providing the services. We typically incur significant business development expenses during the selling cycle and we may not succeed in winning a new customer’s business, in which case we receive no revenues and may receive no reimbursement for such expenses. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the selling cycle or in maintaining contractual commitments after the implementation cycle, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may lose key business assets, including loss of data center capacity or the interruption of telecommunications links, the internet, or power sources, which could significantly impede our ability to do business.
 
Our operations depend on our ability, as well as that of third-party service providers to whom we have outsourced several critical functions, to protect data centers and related technology against damage from hardware failure, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, impacts of terrorism, breaches in security (such as the actions of computer hackers), natural disasters, or other disasters. The on-line services we provide are dependent on links to telecommunications providers. In addition, we generate a significant amount of our revenues through telesales centers and websites that we utilize in the acquisition of new customers, fulfillment of solutions and services and responding to customer inquiries. We may not have sufficient redundant operations to cover a loss or failure in all of these areas in a timely manner. Certain of our customer contracts provide that our on-line servers may not be unavailable for specified periods of time. Any damage to our data centers, failure of our telecommunications links or inability to access these telesales centers or websites could cause interruptions in operations that materially adversely affect our ability to meet customers’ requirements, resulting in decreased revenue, operating income and earnings per share.
 
We are subject to significant competition in many of the markets in which we operate and we may not be able to compete effectively.
 
Some markets in which we operate or which we believe may provide growth opportunities for us are highly competitive, and are expected to remain highly competitive. We compete on the basis of quality,


13


Table of Contents

customer service, product and service selection and price. Our competitive position in various market segments depends upon the relative strength of competitors in the segment and the resources devoted to competing in that segment. Due to their size, certain competitors may be able to allocate greater resources to a particular market segment than we can. As a result, these competitors may be in a better position to anticipate and respond to changing customer preferences, emerging technologies and market trends. In addition, new competitors and alliances may emerge to take market share away. We may be unable to maintain our competitive position in our market segments, especially against larger competitors. We may also invest further to upgrade our systems in order to compete. If we fail to successfully compete, our business, financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.
 
Our long-term business strategy includes growth through acquisitions. Future acquisitions may not be completed on acceptable terms and acquired assets, data or businesses may not be successfully integrated into our operations. Any acquisitions or investments will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions of businesses. Such risks include, among other things:
 
  •      failing to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a larger public company at acquired companies that prior to the acquisition lacked such controls, procedures and policies;
 
  •      paying more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets;
 
  •      failing to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses in an efficient, timely manner;
 
  •      assuming potential liabilities of an acquired company;
 
  •      managing the potential disruption to our ongoing business;
 
  •      distracting management focus from our core businesses;
 
  •      difficulty in acquiring suitable businesses;
 
  •      impairing relationships with employees, customers, and strategic partners;
 
  •      incurring expenses associated with the amortization of intangible assets;
 
  •      incurring expenses associated with an impairment of all or a portion of goodwill and other intangible assets due to changes in market conditions, weak economies in certain competitive markets, or the failure of certain acquisitions to realize expected benefits; and
 
  •      diluting the share value and voting power of existing stockholders.
 
The anticipated benefits of many of our acquisitions may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could harm our financial condition.
 
We fund our acquisitions through facilities that are uncommitted. Although we have capacity under our uncommitted facilities, lenders are not required to loan us any funds under such facilities. The current disruptions in the capital markets have caused banks and other credit providers to restrict availability of borrowing and new credit facilities. Therefore, future acquisitions may require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
 
To the extent the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information increases, the demand for some of our solutions may decrease.
 
Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information have become increasingly available recently, particularly through the internet, and this trend is expected to continue. Governmental agencies in particular have increased the amount of information to which they provide free public access. Public sources


14


Table of Contents

of free or relatively inexpensive information may reduce demand for our solutions. To the extent that customers choose not to obtain solutions from us and instead rely on information obtained at little or no cost from these public sources, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Our senior leadership team is critical to our continued success and the loss of such personnel could harm our business.
 
Our future success substantially depends on the continued service and performance of the members of our senior leadership team. These personnel possess business and technical capabilities that are difficult to replace. Members of our senior management operating team have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. If we lose key members of our senior management operating team, we may not be able to effectively manage our current operations or meet ongoing and future business challenges, and this may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may fail to attract and retain enough qualified employees to support our operations, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business and service our customers.
 
Our business relies on large numbers of skilled employees and our success depends on our ability to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees. If our attrition rate increases, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for employees not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, and there is a limited pool of employees who have the skills and training needed to do our work. If our business continues to grow, the number of people we will need to hire will increase. We will also need to increase our hiring if we are not able to maintain our attrition rate through our current recruiting and retention policies. Increased competition for employees could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business and service our customers, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.
 
We are subject to antitrust and other litigation, and may in the future become subject to further such litigation; an adverse outcome in such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, revenues and profitability.
 
We participate in businesses (particularly insurance-related businesses and services) that are subject to substantial litigation, including antitrust litigation. We are subject to the provisions of a 1995 settlement agreement in an antitrust lawsuit brought by various state Attorneys General and private plaintiffs which imposes certain constraints with respect to insurer involvement in our governance and business. We currently are defending against several putative class action lawsuits in which it is alleged that certain of our subsidiaries unlawfully have conspired with insurers with respect to their payment of insurance claims. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” Our failure to successfully defend or settle such litigation could result in liability that, to the extent not covered by our insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, revenues and profitability. Given the nature of our business, we may be subject to similar litigation in the future. Even if the direct financial impact of such litigation is not material, settlements or judgments arising out of such litigation could include further restrictions on our ability to conduct business, including potentially the elimination of entire lines of business, which could increase our cost of doing business and limit our prospects for future growth.
 
General economic, political and market forces and dislocations beyond our control could reduce demand for our solutions and harm our business.
 
The demand for our solutions may be impacted by domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including macroeconomic, political and market conditions, the availability of short-term and long-term funding and capital, the level and volatility of interest rates, currency exchange rates and inflation. The United States economy is currently undergoing a period of slowdown, which some observers view as a possible recession and both the future domestic and global economic environments may continue to be less favorable than those of recent years. Any one or more of these factors may contribute to reduced activity and


15


Table of Contents

prices in the securities markets generally and could result in a reduction in demand for our solutions, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.
 
The current global dislocation of the credit markets, which have significantly contributed to the slowdown described above, has not yet been fully accounted for by many financial institutions. A significant additional decline in the value of assets for which risk is transferred in market transactions could have an adverse impact on the demand for our solutions. In addition, the decline of the credit markets has reduced the number of mortgage originators, and therefore, the immediate demand for our related mortgage solutions. Specifically, certain of our fraud detection and prevention solutions are directed at the mortgage market. This decline in asset value and originations and an increase in foreclosure levels has also created greater regulatory scrutiny of mortgage originations and securitization. Any new regulatory regime may change the utility of our solutions for mortgage lenders and other participants in the mortgage lending industry and related derivative markets or increase our costs as we adapt our solutions to new regulation.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
There is no prior public market for our common stock and therefore an active trading market or any specific price for our common stock may not be established.
 
Currently, there is no public trading market for our common stock. We expect that our Class A common stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “     .” The initial public offering price per share was determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after our initial public offering. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and continue upon the completion of this offering and the market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.
 
The market price for our common stock may be volatile.
 
The market price for our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:
 
  •      actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;
 
  •      changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
 
  •      changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies engaged in our industry;
 
  •      regulatory developments in our industry affecting us, our customers or our competitors;
 
  •      announcements of technological developments;
 
  •      sales or expected sales of additional common stock;
 
  •      continued dislocations and downward pressure in the capital markets; and
 
  •      terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations.
 
In addition, securities markets generally and from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
 
We plan to issue a number of options to purchase Class A common stock to our directors and employees that could dilute your interest in us.
 
Upon the closing of this offering we will have           shares of Class A common stock available for issuance to our directors, executive officers and employees in connection with grants of options to purchase Class A common stock under our employee benefits arrangements. Issuances of Class A common


16


Table of Contents

stock to our directors, executive officers and employees pursuant to the exercise of stock options under our employee benefits arrangements will dilute your interest in us.
 
If there are substantial sales of our common stock, our stock price could decline.
 
The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem attractive. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, the           shares of common stock offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market, unless purchased by our affiliates.
 
Following this offering, our existing stockholders will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately           shares of our Class A common stock and           shares of our Class B common stock, representing in aggregate approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. Such stockholders will be able to sell their common stock in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to the lock-up periods described below, and subject to limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by securities laws. If any of these stockholders were to sell a large number of their common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In connection with this offering, we, our selling stockholders, our directors and certain members of our management have each agreed to enter into a lock-up agreement and thereby be subject to a lock-up period, meaning that they and their permitted transferees will not be permitted to sell any of their common stock without the prior consent of the underwriters for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Although we have been advised that there is no present intention to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. In addition, certain members of our management will be subject to a lock-up agreements with us whereby they will not be permitted to sell any of their common stock, subject to certain conditions, for a period of time after the pricing of this initial public offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Letter Agreements.”
 
Also, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Class B stockholders will not be able to sell any of their common stock, subject to certain conditions, to the public for a period of time after the pricing of this initial public offering. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of this prospectus. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors may approve exceptions to the limitation on transfers of our Class B common stock in their sole discretion, in connection with the sale of such Class B common stock in a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in such other limited circumstances as our board of directors may determine. Any Class B common stock sold to the public will first be converted to Class A common stock. Such further resale of our common stock could cause the price of our common stock to decline. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Conversion.”
 
Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, options to purchase approximately           shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering a total of approximately           shares of Class A common stock which will cover the shares available for issuance under our equity incentive plans (including for such outstanding options) as well as shares held for resale by our existing stockholders that were previously issued under our equity incentive plans. Such further issuance and resale of our common stock could cause the price of our common stock to decline.


17


Table of Contents

Also, in the future, we may issue our securities in connection with investments and acquisitions. The amount of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.
 
The holders of our Class B common stock have the right to elect up to three of our directors and their interests in our business may be different than yours.
 
Until no Class B common stock remains outstanding, the holders of our Class B common stock will have the right to elect up to three of our directors. Stockholders of the Class B common stock may not have the same incentive to approve a corporate action that may be favorable for the holders of Class A common stock, or their interests may otherwise conflict with yours. For example, holders of our Class B common stock may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment in us or the use of our solutions, but which might involve risks to holders of our Class A common stock, including a potential decrease in the price of our Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Voting Rights.”
 
Following this offering, changes in our capital structure and level of indebtedness and the terms of anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law and in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could diminish the value of our common stock and could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult or could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors.
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable or make it more difficult for stockholders to replace directors even if stockholders consider it beneficial to do so. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
 
  •      authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares to thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •      prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors;
 
  •      require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
 
  •      limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •      authorize the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock without stockholder approval, subject to the rules and regulations of the          ;
 
  •      prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
 
  •      establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may inhibit potential acquisition bids for us. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203, which regulates corporate acquisitions and limits the ability of a holder of 15% or more of our stock from acquiring the rest of our stock. Under Delaware law a corporation may opt out of the anti-takeover provisions, but we do not intend to do so.
 
These provisions may prevent a stockholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt


18


Table of Contents

to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
 
As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a public company. Following the completion of this offering, we will be a publicly traded company. Once we become a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we do not currently incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the applicable listing rules and rules implemented by the applicable foreign regulatory agencies, may require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect such rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly.


19


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
We have made statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed under the caption entitled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”
 
Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations.
 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
 
Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. We believe the data from third-party sources to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, but have not independently verified such data. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.


20


Table of Contents

 
THE REORGANIZATION
 
On May 23, 2008, in contemplation of our initial public offering, we formed Verisk Analytics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to be the new holding company for our business. It was initially formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will have effected an internal reorganization whereby ISO will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Verisk and all outstanding shares of ISO common stock will be replaced with common stock of Verisk.
 
This transaction will occur by the stockholders of ISO exchanging their Class A common stock and Class B common stock in ISO for Class A common stock and Class B common stock in Verisk, respectively, on a one-for-one basis. The Class B common stock of Verisk is sub-divided equally into two series of Class B common stock, Class B (Series 1) common stock and Class B (Series 2) common stock, as described in this prospectus. As part of this reorganization, our existing equity based compensation plans will be assigned to Verisk. As a result, all outstanding options issued under our existing equity based compensation plans will become options to acquire common stock of Verisk.
 
Immediately after the reorganization we will effect an approximately     -for-one split of our common stock in order to have a price per share equal to the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


21


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of common stock in this offering and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend, in cash, at an annual rate initially equal to $      per share of Class A common stock (representing a quarterly rate initially equal to $      per share) commencing with the quarter ended          , 2008. Our Class B common stock will share ratably on an as-converted basis in such dividends. The declaration and payment of any dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, covenants in our debt instruments, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.


22


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2008:
 
  •      on an actual basis; and
 
  •      on an as adjusted basis to give effect to changes in the terms of our capital stock in connection with this initial public offering and the consequent expiration of our obligations to redeem our Class A common stock.
 
This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of September 30, 2008  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (in thousands,
 
    except share numbers)  
 
Long-term debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
  $ 595,682     $ 595,682  
                 
Redeemable common stock:(1)
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $0.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 3,003,025 shares issued and 887,844 outstanding
    989,532        
Class A unearned ESOP shares
    (3,562 )      
Notes receivable from stockholders(2)
    (232 )      
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    985,738        
                 
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Class A common stock, $      par value per share,      shares authorized;      shares issued and      shares outstanding(3)
          30  
Class B (Series 1 and 2) common stock, $      par value per share,           shares authorized,           shares issued and           shares outstanding(3)
    100       100  
Additional paid-in capital(4)
          575,261  
Class A unearned ESOP shares(4)
          (3,562 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (57,171 )     (57,171 )
(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings
    (400,965 )     13,276  
Class A common stock, treasury stock,      shares
           
Class B (Series 1 and 2) common stock, treasury stock,      shares
    (683,994 )     (683,994 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,142,030 )     (156,060 )
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 439,390     $ 439,622  
                 
(1) Prior to this offering, we were required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.
 
(2) Prior to the filing of this prospectus, we provided full recourse loans to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. The loan program has been terminated and the loans were called by the Company. The remaining loan balance of $0.2 million was repaid in October 2008.
 
(3) Giving effect to the approximately           -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering.
 
(4) Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to accelerate the allocation of a portion of the shares to the ESOP, which will result in a non-recurring non-cash charge of approximately $      million, based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


23


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2008 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in our opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or any future period.
 
Since January 1, 2003 we have acquired 14 businesses, which may affect the comparability of our financial statements.
 
                                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Statement of income data:
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
Risk Assessment revenues
  $ 359,186     $ 403,616     $ 448,875     $ 472,634     $ 485,160     $ 365,553     $ 378,542  
Decision Analytics revenues
    118,897       144,711       196,785       257,499       317,035       234,158       283,539  
                                                         
Revenues
    478,083       548,327       645,660       730,133       802,195       599,711       662,081  
                                                         
Expenses:
                                                       
Cost of revenues
    256,917       263,332       294,911       331,804       357,191       261,845       288,985  
Selling, general and administrative
    75,075       81,020       88,723       100,124       107,576       82,589       91,293  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    20,261       19,569       22,024       28,007       31,745       23,297       25,478  
Amortization of intangible assets
    9,927       11,412       19,800       26,854       33,916       24,964       21,978  
                                                         
Total expenses
    362,180       375,333       425,458       486,789       530,428       392,695       427,734  
                                                         
Operating income
    115,903       172,994       220,202       243,344       271,767       207,016       234,347  
Other income/(expense):
                                                       
Investment income and realized gains on securities, net
    3,789       950       2,932       6,101       9,308       6,688       319  
Interest expense
    (2,333 )     (5,241 )     (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )     (17,052 )     (22,566 )
                                                         
Total other expense, net
    1,456       (4,291 )     (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )     (10,364 )     (22,247 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    117,359       168,703       212,669       232,777       258,147       196,652       212,100  
Provision for income taxes
    (47,745 )     (68,925 )     (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )     (81,273 )     (90,311 )
                                                         
Income from continuing operations
    69,614       99,778       126,947       145,856       154,963       115,379       121,789  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)
    (12 )     (508 )     (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )     (3,322 )      
                                                         
Net income
  $ 69,602     $ 99,270     $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374     $ 112,057     $ 121,789  
                                                         


24


Table of Contents

                                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Basic income/(loss) per share (2) :
                                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 10.91     $ 20.12     $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58     $ 28.49     $ 32.93  
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.10 )     (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )     (0.82 )      
                                                         
Net income per share
  $ 10.91     $ 20.02     $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44     $ 27.67     $ 32.93  
                                                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share:
                                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 10.62     $ 19.28     $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03     $ 27.39     $ 31.63  
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.10 )     (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )     (0.79 )      
                                                         
Net income per share
  $ 10.62     $ 19.18     $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93     $ 26.60     $ 31.63  
                                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
    6,382,836       4,958,161       4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928       4,049,460       3,698,519  
                                                         
Diluted
    6,557,950       5,174,281       4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151       4,212,518       3,849,873  
                                                         
Other data:
                                                       
Purchases of fixed assets
  $ (14,385 )   $ (17,516 )   $ (24,019 )   $ (25,742 )   $ (32,941 )   $ (28,328 )   $ (22,323 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    131,340       174,780       174,071       223,499       248,521       193,034       194,046  
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
    19,731       (41,851 )     (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )     (54,812 )     (100,670 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
    (150,912 )     (114,280 )     (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )     (196,940 )     (66,489 )
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     As of September 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 48,954     $ 67,700     $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049     $ 40,729     $ 51,024  
Total assets
    344,145       386,496       466,244       744,731       828,483       689,160       857,934  
Total debt(3)
    112,880       206,152       276,964       448,698       438,330       401,195       595,682  
Redeemable common stock(4)
    380,246       722,532       901,089       1,125,933       1,171,188       1,170,491       985,738  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (316,369 )     (737,929 )     (938,294 )     (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )     (1,196,933 )     (1,142,030 )
 
(1) As of December 31, 2007, we discontinued operations of our claim consulting business located in New Hope, Pennsylvania and the United Kingdom.
 
(2) In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc., which plans to effect a stock split of its common stock. Giving effect to the approximately          -for-one stock split that will have occurred prior to the completion of this offering, basic earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Diluted earnings per shares from continuing operations and discontinued operations would have been $      and $     , $      and $     , and $      and $      for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $      and $      and $      and $      for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
(3) Includes capital lease obligations.
 
(4) Prior to this offering, we are required to record our Class A common stock and vested options at redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within our control, due to our contractual obligations to redeem these shares. We classify this redemption value as redeemable common stock. Subsequent to this offering, we will no longer be obligated to redeem these shares and therefore we will not be required to record any redeemable common stock.

25


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the discussion under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in or implied by any of the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those listed under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions with greater efficiency and discipline. We refer to these products and services as ‘solutions’ due to the integration among our products and the flexibility that enables our customers to purchase components or the comprehensive package of products. These solutions take various forms, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow our clients to make more logical decisions. We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics. Our Risk Assessment segment provides statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our Risk Assessment segment revenues represented approximately 60% and 57% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. Our Decision Analytics segment provides solutions our customers use to analyze the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework: Prediction of Loss, Selection and Pricing of Risk, Detection and Prevention of Fraud, and Quantification of Loss. Our Decision Analytics segment revenues represented approximately 40% and 43% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
 
Executive Summary
 
Key Business Characteristics
 
We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Recurring Nature of Revenues.   We offer our solutions primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are generally pre-paid. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, 74% and 72% of our revenues, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions. Approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenues, have been our customers for each of the last five years. The combination of our historically high renewal rates, which we believe are due to the embedded nature of our solutions, and our subscription-based revenue model, results in predictable cash flows.
 
Scalable Solutions.   Our technology infrastructure and scalable solution platforms allow us to accommodate significant additional transaction volumes with limited incremental costs. This operating leverage enabled us to increase our EBITDA margins from 30.6% in 2003 to 42.1% in 2007.
 
Low Capital Intensity.   We have low capital needs that allow us to generate strong cash flow. In 2007, our operating income and capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue were 33.9% and 4.1%, respectively.


26


Table of Contents

Revenues
 
We earn revenues through subscriptions, long-term agreements and on a transactional basis. Subscriptions for our solutions are generally paid in advance of rendering services either quarterly or in full upon commencement of the subscription period, which is usually for one year and are automatically renewed each year. As a result, the timing of our cash flows generally precedes our recognition of revenues and income and our cash flow from operations tends to be higher in the first quarter as we receive subscription payments. Examples of these arrangements include subscriptions that allow our customers to access our standardized coverage language or our actuarial services throughout the subscription period. In general, we experience minimal seasonality within the business. Our long-term agreements are generally for periods of three to seven years. We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the subscription and most long-term agreements are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.
 
Certain of our solutions are also paid for by our customers on a transactional basis. For example, we have solutions that allow our customers to access fraud detection tools in the context of an individual mortgage application, obtain property-specific rating and underwriting information to price a policy on a commercial building, or compare a P&C insurance, medical or workers’ compensation claim with information in our databases. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, 26% and 28% of our revenues, respectively, were derived from providing transactional solutions. We earn transactional revenues as our solutions are delivered or services performed. In general, transactions are billed monthly at the end of each month.
 
More than 80% and 82% of the revenues in our Risk Assessment segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions. Our customers in this segment include most of the P&C insurance providers in the United States and we have retained approximately 99% of our P&C insurance customer base in each of the last five years. More than 63% and 59% of the revenues in our Decision Analytics segment, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, were derived from subscriptions and long-term agreements for our solutions.
 
Principal Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Personnel expenses are the major component of both our cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses. Personnel expenses include salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, equity compensation costs (described under “— Equity Compensation Costs” below), sales commissions, employment taxes, recruiting costs and outsourced temporary agency costs and represented 66% and 64% of our total expenses for each of the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
 
We allocate personnel expenses between two categories, cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative costs based on the actual costs associated with each employee. We categorize employees who maintain our solutions as cost of revenues, and all other personnel, including executive managers, sales people, marketing, business development, finance, legal, human resources and administrative services as selling, general and administrative expenses. A significant portion of our other operating costs, such as facilities and communications, are also either captured within cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expense, based on the nature of the work being performed.
 
While we expect to grow our headcount over time to take advantage of our market opportunities, we believe that the economies of scale in our operating model will allow us to grow our personnel expenses at a lower rate than revenues. Historically, our EBITDA margin has improved because we have been able to increase revenues without a proportionate corresponding increase in expenses.
 
Cost of Revenues.   Our cost of revenues consists primarily of personnel expenses. Cost of revenues also includes the expenses associated with the acquisition and verification of data, the maintenance of our existing solutions and the development and enhancement of our next-generation solutions. Within our Risk Assessment segment, much of our revenues are based on the data we receive from our customers. The costs


27


Table of Contents

for such revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $15.6 million and $11.8 million, respectively, and have declined as a percentage of revenue from 3.7% to 3.1% of our Risk Assessment segment revenues from December 31, 2005 to September 30, 2008.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense.   Our selling, general and administrative expense also consists primarily of personnel costs. A portion of the other operating costs such as facilities, insurance and communications are also allocated to selling, general and administrative costs based on the nature of the work being performed by the employee.
 
Description of Acquisitions
 
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to selectively acquire companies primarily to augment our Decision Analytics offerings. We have acquired ten businesses since January 2005, all of which are included in our Decision Analytics segment. Specifically, seven of these companies provide fraud identification and detection solutions and two of these companies provide loss prediction and selection solutions to the healthcare market. In addition, we acquired Xactware, Inc., or Xactware, in 2006, which provides loss quantification solutions for all phases of building repair and reconstruction. As a result of these acquisitions, our consolidated results of operations may not be comparable between periods.
 
In 2007, we acquired three companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $50.0 million and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows of $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In 2006, we acquired four companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $202.1 million, of which $188.0 million relates to Xactware, and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows of $11.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively. In 2005, we acquired three companies for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $62.7 million and funded contingency escrows of $14.4 million.
 
At September 30, 2008, the current and long-term portions of these escrows were $13.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. A portion of these escrows and other potential acquisition contingent payments are linked to performance targets and, in some cases, to continued employment of key principals. When tied to continued employment, these contingent payments must be expensed as compensation. Compensation expense related to these acquisition contingent payments for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $9.7 million, $9.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 were $3.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
 
We have entered into two letters of intent to acquire two unrelated businesses to be included in the Decision Analytics segment, in the P&C insurance and Healthcare industries. The letters of intent are not binding, but are subject to negotiations of definitive agreements. Both businesses’ core competencies, which include data service solutions and strong research and development capabilities, fit our focus on data, analytics and decision support. Subject to final agreements, the combined purchase price will be approximately $79.0 million and both are subject to additional contingent payments based on achievement of certain financial results. We plan to finance these acquisitions using cash from operations and the available capacity we have under our credit facilities. We believe that it is probable that these acquisitions will occur, and the closing dates for both acquisitions, subject to final contracts, may occur in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Equity Compensation Costs
 
We established a leveraged employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, funded with intercompany debt that includes 401(k), ESOP and profit sharing components to provide employees with equity participation. We make quarterly cash contributions to the plan equal to the debt service requirements. As the debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation.


28


Table of Contents

 
We accrue compensation expense ratably over the reporting period equal to the fair value of the shares to be released to the ESOP. As the value of our shares has increased, our compensation expense relating to our ESOP has increased as well. The amount of our equity compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
401(k) matching contribution expense:
                                       
Risk Assessment
  $ 4,466     $ 4,703     $ 4,914     $ 3,827     $ 4,087  
Decision Analytics
    1,689       2,105       2,788       2,116       2,387  
                                         
Total 401(k) matching contribution expense
    6,155       6,808       7,702       5,943       6,474  
                                         
Profit sharing contribution expenses:
                                       
Risk Assessment
                473       358       544  
Decision Analytics
                268       198       318  
                                         
Total profit sharing contribution expense
                741       556       862  
                                         
ESOP allocation expense:
                                       
Risk Assessment
    5,422       8,105       8,807       6,363       6,324  
Decision Analytics
    2,051       3,627       4,997       3,518       3,693  
                                         
Total ESOP allocation expense
    7,473       11,732       13,804       9,881       10,017  
                                         
Total ESOP costs
  $ 13,628     $ 18,540     $ 22,247     $ 16,380     $ 17,353  
                                         
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to accelerate the allocation of a portion of the shares to the ESOP, which will result in a non-recurring non-cash charge of approximately $      million, based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result, subsequent to the offering, the non-cash ESOP allocation expense will be substantially reduced. Non-cash charges relating specifically to our 401(k) and profit sharing were $6.8 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and we expect this level of charges to continue to grow in the future.
 
In addition, the portion of the ESOP allocation expense related to the appreciation of the value of the shares in the ESOP above the value of those shares when the ESOP was first established is not tax deductible. Therefore, we believe the accelerated allocation will result in a reduction of approximately 3% to our effective tax rate from 2008 to 2009.
 
On January 1, 2005, we adopted FAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” or FAS No. 123(R), using a prospective approach, which required us to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption. Therefore, since January 1, 2005 the expense associated with the number of options granted has increased every year. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2005 we expensed the option grants vested in 2005, but for the year ended December 31, 2006 we expensed the option grants vested in 2005 and 2006. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock Based Compensation.”
 
Public Company Expenses
 
Beginning in 2008, our selling, general and administrative costs increased as we prepared for this initial public offering; for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, such costs were $3.5 million. Following the offering, we will incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses related to operating as a public company, such as increased legal and accounting expenses, the cost of an investor relations function, costs related to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased director and officer insurance premiums.


29


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to grant           shares of our Class A common stock to our directors, officers and employees in the form of stock options, performance shares, performance unit awards, restricted shares or restricted stock awards. Assuming that all of the performance measures are met, we expect the related expense to be approximately $      million, $      million and $      million for 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. See “Management — Executive Compensation — Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.”
 
Trends Affecting Our Business
 
A portion of our revenues are related to changes in historical insurance premiums, therefore, our revenues could be positively or negatively affected by growth or declines in premiums for the lines of insurance for which we perform services. The pricing of these solutions is based on an individual customer’s premiums in a prior period, so the pricing is fixed at the inception of each calendar year. The impact of insurance premiums has a more significant impact on the Risk Assessment segment than the Decision Analytics segment. Since 2005, premium growth in the P&C insurance industry has slowed and we expect little or no growth for most insurance lines during 2008. In addition, since 2007, the softening of the automobile insurance market negatively impacted our auto premium leakage identification solutions. We do not expect this trend to have a material impact on our liquidity or capital resources.
 
A portion of our revenues in the Decision Analytics segment are tied to the volume of applications for new mortgages or refinancing of existing mortgages. Turmoil in the mortgage market over the past year has adversely affected revenue in this segment of our business. Although we expect this trend to continue to impact our business during the balance of 2008, due to the rise in foreclosure and early pay defaults, we have seen and expect to see in the future an increase in revenues from our solutions that help our customers focus on improved underwriting quality of mortgage loans, ensure the application data is accurate and identify and rapidly settle bad loans which may have been originated based upon fraudulent information.
 
Recent events within the United States economy have resulted in further tightening in credit availability, which has resulted in higher interest rates. To date we have been able to adequately secure credit arrangements for the financing of the business and we will continue to explore financing alternatives in order to fund future growth opportunities. Borrowings under our long-term debt facilities are at fixed interest rates. While we expect future borrowings will be at higher interest rates which will translate into higher interest expense in the future, we do not expect this to have a material impact on our business in the near-term.
 
Results of Operations
 
Set forth below is our results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenues.
 


30


Table of Contents

                                         
          Nine Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
Statement of income data:
                                       
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenues
    45.7 %     45.4 %     44.5 %     43.7 %     43.6 %
Selling, general and administrative
    13.7 %     13.7 %     13.4 %     13.8 %     13.8 %
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    3.4 %     3.8 %     4.0 %     3.9 %     3.8 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    3.1 %     3.7 %     4.2 %     4.2 %     3.3 %
                                         
Total expenses
    65.9 %     66.7 %     66.1 %     65.5 %     64.6 %
                                         
Operating income
    34.1 %     33.3 %     33.9 %     34.5 %     35.4 %
Other income/(expense):
                                       
Interest and investment income (loss)
    0.5 %     0.8 %     1.2 %     1.1 %     0.0 %
Interest expense
    (1.6 )%     (2.3 )%     (2.9 )%     (2.8 )%     (3.4 )%
                                         
Total other income/(expense)
    (1.2 )%     (1.4 )%     (1.7 )%     (1.7 )%     (3.4 )%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    32.9 %     31.9 %     32.2 %     32.8 %     32.0 %
Provision for income taxes
    (13.3 )%     (11.9 )%     (12.9 )%     (13.6 )%     (13.6 )%
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    19.7 %     20.0 %     19.3 %     19.2 %     18.4 %
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (0.4 )%     (0.2 )%     (0.6 )%     (0.6 )%     0.0 %
                                         
Net Income
    19.3 %     19.7 %     18.7 %     18.7 %     18.4 %
                                         
EBITDA
    40.6 %     40.8 %     42.1 %     42.6 %     42.6 %
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $662.1 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $599.7 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $62.4 million or 10.4%. During the latter part of 2007, we acquired three companies that accounted for $27.7 million of additional revenues for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008. Excluding these acquisitions, revenues increased $34.7 million, which included an increase of $13.0 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $21.6 million in our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $289.0 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $261.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $27.1 million, or 10.4%. The increase was primarily due to $17.4 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies and $8.1 million in costs due to increased salaries and employee benefits costs, which include annual salary increases, medical costs and long-term incentive plans across a relatively constant employee headcount. Other increases include office maintenance fees of $2.3 million, software and data costs of $2.3 million and other operating expenses of $1.6 million. These increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million loss on disposal of assets in the period ended September 30, 2007 with no corresponding amount in the current period. In addition, acquisition contingent payments were $3.1 million less in the current period as compared to the nine month period ended September 30, 2007. These acquisition contingent payments are related to achievement of performance-related targets for various acquisitions in the periods described. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was 43.7% and 43.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

31


Table of Contents

 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $91.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $82.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $8.7 million or 10.5%. The increase was due to $0.8 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies, $3.8 million in costs due to increased salaries and employee benefits costs, which include annual salary increases, medical costs and long-term incentive plans across a relatively constant employee headcount, and $4.7 million in increased legal costs primarily resulting from the preparation for our initial public offering. This increase was partially offset by lower advertising and marketing costs of $0.8 million. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses were 13.8% for both the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $25.5 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $23.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $2.2 million or 9.4%. Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets includes depreciation of furniture and equipment, software, computer hardware and related equipment. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets decreased to 3.8% from 3.9%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets was $22.0 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $25.0 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, a decrease of $3.0 million, or 12.0%. The decrease is the result of certain intangible assets having been fully amortized in 2007, partially offset by the increased amortization of intangibles that resulted from our new acquisitions. We amortize intangible assets obtained through acquisitions over the periods that we expect to derive benefit from such assets.
 
Investment Income and Realized Gains/(Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains/(losses) on securities, net was $0.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $6.7 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, a decrease of $6.4 million. Interest income and realized gains/(losses) on securities, consists of interest income we receive from our cash and cash equivalents and stockholder loans, dividend income from our available-for-sale securities held with certain financial institutions as well as realized amounts associated with the sale of available-for-sale securities. The decrease primarily resulted from reduced interest income of $3.9 million coupled with the loss on sales of securities of $1.7 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008, as compared to a realized gain of $0.8 million for the period ended September 30, 2007.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $22.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $17.1 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $5.5 million or 32.3%. This increase is primarily due to greater debt outstanding and higher interest rates in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes was $90.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $81.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $9.0 million or 11.1%. The effective tax rate was 42.6% for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to 41.3% for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007. The 2008 rate is higher due to an increase in ESOP appreciation expenses not deductible for tax purposes and a higher state tax rate in 2008.


32


Table of Contents

 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $3.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, resulting from $2.7 million of costs to support customer contracts in our claim consulting business that was terminated in 2007 and a goodwill impairment charge of $1.7 million. These costs were partially offset by a net tax benefit of $1.1 million. This business will not have an impact on our 2008 results.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $378.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $365.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $13.0 million or 3.6%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs partially offset by decreases in rate making and policy administration solutions and sales of our auto premium leakage identification solutions due to a softening in the auto insurance market. The increase in our industry-standard insurance programs primarily results from an increase in prices derived from continued enhancements to the content of our solutions and to a lesser extent, changes in our customer’s premium volumes. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended
       
    September 30,     Percentage
 
    2007     2008     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Industry standard insurance programs
  $ 234,518     $ 247,520       5.5 %
Property-specific rating and underwriting information
    95,195       94,574       (0.7 )%
Statistical agency and data services
    20,299       20,556       1.3 %
Actuarial services
    15,541       15,892       2.3 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $154.7 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $153.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $1.4 million or 0.9%. The increase was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in salaries and employee benefits costs, which include annual salary increases, medical costs and long-term incentive plans across a relatively constant employee headcount, a $0.9 million increase in office maintenance fees and an increase in software costs of $1.4 million. The increase was partially offset by a $1.5 million loss on disposal of assets in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 40.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 from 41.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $56.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to $52.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, a increase of $4.2 million or 8.1%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in legal fees associated with the preparation for our initial public offering of $4.0 million and a $0.3 million increase in salaries and employee benefit costs. The increase was partially offset by lower advertising and marketing costs of $0.2 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 14.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 from 14.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 44.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 43.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.


33


Table of Contents

 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $283.5 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $234.2 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $49.3 million or 21.1%. During the latter part of 2007, we acquired three companies that accounted for $27.7 million of the additional revenues for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $21.6 million, primarily due to an increase in sales of our loss quantification and loss prediction solutions. Our loss quantification revenues increased as a result of new customer contracts and volume increases associated with recent floods, hurricanes and wildfires experienced in the United States. Increased revenue in our loss prediction solutions resulted from sales to new customers as well as increased penetration of our existing customers. Excluding acquisitions, our fraud and detection solutions increased $0.5 million due to an increase in subscription revenues from our claims solutions resulting from enhancements to the content of our solutions, such increase partially offset by a decrease of $6.2 million in revenues in our mortgage businesses due to adverse market conditions in that industry. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Nine Months
       
    Ended September 30,     Percentage
 
    2007     2008     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 59,048     $ 69,353       17.5 %
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    129,602       157,654       21.6 %
Loss quantification solutions
    45,148       56,532       25.2 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $134.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to $108.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $25.7 million or 23.7%. The increase included $17.4 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, the cost of revenues increased $8.3 million, primarily due to an increase in salaries and employee benefits of $7.1 million across a relatively constant employee headcount, which includes annual salary increases, medical costs, and equity compensation costs, $1.4 million increase in office maintenance costs, $0.9 million increase in data cost and an increase in other operating expenses of $2.0 million, partially offset by $3.1 million in lower acquisition contingent payments associated with acquisitions recorded in the comparable prior period. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues increased to 47.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 from 46.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $34.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to $30.3 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, an increase of $4.5 million or 14.7%. The increase was due to $0.8 million in costs attributable to the newly acquired companies, $3.5 million in costs due to increased salaries and employee benefits costs, which include annual salary increases, medical costs and long-term incentive plans across a relatively constant employee headcount and an increase in legal cost of $0.7 million. This increase was partially offset by lower advertising and marketing costs of $0.6 million. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 12.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 from 13.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 40.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 40.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.


34


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $802.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $730.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $72.1 million or 9.9%. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of Xactware, which was acquired in August 2006, for the full year, as well as several other acquisitions made during the latter part of 2006 and during 2007. Xactware contributed $63.2 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and revenues from other acquisitions increased $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $24.6 million which was comprised of an increase of $12.5 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $12.0 million in our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $357.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $331.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $25.4 million or 7.7%. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2006 and the acquisitions in 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $2.6 million partially due to an increase in salaries and benefits of $12.5 million resulting from growth in headcount and other operating expenses of $1.0 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in acquisition contingent payments tied to continuing employment of $8.7 million. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenues decreased to 44.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 45.4% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $107.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $7.5 million or 7.5%. The increase was due to $4.2 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the results of our acquisitions in 2006 and 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our selling, general and administrative costs increased by $3.3 million primarily as a result of an increase in salaries and benefits of $2.4 million, an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.1 million and an increase in financial system upgrade costs of $0.7 million and $0.6 million of advertising costs. These increases were partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in sales commission expense resulting from a change in commission rates in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.4% from 13.7%.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.7 million or 13.3%. This increase is primarily due to our continuing investment in developing new products and enhancements to existing products as well as the continued investment in our technology infrastructure to support and grow our revenues. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets increased to 4.0% from 3.8%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangibles assets was $33.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $7.0 million or 26.3%. This increase is the result of having a full year of amortization in 2007 on the intangible assets related to the acquisition of Xactware in 2006, partially offset by the final amortization during 2007 of intangible assets related to other acquisitions.


35


Table of Contents

Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net was $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.2 million or 52.6%. This increase is primarily due to a $2.0 million gain on our investment portfolio as well as an increase of $1.0 million in interest income primarily earned on acquisition escrow deposits.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $6.2 million or 37.6%. This increase is primarily the result of an increase in the weighted average balance of debt outstanding as well as higher rates of interest on long-term borrowings.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $103.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $16.3 million or 18.7%. The effective tax rate was 40.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 37.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006, which included the favorable settlement of certain tax contingencies.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.8 million or 154.2%, reflecting exit costs, net of tax, including $1.7 million in the impairment of goodwill, associated with the discontinuation of our claim consulting business.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $485.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $472.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $12.5 million or 2.7%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs, which was partially offset by a decrease in the sales of our auto premium leakage identification solutions due to a softening in the auto insurance market. The increase in our industry-standard insurance programs primarily results from an increase in prices derived from continued enhancements to the content of our solutions and to a lesser extent, changes in our customer’s premium volumes. Increases from sales of additional lines of our services to existing customers are offset by lost revenue resulting from consolidation within the property and casualty insurance industry. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
   
    December 31,   Percentage
    2006   2007   Change
    (In thousands)    
 
Industry standard insurance programs
  $ 303,957     $ 311,087       2.3 %
Property-specific rating and underwriting information
    123,627       126,291       2.2 %
Statistical agency and data services
    25,793       27,282       5.8 %
Actuarial services
    19,257       20,500       6.5 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $204.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.3 million or 0.1%. The increase was primarily due to salary and benefit increases of $2.0 million and an


36


Table of Contents

increase in equity compensation costs of $2.3 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in outsourced temporary agency costs of $1.9 million, a decrease in software maintenance expenses of $1.2 million, and a decrease in acquisition contingent payments associated with acquisitions of $1.1 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 42.1% from 43.1%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $68.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.3 million or 3.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits of $2.0 million, $0.6 million in costs to upgrade our financial systems and an increase in equity compensation costs of $0.9 million, partially offset by a decrease in commission expense of $1.4 million, resulting from a change in the commission plan in 2007. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 14.1% from 13.9%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 43.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $317.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $59.5 million or 23.1%. This increase reflects the inclusion of Xactware, our loss quantification solution, which was acquired in August 2006, for the full year, as well as several other acquisitions made during the latter part of 2006 and during 2007. Xactware contributed $63.2 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the other acquisitions contributed $6.5 million of additional 2007 revenue compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $12.0 million primarily due to an increase in sales of our loss prediction solutions resulting from revenue from new customers as well as increased usage by our existing customers. Within our fraud identification and detection solutions, growth in our claims solutions and criminal record products were offset by decreased revenue of $10.6 million in our mortgage solutions due to adverse market conditions in that industry. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,     Percentage
 
    2006     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 67,129     $ 81,110       20.8 %
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    168,189       172,726       2.7 %
Loss quantification solutions
    22,181       63,199       184.9 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $153.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $127.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $25.1 million or 19.6%. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2006 and the acquisitions completed in 2007. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $2.4 million, partially due to salary and benefit increases of $5.9 million, an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.8 million, an increase in outsourced temporary agency fees of $2.8 million and an increase of $0.7 million in leased software, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition contingent payments tied to continuing employment of $7.6 million and $1.4 million on disposal of assets. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 48.3% from 49.7%.


37


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $39.4 million for our Decision Analytics segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $5.2 million or 15.0%. The increase was primarily due to $4.2 million in costs attributable to the acquired businesses. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was $1.0 million, primarily due to an increase of $0.4 million of salaries and benefits and $0.4 million in advertising costs. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 12.4% from 13.3%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 39.3% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Consolidated Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues were $730.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $645.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $84.5 million or 13.1%. This increase in part reflected the inclusion of acquisitions made in 2006, which contributed $23.6 million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, and acquisitions made in 2005, which contributed $16.4 million of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Excluding these acquisitions, revenues increased $56.8 million which was comprised of an increase of $23.8 million in our Risk Assessment segment and an increase of $33.0 million in our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues was $331.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $294.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $36.9 million or 12.5%. The increase was primarily due to $17.9 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the acquisitions completed in 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in cost of revenues is $19.0 million, consisting primarily of increases in personnel costs of $18.9 million. The increase in personnel costs consists of $10.7 million of salaries and benefits resulting from growth in headcount, a $6.5 million increase in equity compensation costs and a $1.0 million increase in pension costs. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenues decreased slightly to 45.4% from 45.7%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $88.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $11.4 million or 12.9%. The increase was due to $3.8 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the partial year results of the acquisitions completed in 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, our selling general and administrative costs increased by $7.6 million, primarily as a result of an increase in legal costs of $3.4 million, an increase in salary and benefits of $1.7 million as a result of growth in headcount, an increase in commissions of $1.8 million as a result of an increase in new sales and an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses remained unchanged at 13.7%.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Fixed Assets
 
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets were $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.0 million or 27.2%. This increase is primarily due to investments in our technology infrastructure, as well as continuing


38


Table of Contents

investments in developing and enhancing our solutions. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets increased to 3.8% from 3.4%.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets increased to $26.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $7.1 million or 35.6%. This increase is primarily due to the amortization of intangibles related to the acquisition of Xactware during August 2006.
 
Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) on Securities, Net
 
Investment income and realized gains (losses) on securities, net was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $3.2 million or 108.1%. This increase is primarily due to a $2.6 million increase in interest earned on money market accounts, interest received on acquisition escrow deposits and interest earned on stockholder loans as well as a $0.3 million increase in dividend income.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense was $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.2 million or 59.3%. The increase is primarily the result of higher average debt outstanding as well as higher rates of interest on long-term borrowings.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $86.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.2 million or 1.4%. The effective tax rate was 37.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006, which included the favorable settlement of certain tax contingencies, compared to 40.3% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $0.8 million or 29.9%, primarily resulting from a $1.1 million impairment charge, net of tax, in 2005.
 
Risk Assessment Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Risk Assessment segment were $472.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $448.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $23.7 million or 5.3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the sales of our industry-standard insurance programs and an increase in the demand for our property-specific rating and underwriting information. The increase in our industry-standard insurance programs primarily results from an increase in prices derived from continued enhancements to the content of our solutions and to a lesser extent, changes in our customer’s premium volumes. Increases from sales of additional lines of our services to existing customers are offset by lost


39


Table of Contents

revenue resulting from mergers of certain customers within the property and casualty insurance industry. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
   
    December 31,   Percentage
    2005   2006   Change
    (In thousands)    
 
Industry standard insurance programs
  $ 290,204     $ 303,957       4.7 %
Property-specific rating and underwriting information
    114,467       123,627       8.0 %
Statistical agency and data services
    25,228       25,793       2.2 %
Actuarial services
    18,976       19,257       1.5 %
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Risk Assessment segment was $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $191.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $12.4 million or 6.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits of $14.6 million and an increase in equity compensation costs of $3.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in legal costs of $1.2 million and professional consulting costs of $0.9 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, cost of revenues increased to 43.1% from 42.6%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Risk Assessment segment were $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $61.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $4.5 million or 7.3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in equity compensation costs of $1.3 million, an increase in sales commission expense of $1.2 million and an increase in legal expense of $2.9 million. As a percentage of Risk Assessment revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 13.9% from 13.7%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Risk Assessment segment was 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 43.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Decision Analytics Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for our Decision Analytics segment were $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $196.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $60.7 million or 30.9%. During 2006 and 2005, we acquired seven companies that accounted for $27.7 million of additional revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, revenues increased $33.0 million due to an increase in sales of our loss prediction solutions, resulting from revenue from new customers as well as increased usage by our existing customers and an increase in revenue from our fraud identification and detection solutions due to continued enhancements in the solutions which resulted in increased sales. The increase from acquisitions was primarily due to the inclusion of Xactware, which was


40


Table of Contents

purchased in August 2006 and generated $22.2 million in revenue subsequent to the acquisition. Our revenue by category for the periods presented is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,     Percentage
 
    2005     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
 
Loss prediction solutions
  $ 53,527     $ 67,129       25.4 %
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    143,258       168,189       17.4 %
Loss quantification solutions
          22,181        
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues for our Decision Analytics segment was $127.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $103.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $24.5 million, or 23.7%. The increase was primarily due to $17.9 million in costs attributable to the inclusion of the full year results of our acquisitions in 2005 and the acquisitions completed during 2006. Excluding these acquisitions, our cost of revenues increased by $6.6 million. The increase in cost of revenues was primarily due to increases in personnel costs of $4.5 million and a loss on disposal of assets of $1.4 million. The increase in personnel costs consists of $1.5 million of salaries and benefits resulting from annual salary increases across a relatively constant employee headcount and a $3.0 million increase in equity compensation costs. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 49.7% from 52.5%.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for our Decision Analytics segment were $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $6.9 million or 25.3%. The increase was primarily due to $3.8 million in costs attributable to the acquired businesses. Excluding these acquisitions, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was $3.3 million primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $2.6 million and an increase in commissions of $0.6 million. As a percentage of Decision Analytics revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 13.3% from 13.9%.
 
EBITDA Margin
 
The EBITDA margin for our Decision Analytics segment was 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 33.6% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents and available-for sale securities of $52.4 million and $56.9 million, respectively. Subscriptions for our solutions are billed and generally paid in advance of rendering services either quarterly or in full upon commencement of the subscription period, which is usually for one year, and they are automatically renewed at the beginning of each calendar year. As a result of these billings and related receipts, our fees received in advance at September 30, 2008 were $22.8 million higher than the balances at December 31, 2007. We have historically generated significant cash flows from operations. As a result of this factor, as well as the availability of funds under our credit facilities, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs, including potential acquisitions.
 
We have historically managed the business with a working capital deficit due to the fact that, as described above, we offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term contracts, which are generally prepaid quarterly or annually in advance of the services being rendered. When cash is received for prepayment of invoices, we record an asset (cash and cash equivalents) on our balance


41


Table of Contents

sheet with the offset recorded as a current liability (fees received in advance). This current liability is deferred revenue that does not require a direct cash outflow since our customers have prepaid and are obligated to purchase the services. In most businesses, growth in revenue typically leads to an increase in the accounts receivable balance causing a use of cash as a company grows. Unlike these businesses, our cash position is favorably affected by revenue growth, which results in a source of cash due to our customers prepaying for most of our services.
 
Our capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were 3.7%, 3.5% and 4.1%, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 were 4.7% and 3.4%. We estimate our capital expenditures for the remainder of 2008 and full year 2009 to be approximately $11.5 million and $36.0 million, respectively, which primarily includes expenditures on our technology infrastructure and our continuing investments in developing and enhancing our solutions. Expenditures related to developing and enhancing our solutions are predominately related to internal use software and are capitalized in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 98-1, “Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” The amounts capitalized in accordance with FAS No. 86 “Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed,” are not significant to the financial statements.
 
To provide liquidity to our stockholders, we have also historically used our cash for repurchases of our common stock from our stockholders. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 we repurchased or redeemed $181.2 million, $128.0 million and $204.8 million, respectively, of our common stock, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 we repurchased or redeemed $161.1 million and $268.7 million, respectively, of our common stock. A substantial portion of the share redemption included in the totals above were completed pursuant to the terms of the Insurance Service Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan, which will automatically terminate upon consummation of this offering. Therefore, we do not expect to continue our historical practice of using cash for common stock repurchases to provide liquidity to our stockholders.
 
Financing and Financing Capacity
 
We had total debt, excluding capital lease and other obligations, of $585.0 million at September 30, 2008 and $265.3 million, $440.0 million and $425.0 million at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Approximately $545.0 million of this debt at September 30, 2008 was held under long-term loan facilities drawn to finance our stock repurchases and acquisitions and the remaining $40.0 million was held pursuant to our revolving credit facilities.
 
All of our long-term loan facilities are uncommitted facilities and our short-term loan facilities include both committed and uncommitted facilities. Although we have capacity under our uncommitted facilities, lenders are not required to loan us any funds under such facilities.
 
We have long-term loan facilities under uncommitted master shelf agreements with Prudential Capital Group, or Prudential, and New York Life with capacity at September 30, 2008 in the amount of $65.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively. We can borrow under the Prudential uncommitted master shelf agreement until February 28, 2010 and under the New York Life facility until March 16, 2010. Our notes mature over the next seven years. Individual borrowings are made at a fixed rate of interest and interest is payable quarterly. The uncommitted master shelf agreements contain certain covenants that limit our ability to create liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consolidate, merge or sell assets to another company. The uncommitted master shelf agreements also contain financial covenants that require us to maintain a fixed charge coverage of no less than 275% and a leverage ratio of no more than 300%. As of the date of this prospectus, we are in full compliance with all of the covenants contained in these agreements. The weighted average rate of interest with respect to our outstanding long-term borrowings was 5.36% and 5.58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and 3.90%, 4.75% and 5.23% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
We finance our short-term working capital needs through cash from operations and borrowings from our short-term credit facilities, which are made at variable rates of interest based on LIBOR plus 0.65%. We had $30.0 million and $40.0 million in short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and


42


Table of Contents

September 30, 2008, respectively. We had capacity of $140.0 million in short-term uncommitted credit facilities and $55.0 million in short-term committed credit facilities at September 30, 2008.
 
Cash Flow
 
The following table summarizes our cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008.
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended
    For the Nine Months
 
    December 31,     Ended September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 174,071     $ 223,499     $ 248,521     $ 193,034     $ 194,046  
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (107,444 )   $ (243,452 )   $ (110,831 )   $ (54,812 )   $ (100,670 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
  $ (90,954 )   $ 75,907     $ (212,591 )   $ (196,940 )   $ (66,489 )
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities increased from $193.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 to $194.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was principally due to the growth in net income and decreased payments associated with acquisition related liabilities and trade payables for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The increase is partially offset by an increase in federal and state tax payments. Net cash provided by operating activities was $174.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, $223.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $248.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $25.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities from 2006 to 2007 was principally due to growth in net income and improved accounts receivable collections, partially offset by reduced growth in our cash received in advance from our customers. The $49.4 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities from 2005 to 2006 primarily reflected strong growth in net income and an increase in cash received in advance from customers, partially offset by reduced growth of trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $54.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and $100.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was principally due to the payment of acquisition related liabilities of $98.1 million, resulting from achievement of post-acquisition performance targets, partially offset by a decrease in purchases of available-for-sale securities of approximately $44.0 million. Net cash used by investing activities was $110.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, $243.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in net cash used by investing activities from 2006 to 2007 and the increase in net cash used by investing activities from 2005 to 2006 were principally due to the acquisition of Xactware during August 2006.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash used in financing activities was $196.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and $66.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease in net cash used in financing activities was principally due to proceeds from the issuance of $150.0 million in long-term debt and a decrease in short-term debt repayments, partially offset by an increase in the redemptions or repurchases of common stock. Net cash used by financing activities was $212.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, net cash provided by financing activities was $75.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and net cash used by financing activities was $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in net cash provided by financing activities from 2006 to 2007 and the change in net cash used by financing


43


Table of Contents

activities from 2005 to 2006 were principally due to the repurchases of common stock and the repayment of our short term debt.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments at December 31, 2007, and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
                More than
 
    Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractual obligations
                                       
Long-term debt
  $ 496,638     $ 21,512     $ 143,967     $ 149,594     $ 181,565  
Capital lease obligations
    12,401       4,818       7,419       164        
Operating leases
    209,409       19,285       37,115       35,562       117,447  
ESOP contribution
    8,000                         8,000  
Earnout and contingent payment
    123,700       100,300       23,400              
Other long-term liabilities(1)
    322,029       27,091       56,342       60,210       178,386  
                                         
Total(2)
  $ 1,172,177     $ 173,006     $ 268,243     $ 245,530     $ 485,398  
                                         
 
 
(1) Other long-term liabilities shown in the table above consists of our pension plan, deferred compensation plan and the post-retirement plan, including administrative expenses, net of employee contributions and net of the federal Medical subsidy. We also have a deferred compensation plan for our Board of Directors. Our funding policy is to contribute an amount at least equal to the minimum legal funding requirement. Based on past performance and the uncertainty of the dollar amounts to be paid, if any, we have excluded such amounts from the above table.
 
(2) We have FIN 48 obligations that represent uncertain tax positions related to temporary differences of $7.7 million that have been omitted from the table above. Approximately $32.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded as liabilities in accordance with FIN 48, and we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled, with the exception of those amounts subject to a statute of limitation. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits not included in the table above, we have also recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of $7.0 million.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management considers the policies discussed below to be critical to understanding our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, and requires management to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from sales of services and revenue is recognized as services are preformed and information is delivered to our customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees and/or price is


44


Table of Contents

fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues for subscription services are recognized ratably over the subscription term, usually one year. Revenues from transaction-based fees are recognized as information is delivered to customers, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
The Company also has term based software licenses where the only remaining undelivered element is post-contract customer support or PCS, including unspecified upgrade rights on a when and if available basis. The Company recognizes revenue for these licenses ratably over the duration of the license term. The Company also provides hosting or software solutions that provide continuous access to information and include PCS and recognizes revenue ratably over the duration of the license term. In addition, the determination of certain of our services revenues requires the use of estimates, principally related to transaction volumes in instances where these volumes are reported to us by our clients on a monthly basis in arrears. In these instances, we estimate transaction volumes based on average actual volumes reported by our customers in the past. Differences between our estimates and actual final volumes reported are recorded in the period in which actual volumes are reported. We have not experienced significant variances between our estimates of these services revenues reported to us by our customers and actual reported volumes in the past.
 
We invoice our customers in annual, quarterly, or monthly installments. Amounts billed and collected in advance are recorded as fees received in advance on the balance sheet and are recognized as the services are performed and revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
On January 1, 2005, we adopted FAS No.  123(R) using a prospective approach, which required us to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption. The following table illustrates the amount of compensation expense resulting from the implementation of FAS No.  123(R) using the prospective approach for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008.
 
                                         
          For the Nine
 
    For the Year Ended
    Months Ended
 
    December 31     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
2005 grants
  $ 4,094     $ 2,661     $ 2,424     $ 1,832     $ 1,737  
2006 grants
            3,487       2,512       1,884       1,635  
2007 grants
                    3,308       2,362       1,969  
2008 grants*
                                    2,181  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 4,094     $ 6,148     $ 8,244     $ 6,078     $ 7,522  
                                         
 
* Only includes grants through September 30, 2008
 
According to FAS No. 123(R) we only use the prospective approach for the prior four years of grants, each of which have a four year vesting term, therefore our 2009 financial statements will reflect compensation expenses relating to grants from 2006 to 2009.
 
The fair value of equity awards is measured on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of several estimates, including expected term, expected risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and expected dividend yield.
 
Under FAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the awards granted, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. Option grants are expensed ratably over the four-year vesting period. We follow the substantive vesting period approach for awards granted after the adoption of FAS No. 123(R), which requires that stock-based compensation expense be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service.


45


Table of Contents

We estimate expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognize compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate.
 
The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock-based compensation is determined quarterly on or about the final day of the quarter. The valuation methodology is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors including the nature of the business and history of the enterprise, the economic outlook in general and the condition of the specific industries in which we operate, the financial condition of the business, our ability to generate free cash flow, and goodwill or other intangible asset value.
 
The fair value of our common stock is determined using generally accepted valuation methodologies, including the use of the guideline company method. This determination of fair market value employs both a comparable company analysis, which examines the valuation multiples of public companies deemed comparable, in whole or in part, to us and a discounted cash flow analysis that determines a present value of the projected future cash flows of the business. The comparable companies are comprised of a combination of public companies in the financial services information and technology businesses. These methodologies have been consistently applied since 1997. We regularly assess the underlying assumptions used in the valuation methodologies, including the comparable companies to be used in the analysis, the future forecasts of revenue and earnings, and the impact of market conditions on factors such as the weighted average cost of capital. These assumptions are reviewed quarterly, with a more comprehensive evaluation performed annually. For the comparable company analysis, the share price and financial performance of these comparables are updated quarterly based on the most recent public information. In periods subsequent to acquisitions, our stock price has generally increased based on the increase in the discounted cash flows of the consolidated enterprise. Our stock price is also impacted by the number of shares outstanding. As the number of shares outstanding has declined overtime, our share price has increased. The determination of the fair value of our common stock requires us to make judgments that are complex and inherently subjective. If different assumptions are used in future periods, stock-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in the future.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are subject to impairment testing annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable, using the guidance and criteria described in FAS No. 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets .” This testing compares carrying values to fair values and, when appropriate, the carrying value of these assets is reduced to fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2007, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, included in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
As of September 30, 2008, we had goodwill and net intangible assets of $478.4 million, which represents 55.8% of our total assets. There are many assumptions and estimates used that directly impact the results of impairment testing, including an estimate of future expected revenues, earnings and cash flows, useful lives and discount rates applied to such expected cash flows in order to estimate fair value. We have the ability to influence the outcome and ultimate results based on the assumptions and estimates we choose for determining the fair value of our reporting units. To mitigate undue influence, we set criteria and benchmarks that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management and reviewed by other independent parties. The determination of whether or not goodwill or indefinite-lived acquired intangible assets have become impaired involves a significant level of judgment in the assumptions and estimates underlying the approach used to determine the value of our reporting units. Changes in our strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded amounts of intangible assets and goodwill.


46


Table of Contents

Pension and Postretirement
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 158, “ Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. ” FAS No. 158 requires that employers recognize on a prospective basis the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans on their consolidated balance sheets and recognize as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. Additional minimum pension liabilities and related intangible assets are also derecognized upon adoption of the new standard. We adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006.
 
Certain assumptions are used in the determination of our annual net period benefit cost and the disclosure of the funded status of these plans. The principal assumptions concern the discount rate used to measure the projected benefit obligation, the expected future rate of return on plan assets and the expected rate of future compensation increases. We revise these assumptions based on an annual evaluation of long-term trends and market conditions that may have an impact on the cost of providing retirement benefits. In determining the discount rate, we utilize market conditions and other data sources management considers reasonable based upon the profile of the remaining service life of eligible employees. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined by taking into consideration the weighted-average expected return on our asset allocation, asset return data, historical return data, and the current economic environment. We believe these considerations provide the basis for reasonable assumptions of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The rate of compensation increase is based on our long-term plans for such increases. The measurement date used to determine the benefit obligation and plan assets is December 31. The future benefit payments for the postretirement plan are net of the federal Medical subsidy.
 
A one percent change in discount rate, future rate of return on plan assets and the rate of future compensation would have the following effects:
 
                                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
          Projected Benefit
          Projected Benefit
 
    Benefit Cost     Obligation     Benefit Cost     Obligation  
    (In thousands)  
 
Discount rate
  $ 483     $ 40,166     $ 673     $ (33,861 )
Expected return on asset
    3,326             (3,326 )      
Rate of compensation
    (520 )     (2,906 )     530       2,932  
 
A one percent change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
    (In thousands)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ (7 )   $ 4  
Effect on the healthcare component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    (136 )     76  
 
Income Taxes
 
In projecting future taxable income, we develop assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves dealing with uncertainties in the application and evolution of complex tax laws and regulations in other jurisdictions.
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes —  an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under FIN 48, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more


47


Table of Contents

likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized approximately a $10.3 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of accumulated deficit.
 
We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with FIN 48 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. If the tax liabilities relate to tax uncertainties existing at the date of the acquisition of a business, the adjustment of such tax liabilities will result in an adjustment to the goodwill recorded at the date of acquisition.
 
As of December 31, 2007 we have federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $6.7 million and $104.1 million which will expire at various dates from 2008 through 2027. Such net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
 
         
2008 - 2015
  $ 78.8 million  
2016 - 2020
    0.6 million  
2021 - 2027
    31.4 million  
         
    $ 110.8 million  
         
 
The significant majority of the state net operating loss carryforwards were generated by a subsidiary that employs our internal staff as a result of favorable tax deductions from the exercise of employee stock options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006. This subsidiary’s state net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized unless the subsidiary is profitable prior to their respective expiration dates.
 
We estimate $3.6 million of unrecognized tax positions that may be recognized by September 30, 2009, due to expiration of statute of limitation and resolution of audits with taxing authorities, net of additional uncertain tax positions.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“FAS No. 141”). FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
 
For a discussion of additional recent accounting pronouncements, see note 2(n) to the audited consolidated financial statements and note 2 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. At September 30, 2008 we had borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facilities of $40.0 million, which bear interest at variable rates based on LIBOR plus 0.65%. A change in interest rates on this variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax income and cash flows, but does not impact the fair value of the instruments. Based on our overall interest rate exposure at September 30, 2008, a one percent change in interest rates would result in a change in annual pretax interest expense of approximately $0.4 million based on our current level of borrowings.


48


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Company Overview
 
We enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. We provide value to our customers by supplying proprietary data that, combined with our analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. We are the largest aggregator and provider of detailed actuarial and underwriting data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty, or P&C, insurance risks. We offer solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance.
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions with greater efficiency and discipline. We refer to these products and services as ‘solutions’ due to the integration among our services and the flexibility that enables our customers to purchase components or the comprehensive package. These ‘solutions’ take various forms, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow our clients to make more logical decisions. We believe our solutions for analyzing risk positively impact our customers’ revenues and help them better manage their costs. In 2007, our U.S. customers included all of the top 100 P&C insurance providers, four of the 10 largest Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, four of the seven leading mortgage insurers, 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders and 8 of the 10 largest global reinsurers. We believe that our commitment to our customers and the embedded nature of our solutions serve to strengthen and extend our relationships. For example, approximately 96% of our top 200 customers in 2007, as ranked by revenue, have been our customers for each of the last five years. Further, from 2003 to 2007, revenues generated from these top 200 customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 13%.
 
We help those businesses address what we believe are the four primary decision making processes essential for managing risk as set forth below in the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework:
 
The Verisk Risk Analysis Framework
 
RISK ANALYSIS FRAMEWORK
 
These four processes correspond to various functional areas inside our customers’ operations:
 
  •      our loss predictions are typically used by P&C insurance and healthcare actuaries, advanced analytics groups and loss control groups to help drive their own assessments of future losses;
 
  •      our risk selection and pricing solutions are typically used by underwriters as they manage their books of business;
 
  •      our fraud detection and prevention tools are used by P&C insurance, healthcare and mortgage underwriters to root out fraud prospectively and by claims departments to speed claims and find fraud retroactively; and
 
  •      our tools to quantify loss are primarily used by claims departments, independent adjustors and contractors.
 
We add value by linking our solutions across these four key processes; for example, we use the same modeling methods to support the pricing of homeowner’s insurance policies and to quantify the actual losses when damage occurs to insured homes.
 
We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are typically pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenue in 2007. Our subscription-based revenue model, in combination with high renewal rates, results in large and predictable cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we had revenue of $802 million and $662 million, respectively, and net income of $150 million and $122 million, respectively.


49


Table of Contents

For the five year period ended December 31, 2007, our revenues and net income have grown at a CAGR of 13.8% and 21.2%, respectively.
 
We organize our business in two segments: Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics.
 
Risk Assessment:   We are the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. Our databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. Our largest P&C insurance database, containing information on every transaction associated with a policy, from inception to information on losses, includes almost 14 billion records, and, in each of the past three years, we updated the database with over 2 billion validated new records to improve the timeliness, quality and accuracy of our data and actuarial analysis. We use our data for example to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry-standard and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
As an example of how customers use our Risk Assessment services, P&C insurers use our Specific Property Information suite, or SPI Plus, to underwrite and price commercial property risks. SPI Plus is built on a proprietary database of approximately 2.7 million buildings and more than 5.4 million individual businesses occupying those buildings. We maintain information about each building’s construction, occupancy, protective features (e.g., sprinkler systems) and exposure to hazards — collectively known as COPE data — all of which is critical to our customers’ decision making processes. SPI Plus provides detailed narratives regarding hazards of construction and occupancy and unique building-specific analytics that assess the adequacy of sprinkler systems, probable maximum loss due to fire and the overall hazard level in relation to similar buildings. SPI Plus also includes our assessments of municipal fire suppression capability and building code enforcement, and a building’s exposure to additional perils such as wind, crime and flood damage. In addition to underwriting and pricing decisions, our customers use this product for loss cost estimates and to encourage property owners to reduce hazards and employ protection features, such as automatic fire-detection, fire-suppression systems, portable fire extinguishers, standpipe systems and watchman services. Customers receive our data and analytics via the internet. Typically, our loss cost estimates will be automatically entered into an insurer’s policy administration system for rating of the insurance policy, while the COPE data and narrative about the building will be accessed as the underwriter determines whether or not to offer coverage for the building.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our Risk Assessment segment produced revenue of $485 million and $379 million, representing 60% and 57% of our total revenue, respectively, and EBITDA of $213 million and $167 million, representing 63% and 59% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenue and EBITDA have a CAGR of 7.8% and 14.3%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Decision Analytics:   We provide solutions in each of the four processes of the Verisk Risk Analysis Framework by combining algorithms and analytic methods, which incorporate our proprietary data. Other unique data sets include approximately 600 million P&C insurance claims, historical natural catastrophe data covering more than 50 countries, data from more than 13 million applications for mortgage loans and over 300 million U.S. criminal records. Customers integrate our solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. We are a leading developer of catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. We also develop solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. For example, in 2007 we provided repair cost estimates for more than 60% of the personal property claims paid in the United States based on total amount of claims paid according to A.M. Best. Our fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, healthcare and mortgage sectors.
 
As an example of how customers use our Decision Analytics products, our CLASIC/2 enterprise software system is used by insurance companies to determine potential losses, and the probability of such losses, for the insurance or reinsurance they provide in regions prone to natural catastrophes such as


50


Table of Contents

hurricanes, earthquakes, hailstorms and tornadoes. The catastrophe models underlying our software are based on the physical principles of meteorology, geology and other sciences, as well as the statistical analysis of historical time series of data on prior natural catastrophes. Our software consists of sophisticated stochastic simulation procedures for projecting the location and severity of future catastrophes and powerful computer models of how natural catastrophes behave and impact buildings and the man-made environment. Our software includes algorithms that translate estimated losses and insurance terms, such as coverages and deductibles, into output that guide underwriters as they select and price risks. Customers receive our software and host the application on their own servers, and link their own databases in order to run their risks through our models. An underwriter can enter the address and characteristics of a single prospective property in manual mode, or the underwriter can work in batch mode where the software reads a file with the addresses and characteristics of many prospective properties. The software returns a series of estimates of the total amount of loss likely in the next year including the amount and cost of damage due to each peril (e.g., earthquake, hurricane, hailstorms and tornadoes), the total expected loss from all perils combined, and the estimated average annual loss. Underwriters use our software to translate damage and loss estimates into a series of recommendations for structuring insurance policies including recommended levels of coverage, deductibles, policy limits and a host of other insurance terms. All of these terms are then fed into the insurers’ policy administration software to determine the premiums to be charged for insurance.
 
In addition to analyzing individual risks, insurance companies can use CLASIC/2’s reporting and visualization tools at the corporate level to assess the aggregate risk and geographic concentration of entire portfolios of risk to determine capital adequacy, to decide how much reinsurance to buy, and to assess the mix of business in their portfolio.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our Decision Analytics segment produced revenue of $317 million and $283 million, representing 40% and 43% of our total revenue, respectively, and EBITDA of $125 million and $115 million, representing 37% and 41% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenue and EBITDA had a CAGR of 27.8% and 55.4%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe there is a long-term trend for companies to set strategy and direct operations using data and analytics to guide their decisions, which has resulted in a large and rapidly growing market for professional and business information. According to Veronis Suhler Stevenson, an industry consultant, in a report dated September 2006, spending on professional and business information services in the U.S. reached $61 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8% through 2010. Another research firm, International Data Corporation, or IDC, in a report dated March 2008, estimates that the business analytics services market, which totaled $32 billion in 2007, will grow at a CAGR of 9% through 2012.
 
         
GRAPH     GRAPH  


51


Table of Contents

We believe that the consistent decline in the cost of computing power contributes to the trend towards greater use of data and analytics. As a result, larger data sets are assembled faster and at a lower cost per record while the complexity and accuracy of analytical applications and solutions have expanded. This trend has led to an increase in the use of analytic output, which can be generated and applied more quickly, resulting in more informed decision making. As computing power increases, cost decreases and accuracy improves, we believe customers will continue to apply and integrate data and analytic solutions more broadly.
 
Companies that engage in risk transactions, including P&C insurers, healthcare payors and mortgage lenders and insurers, are particularly motivated to use enhanced analytics because of several factors affecting risk markets:
 
  •      the total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing;
 
  •      the number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial; and
 
  •      the failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in financial performance.
 
The total value of exposures in risk transactions is increasing
 
Across our target markets, the number and value of the assets managed in risk transactions exhibits long-term growth. For example:
 
  •      U.S. property value exposed to hurricanes continues to increase dramatically due to population dynamics and increase of wealth among other factors, with the current trend predicting a doubling of losses every ten years. At this rate, a repeat of the 1926 Great Miami hurricane could result in $500 billion in economic damage as soon as the 2020’s according to Natural Hazards Review; and
 
  •      U.S. health expenditures have grown at a CAGR of 7% between 1997 and 2007 and are expected to grow at roughly the same level through 2016 according to data compiled by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services;
 
  •      the total value of outstanding households’ mortgage debt outstanding in the United States has increased by 11% annually over the past ten years according to the Federal Reserve.
 
The number of participants in risk transactions is often large and the asymmetry of information among participants is often substantial
 
Many risk transactions involve multiple participants who either structure the transaction or bear some of the risk. For example, in the P&C insurance industry, a single commercial building might be assessed, underwritten and insured by a combination of insurance agents and brokers, managing general agents, loss inspection consultants, underwriters, reinsurers, corporate risk managers and capital markets participants looking to securitize the risk of catastrophic loss. In the healthcare industry, insurers and third-party administrators strive to refine their understanding of transactions at the point at which care is delivered to the patient and to determine the legitimacy of claims filed by providers and insureds. Investors in mortgages are far removed from the mortgage brokers and lenders who originate the loans, the appraisers who assess the mortgaged properties, the servicers who manage the cash flows associated with the mortgages, and the packagers who assemble pools of loans to be securitized.
 
Due to the greater separation of counterparties and the potential asymmetry of data about underlying risks available to counterparties, the different participants in such transactions are in jeopardy of knowing less than their counterparties about the risk they bear. In the securitization and trading markets, this problem is exacerbated by the loss of information through the pooling of risks.
 
One outcome of asymmetric information is fraudulent transactions. The Coalition Against Insurance Fraud estimates that the cost of fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance industry is as high as $80 billion each year.


52


Table of Contents

The U.S. government estimates fraudulent billings to U.S. healthcare programs, both public and private, to be between 3% to 10% of total annual healthcare expenditures, or between $67 billion and $226 billion in 2007.
 
Failure to understand risk can lead to large and rapid declines in performance
 
Any company that bears risk will find its profits predominantly tied directly to its ability to select risks. In the P&C insurance industry, the cost of goods sold is unknown to the insurer at the time the insurance policy is written. Therefore, efficient pricing of insurance policies depends on the ability to predict the potential losses and costs associated with underwriting each policy. There are a significant number of factors which correlate with the size of a potential loss, including weather, geographic location of risk, insured characteristics and prior claims costs. An insurance company differentiates itself by utilizing appropriate and reliable data and complex analytics to select the risks that will have the best risk-return profile. The importance of predicting loss in order to select and price risk, and the linkage of these analytics to profitability, is true for all companies participating in risk-bearing transactions.
 
The current U.S. mortgage crisis provides an example of how failure to understand risk can lead to a rapid loss of performance by companies that bear risk. As the housing sector and mortgage origination market expanded rapidly in the first half of this decade, the need for underwriting discipline and risk analysis was underestimated by mortgage brokers, lenders, investors and regulators. We believe the mortgage “bubble” that ended in 2007 masked the need to integrate analytics into the origination and securitization processes in order to manage exposures and profits. The rising level of mortgage default and fraud in 2007 and 2008, combined with severe contraction in the mortgage origination market, has forced 38 mortgage-related entities into failure in 2008 and 150 in 2007, according to the Mortgage Daily. The Mortgage Bankers Association reports a drop from 5,000 mortgage bankers in 2007 to 3,500 mortgage bankers in 2008, based upon lenders that originated at least 100 loans each year. This in turn has heightened awareness among various participants in the market of the need to improve the quality of mortgage underwriting analysis, in part through more sophisticated use of data. This sophisticated use of data may extend beyond the acceptance or rejection of risk to include risk-based pricing in order to enhance financial performance in the face of a challenging market.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
 
Our Solutions are Embedded In Our Customers’ Critical Decision Processes
 
Our customers use our solutions to make better risk decisions and to price risk appropriately. These solutions are embedded in our customers’ critical decision processes. In the U.S. P&C insurance industry, our solutions for prospective loss costs, policy language, rating/underwriting rules and regulatory filing services are the industry standard. Our decision analytics solutions facilitate the profitable underwriting of policies. In the U.S. healthcare and mortgage industries, our predictive models, loss estimation tools and fraud
identification applications are the primary solutions that allow customers to understand their risk exposures and proactively manage them. Over the last three years, we have retained 98% of our customers across all of our businesses, which we believe reflects our customers’ recognition of the value they derive from our solutions.
 
Extensive and Differentiated Data Assets and Analytic Methods
 
We maintain what we believe are some of the largest, most accurate, and most complete databases in the markets we serve. Our unique, proprietary data assets allow us to provide our customers with a comprehensive set of risk analytics and decision support solutions. Our largest data sets are sourced from our customers and are not available from any other vendor. Much of the information we provide is not available from any other source and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. As a result, our accumulated experience and years of significant investment have given us a competitive advantage in serving our customers. By continuously adding records to our data sets we are able to refresh and to refine our data assets, risk models and other analytic methods.


53


Table of Contents

Culture of Continuous Improvement
 
Our intellectual capital and focus on continuous improvement have allowed us to develop proprietary algorithms and solutions that assist our customers in making informed risk decisions. Our skilled workforce understands issues affecting our targeted markets and to develop analytic solutions tailored to these markets. Our team includes approximately 390 individuals with advanced degrees, certifications and professional designations in such fields as actuarial science, data management, mathematics, statistics, economics, soil mechanics, meteorology and various engineering disciplines. Leveraging the expertise of our people, we have been able to continuously improve our operations by constantly enhancing the timeliness, relevance and quality of our solutions. Over the last three years, we have retained over 95% of our most highly-rated employees. Over the last decade, we transitioned our compensation and benefit plans to be pay-for-performance-oriented, including incentive compensation plans and greater equity participation by employees. Today, our employees own approximately 30% of the company.
 
Attractive Operating Model
 
We believe we have an attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our revenues, the scalability of our solutions and the low capital intensity of our business.
 
Recurring Nature of Revenues.   We offer our solutions and services primarily through annual subscriptions or long-term agreements, which are generally pre-paid and represented approximately 74% of our revenues in 2007. The combination of our historically high renewal rates, which we believe are due to the embedded nature of our solutions, and our subscription-based revenue model, results in predictable cash flows.
 
Scalable Solutions.   Our technology infrastructure and scalable solution platforms allow us to accommodate significant additional transaction volumes with limited incremental costs. This operating leverage enabled us to increase our EBITDA margins from 30.6% in 2003 to 42.1% in 2007.
 
Low Capital Intensity.   We have low capital needs that allow us to generate strong cash flow. In 2007, our operating income and capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue were 33.9% and 4.1%, respectively.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Over the past five years, we have grown our revenues at a CAGR of 13.8% through the successful execution of our business plan. These results reflect strong organic revenue growth, new product development and selected acquisitions. To build on our base revenue, we use our intellectual property and customer relationships to generate insight into where we may more effectively extract or apply data. We then innovate or adapt analytics that expand the range, utility and predictive capabilities of our solutions to grow our revenues profitably. We have made, and continue to make, investments in people, data sets, analytic solutions, technology, and complementary businesses.
 
To serve our customers and grow our business, we aggressively pursue the following strategies:
 
Increase Sales to Insurance Customers
 
We expect to expand the application of our solutions in insurance customers’ underwriting and claims processes. We encourage our customers to share more data with us to enhance the power of our analytics so that our customers can profit from improved risk management decisions. Building on our deep knowledge of, and embedded position in, the insurance industry, we expect to sell more solutions to existing customers tailored to specific lines of insurance. In addition, as our databases continue to grow, we believe the predictive capability of our algorithms will also improve, enhancing the value of our existing offerings and increasing demand for our solutions. By increasing the breadth and relevance of our offerings, we believe we can strengthen our relationships with customers and increase our value to their decision making in critical ways.


54


Table of Contents

Develop New, Proprietary Data Sets and Predictive Analytics
 
We work with our customers to understand their evolving needs. We plan to create new solutions by enriching our mix of proprietary data sets, analytic solutions and effective decision support across the markets we serve. Our data sets produce analytics focused on emergent risks and evolving issues within both new and current customer segments. We constantly seek to add new data that can further leverage our analytic methods, technology platforms and intellectual capital. Current areas of focus in the U.S. include commercial loss histories, detailed policy level information, vehicle-generated data, loan level mortgage data, pharmaceutical claims and healthcare claims data. We believe this strategy will spur revenue growth and improve profitability.
 
Leverage Our Intellectual Capital to Expand into Adjacent Markets and New Customer Sectors
 
Our organization is built on nearly four decades of intellectual property in risk management. We believe we can continue to profitably expand the use of our intellectual capital and apply our analytic methods in new markets, where significant opportunities for long-term growth exist. For example, we have leveraged our skills in predictive models for losses in the healthcare segment into providing predictive analytic solutions for workers’ compensation claims. In addition, we are leveraging our industry-leading solutions for detecting fraud in mortgage insurance to enhance the accuracy of our mortgage lending fraud platform. We also continue to pursue growth through targeted international expansion. We have already demonstrated the effectiveness of this strategy with our expansion into healthcare and non-insurance financial services. We believe there are numerous opportunities to repurpose our existing data assets and analytic capabilities to expand into new markets.
 
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions that Complement Our Leadership Positions
 
We will continue to expand our data and analytics capabilities across industries. While we expect this will occur primarily through organic growth, we have and will continue to acquire assets and businesses that strengthen our value proposition to customers. We primarily focus on smaller acquisitions of differentiated proprietary data that is complementary to our own, analytical applications or models that can leverage our proprietary data and businesses that address new risk markets. Our acquisitions have been, and will continue to be, primarily focused within our Decision Analytics segment. We have developed an internal capability to source, evaluate and integrate acquisitions that have created value for shareholders. We have acquired 14 businesses in the past five years, which in the aggregate have increased their revenue with a weighted average CAGR of 40% over the same period.
 
Our History
 
We trace our history to 1971, when Insurance Services Office, Inc., or ISO, started operations as a not-for-profit advisory and rating organization providing services for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. ISO was formed as an association of insurance companies to gather statistical data and other information from insurers and report to regulators, as required by law. ISO’s original functions also included developing programs to help insurers define and manage insurance products and providing information to help insurers determine their own independent premium rates. Insurers used and continue to use our offerings primarily in their product development, underwriting and rating functions. Today, those businesses form the core of our Risk Assessment segment.
 
Over the past decade, we have transformed our business beyond its original functions by deepening and broadening our data assets, developing a set of integrated risk management solutions and services and addressing new markets through our Decision Analytics segment.
 
Our expansion into analytics began when we acquired the American Insurance Services Group and certain operations and assets of the National Insurance Crime Bureau in 1997 and 1998, respectively. Those organizations brought to the company large databases of insurance claims, as well as expertise in detecting and preventing claims fraud. To further expand our Decision Analytics segment, we acquired AIR Worldwide in 2002, the technological leader in catastrophe modeling. In 2004, we entered the healthcare space by acquiring several businesses that now offer web-based analytical and reporting systems for health insurers,


55


Table of Contents

provider organizations and self-insured employers. In 2005 we entered the mortgage lending sector, acquiring the first of several businesses that now provide automated fraud detection, compliance and decision support solutions for the U.S. mortgage industry. In 2006, to bolster our position in the claims field we acquired Xactware, a leading supplier of estimating software for professionals involved in building repair and reconstruction.
 
These acquisitions have added scale, geographic reach, highly skilled workforces, and a wide array of new capabilities to our Decision Analytics segment. They have helped to make us a leading provider of information and decision analytics for customers involved in the business of risk in the U.S. and selectively around the world.
 
Our senior management operating team, which includes our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel and the three senior officers who lead our largest business units, have been with us for an average of almost twenty years. This team has led our transformation to a successful for-profit entity, focused on growth with our U.S. P&C insurer customers and expansion into a variety of new markets.
 
Services
 
Risk Assessment Segment
 
Our Risk Assessment segment serves our P&C insurance customers and focuses on the first two decision making processes in our Risk Analysis Framework: prediction of loss and selection and pricing of risk. Within this segment, we also provide solutions to help our insurance customers comply with their reporting requirements in each U.S. state in which they operate. Our customers include most of the P&C insurance providers in the United States and we have retained approximately 99% of our P&C insurance customer base within the Risk Assessment segment in each of the last five years.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our Risk Assessment segment produced revenues of $485 million and $379 million, representing 60% and 57% of our total revenues, respectively, and EBITDA of $213 million and $167 million, representing 63% and 59% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenues and EBITDA have a CAGR of 7.8% and 14.3%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Statistical Agent and Data Services
 
The P&C insurance industry is heavily regulated in the United States. P&C insurers have a legal responsibility to collect statistical data about their premiums and losses and to report that data to regulators in every state in which they operate. Our statistical agent services have enabled P&C insurers to meet these regulatory requirements for over 30 years. We aggregate the data and, as a licensed “statistical agent” in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia, we report these statistics to insurance regulators. We are able to capture significant economies of scale given the level of penetration of this service within the U.S. P&C insurance industry.
 
To provide our customers and the regulators the information they require, we maintain one of the largest private databases in the world. Over the past four decades, we have developed core expertise in acquiring, processing, managing and operating large and comprehensive databases that are the foundation of our Risk Assessment segment. We use our proprietary technology to assemble, organize and update vast amounts of detailed information submitted by our customers. We supplement this data with publicly available information.
 
Each year, P&C insurers send us approximately 2.5 billion detailed individual records of insurance transactions, such as insurance premiums collected or losses incurred. We maintain a database of almost 14 billion statistical records, including approximately 5 billion commercial lines records and approximately 9 billion personal lines records. We collect unit-transaction detail of each premium and loss record, which enhances the validity, reliability and accuracy of our data sets and our actuarial analyses. Our proprietary quality process includes almost 2,500 separate checks to ensure that data meet our high standards of quality.


56


Table of Contents

Actuarial Services
 
We provide actuarial services to help our customers price their risks as they underwrite. We project future losses and loss expenses utilizing a broad set of data. These projections tend to be more reliable than if our customers used solely their own data. We provide loss costs by coverage, class, territory, and many other categories. Our customers can use our estimates of future loss costs in making independent decisions about the prices charged for their policies. For most P&C insurers, in most lines of business, we believe our loss costs are an essential input to rating decisions. We make a number of actuarial adjustments, including loss development and loss adjustment expenses before the data is used to estimate future loss costs. Our actuarial services are also used to create the analytics underlying our industry-standard insurance programs described below.
 
Our employees include over 200 actuarial professionals, including 39 Fellows and 21 Associates of the Casualty Actuarial Society, as well as 145 Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters, 9 Certified and 18 Associate Insurance Data Managers, 166 members of the Insurance Data Management Association and 138 professionals with advanced degrees, including PhDs in mathematics and statistical modeling who review both the data and the models.
 
Using our large database of premium and loss data, our actuaries are able to perform sophisticated analyses using our predictive models and analytic methods to help our P&C insurance customers with pricing, loss reserving, and marketing. We distribute a significant number of actuarial products and offer flexible services to meet our customers’ needs. In addition, our actuarial consultants provide customized services for our clients that include assisting them with the development of independent insurance programs, analysis of their own underwriting experience, development of classification systems and rating plans and a wide variety of other business decisions. We also supply information to a wide variety of customers in other markets including reinsurance, government agencies and real estate.
 
Industry-Standard Insurance Programs
 
We are the recognized leader in the United States for industry-standard insurance programs that help P&C insurers define coverages and issue policies. Our policy language, prospective loss cost information and policywriting rules can serve as integrated turnkey insurance programs for our customers. Insurance companies need to ensure that their policy language, rules, and rates comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Insurers must also make sure their policies remain competitive by promptly changing coverages in response to changes in statutes or case law. To meet their needs, we process and interface with state regulators on average over 4,000 filings each year, ensuring smooth implementation of our rules and forms. When insurers choose to develop their own alternative programs, our industry-standard insurance programs also help regulators make sure that such insurers’ policies meet basic coverage requirements.
 
Standardized coverage language, which has been tested in litigation and tailored to reflect judicial interpretation, helps to ensure consistent treatment of claimants. As a result, our industry-standard language also simplifies claim settlements and can reduce the occurrence of costly litigation, because our language causes the meaning of coverage terminology to become established and known. Our policy language includes standard coverage language, endorsements and policy writing support language that assist our customers in understanding the risks they assume and the coverages they are offering. With these policy programs, insurers also benefit from economies of scale. We have over 200 specialized lawyers and insurance experts reviewing changes in each state’s insurance rules and regulations, including on average over 11,000 legislative bills, 750 regulatory actions and 2,000 court cases per year, to make any required changes to our policy language and rating information.
 
To cover the wide variety of risks in the marketplace, we offer a broad range of policy programs. For example, in the homeowner’s line of insurance, we maintain policy language and rules for six basic coverages, 172 national endorsements, and 469 state-specific endorsements. Overall, we provide policy language, prospective loss costs, policy writing rules and a variety of other solutions for 24 lines of insurance.


57


Table of Contents

Property-Specific Rating and Underwriting Information
 
We gather information on individual properties and communities so that insurers can use our information to evaluate and price personal and commercial property insurance, as well as commercial liability insurance. Our property-specific rating and underwriting information allow our customers to understand, quantify, underwrite, mitigate and avoid potential loss for residential and commercial properties. Our database contains loss costs and other vital information on approximately 2.7 million specifically-rated and class-rated commercial buildings in the United States and also holds information on approximately 4.5 million individual businesses occupying those buildings. We have a staff of more than 600 field representatives strategically located around the United States who observe and report on conditions at commercial and residential properties, evaluate community fire-protection capabilities and assess the effectiveness of municipal building-code enforcement. Each year, our field staff visits over 350,000 commercial properties to collect information on new buildings and verify building attributes.
 
We also provide proprietary analytic measures of the ability of individual communities to mitigate losses from important perils. Nearly every property insurer in the United States uses our evaluations of community firefighting capabilities to help determine premiums for fire insurance throughout the country. We provide field-verified and validated data on the fire protection services for more than 46,000 fire response jurisdictions. We also offer services to evaluate the effectiveness of community enforcement of building codes and the efforts of communities to mitigate damage from flooding. Further, we provide information on the insurance rating territories, premium taxes, crime risk and hazards of windstorm, earthquake, wildfire and other perils. To supplement our data on specific commercial properties and individual communities, we have assembled, from a variety of internal and third-party sources, information on hazards related to geographic locations representing every postal address in the United States. Insurers use this information not only for policy quoting but also for analyzing risk concentration in geographical areas.
 
Decision Analytics Segment
 
In the Decision Analytics segment, we support all four phases of our Risk Analysis Framework. We develop predictive models to forecast scenarios and produce both standard and customized analytics that help our customers better predict loss; select and price risk; detect fraud before and after a loss event; and quantify losses.
 
(GRAPH)
 
As we develop our models to quantify loss and detect fraud, we improve our ability to predict the loss and prevent the fraud from happening. We believe this provides us with a significant competitive advantage over firms that do not offer solutions which operate both before and after loss events.


58


Table of Contents

 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our Decision Analytics segment produced revenues of $317 million and $283 million, representing 40% and 43% of our total revenues, respectively, and EBITDA of $125 million and $115 million, representing 37% and 41% of our total EBITDA, respectively. This segment’s revenues and EBITDA have a CAGR of 27.8% and 55.4%, respectively, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Fraud Detection and Prevention
 
P&C Insurance
 
We are a leading provider of fraud-detection tools for the P&C insurance industry. Our fraud solutions improve our customers’ profitability by both predicting the likelihood that fraud is occurring and detecting suspicious activity after it has occurred. When a claim is submitted, our system searches our database and returns information about other claims filed by the same individuals or businesses (either as claimants or insureds) that help our customers determine if fraud has occurred. The system searches for matches in identifying information fields, such as name, address, Social Security number, vehicle identification number, driver’s license number, tax identification number, or other parties to the loss. Our system also includes advanced name and address searching to perform intelligent searches and improve the overall quality of the matches. Information from match reports speeds payment of meritorious claims while providing a defense against fraud and can lead to denial of a claim, negotiation of a reduced award, or further investigation by the insurer or law enforcement.
 
We have a comprehensive system used by claims adjusters and investigations professionals to process claims and fight fraud. Claims databases are one of the key tools in the fight against insurance fraud. The benefits of a single all-claims database include improved efficiency in reporting data and searching for information, enhanced capabilities for detecting suspicious claims, and superior information for investigating fraudulent claims, suspicious individuals and possible fraud rings. Our database contains information on more than 575 million claims and is the world’s largest database of claims information. Insurers and other participants submit claim reports, more than 250,000 a day on average, across all categories of the U.S. P&C insurance industry.
 
We also provide a service allowing insurers to report thefts of automobiles and property, improving the chances of recovering those items; a service that helps owners and insurers recover stolen heavy construction and agricultural equipment; an expert scoring system that helps distinguish between suspicious and meritorious claims; and products that use link-analysis technology to help visualize and fight insurance fraud.
 
We have begun to expand our fraud solutions to overseas markets. We built and launched a system in Israel in 2006 that provides claims fraud detection, claims investigation support and some underwriting services to all Israeli insurers.
 
Mortgage
 
We are a leading provider of automated fraud detection, compliance and decision-support tools for the mortgage industry. Utilizing our own loan level application database combined with actual mortgage loan performance data, we have established a risk scoring system which increases our customers’ ability to detect fraud. We provide solutions that detect fraud through each step of the mortgage lifecycle and provide regulatory compliance solutions that perform instant compliance reviews of each mortgage application. Our fraud solutions can improve our customers’ profitability by predicting the likelihood that a customer account is experiencing fraud. Our solution analyzes customer transactions in real time and generates recommendations for immediate action which are critical to stopping fraud and abuse. These applications can also detect some organized fraud schemes that are too complex and well-hidden to be identified by other methods.
 
Effective fraud detection relies on pattern identification, which in turn requires us to identify, isolate and track mortgage applications through time. Histories of multiple loans, both valid and fraudulent, are required to compare a submitted loan both to actual data and heuristic analyses. For this reason, unless fraud


59


Table of Contents

detection solutions are fueled by comprehensive data, their practicality is limited. Our proprietary database contains more than 13 million current and historical loan applications collected over the past three years. This database contains data from loan applications as well as supplementary third-party data.
 
Our technology employs sophisticated models to identify patterns in the data. Our solution provides a score which predicts whether the information provided by a mortgage applicant is correct. Working with data obtained through our partnership with a credit bureau, we have demonstrated a strong correlation between fraudulent information in the application and the likelihood of both foreclosure and early payment default on loans. We believe our solution is based upon a more comprehensive set of loan level information than any other provider in the mortgage industry.
 
We also provide forensic audit services for the mortgage origination and mortgage insurance industries. Our predictive screening tools predict which defaulted loans are the most likely candidates for full audits for the purpose of detecting fraud. We then generate detailed audit reports on defaulted mortgage loans. Those reports serve as a key component of the loss mitigation strategies of mortgage loan insurers. The recent turmoil in the mortgage industry has created a period of unprecedented opportunity for growth in demand for our services, as we believe most mortgage insurers do not have the in-house capacity to respond to, and properly review, all of their defaulted loans for evidence of fraud.
 
Healthcare
 
We offer solutions that help healthcare claims payors detect fraud, abuse and overpayment. Our approach combines computer-based modeling and profiling of claims with analysis performed by clinical experts. We run our customers’ claims through our proprietary analytic system to identify potential fraud, abuse and overpayment, and then a registered nurse, physician, or other clinical specialist skilled in coding and reimbursement decisions reviews all suspect claims and billing patterns. This combination of system and human review is unique in the industry and we believe offers improved accuracy for paying claims.
 
We analyze the patterns of claims produced by individual physicians, physicians practices, hospitals, dentists and pharmacies to locate the sources of fraud. After a suspicious source of claims is identified, our real-time analytic solutions investigate each claim individually for particular violations including upcoding, multiple billings, services claimed but not rendered and billing by unlicensed providers. By finding the individual claims with the most cost-recovery potential, and also minimizing the number of false-positive indications of fraud, we enable the special investigation units of healthcare payors to efficiently control their claims costs while maintaining high levels of customer service to their insureds.
 
We also offer web-based reporting tools that let payors take definitive action to prevent overpayments or payment of fraudulent claims. The tools provide the documentation that helps to identify, investigate, and prevent abusive and fraudulent activity by providers.
 
Prediction of Loss and Selection and Pricing of Risk
 
P&C Insurance
 
We pioneered the field of probabilistic catastrophe modeling used by insurers, reinsurers and financial institutions to manage their catastrophe risk. Our models of global natural hazards, which form the basis of our solutions, enable companies to identify, quantify, and plan for the financial consequences of catastrophic events. We have developed models covering natural hazards, including hurricanes, earthquakes, winter storms, tornadoes, hailstorms and flood for potential loss events in more than 50 countries. We have also developed and introduced a probabilistic terrorism model capable of quantifying the risk in the United States from this emerging threat, which supports pricing and underwriting decisions down to the level of an individual policy.
 
Healthcare
 
We are a leading provider of healthcare business intelligence and predictive modeling. We provide analytical and reporting systems to health insurers, provider organizations and self-insured employers. Those


60


Table of Contents

organizations use our solutions to review their healthcare data, including information on claims, membership, providers and utilization, and provide cost trends, forecasts and actuarial, financial and utilization analyses.
 
For example, our solutions allow our customers to predict medical costs and improve the financing and organization of health services. Our predictive models help our customers identify high-cost cases for care- and disease-management intervention, compare providers adjusting for differences in health, predict resource use for individuals and populations, establish health-based and performance-based payments, negotiate payments and incentives, negotiate premium rates and measure return on investment.
 
We also provide our customers healthcare consulting services using complex clinical analyses to uncover reasons behind cost and utilization increases. Physicians and hospitals are adopting and acquiring new technologies, drugs and devices more rapidly than ever before. We provide financial and actuarial consulting, clinical consulting, technical and implementation services and training services to help our customers manage costs and risks to their practices.
 
We are also beginning to expand our healthcare business internationally. We have recently secured an agreement with the German government to develop a risk-adjustment methodology based on our solutions. Our diagnosis-based risk-adjustment methods and predictive modeling tools will support the German healthcare system in the improvement of quality and efficiency of care.
 
Quantification of Loss
 
P&C Insurance
 
We provide data, analytic and networking products for professionals involved in estimating all phases of building repair and reconstruction. We provide solutions for every phase of a building’s life, including:
 
  •      estimating replacement costs during the insurance underwriting process;
 
  •      quantifying the ultimate cost of repair or reconstruction of damaged or destroyed buildings;
 
  •      aiding in the settlement of insurance claims; and
 
  •      tracking the process of repair or reconstruction and facilitating communication among insurers, adjusters, contractors and policyholders.
 
To help our customers estimate replacement costs, we also provide a solution that assists contractors and insurance adjusters to estimate repairs using a patented plan-sketching program. The program allows our customers to sketch floor plans, roof plans and wall-framing plans and automatically calculates material and labor quantities for the construction of walls, floors, footings and roofs.
 
We also offer our customers access to wholesale and retail price lists, which include structural repair and restoration pricing for 466 separate economic areas in North America. We revise this information at least once per quarter and, in the aftermath of a major disaster, we can update the price lists as often as weekly to reflect rapid price changes. Our structural repair and cleaning database contains more than 11,000 unit-cost line items. For each line item such as smoke cleaning, water extraction and hazardous cleanup, we provide time and material pricing, including labor, labor productivity rates (for new construction and restoration), labor burden and overhead, material costs and equipment costs. We improve our pricing data by analyzing the actual claims experience of our customers to verify our estimates. We estimate that approximately 62% of all homeowners’ claims settled in the U.S. in 2007 used our solution. Such a large percentage of the industry’s claims leads to accurate pricing information which we believe is unmatched in the industry.
 
We also estimate industry-wide insured losses from individual catastrophic events. We report information on disasters and determine the extent and type of damage, dates of occurrence, and geographic areas affected. We define a catastrophe as an event that causes $25 million or more in direct insured losses to property and that affects a significant number of policyholders and insurers. For each catastrophe, our loss estimate represents anticipated industry-wide insurance payments for property lines of insurance covering fixed property, building contents, time-element losses, vehicles and inland marine (diverse goods and properties). We assign a serial number that allows our customers to track losses and reserves related to a single, discrete event.


61


Table of Contents

Under many reinsurance contracts and catastrophe bonds, our serial number is important for determining which losses will trigger reinsurance coverage or payment.
 
Our estimates allow our customers to set loss reserves, deploy field adjusters and verify internal company estimates. Our estimates also keep insurers, their customers, regulators, and other interested parties informed about the total costs of disasters. We also provide our customers access to daily reports on severe weather and catastrophes and we maintain a database of information on catastrophe losses in the United States since 1950.
 
Healthcare
 
Bodily injury and workers’ compensation claims present a complex array of medical, legal and occupational issues. We offer a comprehensive claims-management solution that helps our customers manage bodily injury claims, workers’ compensation claims and accident-related comparative-liability claims. We have a database of our customers’ claims histories, including detailed settlements, medical conditions, provider information and litigation issues, to help them deal with bodily injury claims. Our system also contains a library of more than 18,700 medical conditions to help our customers better understand injuries, treatments, complications and pre-existing conditions. This allows our customers to identify developing trends in claims settlements that may lead to changes in underwriting, legal and/or training practices.
 
Our database also enables our customers to track and direct their workers’ compensation cases, including evaluating the medical and occupational situation of each claimant, maintain consistency and quality in claims handling and to develop optimal return-to-work plans. In addition, we have solutions which assist our customers in better identifying and evaluating accident-related comparative liability claims. This helps our customers to manage each claim until settlement.
 
Our Customers
 
Risk Assessment Customers
 
The customers in our Risk Assessment segment include the top 100 P&C insurance providers in the United States, including AIG, Allstate, CNA, Hartford, Liberty Mutual, Nationwide, Fireman’s Fund, State Farm, Travelers and Zurich. Our statistical agent services are used by a substantial majority of P&C insurance providers in the United States to report to regulators. Our actuarial services and industry-standard insurance programs are used by the majority of insurers and reinsurers in the United States. In addition, certain agencies of the federal government, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency, or FEMA, as well as county and state governmental agencies and organizations, use our solutions to help satisfy government needs for risk assessment and emergency response information. In 2007, our largest Risk Assessment customer accounted for 5.2% of segment revenues, and our top ten customers accounted for 27.4% of segment revenues. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Customer Relationships” for more information on our relationship with our principal stockholders.
 
Decision Analytics Customers
 
In the Decision Analytics segment, we provide our P&C insurance solutions to the majority of the P&C insurers in the United States. Specifically, our claims database serves thousands of customers, representing more than 92% of the P&C insurance industry by premium volume, 26 state workers’ compensation insurance funds, 607 self-insureds, 465 third-party administrators, several state fraud bureaus, and many law-enforcement agencies involved in investigation and prosecution of insurance fraud. In addition, our catastrophe modeling solutions have been used in approximately 45% of catastrophe bond securitizations through 2007. Also, P&C insurance companies using our building and repair solutions handle over 60% of the property claims in the United States. More than 80% of insurance repair contractors and service providers in the United States and Canada with computerized estimating systems use our building and repair pricing data.
 
In the U.S. healthcare industry, our customers include numerous Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, Kaiser Permanente and Munich Reinsurance. In 2007, our largest customer in the Decision Analytics segment


62


Table of Contents

accounted for 4.6% of segment revenues and our top ten Decision Analytics customers accounted for 17.8% of segment revenues.
 
In the U.S. mortgage industry, we have more than 1,100 customers, including Wells Fargo, Bank of America and Wachovia. We provide our solutions to 14 of the top 20 mortgage lenders and 4 of the top 6 mortgage insurers, United Guarantee, RMIC, PMI and Old Republic Insured Credit Services. We have been providing services to mortgage insurers for over 20 years.
 
Our Competitors
 
We believe no single competitor currently offers the same scope of services and market coverage we provide. The breadth of markets we serve exposes us to a broad range of competitors.
 
Risk Assessment Competitors
 
Our Risk Assessment segment operates primarily in the U.S. P&C insurance industry, where we enjoy a leading market presence. We have a number of competitors in specific lines or services.
 
We encounter competition from a number of sources, including insurers who develop internal technology and actuarial methods for proprietary insurance programs. Competitors also include other statistical agents including the National Independent Statistical Service, the Independent Statistical Service, and other advisory organizations providing underwriting rules, prospective loss costs and coverage language, such as the American Association of Insurance Services and Mutual Services Organization.
 
Competitors for our property-specific rating and underwriting information are primarily limited to a number of regional providers of commercial property inspections and surveys, including Overland Solutions, Inc. and Regional Reporting, Inc. We also compete with a variety of organizations that offer consulting services, primarily specialty technology and consulting firms. In addition, a customer may use its own internal resources rather than engage an outside firm for these services. Our competitors also include information technology product and services vendors including CDS, Inc., management and strategy consulting firms including Deloitte, and smaller specialized information technology firms and analytical services firms including Pinnacle Consulting and EMB.
 
Decision Analytics Competitors
 
In the P&C insurance claims market and catastrophe modeling market, certain products are offered by a number of companies, including, ChoicePoint (loss histories and motor vehicle records for personal lines underwriting), Explore Information Services (personal automobile underwriting) and Risk Management Solutions (catastrophe modeling). We believe that our P&C insurance industry expertise, combined with our ability to offer multiple applications, services and integrated solutions to individual customers, enhances our competitiveness against these competitors with more limited offerings. In the healthcare market, certain products are offered by a number of companies, including Computer Sciences Corporation (evaluation of bodily injury and workers’ compensation claims), Fair Isaac Corporation (workers’ compensation and healthcare claims cost containment) and Ingenix, McKesson and Medstat (healthcare predictive modeling and business intelligence). Competitive factors include application features and functions, ease of delivery and integration, ability of the provider to maintain, enhance and support the applications or services and price. In the mortgage analytics solutions market, our competitors include First American CoreLogic and DataVerify Corporation (mortgage lending fraud identification) and ComplianceEase and Mavent (mortgage regulatory compliance). We believe that none of our competitors in the mortgage analytics market offers the same expertise in fraud detection analytics or forensic audit capabilities.
 
Development of New Solutions
 
We take a market-focused team approach to developing our solutions. Our operating units are responsible for developing, reviewing and enhancing our various products and services. Our data management and production team designs and manages our processes and systems for market data procurement, proprietary


63


Table of Contents

data production and quality control. Our Enterprise Data Management, or EDM, team supports our efforts to create new information and products from available data and explores new methods of collecting data. EDM is focused on understanding and documenting business-unit and corporate data assets and data issues; sharing and combining data assets across the enterprise; creating an enterprise data strategy; facilitating research and product development; and promoting cross-enterprise communication.
 
Our software development team builds the technology used in many of our solutions. As part of our product-development process, we continually solicit feedback from our customers on the value of our products and services and the market’s needs. We have established an extensive system of customer advisory panels, which meet regularly throughout the year to help us respond effectively to the needs of our markets. In addition, we use frequent sales calls, executive visits, user group meetings, and other industry forums to gather information to match the needs of the market with our product development efforts. We also use a variety of market research techniques to enhance our understanding of our clients and the markets in which they operate.
 
We are currently funding 45 product development initiatives for new and enhanced offerings, including:
 
  •      LOCATION Analyst, a new portfolio-assessment system that uses proprietary insurance industry data, visual maps and sophisticated reporting to help insurers make better risk management decisions;
 
  •      360Value, an innovative web-based system for estimating replacement values of residential, commercial and agricultural properties; and
 
  •      Predictive models to help insurers classify, segment and price risks for a variety of lines of insurance.
 
We also add to our offerings through an active acquisition program. Since 2003, we have acquired 14 businesses, which have allowed us to enter new markets, offer new products and enhance the value of existing products with additional proprietary sources of data.
 
When we find it advantageous, we augment our proprietary data sources and systems by forming alliances with other leading information providers and technology companies and integrating their product offerings into our offerings. This approach gives our customers the opportunity to obtain the information they need from a single source and more easily integrate the information into their workflows.
 
Sales, Marketing and Customer Support
 
We sell our products and services primarily through direct interaction with our clients. We employ a three-tier sales structure that includes salespeople, product specialists and sales support. As of September 2008, we had a sales force of 178 people. Within the company, several areas have sales teams that specialize in specific products and services. These specialized sales teams sell specific, highly technical product sets to targeted markets.
 
To provide account management to our largest customers, we segment the insurance market into two groups. National Accounts constitutes our 20 largest customers and Strategic Accounts includes all other insurance companies. Each market segment has its own sales team. Salespeople are responsible for our overall relationship with P&C insurance companies.
 
Salespeople participate in both customer-service and sales activities. They provide direct support, interacting frequently with assigned customers to assure a positive experience using our services. Salespeople also seek out new sales opportunities and provide support to the rest of the sales team. We believe our salespeople’s product knowledge and local presence differentiates us from our competition. Product specialists have product expertise and work with salespeople on specific opportunities for their assigned products. Both salespeople and product specialists have responsibility for identifying new sales opportunities. A team approach and a common customer relationship management system allow for effective coordination between the two groups.


64


Table of Contents

We go to market using a number of brands, including:
 
(GRAPH)
 
Sources of our Data
 
The data we use to perform our analytics and power our solutions are sourced through six different kinds of data arrangements. First, we gather data from our customers within agreements that also permit our customers to use the solutions created upon their data. These agreements remain in effect unless the data contributor chooses to opt out and represent our primary method of data gathering. It is very rare that contributors elect not to continue providing us data. Second, we have agreements with data contributors in which we specify the particular uses of their data and provide to the data contributors their required levels of privacy, protection of data and where necessary de-identification of data. These agreements represent no cost to us and generally feature a specified period of time for the data contributions and require renewal. Third, we “mine” data found inside the transactions supported by our solutions; as an example, we utilize the claims settlement data generated inside our repair cost estimating solution to improve the cost factors used in our models. Again, these arrangements represent no cost to us and we obtain the consent of our customers to make use of their data in this way. Fourth, we source data generally at no cost from public sources including federal, state and local governments. Fifth, we gather data about the physical characteristics of commercial properties through the direct observation of our field staff who also perform property surveys at the request of, and facilitated by, property insurers. Lastly, we purchase data from data aggregators under contracts that reflect prevailing market pricing for the data elements purchased, including county tax assessor records, descriptions of hazards such as flood plains and professional licenses. In all our modes of data collection, we are the owners of whatever derivative solutions we create using the data. Because of the efficiency of our data gathering methods and the lack of any cost associated with a large portion of our data, our costs to source data were 1.9% and 1.8% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
 
Information Technology
 
Technology
 
Our information technology systems are fundamental to our success. They are used for the storage, processing, access and delivery of the data which forms the foundation of our business and the development and delivery of our solutions provided to our clients. Much of the technology we use and provide to our clients is developed, maintained and supported by approximately 800 employees. We generally own or have secured ongoing rights to use for the purposes of our business all the customer-facing applications which are material to our operations. We support and implement a mix of technologies, focused on implementing the most efficient technology for any give business requirement or task.


65


Table of Contents

Customers connect to our systems using a number of different technologies, including internet, VPN, dedicated network connections, Frame Relay and Value Added Network services through vendors such as Advantis and IVANS. We utilize Computer Associates Unicenter, Hewlett Packard Insight Manager, Compuware Vantage and other best-of-breed point technologies to aggressively monitor and automate the management of our environment and applications as well as event-driven operational alerts.
 
Data Centers
 
We have two primary data centers in Jersey City, New Jersey and Orem, Utah. In addition, we have data centers dedicated to certain business units, including AIR and DxCG in Boston and AISG Claimsearch in Israel. In addition to these key data centers, we also have a number of smaller data centers located in other states.
 
Disaster Recovery
 
We are committed to a framework for business continuity management and carry out annual reviews of the state of preparedness of each business unit. All of our critical databases, systems and contracted client services are also regularly recovered. We also have documented disaster recovery plans in place for each of our major data centers and each of our solutions. Our primary data center recovery site is in New York State, approximately 50 miles northwest of Jersey City, New Jersey.
 
Security
 
We have adopted a wide range of measures to ensure the security of our IT infrastructure and data. Security measures generally cover the following key areas: physical security; logical security of the perimeter; network security such as firewalls; logical access to the operating systems; deployment of virus detection software; and appropriate policies and procedures relating to removable media such as laptops. All laptops are encrypted and media leaving our premises that is sent to a third-party storage facility is also encrypted. This commitment has led us to achieve certification from CyberTrust (an industry leader in information security certification) since 2002.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We own a significant number of intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and patents. Specifically, our policy language, insurance manuals, software and databases are protected by both registered and common law copyrights, and the licensing of those materials to our customers for their use represents a large portion of our revenue. We also own in excess of 200 trademarks in the U.S. and foreign countries, including the names of our products and services and our logos and tag lines, many of which are registered. We believe many of our trademarks, trade names, service marks and logos to be of material importance to our business as they assist our customers in identifying our products and services and the quality that stands behind them. We consider our intellectual property to be proprietary, and we rely on a combination of statutory (e.g., copyright, trademark, trade secret and patent) and contractual safeguards in a comprehensive intellectual property enforcement program to protect them wherever they are used.
 
We also own several software method and processing patents and have several pending patent applications in the U.S. that complement our products. The patents and patent applications include claims which pertain to technology, including a patent for our Claims Outcome Advisor software, our ISO-ITS rating and policy administration software and for our Xactware Sketch product. We believe the protection of our proprietary technology is important to our success and we will continue to seek to protect those intellectual property assets for which we have expended substantial research and development capital and which are material to our business.
 
In order to maintain control of our intellectual property, we enter into license agreements with our customers, granting each customer a license to use our products and services, including our software and databases. This helps to maintain the integrity of our proprietary intellectual property and to protect the embedded information and technology contained in our solutions. As a general practice, employees,


66


Table of Contents

contractors and other parties with access to our proprietary information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2008, we employed 3,265 full-time and 195 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.
 
Properties
 
Our headquarters are in Jersey City, New Jersey. As of September 30, 2008, our principal offices consisted of the following properties:
 
                 
Location
  Square Feet     Lease Expiration Date  
 
Jersey City, New Jersey
    390,991       May 21, 2021  
Orem, Utah
    68,343       January 1, 2017  
Boston, Massachusetts
    47,000       March 31, 2015  
Agoura Hills, California
    28,666       October 30, 2011  
South Jordan, Utah
    23,505       May 31, 2014  
 
We also lease offices in 15 states in the United States and the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico and offices outside the United States to support our international operations in China, England, Israel, India, Japan and Germany.
 
We believe that our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We also anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space, including those under lease options, will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.
 
Regulation
 
Because our business involves the distribution of certain personal, public and non-public data to businesses and governmental entities that make eligibility, service and marketing decisions based on such data, certain of our solutions and services are subject to regulation under federal, state and local laws in the United States and, to a lesser extent, foreign countries. Examples of such regulation include the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use of consumer credit report information; the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which regulates the use of non-public personal financial information held by financial institutions and applies indirectly to companies that provide services to financial institutions; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which restricts the public disclosure of patient information and applies indirectly to companies that provide services to healthcare businesses; the Drivers Privacy Protection Act, which prohibits the public disclosure, use or resale by any state’s department of motor vehicles of personal information about an individual that was obtained by the department in connection with a motor vehicle record, except for a “permissible purpose” and various other federal, state and local laws and regulations.
 
These laws generally restrict the use and disclosure of personal information and provide consumers certain rights to know the manner in which their personal information is being used, to challenge the accuracy of such information and/or to prevent the use and disclosure of such information. In certain instances, these laws also impose requirements for safeguarding personal information through the issuance of data security standards or guidelines. Certain state laws impose similar privacy obligations, as well as obligations to provide notification of security breaches in certain circumstances.
 
We are also licensed as a rating, rate service, advisory or statistical organization under state insurance codes in all fifty states, Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands and the District of Columbia. As such an advisory organization, we provide statistical, actuarial, policy language development and related products and services to property/casualty insurers, including advisory prospective loss costs, other prospective cost information, manual rules and policy language. We also serve as an officially designated statistical agent of


67


Table of Contents

state insurance regulators to collect policy-writing and loss statistics of individual insurers and compile that information into reports used by the regulators.
 
Many of our products, services and operations as well as insurer use of our services are subject to state rather than federal regulation by virtue of the McCarran-Ferguson Act. As a result, many of our operations and products are subject to review and/or approval by state regulators. Furthermore, our operations involving licensed advisory organization activities are subject to periodic examinations conducted by state regulators and our operations and products are subject to state antitrust and trade practice statutes within or outside state insurance codes, which are typically enforced by state attorneys general and/or insurance regulators.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, we do not believe that any legal proceedings to which we are a party would have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. Although we believe that we have strong defenses for the proceedings described below, we could in the future incur judgments or fines or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. We are among the named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including our Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. On August 18, 2008, we were voluntarily dismissed from the case with prejudice.
 
We have entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against us with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was made in 2006 for this proceeding and the total amount we paid in 2008 with respect to these settlements was less than $2 million. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California, that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss us from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
The following two lawsuits have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by our Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies. The plaintiffs seek to recover compensation for their damages in an amount equal to the difference between the amount paid by the defendants and the fair market repair/restoration costs of their damaged property.
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against us and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company filed in March 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims which the defendants will oppose.


68


Table of Contents

 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against us and Travelers Insurance Company filed in November 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings in the case pending an appraisal of the lead plaintiff’s insurance claims.
 
The third lawsuit, Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co. , is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General in November 2007 in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage and seeks the forfeiture of any illegal profits and treble damages. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court. That decision was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Defendants have filed a motion to dismiss and plaintiffs are opposing the motion. The Attorney General has filed a motion to sever the case in two parts (one seeking injunctive relief and the other seeking treble damages), and to have portions of the case sent back to Louisiana state court. Defendants are opposing that motion.
 
At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution of, or estimate the liability related to, these matters. No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware litigation.
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, our Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. Plaintiffs brought the action on their own behalf and on behalf of all similarly situated individuals whose personal information is contained in any motor vehicle record maintained by the State of Texas and who have not provided express consent to the State of Texas for the distribution of their personal information for purposes not enumerated by the DPPA and whose personal information has been knowingly obtained and used by the defendants. The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained such personal information and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages in the amount of $2,500 for each instance of a violation of the DPPA, punitive damages and the destruction of any illegally obtained personal information. The Court granted iiX’s motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing and plaintiffs are appealing the dismissal.


69


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers and directors of the Company, as of September 30, 2008:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Frank J. Coyne
    59     Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Scott G. Stephenson
    51     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Mark V. Anquillare
    42     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kenneth E. Thompson
    48     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Carole J. Banfield
    68     Executive Vice President — Information Services and Government Relations
Vincent Cialdella
    57     Senior Vice President — AISG
Kevin B. Thompson
    58     Senior Vice President — Insurance Services
J. Hyatt Brown
    72     Director
Glen A. Dell
    72     Director
Henry J. Feinberg
    56     Director
Christopher M. Foskett
    52     Director
Constantine P. Iordanou
    58     Director
John F. Lehman, Jr. 
    67     Director
Stephen W. Lilienthal
    58     Director
Samuel G. Liss
    53     Director
Andrew G. Mills
    55     Director
Arthur J. Rothkopf
    73     Director
Barbara D. Stewart
    65     Director
David B. Wright
    59     Director
 
A brief biography of each executive officer and director follows.
 
Executive Officers
 
Frank J. Coyne has been our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since 2002. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Coyne served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and he served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Coyne joined the Company from Kemper Insurance Cos. where he was Executive Vice President Specialty and Risk Management Groups. Previously, he served in a variety of positions with General Accident Insurance, and was elected its President and Chief Operating Officer in 1991. He has also held executive positions with Lynn Insurance Group, Reliance Insurance Co. and PMA Insurance Co.
 
Scott G. Stephenson has been our Chief Operating Officer since June 2008 and leader of our Decision Analytics segment. From 2002 to 2008, Mr. Stephenson served as our Executive Vice President and he served as President of our Intego Solutions business from 2001 to 2002. Mr. Stephenson joined the Company from Silver Lake Partners, a technology-oriented private equity firm, where he was an executive-in-residence from 1999 to 2001. From 1989 to 1999 Mr. Stephenson was a partner with The Boston Consulting Group, eventually rising to senior partner and member of the firm’s North American operating committee.
 
Mark V. Anquillare has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2007. Mr. Anquillare joined the Company as Director of Financial Systems in 1992 and since joining the Company,


70


Table of Contents

Mr. Anquillare has held various management positions, including Assistant Vice President, Vice President and Controller and Senior Vice President and Controller. Prior to 1992, Mr. Anquillare was employed by the Prudential Insurance Company of America. Mr. Anquillare is a Fellow of the Life Management Institute.
 
Kenneth E. Thompson has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since 2006. Prior to joining the Company in 2006, Mr. Thompson was a partner of McCarter & English, LLP from 1997 to 2006. Mr. Thompson also serves on the board of directors of Measurement Specialties, Inc.
 
Carole J. Banfield has been our Executive Vice President Information Services and Government Relations Department focused on our Risk Assessment segment since 1996. Ms. Banfield joined the Company in 1970 as an assistant actuary in the Homeowners Actuarial Division and since 1977 has held various management positions, including Vice President Government and Industry Relations. Ms. Banfield began her career with the National Bureau of Casualty Underwriters in 1962. Ms. Banfield is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and an Associate of the Casualty Actuarial Society. She currently serves on the board of directors of the American Society of Workers’ Compensation Professionals, the Insurance Data Management Association and on the Industry Advisory Group of ACORD.
 
Vincent Cialdella has been our Senior Vice President, AISG since April 2008 in our Decision Analytics segment. Prior to April 2008, Mr. Cialdella served as Vice President of ISO Claims Solutions, a division of AISG, since 2000. Mr. Cialdella’s career at the Company spans approximately thirty years, during which he has served as Assistant Vice President of Software Products, Corporate Systems and Application Development Support Center.
 
Kevin B. Thompson has been our Senior Vice President, Insurance Services since 2003 focused on our Risk Assessment segment. Mr. Thompson joined the Company in 1974 and has held various management positions, including Vice President, Insurance Services, Vice President, Personal and Standard Commercial Lines, Vice President, Standard Commercial Lines, Assistant Vice President, Commercial Casualty Actuarial. Mr. Thompson is also a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries and Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society. From 1996 to 1999 he served as Vice President - Admissions of the Casualty Actuarial Society and as a Member of the Board of Directors from 1994 to 1996.
 
Class A Directors
 
Christopher M. Foskett has served as one of our directors since 1999. Mr. Foskett is a Managing Director and Global Head of the Financial Institutions Group in Citigroup’s Corporate Bank since 2007. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Foskett was Head of Sales and Relationship Management for Citigroup Global Transaction Services. He also served as Global Industry Head for the Insurance and Investment Industries in Citigroup’s Global Corporate Bank from 1999 to 2003. Previously, he held various roles in Citigroup’s mergers and acquisitions group.
 
David B. Wright has served as one of our directors since 1999. Mr. Wright has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Verari Systems since 2006. Before joining Verari Systems, he was Executive Vice President, Office of the CEO, Strategic Alliances and Global Accounts of EMC Corporation from 2004 to 2006. Between 2001 and 2004 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Legato Systems and from 1997 to 2000 Mr. Wright was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Amdahl Corporation. Mr. Wright is also a director on the board of VA Software and ActiveIdentity.
 
John F. Lehman, Jr. has served as one of our directors since 1995. Mr. Lehman is Chairman of J. F. Lehman & Co., an investment firm that he founded in 1991. Prior to founding J. F. Lehman & Co., he was Managing Director of Paine Webber, Inc. from 1988 to 1991. In 1981, Mr. Lehman was appointed Secretary of the Navy by President Reagan and served in that capacity until 1987. Mr. Lehman was a member of the bipartisan September 11 Commission and serves on the board of directors of Ball Corp., EnerSys, Inc., Hawaii Superferry Inc., Atlantic Marine, Oao Technology Solutions Inc. and Special Devices, Incorporated.
 
Andrew G. Mills has served as one of our directors since 2002. Mr. Mills has been President of The King’s College in New York, NY since 2007. He is the former Chairman of Intego Solutions LLC, which he founded in 2000. Mr. Mills previously served as Chief Executive Officer of The Thomson Corporation’s


71


Table of Contents

Financial and Professional Publishing unit and as a member of Thomson’s board of directors. In 1984, he lead the start-up operations of Business Research Corporation and was responsible for overseeing its sale and integration into The Thompson Corporation. He began his career with Courtaulds Ltd. and joined The Boston Consulting Group in 1979. Mr. Mills is on the board of directors of The King’s College, Lexington Christian Academy, Camp of the Woods and Hope Christian Church, and is a member of the Massachusetts State Board of the Salvation Army.
 
Arthur J. Rothkopf has served as one of our directors since 1993. Mr. Rothkopf has served as Senior Vice President and Counselor to the President of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce since July of 2005. From 1993 to 2005, Mr. Rothkopf was President of Lafayette College in Easton, Pennsylvania. Prior to serving as President of Lafayette College, Mr. Rothkopf was General Counsel and Deputy Secretary of the U.S. Department of Transportation, appointed by President George H. W. Bush. From 1967 through 1991, he practiced law with the Washington, D.C., firm of Hogan & Hartson, where he was a senior partner. Mr. Rothkopf is a Trustee of American University in Washington D.C.
 
J. Hyatt Brown has served as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Brown has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Brown & Brown, Inc. since 1993. Mr. Brown is a Trustee of Stetson University in Florida, a past member of the Florida Board of Regents and a member of the Florida Council of 100. He was elected to the Florida House of Representatives in 1972 and was elected Speaker in 1978. Mr. Brown retired as Speaker in 1980. He also serves on the board of directors of Rock-Tenn Company, the FPL Group Inc. and the Daytona International Speedway Corporation.
 
Glen A. Dell has served as one of our directors since 1995. Mr. Dell is a retired Partner of MapleWood Equity Partners LP. Mr. Dell served as a Partner of MapleWood Equity Partners LP from 1998 to 2007. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Dell served as President of Investcorp Management Services Inc., where he was responsible for post-acquisition management of Investcorp’s portfolio of companies in North America. He has also served as a consultant, specializing in interim management services, and held executive positions with General Electric Co., International Paper Co., and JWT Group, Inc. Mr. Dell was a member of the board of directors of Parts Depot, Inc. until February 28, 2008.
 
Henry J. Feinberg has served as one of our directors since 1996. Since 2000, Mr. Feinberg has been a Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures, a private equity and venture capital firm. Previously, Mr. Feinberg was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rand McNally & Company. Mr. Feinberg is also a director of Adknowledge, Inc., CosmoCom, Inc., eLoyalty Corporation, FXall and Yield Management Services Ltd.
 
Barbara D. Stewart has served as one of our directors since 1995. Ms. Stewart has been President of Stewart Economics, Inc., a consulting firm that specializes in the insurance business and its regulation, since 1981. Before forming Stewart Economics, Ms. Stewart was Corporate Economist of the Chubb Group of Insurance Companies. Ms. Stewart is also a director of The Main Street America Group; a former director of Capital Re Corporation; a former overseer of The School of Risk Management, Insurance, and Actuarial Science of St. John’s University; and a member of the Editorial Board of Risk Management and Insurance Review .
 
Class B Directors
 
Constantine P. Iordanou has served as one of our directors since 2001. Mr. Iordanou has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Capital Group Limited, or ACGL, since August 2003 and as director of ACGL since January 2002. From January 2002 through July 2003, he was Chief Executive Officer of Arch Capital (U.S.) Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACGL. Prior to joining ACGL in 2002, Mr. Iordanou served in various capacities for Zurich Financial Services and its affiliates, including as Senior Executive Vice President of Group Operations and Business Development of Zurich Financial Services, President of Zurich-American Specialties Division, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich American and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich North America. Prior to joining Zurich in March of 1992, he served as President of the Commercial Casualty division of the Berkshire Hathaway Group and


72


Table of Contents

served as Senior Vice President with the American Home Insurance Company, a member of the American International Group.
 
Samuel G. Liss has served as one of our directors since 2005. Mr. Liss has been Executive Vice President at The Travelers Companies since 2004. Before the merger of The St. Paul and Travelers Companies, Mr. Liss served as Executive Vice President at The St. Paul from February 2003 to April 2004. From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Liss was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse First Boston, or CSFB, initially focused on equity research across a range of financial institution sectors and subsequently serving in a Senior Investment Banking relationship, advisory and execution role in CSFB’s Financial Institutions Group, including leadership of its asset management industry practice. Mr. Liss was a senior equity analyst at Salomon Brothers from 1980 to 1994.
 
Stephen W. Lilienthal has served as one of our directors since 2008. Mr. Lilienthal has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation, or CNA, and its insurance subsidiaries since August 2002. Prior to that time, he was President and Chief Executive Officer, Property and Casualty Operations of the CNA insurance companies. He is a member of the Executive and Finance Committees of CNA and has been a director of CNA since August of 2001. Mr. Lilienthal is also a director of American Institute for Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters, After School Matters, Northwestern Memorial Foundation, World Business Chicago, The Executives’ Club of Chicago and Boys and Girls Clubs of Chicago.
 
Board Composition
 
The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. From the date of this prospectus until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, our board of directors will consist of between 11 and 13 directors, and will be comprised as follows:
 
  •      between eight to ten Class A directors; and
 
  •      three Class B directors.
 
See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law — Staggered Boards.”
 
Director Independence
 
Our board of directors currently consists of 13 directors, 12 of which are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. Currently, the following individuals serve on our board of directors as independent directors: J. Hyatt Brown, Glen A. Dell, Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett, Constantine P. Iordanou, John F. Lehman, Jr., Stephen W. Lilienthal, Samuel G. Liss, Andrew G. Mills, Arthur J. Rothkopf, Barbara D. Stewart and David B. Wright.
 
Board Committees
 
Our by-laws provide that the board of directors may designate one or more committees. We currently have the following committees: Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Finance and Investment Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
 
The Executive Committee currently consists of Frank J. Coyne (Chair), Glen A. Dell, Constantine P. Iordanou, John F. Lehman, Jr. and Arthur J. Rothkopf. The Executive Committee exercises all the power and authority of the board of directors (except those powers and authorities that are reserved to the full board of directors under Delaware law) between regularly scheduled board of directors meetings. The Executive Committee also makes recommendations to the full board of directors on various matters. The Executive Committee meets as necessary upon the call of the chairman of the board of directors.
 
The Audit Committee currently consists of Arthur J. Rothkopf (Chair), Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett, Andrew G. Mills and Barbara D. Stewart, all of whom are “independent” as defined under


73


Table of Contents

applicable listing rules. Each member of our Audit Committee is financially literate, as such term is interpreted by our board of directors. Ms. Barbara D. Stewart is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules. The Audit Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors the internal accounting and financial controls for the Company and the accounting principles and auditing practices and procedures to be employed in preparation and review of the financial statements of the Company. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to our board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, the Audit Committee also makes recommendations to the board of directors concerning the engagement of the independent accounting firm and the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such auditors.
 
The Compensation Committee currently consists of John F. Lehman, Jr. (Chair), Glen A. Dell, Constantine P. Iordanou and David B. Wright, all of whom are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. The Compensation Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of the officers and other managerial employees and the establishment and administration of employee benefit plans. The Compensation Committee also exercises all authority under the Company’s employee equity incentive plans and advises and consults with the officers of the Company as may be requested regarding managerial personnel policies.
 
The Finance and Investment Committee currently consists of Glen A. Dell (Chair), Frank J. Coyne, Henry J. Feinberg, Christopher M. Foskett and John F. Lehman, Jr. The Finance and Investment Committee meets annually and at such other times as necessary to establish, monitor and evaluate the Company’s investment policies, practices and advisors, and to advise management and the board of directors on the financial aspects of strategic and operational directions, including financial plans, capital planning, financing alternatives, and acquisition opportunities.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of Constantine P. Iordanou (Chair), Frank J. Coyne, Arthur J. Rothkopf and David B. Wright. Mr. Constantine P. Iordanou, Arthur J. Rothkopf and David B. Wright are “independent” as defined under applicable listing rules. Following this offering, we expect that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be comprised of independent directors in accordance with applicable requirements. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the board of directors policies and procedures relating to director and board of directors committee nominations and corporate governance policies.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Our board of directors has established a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our employees, agents, independent contractors, consultants, officers and directors. Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulations. The board of directors has not granted any waivers to the code of business conduct and ethics.
 
Corporate Governance Guidelines
 
Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that comply with the applicable listing requirements and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of the Compensation Committee is a current or former officer of the Company or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, there are no compensation committee interlocks with the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.


74


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation and Benefits
 
Annual Retainer.   Effective June 1, 2007, each non-employee director receives a retainer fee of $50,000 per year for membership on the board of directors. Each non-employee director who chairs a committee receives an additional $5,000 retainer fee, with the exception of the chairpersons of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, each of whom receives an additional $12,500 annual retainer fee.
 
Each non-employee director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer in the form of (i) cash, (ii) deferred cash, (iii) shares of Class A common stock, (iv) deferred shares of Class A common stock, (v) options to purchase Class A common stock or (vi) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), except that not more than 50% of the Annual Retainer may be paid in cash.
 
Meeting Attendance Fees.   Each non-employee director receives a $1,500 fee for each board of directors or Committee meeting attended in person. Meeting attendance fees are payable only in cash or deferred cash.
 
Stock Option Grants.   Effective as of the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director receives an annual option grant having a Black-Scholes value of $125,000. The initial awarding of such options is being phased in over a period of three years, so that, from 2007 through 2009, each non-employee director receives (or received) the initial grant in the year he or she is (or was) re-elected. Such options, and any portion of the Annual Retainer Fees elected to be taken as options, are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant (subject to earlier termination if the individual ceases to be a director of the Company), vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date of grant. Prior to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director was granted an option to purchase 1,500 shares of Class A common stock every three years upon his or her re-election to the Board.
 
Employee-directors receive no additional compensation for service on the board of directors. Mr. Frank J. Coyne is the only employee-director.
 
The table below shows compensation paid to or earned by the directors during 2007. As noted above, directors may elect to receive compensation in various forms other than cash. Also, prior to 2007, directors received stock option grants every three years upon their re-election to the board. We are required to report equity awards based on accounting expense. The amounts shown for each director are not uniform because accounting expense will differ in part depending on how each director elected to receive his or her compensation and the years in which they were re-elected to the board.
 
                                 
    Fees Earned or
    Stock Awards
    Option Awards
    Total
 
Name
  Paid in Cash ($)     ($)(1)     ($)(1)     ($)  
 
Joseph A. Brandon(2)
    7,500       25,080       52,271       84,851  
J. Hyatt Brown(3)
    32,500       25,080       97,725       155,305  
Glen A. Dell(4)
    10,500             152,725       163,225  
Henry J. Feinberg(5)
    10,500             147,725       158,225  
Christopher M. Foskett(6)
    31,000       12,540             43,540  
Constantine Iordanou(7)
                117,500       117,500  
John F. Lehman, Jr.(8)
                125,000       125,000  
Samuel G. Liss(9)
    32,000             149,996       181,996  
Andrew G. Mills(10)
    4,500             112,500       117,000  
Arthur J. Rothkopf(11)
    9,000       62,700       62,500       134,200  
Barbara D. Stewart(12)
    9,000             97,725       106,725  
David B. Wright(13)
    9,000       50,160       27,271       86,431  
 
(1) For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the amounts shown in the option awards and stock awards columns, see note 2(j) of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this prospectus.


75


Table of Contents

 
(2) Mr. Brandon received options during 2007 with a fair value of $25,000, and stock awards with a fair value of $25,080. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Brandon owned options covering 3,635 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(3) Mr. Brown received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $25,080. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Brown owned options covering 3,000 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(4) Mr. Dell received options during 2007 with a fair value of $55,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Dell owned options covering 1,724 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(5) Mr. Feinberg received options during 2007 with a fair value of $50,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Feinberg owned options covering 3,739 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(6) Mr. Foskett received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $12,540. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Foskett owned 47 stock awards and options covering 1,000 shares.
 
(7) Mr. Iordanou received options during 2007 with a fair value of $117,500. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Iordanou owned options covering 8,796 shares.
 
(8) Mr. Lehman received options during 2007 with a fair value of $125,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Lehman owned options covering 2,517 shares.
 
(9) Mr. Liss received options during 2007 with a fair value of $25,000. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Liss owned options covering 1,870 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(10) Mr. Mills received options during 2007 with a fair value of $112,500. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Mills owned options covering 5,608 shares.
 
(11) Mr. Rothkopf received options during 2007 with a fair value of $62,500, and stock awards with a fair value of $62,700. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Rothkopf owned options covering 2,021 shares.
 
(12) As of December 31, 2007, Ms. Stewart owned 1,142 stock awards and options covering 1,500 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
(13) Mr. Wright received stock awards during 2007 with a fair value of $50,160. As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Wright owned options covering 3,642 shares. The amount shown in the option column above includes expense amounts recognized, under FAS 123R, in 2007 relating to option grants made in 2006.
 
Where no information is given as to a particular type of award with respect to any individual, such individual did not hold or receive such an award during or as of the end of the last fiscal year, as the case may be.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Our business requires a highly skilled work force. While the capital intensity of our business is low, our human capital requirements are great. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, our business depends on our senior leadership team, who possess business and technical capabilities that would be difficult, and costly, to replace. We have designed our compensation program to address these needs.
 
This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions relating to the compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our other three most highly compensated executive officers. This information describes the manner and context in which compensation is earned by and awarded to these Named Executive Officers, or NEOs, and provides perspective on the tables and narrative that follow.


76


Table of Contents

Compensation Program Objectives
 
We believe the compensation program for our NEOs must attract, reward, motivate and retain the highly-qualified individuals we need to plan and execute our business strategy. We believe the program motivates managers by directly linking a portion of compensation both to the Company’s performance and the individual’s performance. To foster this direct link, we have designed our program so that a significant percentage of a NEO’s compensation is variable rather than fixed. This percentage increases with seniority, because we believe that the decisions of more senior managers have a greater impact on our performance.
 
Executives will earn variable compensation (cash awards and stock options) only if warranted by Company and individual performance. Variable compensation for our NEOs consists of an annual cash payment pursuant to our Short Term Incentive, or STI, program and a long-term equity incentive award pursuant to our Long Term Incentive, or LTI, program. We believe the design of our compensation program effectively encourages our senior managers to act in a manner that benefits the Company by creating long-term value for our stockholders.
 
Elements of the Company’s Compensation Program
 
We currently provide the following elements of compensation to our NEOs:
 
  •      base salary;
 
  •      annual cash incentive awards;
 
  •      long-term equity incentive awards; and
 
  •      health, welfare and retirement plans.
 
Each compensation element fulfills one or more of our compensation program objectives.
 
Base Salary
 
We pay base salaries to attract, reward and retain managers, and so that in recruiting and retaining senior executives we are not disadvantaged by being seen as offering a lower level of fixed compensation for a given position level. We review salaries annually to maintain competitive market levels, which are based on the experience and scope of responsibilities of each NEO. We perform our own analysis of prevailing market levels of salary for comparable positions, relying on our general knowledge of the industry, anecdotal evidence gained in the hiring and termination process and, when available, commercially prepared market surveys. In 2007, Fredric W. Cook & Co. provided the Compensation Committee with broad-based market survey information to assist the Committee in obtaining a general understanding of current compensation practices. The base salary of our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, is determined by the Compensation Committee. The base salary of each of our other NEOs is determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee. All NEO’s other than Mr. Thompson are long-term employees. Their base salaries were determined by the Compensation Committee (in the case of Mr. Coyne) or by Mr. Coyne, with the approval of the Compensation Committee (in the case of others) based on an assessment of prevailing market compensation practices for comparable positions. Mr. Thompson joined the Company in October 2006. His base salary was determined at the time he was hired based on an assessment of prevailing market compensation practices for comparable positions developed during the recruiting process. Base salary as a percentage of total compensation differs based on an executive’s position and function. Generally, executives with the highest position and level of responsibility, and thus the greatest ability to influence our performance through their decision making, have the smallest percentage of their total compensation fixed as salary. We have historically placed greater emphasis on the incentivizing potential of variable compensation; for this reason we have generally maintained salaries at a level that we believe is below the prevailing range for similar positions.


77


Table of Contents

Annual Cash Incentive Awards
 
At the conclusion of each year, the Compensation Committee establishes performance goals for the coming year under our STI program. The specified performance goals relate to growth in revenue and EBITDA margin, and are derived from our strategic and business growth plan. We selected revenue growth and EBITDA margin growth as the criteria for STI because we believe our business’s ability to generate recurring revenue and positive cash flow is the key indicator of the successful execution of our business strategy. For 2007, the Compensation Committee established these growth targets at 10% and 28% respectively, with each factor having equal weight. Minimum thresholds were set at 6% and 25%, respectively, and maximum levels at 15% and 35%, respectively. In addition to these pre-determined revenue growth and EBITDA margin goals, the Compensation Committee evaluates the accomplishment during the year of other financial and nonfinancial performance measures that we believe position the Company to achieve long-term future growth. These include enhancements to productivity, achievement of new sales, accomplishment of strategic and operational initiatives and completion of acquisitions and strategic relationships. The Compensation Committee has discretion to increase or decrease the size of the STI pool to account for specific considerations applicable to a particular year.
 
Funding of the STI pool is determined by the Compensation Committee, taking into account the recommendation of the CEO, at the conclusion of the performance year based on the degree to which goals are achieved during the year.
 
Within the STI pool, awards are made for each NEO based upon a subjective review of each individual’s performance for the year. Targets for STI awards are expressed as a percentage of base salary, which percentage differs based on an executive’s position and function. There is discretion to pay an individual above or below their target STI award based on the assessment of that individual’s performance. Such discretion might be used, for example, to recognize extraordinary performance achievement or to take into account unforeseen events, such as systemic economic conditions that may influence business results. See “Analysis of 2007 Variable Compensation” for a discussion of how we determined 2007 STI. The STI award for our CEO is determined by the Compensation Committee. The STI awards for each of our other NEOs are determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee. Awards under the STI plan are in the form of cash payments. Cash STI awards are paid in March, in respect of performance for the prior year.
 
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards
 
Awards under the LTI plan are generally in the form of option grants. The LTI plan also permits us to grant restricted stock awards, however that has not been our practice because we believe options provide a more effective incentive to increase the value of the Company. Also, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, described below under “— Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans,” has enabled us to grant interests in our stock to our executives, also providing a directional, less highly leveraged incentive to increase share value.
 
The number of shares underlying an option grant under the LTI program is determined by a grant date value of the option award using a Black-Scholes formula. The target award value for each executive is expressed as a percentage of base salary, and is subject to the achievement of Company and individual performance targets, which are the same as those used for STI discussed above.
 
In general, option awards under the LTI plan are made in March, and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, which is determined pursuant to the most recently conducted appraisal performed in connection with our ESOP.
 
Our practice has been to award Mr. Frank J. Coyne option grants under the LTI plan at irregular intervals. Certain of Mr. Coyne’s options have been granted at an exercise price above the then-current fair market value of our Class A common stock. Mr. Coyne’s last option award was in 2005. We anticipate that after the completion of this offering, Mr. Coyne will be considered for option awards annually, with an exercise price at the then-current fair market value of our shares, in the same manner as other NEOs. Mr. Mark V. Anquillare was named Chief Financial Officer in March 2007, and received an additional option award on June 30, 2007 in connection with that appointment.


78


Table of Contents

Analysis of 2007 Variable Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee established the 2007 funding levels for the STI and LTI award pools by assessing the actual revenue growth and EBITDA margin growth for the year, and evaluating the other financial and nonfinancial performance factors described below that we believe position the Company to achieve sustainable long-term growth. For 2007, the Company’s revenue growth was slightly (approximately 5%) below target level, while EBITDA margin growth exceeded target objectives (approximately 140%). In evaluating these results, we also recognized the challenging conditions in the mortgage market, and the softening conditions in the property and casualty markets affecting our core operations. We believe the Company achieved excellent results in difficult conditions, and therefore established the STI pool (total payouts to all employees eligible to participate) at 84% of the maximum STI amount and established the LTI pool at 76% of the maximum LTI amount. The Compensation Committee exercised discretion to fund the LTI pool at a lower level because there are fewer eligible employees participating the LTI pool and the CEO, as discussed below did not receive an LTI award in 2008.
 
For the individual NEO’s, other than Mr. Coyne, the Compensation Committee considered the additional factors described below in reaching their STI amounts. The factors noted were not given any specific weights, but were rather the basis on which the Compensation Committee exercised its discretion to determine the STI awards.
 
Mr. Stephenson: the improvement in focus on our strategic initiatives and leadership in our business development initiatives.
 
Mr. Anquillare: the strong performance Mr. Anquillare rendered in assuming the new role of CFO and increasing efficiency in the performance of our financial reporting and oversight functions.
 
Mr. Thompson: the achievement of improved corporate governance and leadership in assuming responsibility for management of our Internal Audit and Human Resource divisions.
 
In the case of Mr. Boehning, who retired shortly following the end of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee awarded him an amount that reflected his service to the Company since its inception.
 
Mr. Geraghty’s employment terminated effective March 8, 2007 and he received no STI award for 2007.
 
The 2007 STI award to Mr. Coyne was determined based upon the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of Company performance, and recognized the strong EBITDA margin growth achieved by the Company, as well as the revenue performance discussed above. Mr. Coyne did not receive an LTI award, due to our prior practice of making LTI awards to the CEO at irregular intervals.
 
The LTI awards to each of the other NEOs were based on the Company’s performance for the year, as well as the factors noted above for each individual. Mr. Anquillare received an additional option grant in June 2007, which specifically recognized the increased scope of his responsibilities in connection with his promotion to CFO. Mr. Geraghty’s employment terminated effective March 8, 2007 and he received no LTI award in 2007.
 
Health, Welfare and Retirement Plans
 
We offer health and welfare benefit programs including medical, dental, life, accident and disability insurance. The Company contributes a percentage of the cost of these benefits. These benefits are available to substantially all employees, and the percentage of the Company’s contribution is the same for all.
 
Our tax-qualified retirement plans include:
 
  •      a combined 401(k) Savings Plan and ESOP,


79


Table of Contents

 
  •      a defined benefit pension plan with (i) a traditional final pay formula applicable to employees who were 49 years old with 15 years of service as of January 1, 2002, and (ii) a cash balance formula applicable to other employees hired prior to March 1, 2005, and
 
  •      a profit sharing plan (as a component of the 401(k) plan) which is available to employees hired on or after March 1, 2005.
 
Our non-qualified retirement plans include a supplemental pension and savings (401(k)) plan for highly compensated employees. The combined 401(k) Savings Plan and ESOP and the pension/profit sharing plans are broad-based plans available to substantially all of our employees, including the NEOs. The supplemental retirement plans are offered to our highly paid employees, including our NEOs, to restore to them amounts to which they would be entitled under our tax qualified plans but which they are precluded from receiving under those plans by IRS limits. The supplemental retirement plans are unsecured obligations of the Company.
 
We established our ESOP at the time we converted from non-profit to for-profit status, in order to foster an ownership culture in the Company, and to strengthen the link between compensation and value created for stockholders. This plan has enabled our employees to hold an ownership interest in the Company as well as providing a stock vehicle for Company matching contributions to our 401(k) and profit sharing plans, which has allowed employees to monitor directly, and profit from, the increasing value of our stock since our conversion in 1997.
 
Use of Comparative Compensation Data
 
To ensure that our compensation levels remain reasonable and competitive, we have engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., or Cook, to advise the Compensation Committee on executive compensation. We have used comparative data available from market surveys conducted by Cook as one component in our decision making process relating to the base salary and STI and LTI targets for our executive team. Cook most recently evaluated our executive compensation levels in the fall of 2007.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We do not currently have employment agreements with any of our NEOs. Mr. Coyne and the Company were parties to an employment agreement that expired on July 1, 2005. We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Coyne and change of control agreements with each of our other NEOs, to become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We believe that these agreements are desirable to retain the services of these individuals in whom the Company has a significant investment.
 
Impact of prior equity awards on current compensation
 
In general, we do not take into account prior equity grants, ESOP balances or amounts realized on the exercise or vesting of prior option grants in determining the number of options to be granted, because we believe we should pay an annualized market value for an executive’s position, sized according to the performance level of the individual in the position. However, because our prior practice has been to grant equity awards to the CEO on an irregular basis, these factors have been considered in connection with Mr. Coyne’s compensation. We anticipate that after the completion of this offering, Mr. Coyne will be considered for option awards annually, at the then-current fair market value of our shares, in the same manner as other NEOs. The Committee also considers prior equity grants (and related wealth accumulations) of executives in assessing the recruitment/retention risk for executives.
 
Stock Ownership Requirements for Executives
 
Senior executives are subject to minimum stock ownership requirements. The CEO is required to hold stock and in-the-money options with a value equal to 200% of his annual salary plus a STI target. The other NEOs are required to hold stock and in-the-money options with a value equal to 100% of their annual salary plus STI target. This requirement must be met no later than the third anniversary of the executive’s first


80


Table of Contents

becoming an officer. As of December 31, 2007, Messrs. Coyne, Stephenson, Boehning and Anquillare each held common stock and in-the-money options in excess of the requirements. Mr. Thompson joined the Company in 2006 and needs to satisfy the requirement in 2009.
 
Executive Compensation and Benefits
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to and earned by the Company’s NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
                                                 
                Change in Pension
       
                Value and
       
            Non-Equity
  Non-qualified
       
        Option
  Incentive Plan
  Deferred
       
        Awards ($)
  Compensation ($)
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Salary ($)   (1)   (2)   Earnings ($)   Compensation ($)   Total ($)
Frank J. Coyne
    898,654       1,062,800       2,000,000       300,610       80,907 (3)     4,342,971  
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
                                               
Mark V. Anquillare
    256,769       247,512       300,000       63,668       11,868 (4)     879,817  
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
                                               
Scott G. Stephenson
    419,812       644,107       600,000       83,782       52,386 (5)     1,800,087  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
                                               
Kenneth E. Thompson
    355,000       276,646       300,000             15,173 (6)     946,819  
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary
                                               
Richard Boehning(7)
    302,308       458,546       100,000       284,068       12,044 (8)     1,156,966  
Senior Vice President
                                               
Kenneth G. Geraghty(9)
    78,058       241,342             5,485       119,738 (10)     444,623  
Former Chief Financial Officer
                                               
 
 
(1) The amounts in this column reflect the expense incurred for accounting purposes in accordance with FAS 123R for options granted in 2007 and prior years under the LTI plan. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the amounts shown in this column, see note 2(j) of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this prospectus.
 
(2) The amounts in this column are cash incentive awards under the STI plan in respect of performance for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
(3) Amount includes $15,187 for life insurance premiums, a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125 and $55,595 for costs of personal benefits, including club memberships ($44,439) and automobile allowance.
 
(4) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $11,625.
 
(5) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125 and $41,291 for costs of personal benefits, including commutation via commercial air carrier between the Company’s headquarters and the executive’s home, and temporary living quarters near the Company’s headquarters ($25,891). Costs of commercial air travel were determined using average rates incurred for such travel.
 
(6) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.
 
(7) Mr. Boehning retired from the Company on January 31, 2008.
 
(8) Amount includes a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.
 
(9) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer until the termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
(10) Includes a severance payment of $99,310 and a 401(k) matching contribution of $10,125.


81


Table of Contents

 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards made to the NEOs during the Company’s fiscal year ended 2007. We generally grant options in March, based on performance for the prior year. However, due to SEC regulations, the options shown in this table as granted in 2007 (other than Mr. Anquillare’s promotion grant) related to 2006 performance, and we consider them to be part of the NEOs’ 2006 compensation.
 
                                                     
                  All Other
                   
            Estimated
    Option
                Grant Date
 
            Future Payouts
    Awards:
                Fair Value of
 
            Under Non-Equity
    Number of
    Exercise or
          Stock and
 
            Incentive Plan
    Securities
    Base Price
    Stock
    Option
 
            Awards     Underlying
    of Option
    Value on
    Awards
 
Name
  Grant Date   Approval Date   Target ($)     Options     Awards ($/Sh)     Grant Date     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
                2,700,000                          
Mark V. Anquillare
  March 1, 2007     February 22, 2007       486,000       2,100       755       755       437,703  
    June 30, 2007     June 18, 2007             300       836       836       73,443  
Scott G. Stephenson
  March 1, 2007     February 22, 2007       756,000       5,200       755       755       1,083,836  
Kenneth E. Thompson
  March 1, 2007     February 22, 2007       648,000       2,000       755       755       416,860  
Richard Boehning(1)
  March 1, 2007     February 22, 2007       549,000       2,200       755       755       458,546  
Kenneth G. Geraghty(2)
                                                   
 
(1) Mr. Boehning retired from the Company on January 31, 2008.
 
(2) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer until the termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
The following table sets forth information concerning unexercised options, stock that has not vested and equity incentive plan awards for the NEOs as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended 2007.
 
                                 
Option Awards(1)
        Number of
    Number of
           
        Securities
    Securities
           
        Underlying
    Underlying
           
        Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
     
    Date of
  Options (#)
    Options (#)
    Exercise
    Option
Name
  Option Grant   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price ($)     Expiration Date
 
Frank J. Coyne
  July 1, 2000     10,000             100     July 1, 2010
    July 1, 2000     50,000             110     July 1, 2010
    December 18, 2002     75,000             155     December 18, 2012
    June 29, 2005     30,000       20,000       420     June 29, 2015
                                 
Mark V. Anquillare
  March 1, 2001     1,250             92     March 1, 2011
    March 1, 2002     1,750             108     March 1, 2012
    March 1, 2003     5,000             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     3,750       1,250       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     1,250       1,250       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     525       1,575       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,100       755     March 1, 2017
    June 1, 2007           300       836     June 1, 2017
                                 


82


Table of Contents

                                 
Option Awards(1)
        Number of
    Number of
           
        Securities
    Securities
           
        Underlying
    Underlying
           
        Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
     
    Date of
  Options (#)
    Options (#)
    Exercise
    Option
Name
  Option Grant   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price ($)     Expiration Date
 
Scott G. Stephenson
  March 1, 2003     18,750             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     9,750       3,250       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     4,000       4,000       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     1,350       4,050       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           5,200       755     March 1, 2017
                                 
Kenneth E. Thompson
  October 2, 2006     1,000       3,000       681     October 2, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,000       755     March 1, 2017
                                 
Richard Boehning
  March 1, 2003     1,250             144     March 1, 2013
    March 1, 2004     1,000       1,000       231     March 1, 2014
    March 1, 2005     625       1,250       437     March 1, 2015
    March 1, 2006     575       1,725       565     March 1, 2016
    March 1, 2007           2,200       755     March 1, 2017
Kenneth G. Geraghty
                           
 
(1) The right to exercise stock options vests ratably on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant for options granted to NEOs other than Mr. Coyne. A portion of Mr. Coyne’s options with an exercise price above the grant date fair market value vested immediately.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table sets forth information concerning each exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights for the NEOs during 2007. No stock, restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards held by any NEO vested during 2007.
 
                 
    Option Awards  
    Number of
       
    Shares Acquired
    Value
 
    on Exercise
    Realized on
 
Name
  (#)     Exercise ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
           
Mark V. Anquillare
           
Scott G. Stephenson
           
Kenneth E. Thompson
           
Richard Boehning
           
Kenneth G. Geraghty
    4,850       2,172,400  
 
Pension Plans
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to each plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement.
 
Employees hired prior to March 1, 2005 participate in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations, or PPIO, a multiple-employer pension plan in which we participate. The PPIO provides a traditional final pay

83


Table of Contents

formula pension benefit, payable as an annuity, to employees who were 49 years old with 15 years of service as of January 1, 2002. Effective January 1, 2002, this formula benefit was frozen for all eligible employees. Effective January 1, 2002, a cash balance pension benefit, also payable as an annuity, was established under the PPIO. Employees hired prior to January 1, 2002 receive their frozen traditional benefit as well as their cash balance benefit. Employees hired from January 1, 2002 to March 1, 2005 receive only the cash balance benefit. The Supplemental Cash Balance Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) provide a benefit to which the participant would be entitled under the PPIO but which is subject to caps imposed by IRS regulations. Employees hired on or after March 1, 2005 are not eligible to participate in the PPIO or the Supplemental Plan.
 
                             
        Number of Years
    Present Value of
    Payments During
 
        Credited Service
    Accumulated Benefit
    Last Fiscal Year
 
Name
  Plan Name   (#)     ($)     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  PPIO     9       94,469        
    Supplemental Plan     9       1,433,441        
                             
Mark V. Anquillare
  PPIO     16       168,385        
    Supplemental Plan     16       99,879        
                             
Scott G. Stephenson
  PPIO     7       90,848        
    Supplemental Plan     7       249,177        
                             
Kenneth E. Thompson
        NA       NA       NA  
                             
Richard Boehning
  PPIO     10       867,347        
    Supplemental Plan     10       1,163,069        
                             
Kenneth G. Geraghty
  PPIO     7       41,737       65,570  
    Supplemental Plan     7       64,364        
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to each defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
 
                                         
                            Aggregate
 
    Executive
    Registrant
    Aggregate
    Aggregate
    Balance
 
    Contributions
    Contributions
    Earnings
    Withdrawals/
    at end of
 
    in Last FY
    in Last FY
    in Last FY
    Distributions
    Last FY
 
Name
  ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
                             
Mark V. Anquillare
                             
Scott G. Stephenson
                             
Kenneth E. Thompson
                             
Richard Boehning
                             
Kenneth G. Geraghty
                54,242             1,215,357  
 
2007 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
There are no agreements or arrangements in place applicable to the NEOs relating to payments upon termination or change of control, other than severance payments upon termination (other than for cause) available to all salaried employees.
 
We expect that, prior to completing this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Frank J. Coyne that will incorporate provisions for payments to be made upon termination of his employment. Payments will be due in the event Mr. Coyne’s employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company without cause, or is voluntarily terminated by Mr. Coyne for “good reason,” which will be defined in the agreement.


84


Table of Contents

We expect the agreement to provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, Mr. Coyne will be entitled to:
 
  (i)  a pro rata STI award;
 
  (ii)  a severance payment equal to his base salary plus target bonus amount multiplied by the lesser of (a) the number of years remaining in the term of his employment contract or (b) two;
 
  (iii)  continuation of health benefits (at his expense) for 18 months; and
 
  (iv)  immediate vesting of any remaining unvested options.
 
The amount of the pro rata bonus will be at target level if the termination of employment occurs following a change of control, and will otherwise be determined by the Compensation Committee at the end of the year based on Company performance. The severance and pro-rata bonus amounts will be payable in cash, in a lump sum. Receipt of these benefits is conditioned upon Mr. Coyne executing a general release of claims against the Company, and complying with confidentiality, non-compete and nonsolicitation agreements for a period of 24 months. If this agreement had been in place at December 31, 2007, in the event of a qualifying termination Mr. Coyne would be entitled to cash payments totaling $4,500,000.
 
In addition, we expect that, prior to completion of this Offering, the Company will enter into Severance Agreements with the other NEOs currently employed by the Company. These agreements will incorporate provisions for payments to be made to the NEOs upon termination of their employment. Payments will be due in the event the executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company without cause, or is voluntarily terminated by the executive for “good reason,” which will be defined in the agreements, within a two-year period following a “change of control.”
 
We expect these agreements to provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, a NEO (other than Mr. Coyne) will be entitled to:
 
  (i)  a pro rata STI award;
 
  (ii)  a severance payment equal to the executive’s base salary plus target bonus amount times two;
 
  (iii)  continuation of health benefits (at the executives expense) for 18 months; and
 
  (iv)  immediate vesting of any remaining unvested options.
 
The severance and pro rata bonus amounts will be payable in cash, in a lump sum. Receipt of these benefits is conditioned upon the executive executing a general release of claims against the Company, and complying with confidentiality, non-compete and nonsolicitation agreements for a period of 24 months. If these agreements had been in place at December 31, 2007, in the event of a qualifying termination Mr. Stephenson would be entitled to cash payments totaling $1,470,000, Mr. Anquillare would be entitled to cash payments totaling $945,000, and Mr. Thompson would be entitled to cash payments totaling $1,260,000. The Compensation Committee retained Frederic W. Cook & Co. to assist in determining the appropriate benefit levels and triggering events to be included in these agreements. The benefit levels and triggering events expected to be included in the agreements described above are based on prevailing market compensation practices.
 
Mr. Geraghty received $99,310 severance in connection with the termination if his employment on March 8, 2007. The unvested portion of LTI awards previously granted to Mr. Geraghty lapsed upon termination of his employment.
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
 
We expect to adopt the Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan, prior to the consummation of this offering. The Incentive Plan will replace the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan, or the 1996 Plan, pursuant to which LTI awards are currently granted. The purposes of the


85


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan will be (i) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining high caliber employees and other key individuals, (ii) to continue to align the interests of recipients of LTI awards with the interest of the Company’s stockholders by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in our growth and success as measured by the value of our stock and (iii) to motivate award recipients to act in the long-term best interests of our stockholders.
 
Shares Available.              shares of our Class A common stock may be subject to awards under the Incentive Plan, or the Plan Share Limit, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, split-up, extraordinary dividend or distribution, spin-off, warrants or rights offering to purchase common stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or other similar event. If, with respect to any award such award is cancelled, forfeited, or terminates or expires unexercised, or if shares are tendered or withheld from an award to pay the option price or satisfy a tax withholding obligation, such shares may again be issued under the Incentive Plan.
 
Eligibility.   All employees eligible for LTI awards under the 1996 Plan will be eligible for awards under the Incentive Plan.
 
Administration.   The administration of the Incentive Plan will be overseen by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to interpret the Incentive Plan and make all determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have discretion to select participants and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons, the exercise price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of an award.
 
Forms of Awards.   Awards under the Incentive Plan may include one or more of the following types: (i) stock options (both nonqualified and incentive stock options), (ii) stock appreciation rights, or SARs, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) performance grants (vi) other share based award and (vii) cash. Such awards may be for partial-year, annual or multi-year periods.
 
Options are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of our Class A common stock at a price fixed by our Compensation Committee, but not less than fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Options generally expire no later than 10 years after the date of grant. Options will become exercisable at such time and in such installments as our Compensation Committee will determine, and the Compensation Committee will determine the period of time, if any, after termination of employment, death, or disability during which options may be exercised.
 
An SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise, an amount equal to any positive difference between the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock on the date the SAR is exercised and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Our Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine whether the amount to be paid upon exercise of an SAR will be paid in cash, Class A common stock (including restricted stock) or a combination of cash and Class A common stock.
 
Restricted stock consists of shares of our Class A common stock subject to a restriction on transfer during a period of time or until performance measures are satisfied, as established by our Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise set forth in the agreement relating to a restricted stock award, the holder will have all rights as a stockholder, including voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of common stock. However, our Compensation Committee may determine that distributions with respect to shares of common stock will be deposited with the Company and will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of common stock with respect to which such distribution was made.
 
A restricted stock unit is a right to receive a specified number of shares of our Class A common stock (or the fair market value thereof in cash, or any combination of our common stock and cash, as determined by our Compensation Committee), subject to the expiration of a specified restriction period and/or the achievement of any performance measures selected by the Compensation Committee, consistent with the


86


Table of Contents

terms of the Incentive Plan. The restricted stock unit award agreement will specify whether the award recipient is entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to the award. Prior to the settlement of a restricted stock unit award in our Class A common stock, the award recipient will have no rights as a stockholder of our Company with respect to our Class A common stock subject to the award.
 
Performance grants are awards whose final value or amount, if any, is determined by the degree to which specified performance measures have been achieved during a performance period set by our Compensation Committee. Performance periods can be partial-year, annual or multi-year periods, as determined by our Compensation Committee. Performance measures that may be used include (without limitation) one or more of the following: the attainment by a share of Class A common stock of a specified value within or for a specified period of time, earnings per share, earnings before interest expense and taxes, return to stockholders (including dividends), return on equity, earnings, revenues, cash flow or cost reduction goals, operating profit, pretax return on total capital, economic value added or any combination of the foregoing. Such criteria and objectives may relate to results obtained by the individual, the Company, a subsidiary, or an affiliate, or any business unit or division thereof, or may relate to results obtained relative to a specific industry or a specific index. Payment may be made in the form of cash, Class A common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units or a combination thereof, as specified by our Compensation Committee.
 
Annual incentive awards are generally cash awards based on the degree to which certain of any or all of a combination of individual, team, department, division, subsidiary, group or corporate performance objectives are met or not met. Our Compensation Committee may establish the terms and provisions, including performance objectives, for any annual incentive award.
 
An award agreement may contain additional terms and restrictions, including vesting conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan, as the Compensation Committee may determine.
 
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our Class A common stock issuable under the Incentive Plan.


87


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Indebtedness of Directors and Management
 
As of the date of this offering, we do not have any loans outstanding with any director or executive officer. Prior to this offering, we loaned money to certain of our directors and employees, including certain executive officers, to enable them to exercise their options to purchase our Class A common stock. These loans were made pursuant to promissory notes and stock pledge agreements, whereby the director or employee pledged shares issued upon the exercise of the options in order to secure repayment of the loan amount. In addition to the shares pledged as collateral, the Company would have full recourse to the personal assets of the borrower in the event of default.
 
The loans were made in an amount equal to the purchase price of the Class A common stock and, in some cases, the amount of income tax payable upon exercise of the option. The loans had terms ranging from three to nine years and interest rates based on the Internal Revenue Service applicable federal rates. Payments of the principal and interest were deferred until the end of the loan terms.
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the indebtedness owed by our directors and executive officers over the previous three years. The amounts noted at each date below represent the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding at any time during that period, except that the amounts for September 30, 2008 represent the amount outstanding on that date.
 
                                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    As of
 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2007     September 30, 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  $     $ 6,449     $     $  
Scott G. Stephenson
    5,003       5,160       5,323        
Mark V. Anquillare
    487       503       519        
Carole J. Banfield
    3,466       4,193       4,930        
Vincent Cialdella
    528       766       1,428        
Kevin B. Thompson
    313                    
Glen A. Dell
    1,930       2,496       3,107        
Henry J. Feinberg
    1,665       1,727       1,791        
John F. Lehman
    1,930       1,991       2,054        
Arthur J. Rothkopf
    1,801       1,862       1,921        
Barbara D. Stewart
          438       457        
David B. Wright
    467       489       511        
Kenneth G. Geraghty(1)
    7,206       8,716       10,588        
 
(1) Mr. Geraghty was Chief Financial Officer of the Company until termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
Since January 1, 2005, certain of our loans outstanding with our directors and executive officers have been repaid. On January 20, 2005, January 2, 2007 and April 2, 2007, Frank J. Coyne repaid loans in the amounts of $7.7 million, $3.8 million and $2.5 million, plus interest of $0.4 million $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. On August 7, 2008, Scott G. Stephenson repaid loans in the amount of $4.7 million, plus interest of $0.7 million. On August 7, 2008, Mark V. Anquillare repaid loans in the amount of $0.5 million, plus interest of $66 thousand. On August 7, 2008, Carole J. Banfield repaid a loan in the amount of $5.2 million, plus interest of $0.6 million. On August 7, 2008, Vincent Cialdella repaid a loan in the amount of $1.3 million, plus interest of $0.1 million. On April 15, 2005 and April 26, 2006, Kevin B. Thompson repaid loans in the amounts of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, plus interest of $33 thousand and $13 thousand, respectively. On August 7, 2008, Glen A. Dell repaid a loan in the amount of $2.7 million, plus interest of $0.4 million. On April 4, 2008, Henry J. Feinberg repaid a loan in the amount of $1.5 million, plus interest of


88


Table of Contents

$0.3 million. On August 7, 2008, John F. Lehman repaid loans in the amount of $1.8 million, plus interest of $0.3 million. On August 7, 2008, Arthur J. Rothkopf repaid loans in the amount of $1.6 million, plus interest of $0.3 million. On August 7, 2008, Barbara D. Stewart repaid a loan in the amount of $0.4 million, plus interest of $46 thousand. On August 7, 2008, David B. Wright repaid loans in the amount of $0.4 million, plus interest of $82 thousand. On January 2, 2008, Kenneth G. Geraghty repaid loans in the amounts of $9.6 million, plus interest of $1.0 million.
 
Share Repurchases
 
Pursuant to the terms of the 1996 Plan, holders of our Class A common stock, including directors and executive officers, had a right to require us to repurchase their shares at the then-current value on the date of repurchase. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. Since January 1, 2005, we have repurchased 297,390 shares of Class A common stock from our ESOP for an aggregate amount of $204 million. As specified in the 1996 Plan, the price per share paid for such repurchases, which ranged from $417 to $892 per share, was equal to the value of our Class A common stock as most recently established prior to the date of each repurchase pursuant to our ESOP. Since January 1, 2005, we have repurchased Class A common stock from our directors, executive officers and holders of greater than five percent of our Class A common stock for the following aggregate amounts:
 
                                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2007     September 30, 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Frank J. Coyne
  $ 70,262     $ 26,931     $ 16,436     $  
Carole J. Banfield
    3,838       2,511       8,060       5,447  
Vincent Cialdella
    55       838       413       1,427  
Kevin B. Thompson
    546       1,971       2,525        
Glen A. Dell
    1,374       594       612       1,152  
Henry J. Feinberg
                      13,417  
Kenneth G. Geraghty(1)
    417             916       62,993  
Fred R. Marcon(2)
    1,086       10,438       6,019       83,256  
 
(1) Mr. Geraghty was our Chief Financial Officer until termination of his employment effective March 8, 2007.
 
(2) Mr. Marcon was our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and was the beneficial owner of greater that 5% of our Class A common stock
 
We have also, from time to time, repurchased shares of our Class B common stock. Since January 1, 2005, we have not repurchased any Class B common stock from any stockholder that owns greater than five percent of our Class B common stock.
 
Customer Relationships
 
The stockholders who own greater than five percent of our Class B common stock purchase solutions from both our Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics segments. They purchase our solutions in the ordinary course of business pursuant to agreements on terms substantially similar and not more favorable to those in our agreements with other customers purchasing the same solutions. The agreements provide them with a non-exclusive non-transferable license to use our solutions and are in effect until the customer chooses to discontinue the use our solutions. Our customers provide us with data in connection with some of the solutions they purchase from us. Stockholders who own greater than five percent of our Class B common stock provide us with data in connection with those solutions on terms substantially similar and not more favorable to those under which our other customers supply us similar data.
 
We received fees from the Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. of $15.1 million, $16.0 million and $16.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $10.4 million for


89


Table of Contents

the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We received fees from The Travelers Companies, Inc. of $27.3 million, $29.3 million and $31.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $23.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Samuel G. Liss, one of our Class B directors, is Executive Vice President of Strategic Development and Executive Vice President of Financial, Professional and International Insurance at The Travelers Companies. We received fees from CNA Financial Corporation of $10.7 million, $9.7 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $7.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Stephen W. Lilienthal, one of our Class B directors, is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation. We received fees from American Financial Group, Inc. of $3.9 million, $4.3 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We received fees from American International Group, Inc. of $16.9 million, $18.9 million and $16.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $14.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We received fees from ACE Group Holdings, Inc. of $5.4 million, $5.6 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
We also purchase insurance coverage in the ordinary course of business from certain of our stockholders who own greater than five percent of our Class B common stock. We paid insurance coverage premiums to CNA Financial Corporation of $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We paid insurance coverage premiums to American International Group, Inc. of $1.5 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2007, respectively, and $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. We paid insurance coverage premiums to ACE Group Holdings, Inc. of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Letter Agreements
 
We have entered into letter agreements with each of our directors and executive officers whereby they have agreed that 50% of their Class A common stock (minus any shares sold in this offering) not previously sold in a registered public offering may not be sold until 18 months after the closing of this offering and the remaining percentage of their shares not previously sold in a registered public offering may not be sold until 30 months after the closing of this offering. In addition, our directors and executive officers have agreed that during the time periods described above, they will not execute any hedging agreement or swap or any other arrangement that transfers or disposes of, directly or indirectly, any of their shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such stock or any of the economic consequences of ownership of their shares, whether settled in cash or stock. Any of our directors or executive officers having reached the age of 70 will no longer be restricted from selling their shares pursuant to such letter agreements.
 
Family Relationships
 
We employ Michael Coyne as President of our Verisk Healthcare subsidiary. From March 27, 2006 to March 9, 2008 we employed Mr. Coyne as chief operating officer of DXCG, Inc., a predecessor to Verisk Healthcare. Mr. Coyne received salary and bonus of $137,923, $172,877 and $226,615 in the aggregate for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and received options to purchase 760 shares of our Class A common stock in 2007. Mr. Coyne is the son of Frank J. Coyne, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that the compensation paid to Mr. Coyne was comparable with compensation paid to other employees with similar levels of responsibility and years of service.
 
We employ Christine Pia as Associate Counsel in our Law Department. Ms. Pia received salary of $55,288 and $146,535 for the five months ended December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 2007, respectively. Ms. Pia is the daughter of Frank J. Coyne, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that the compensation paid to Ms. Pia was comparable with compensation paid to other employees with similar levels of responsibility and years of service.


90


Table of Contents

ESOP
 
We established an ESOP funded with intercompany debt that includes 401(k), ESOP and profit sharing components to provide employees with equity participation. The trustee of the ESOP is GreatBanc Trust Company. The ESOP owns greater than five percent of our Class A common stock. We make quarterly cash contributions to the plan equal to the debt service requirements. As the debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation. The amount of our ESOP costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $13.6 million, $18.5 million and $5.2 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and September 30, 2008 were $16.4 million and $17.4 million, respectively.
 
Voting rights with respect to shares of our Class A common stock owned by the ESOP are exercised by the trustee of the ESOP. Prior to the completion of this offering, in the case of a corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets, the trustee was required to vote shares allocated to an ESOP participant’s account as directed by the ESOP participant. For shares of stock not allocated to a participant’s account, and for all other corporate matters, the shares were voted in accordance with the discretion of the trustee. Upon completion of this offering, the trustee will vote shares allocated to an ESOP participants’ account as directed by the ESOP participant for all matters submitted to a vote of our Class A stockholders. Shares of stock not allocated to a participant’s account will continue to be voted in accordance with the discretion of the trustee.
 
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons. Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to the corporate secretary any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The corporate secretary will then promptly communicate that information to the board of directors or the designated board committee. No related person transaction will be consummated without the approval or ratification of the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors consisting exclusively of disinterested directors. The board of directors has initially designated the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to approve any related person transaction. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote of a related person transaction in which they have an interest.


91


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of          , 2008, by:
 
  •      each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •      each of the directors and named executive officers individually;
 
  •      all directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •      each of the selling stockholders, which consist of the entities and individuals shown as having shares listed in the column “Number of Shares Being Offered.”
 
In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of          , 2008. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on           shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of          , 2008. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Verisk Analytics, Inc., 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.
 
                                                 
                            Shares Beneficially
 
                            Owned After the Offering(1)  
    Class of our
    Shares Beneficially Owned Before
    Number
    Common Stock
       
Name and Address of
  Common
    the Offering     of Shares
    Beneficially
       
Beneficial Owner   Stock     Number     Percent     Being Offered     Owned     Percent  
 
Principal Stockholders:
                                               
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                                               
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. 
                                               
The Travelers Companies, Inc. 
                                               
CNA Financial Corporation
                                               
American Financial Group, Inc. 
                                               
American International Group, Inc. 
                                               
ACE Group Holdings, Inc. 
                                               
Directors and Executive Officers:
                                               
Frank J. Coyne
                                               
Scott G. Stephenson
                                               
Mark V. Anquillare
                                               
Kenneth E. Thompson
                                               
Carole J. Banfield
                                               
Vincent Cialdella
                                               
Kevin B. Thompson
                                               
J. Hyatt Brown
                                               
Glen A. Dell
                                               
Henry J. Feinberg
                                               
Christopher M. Foskett
                                               


92


Table of Contents

                                                 
                            Shares Beneficially
 
                            Owned After the Offering(1)  
    Class of our
    Shares Beneficially Owned Before
    Number
    Common Stock
       
Name and Address of
  Common
    the Offering     of Shares
    Beneficially
       
Beneficial Owner   Stock     Number     Percent     Being Offered     Owned     Percent  
 
Constantine P. Iordanou
                                               
John F. Lehman, Jr. 
                                               
Stephen W. Lilienthal
                                               
Samuel G. Liss
                                               
Andrew G. Mills
                                               
Arthur J. Rothkopf
                                               
Barbara D. Stewart
                                               
David B. Wright
                                               
All 19 directors and executive officers as a group
                                               
 
(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. See “Underwriting.”

93


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Following this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 800,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, sub-divided into the following two series of Class B common stock: (1) 400,000,000 shares of Class B (Series 1) common stock and (2) 400,000,000 shares of Class B (Series 2) common stock, and 80,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
 
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the descriptions are qualified by reference to those documents. Please refer to the more detailed provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, copies of which are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement and applicable law.
 
Common Stock
 
Voting Rights
 
Holders of our common stock have the sole right and power to vote on all matters on which a vote of stockholders is to be taken, except as provided by statute or resolution of our board of directors in connection with the issuance of preferred stock in accordance with our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally have identical rights, except that only holders of Class A common stock are entitled to vote on the election of Class A directors and only holders of Class B common stock are entitled to vote on the election of Class B directors.
 
From the consummation of this offering of our Class A common stock until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, the amendment of certain of the provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast thereon by the outstanding shares of each of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock, voting separately as a class. These provisions include certain of the limitations described below under “— Dividend Rights,” “— Liquidation Rights,” “— Transfer Restrictions,” “— Conversion,” “— Beneficial Ownership Limitations” and “Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law — Staggered Boards.” From and after the earlier of the events described above, the amendment of the provisions described below under “— Beneficial Ownership Limitations” in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock.
 
Dividend Rights
 
Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will share equally (on a per share basis) in any dividend declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential or other rights of any outstanding preferred stock and to the distinction that any stock dividends will be paid in shares of Class A common stock to the holders of our Class A common stock and in shares of Class B common stock to the holders of our Class B common stock.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and payment of preferential and other amounts, if any, payable on any outstanding preferred stock.
 
Transfer Restrictions
 
Shares of our Class B (Series 1) common stock are not transferable until 18 months after the date of this prospectus. Shares of our Class B (Series 2) common stock are not transferable until 30 months after the


94


Table of Contents

date of this prospectus. Upon the consummation of this offering, the above described limitations on transfer are, however, subject to the following exceptions:
 
  •      any transfer to us by any person or entity;
 
  •      any transfer of any shares of Class B common stock of either series to any other holder of Class B common stock or its affiliate;
 
  •      any transfer of any shares of Class B common stock of any applicable series to an affiliate of such holder; and
 
  •      any transfer by a holder of Class B common stock to any person that succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets of such holder, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation, sale of substantially all assets or other similar transactions.
 
Our board of directors may approve exceptions to the limitation on transfers of our Class B common stock in their sole discretion, in connection with the sale of such Class B common stock in a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in such other limited circumstances as our board of directors may determine. Any Class B common stock sold to the public will first be converted to Class A common stock.
 
Conversion
 
Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each share of Class B (Series 1) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of this prospectus. Each share of Class B (Series 2) common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the holder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of this prospectus. The conversion rate applicable to any conversion of shares of our Class B common stock shall always be one-to-one (i.e., one share of Class B common stock will, upon transfer, be converted into one share of Class A common stock).
 
Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock shall not be reissued. No class of common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the other class of common stock concurrently is subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.
 
No conversions of shares of Class B common stock will be effected prior to the expiration of the transfer restrictions described under “— Transfer Restrictions,” although our board of directors may make exceptions to such transfer restrictions.
 
Beneficial Ownership Limitations
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will prohibit any insurance company from beneficially owning more than ten percent of the aggregate outstanding shares of our common stock. If any transfer is purportedly effected which, if effected, would result in a violation of this limitation, the intended transferee will acquire no rights in respect of the shares in excess of this limitation, and the purported transfer of such number of excess shares will be null and void. In this context an insurance company means any insurance company whose primary activity is the writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks underwritten by insurance companies or any other entity controlling, controlled by or under common ownership, management or control with such insurer or reinsurer
 
Preferred Stock
 
The board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of


95


Table of Contents

the Company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law
 
Following consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, such provisions prohibit a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in various “business combination” transactions with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless
 
  •      the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status;
 
  •      upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •      on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to the Company and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer the our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.
 
Advance Notice of Proposals and Nominations
 
Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholders’ proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or other business to be brought before meetings of its stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholders’ proposals must be timely given in writing to our secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.
 
Limits on Written Consents
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits stockholder action by written consent.
 
Limits on Special Meetings
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of the board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or our Secretary.
 
Staggered Boards
 
Our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. From the date of this prospectus until the earlier of (a) the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus or (b) the date on which there are no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, our board of directors will consist of between 11 and 13 directors, and will be comprised as follows:
 
  •      between eight to ten Class A directors; and
 
  •      three Class B directors.


96


Table of Contents

Vacancies on our board of directors among the Class A directors will be filled by a majority of the remaining Class A directors and vacancies among the Class B directors will be filled by a majority of the remaining Class B directors.
 
From and after the earlier of the events described above, there will no longer be Class B directors, and each director will be elected for a three-year term by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of the directors.
 
Listing
 
We expect to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “          .”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.


97


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder”, other than a non-U.S. holder that owns, or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of the Company’s common stock. A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
 
  •      a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates,
 
  •      a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; or
 
  •      an estate or trust, other than an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
 
A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual should consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of common stock.
 
A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.
 
This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or to non U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, hybrid entities, partnership and other pass-through entities, stockholders or beneficiaries of non-U.S. holders, broker-dealers, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that receive the common stock of the Company as compensation, or persons that hold the common stock of the Company as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment. Furthermore, this discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
 
Dividends
 
Distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent the distributions exceed the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, such distributions will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock and, thereafter, will be treated as capital gain. Distributions that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes that are paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.
 
The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a


98


Table of Contents

trade or business within the United States. Effectively connected dividends, net of certain deductions and credits, will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by any applicable income tax treaty).
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:
 
  •      the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable income treaty providing otherwise, or
 
  •      the Company is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and its common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.
 
The Company believes that it is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.
 
Gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation with effectively connected gains may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
 
Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends. This information also may be made available to the tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally should also satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Individual non-United States Holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.


99


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have           shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of any options and warrants outstanding as of          , 2008, and shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Of these shares,           shares of Class A common stock, (or           shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining           shares of Class A common stock existing are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
 
In addition, immediately following this offering, our existing stockholders will hold           shares of our Class B (series 1) common stock (or           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), each of which will, on the 18-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus, be automatically converted for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Also, immediately following this offering, our existing stockholders will hold           shares of our Class B (series 2) common stock (or           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), each of which will, on the 30-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus, be automatically converted for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates.
 
As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
     
Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock
 
Date
 
    On the date of this prospectus.
    After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
    At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a person who is not one of our affiliates who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months may sell shares without restriction, provided the current public information requirements of Rule 144 continue to be satisfied. In addition, any person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a proposed sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •      one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; and


100


Table of Contents

  •      the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the           during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.
 
Stock Options
 
As of          , 2008, options to purchase a total of           shares of Class A common stock were outstanding. All of the shares subject to options are subject to lock-up agreements. An additional          shares of Class A common stock were available for future option grants under our stock plans.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders, who hold an aggregate of approximately           shares of our Class A common stock and           shares of our Class B common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. We have also agreed not to waive the provision of our certificate of incorporation relating to restrictions on transfer for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives.
 
Of the shares to be released,           shares will be eligible for sale, in some cases subject only to the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may in their sole discretion choose to release any or all of these shares from these restrictions prior to the 180-day period.


101


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions described in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from the selling stockholders, the number of shares indicated below.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter
  Shares  
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
                
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
 
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if transferred to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
 
Indemnification
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities to the extent set forth in the underwriting agreement.
 
Over-allotment Option
 
Some of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters options to purchase up to           additional shares of our Class A common stock, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise these options for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise these options, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares from the selling stockholders proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may re-allow, a discount not in excess of $      per share to other dealers. After the public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.


102


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
 
                         
    Per Share     Without Option     With Option  
 
Public offering price
  $                $                $             
Underwriting discount
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $       $  
 
Our expenses related to the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated to be $     .
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
We and substantially all our stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. We have also agreed not to waive the provision of our certificate of incorporation relating to restrictions on transfer for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the 180th day after the date of this prospectus occurs within 17 days following an earnings release by us or the occurrence of material news or a material event related to us, or if we intend to issue an earnings release within 16 days following the 180th day, the 180-day period will be extended to the 18th day following such earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless such extension is waived by the representatives.
 
These lockup agreements also apply to Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our Class A common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
 
Listing
 
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “          .”
 
Offering Price Determination
 
Before the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the representatives of the selling stockholders and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be:
 
  •      the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable with us;
 
  •      our financial information;
 
  •      the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
 
  •      an assessment of our management, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
 
  •      the present state of our business; and
 
  •      the factors listed above in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.


103


Table of Contents

An active trading market for our shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.
 
Discretionary Sales
 
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit the ability of the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our Class A common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
 
If the underwriters create a short position in the Class A common stock in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the representatives may elect to reduce any short position by purchasing shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may sell more shares than could be covered by exercising all of the over-allotment option, in which case they would have to cover these sales through open market purchases. Purchases of the Class A common stock to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the Class A common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.
 
The representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the representatives purchase our Class A common stock in the open market to reduce the underwriters’ short position or to stabilize the price of such Class A common stock, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares in that it discourages resales of shares.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
Electronic Prospectus Delivery
 
In connection with this offering, prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online. Depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information concerning any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not intended to be part of this prospectus or the registration statement, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter. Investors should not rely on such information.
 
Other Relationships
 
Each of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received, and they will in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.


104


Table of Contents

Sales in Other Jurisdictions
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  •      to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •      to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  •      to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior content of the manager for any such offer; or
 
  •      in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, (i) the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and (ii) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in such Relevant Member State.
 
We have been advised by the underwriters that:
 
  •      they have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, with respect to anything done by them in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; they have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by them in connection with the issue or sale of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
  •      they and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold and will not offer or sell in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our common stock other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in their possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in their possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority


105


Table of Contents

  in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.
 
VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
 
The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, is representing the underwriters.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Insurance Services Office, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R) ). Such financial statements and financial statement schedule have been included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The balance sheet of Verisk Analytics, Inc. as of September 30, 2008 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The consolidated financial statements of Xactware, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, please refer to the copy of such document, as each statement is qualified in all respects by such reference. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain an internet site at www.verisk.com. Our website and the information contained in it or connected to it shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement.


106


 

 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2008 and for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 (unaudited)
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  
Verisk Analytics, Inc. Financial Statement as of September 30, 2008
       
    F-27  
    F-28  
    F-29  
Insurance Services Office, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
       
    F-30  
    F-31  
    F-32  
    F-33  
    F-34  
    F-36  
Xactware Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2006 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)
       
    F-82  
    F-83  
    F-84  
    F-85  
Xactware Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2005 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
       
    F-90  
    F-91  
    F-92  
    F-93  
    F-94  
    F-95  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008
 
                 
          September 30,
 
    December 31,
    2008
 
    2007     unaudited  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 24,049     $ 51,024  
Available-for-sale securities
    28,350       5,899  
Accounts receivable, net (including amounts from related parties of $949 and $4,522, respectively)
    86,488       82,109  
Notes receivable from stockholders
    347       2  
Prepaid expenses
    7,609       12,703  
Deferred income taxes
    22,654       13,926  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    3,003       21,540  
Other current assets
    8,525       17,452  
                 
Total current assets
    181,025       204,655  
Noncurrent assets:
               
Fixed assets, net
    85,436       84,735  
Intangible assets, net
    141,160       112,174  
Goodwill
    339,891       366,254  
Notes receivable from stockholders
    12,356        
Deferred income taxes
    55,679       84,449  
Other assets
    12,936       5,667  
                 
Total assets
  $ 828,483     $ 857,934  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 78,234     $ 72,553  
Acquisition related liabilities
    100,300       15,750  
Short-term debt
    35,171       145,042  
Pension and postretirement benefits, current
    4,636       4,712  
Fees received in advance (including amounts from related parties of $5,817 and $5,042, respectively)
    127,907       150,737  
                 
Total current liabilities
    346,248       388,794  
Noncurrent liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    403,159       450,640  
Pension benefits
    17,637       95,383  
Postretirement benefits
    23,894       22,527  
Other liabilities
    62,085       56,882  
                 
Total liabilities
    853,023       1,014,226  
Redeemable common stock:
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $0.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 2,922,253 and 3,003,025 shares issued and 1,163,066 and 887,844 outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, respectively
    1,217,942       989,532  
Class A unearned KSOP shares
    (4,129 )     (3,562 )
Notes receivable from stockholders
    (42,625 )     (232 )
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    1,171,188       985,738  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ deficit :
               
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,004,500 shares issued and 2,873,412 and 2,863,742 outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, respectively
    100       100  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (8,699 )     (57,171 )
Accumulated deficit
    (508,136 )     (400,965 )
Class B common stock, treasury stock, 7,131,088 and 7,140,758 shares in 2007 and 2008, respectively
    (678,993 )     (683,994 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,195,728 )     (1,142,030 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 828,483     $ 857,934  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
 
Revenues (including revenues from related parties of $63,797 and $65,417 for 2007 and 2008, respectively)
  $ 599,711     $ 662,081  
Expenses:
               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    261,845       288,985  
Selling, general and administrative
    82,589       91,293  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    23,297       25,478  
Amortization of intangible assets
    24,964       21,978  
                 
Total expenses
    392,695       427,734  
                 
Operating income
    207,016       234,347  
Other income/(expense):
               
Investment income
    5,953       2,005  
Realized gains/(losses) on securities, net
    854       (1,665 )
Interest expense
    (17,052 )     (22,566 )
Other expense
    (119 )     (21 )
                 
Total other expense, net
    (10,364 )     (22,247 )
                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    196,652       212,100  
Provision for income taxes
    (81,273 )     (90,311 )
                 
Income from continuing operations
    115,379       121,789  
                 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $1,080 in 2007
    (3,322 )      
                 
Net income
  $ 112,057     $ 121,789  
                 
Basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.49     $ 32.93  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.82 )      
                 
Net income per share
  $ 27.67     $ 32.93  
                 
Diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 27.39     $ 31.63  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.79 )      
                 
Net income per share
  $ 26.60     $ 31.63  
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    4,049,460       3,698,519  
                 
Diluted
    4,212,518       3,849,873  
                 
Pro forma basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
               
Income from continuing operations
               
Loss from discontinued operations
               
                 
Pro forma net income per share
               
                 
Pro forma diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
               
Income from continuing operations
               
Loss from discontinued operations
               
                 
Pro forma net income per share
               
                 
Weighted average shares used in pro forma per share amounts:
               
Basic
               
                 
Diluted
               
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008
 
                                                 
          Accumulated
                         
          Other
                      Total
 
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Class B Common Stock     Treasury
    Stockholders’
 
    Deficit     Loss     Shares     Par Value     Stock     Deficit  
    (In thousands, except for share data)  
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $ (457,557 )   $ (16,017 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (642,883 )   $ (1,116,357 )
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    150,374                               150,374  
Other comprehensive gains
          7,318                         7,318  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                  157,692  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                            (36,110 )     (36,110 )
Stock options exercised for 72,083 shares (including tax benefit of $12,798)
    (36,655 )                             (36,655 )
Cumulative effect adjustment to adopt FIN No. 48
    (10,338 )                             (10,338 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (153,960 )                             (153,960 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ (508,136 )   $ (8,699 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (678,993 )   $ (1,195,728 )
                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    121,789                               121,789  
Other comprehensive losses
          (48,472 )                       (48,472 )
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                  73,317  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                            (5,001 )     (5,001 )
Stock options exercised for 80,506 shares (including tax benefit of $17,101)
    (3,261 )                             (3,261 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (11,357 )                             (11,357 )
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2008
  $ (400,965 )   $ (57,171 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (683,994 )   $ (1,142,030 )
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 112,057     $ 121,789  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    23,373       25,478  
Amortization of intangible assets
    24,964       21,978  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    2,366       266  
KSOP compensation expense
    16,500       17,353  
Acquisition related compensation expense
    3,673       550  
Stock-based compensation
    6,078       7,522  
Non-cash charges associated with other employee compensation plans
    1,850       2,618  
Goodwill impairment
    1,744        
Accrued interest on notes receivable from stockholders
    (1,763 )     (1,142 )
Non-cash charges associated with the valuation of covered call options
    483        
Realized (gains)/losses on securities
    (854 )     1,665  
Other operating
    283       282  
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
    1,551       31  
Excess tax benefits from stock options exercised
    (12,461 )     (17,101 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
               
Accounts receivable
    5,128       4,145  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    10,825       4,377  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (48 )     (3,479 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (14,874 )     (9,082 )
Acquisition related liabilities
    (14,007 )     (2,200 )
Fees received in advance
    25,697       22,830  
Other liabilities
    469       (3,834 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    193,034       194,046  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued) (UNAUDITED)
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Acquisitions
    (713 )     (41 )
Purchase of cost-method investments
          (3,822 )
Earnout payments
    (3,191 )     (98,100 )
Proceeds from release of contingent escrows
    107       549  
Acquisition related escrow distributions
          (3,320 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (43,887 )     (156 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    22,764       21,609  
Purchases of fixed assets
    (28,328 )     (22,323 )
Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable from stockholders
    172       6,181  
Issuance of notes receivable from stockholders
    (1,736 )     (1,247 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (54,812 )     (100,670 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          150,000  
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt, net
    85,000       40,000  
Redemption of Class A common stock
    (127,777 )     (263,744 )
Repurchase of Class B common stock
    (33,365 )     (5,001 )
Repayment of short-term debt
    (133,648 )     (35,219 )
Excess tax benefits from stock options exercised
    12,461       17,101  
Proceed from repayment of exercise price loans classified as a component of redeemable common stock
          29,482  
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
    389       892  
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (196,940 )     (66,489 )
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes
    295       88  
                 
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (58,423 )     26,975  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    99,152       24,049  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 40,729     $ 51,024  
                 
Supplemental disclosure:
               
Taxes paid
  $ 69,368     $ 85,498  
                 
Interest paid
  $ 18,319     $ 20,896  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Loans made to directors and officers in connection with the exercise of stock options
  $ 14,665     $ 20,148  
                 
Redemption of Class A common stock used to repay maturities of notes receivable from stockholders
  $ 23,462     $ 41,970  
                 
Redemption of Class A common stock used to fund the exercise of stock options
  $ 2,856     $ 3,838  
                 
KSOP stock redemption funded in the prior year
  $ 2,643     $  
                 
Purchase of fixed assets funded through capital lease
  $ 1,099     $ 2,485  
                 
Accrual of acquisition related liabilities
  $     $ 15,200  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
1.   Organization:
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. The Company provides its customers proprietary data that, combined with analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. The Company is one of the largest aggregators and providers of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty (“P&C”) or P&C insurance risks. The Company offers solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance. The Company provides solutions, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow clients to make more logical decisions.
 
The Company was formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, the Company has broadened its data assets, entered new markets, placed a greater emphasis on analytics, and pursued strategic acquisitions.
 
On June 27, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved certain corporate governance changes necessary to allow the Company to proceed with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed IPO, the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of the Company will be exchanged by the current stockholders for the common stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) on a one-for-one basis. Verisk, formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc.
 
All stock options granted under the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan will be transferred to Verisk, without modification to the terms of the options other than such options will be exercisable for Class A common stock of Verisk. Class A common stock of Verisk will not be redeemable by the holder and only Class A common stock will be offered to the public.
 
Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B common stock, Class B (Series 1) common stock (the “Class B-1”) and Class B (Series 2) common stock (the “Class B-2”) will be formed and 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new Class B-1 common stock and the remaining 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new Class B-2 common stock. Each share of Class B-1 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of Class B-2 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. In conjunction with the IPO, Verisk plans to effect a stock split of both classes of common stock. The strike price of stock options will be adjusted based on the effect of the stock split.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
 
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include acquisition purchase price allocations, the fair value of goodwill, the realization of deferred tax assets, acquisition related liabilities, fair value of stock based compensation, liabilities for pension and postretirement benefits, fair value of the Company’s common stock,


F-7


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
and the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The financial statements and related notes for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 have been prepared on the same basis as and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company believes the disclosures made are adequate to keep the information presented from being misleading.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards , (“EITF No. 06-11”), that an entity should recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on affected securities charged to retained earnings as an increase in Additional Paid in Capital (“APIC”). The amount recognized in APIC should be included in the APIC pool. When an entity’s estimate of forfeitures increases or actual forfeitures exceed its estimates, the amount of tax benefits previously recognized in APIC should be reclassified into the statement of operations. The amount reclassified is limited to the APIC pool balance on the reclassification date. EITF No. 06-11 applies prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends declared on affected securities. The adoption of EITF No. 06-11, effective January 1, 2008, did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company does not currently pay dividends on its common stock.
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“FAS”) No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141”). FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, except for tax provisions which apply to business combinations regardless of acquisition date. The majority of the impact of adopting FAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the business combinations that the Company may pursue and complete after its effective date. The Company is currently evaluating any impact related to the accounting for tax contingencies for business combinations completed prior to the effective date and the related impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, (“FAS No. 160”). FAS No. 160 requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be reported as equity and the amount of consolidated net income specifically attributable to the noncontrolling interest be identified in the consolidated financial statements. It also calls for consistency in the manner of reporting changes in the parent’s ownership interest and requires fair value measurement of any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. FAS No. 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 except the presentation and disclosure requirements, which are required to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Earlier adoption of FAS No. 160 is prohibited. The


F-8


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of FAS No. 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS No. 157-2”), which delays the effective date of FAS No. 157, Fair Value Instruments , for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Non-financial assets and liabilities include, among others: intangible assets acquired through business combinations; long-lived assets when assessing potential impairment; and liabilities associated with restructuring activities. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FSP FAS No. 157-2 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued FAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — An Amendment of FAS No. 133 (“FAS No. 161”). FAS No. 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures regarding their impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, FAS No. 161 requires the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; the disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk-related; and cross-referencing within the footnotes. FAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FAS No. 161 will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS No. 142”) . The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS No. 141(R), and other U.S. GAAP. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the potential impact, if any, the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Concentration of Credit Risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities and accounts receivable, which are generally not collateralized. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with higher credit quality financial institutions in order to limit the amount of credit exposure. The total cash balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to a maximum amount of $100 per bank. At September 30, 2008, the Company had cash balances on deposit with five banks that exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC limit by approximately $37,579. At September 30, 2008 the Company also had cash on deposit with foreign banks of approximately $12,832.
 
The Company considers the concentration of credit risk associated with its trade accounts receivable to be commercially reasonable and believes that such concentration does not result in the significant risk of near-term severe adverse impacts. The Company’s top fifty customers for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and September 30, 2008, represent approximately 45% and 43% of revenue, respectively, with no individual customer accounting for more than 4% of revenue during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008. No individual customer comprised more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
4.   Accounts Receivables:
 
Accounts receivables consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Billed receivables
  $ 88,370     $ 85,969  
Unbilled receivables
    6,365       3,474  
                 
Total receivables
    94,735       89,443  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (8,247 )     (7,334 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 86,488     $ 82,109  
                 
 
5.   Notes Receivable from Stockholders:
 
The Company provided full recourse loans, callable at the Company’s discretion, to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. These loans for the exercise price are classified as a component of “Redeemable common stock” on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. These loans may also include loans for the tax liability and accrued interest incurred in connection with exercising stock options and these loans are included in “Notes receivable from stockholders” as a component of “Total assets” on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 approximately $55,328 and $234, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were outstanding. These notes were issued at rates approximating market rates of interest. Payments of principal and interest related to the notes are generally deferred until the end of the loan terms, which range from three to nine years. Interest income on notes receivable from stockholders was $1,763 and $1,142 during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, $2,776 and $234, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders had maturities of one year or less. As of August 7, 2008, this loan program was terminated and the loans were called by the Company. The termination of the loan program resulted in a decrease in net cash used in investing activities of $6,181 and a net decrease in net cash used in financing activities of $29,482 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The September 30, 2008 balance of $234 was repaid in October 2008.
 
6.   Investments:
 
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
December 31, 2007
  Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Registered investment companies
  $  29,036     $      —     $      (686 )   $      28,350  
                                 
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
September 30, 2008
  Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Registered investment companies
  $     5,916     $      —     $       (17 )   $       5,899  
                                 
 
Non-current other assets include private equity securities in which the Company acquired non-controlling interests and no readily determinable market value exists. These securities were accounted for under the cost method, in accordance with Accounting Principles Board No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock (“APB No. 18”). At December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the carrying values of such securities were approximately $53 and $3,875, respectively.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Proceeds from sales of investments were $22,762 and $21,609 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Realized gains and losses on registered investment companies for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 were $854 and $(1,297), respectively. Write downs related to other-than-temporary impairments of available-for-sale securities were $(368) as of September 30, 2008.
 
Investment income during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $3,474, $1,763 and $201, respectively. Investment income during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $702, $1,142 and $161, respectively.
 
From time to time, the Company has entered into certain derivative transactions involving covered call options on underlying investments held by the Company. As of September 30, 2007, the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the covered call options was $483, which was recognized as a reduction to “Investment income” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The gain on call premiums of $998 was recognized as investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The Company did not enter into any derivative transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
7.   Fair Value Measurements:
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“FAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP and expands fair value measurement disclosures. In February 2008, the FASB delayed the effective date of FAS No. 157 until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at least annually. Therefore, effective January 1, 2008 the Company has adopted the provisions of FAS No. 157 only for its financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measures, FAS No. 157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in valuation techniques between observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices with observable market data, and unobservable data (e.g., a company’s own data). FAS No. 157 requires disclosures detailing the extent to which companies’ measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the methods and assumptions used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. In accordance with FAS No. 157, the Company applied the following fair value hierarchy:
 
Level 1 — Assets or liabilities for which the identical item is traded on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments.
 
Level 2 — Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments.
 
Level 3 — Assets or liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable in the market; instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally-developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at September 30, 2008 for assets and other balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active Markets
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
    September 30,
    for Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    2008     Assets (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
 
Available-for-sale securities(1)
  $ 5,899     $     5,899     $     —     $  
Redeemable common stock(2)
    989,532                   989,532  
 
 
(1) Available-for-sale equity securities are valued using quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned.
 
(2) The fair value of the Company’s Class A redeemable common stock is established for purposes of the ISO 401 (K) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”) generally on the final day of the quarter and such price is utilized for all share transactions in the subsequent quarter. The current valuation in effect for the KSOP is also considered the fair value for Class A redeemable common stock and related transactions within the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan. See Note 12 for a description of the valuation process and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for the redeemable common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS No. 159”). FAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings for items measured using the fair value option. The Company has elected not to apply the fair value option to its eligible financial assets and liabilities, and accordingly, the adoption of FAS No. 159 had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
8.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets:
 
The following is a summary of the change in goodwill from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008, both in total and as allocated to the Company’s operating segments:
 
                         
    Risk Assessment     Decision Analytics     Total  
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2007
  $ 27,908     $ 311,983     $ 339,891  
Escrow distribution
          3,320       3,320  
Accrual of acquisition related liabilities
          15,200       15,200  
Finalization of purchase accounting
          7,843       7,843  
                         
Goodwill at September 30, 2008
  $ 27,908     $ 338,346     $ 366,254  
                         
 
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation associated with the acquisitions of HealthCare, Insight, LLC (“HCI”) and NIA Consulting, LTD (“NIA”). The finalization of the purchase accounting for HCI resulted in a reduction primarily of customer-related intangible assets and corresponding increase to goodwill of $7,008, and the final working capital adjustment of $826. The finalization of the purchase accounting for NIA, which includes the final working capital and other adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $9.
 
In April 2008, the Company paid $98,100 for Xactware contingent payments previously recorded within “Acquisition related liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. Certain other acquisitions include contingent payment provisions that are not related to continuing employment and are payable upon the achievement of certain financial results for 2008. As of September 30, 2008, based on


F-12


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
actual achievement of certain financial results of the acquisition, the Company has recorded an increase to goodwill and a corresponding increase to “Acquisition related liabilities” in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of $15,200.
 
As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
December 31, 2007
  Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,317     $ (80,419 )   $ 83,898  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (13,667 )     12,179  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,596 )     959  
Customer-related
    13 years       57,906       (13,782 )     44,124  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 254,624     $ (113,464 )   $ 141,160  
                                 
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
September 30, 2008
  Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,129     $ (94,977 )   $ 69,152  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (16,844 )     9,002  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,891 )     664  
Customer-related
    13 years       51,086       (17,730 )     33,356  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 247,616     $ (135,442 )   $ 112,174  
                                 
 
Consolidated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, was approximately $24,964 and $21,978, respectively. Estimated amortization expense through 2012 and thereafter for intangible assets subject to amortization is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008 (remainder of)
  $ 7,172  
2009
    27,232  
2010
    22,034  
2011
    15,816  
2012
    13,674  
Thereafter
    26,246  
 
9.   Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations:
 
On January 11, 2007, the Company acquired the remaining 20% of the stock of National Equipment Register (“NER”), resulting in 100% ownership, in order to more closely align operations with existing businesses. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007 and 2008. NER is a provider of solutions to increase the recovery rate of stolen equipment and reduce the costs associated with theft for owners and insurers.
 
On March 23, 2007, the Company acquired the rights, title, the name, trade name, and service mark, “Rex Depot” and other intangible assets of Smith Sekelsky Web Products, LLC. The assets associated with this acquisition further enhance the capability of the Company’s appraisal software offerings.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
In 2007, the Company discontinued operations of its claims consulting business located in New Hope, PA and the United Kingdom. The results for this business were accounted for as discontinued operations in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Within the September 30, 2007 pre-tax loss from discontinued operations was a goodwill impairment charge of $1,744. There was no impact of discontinued operations on the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The summarized, combined statement of income from discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 is as follows:
 
         
    September 30,
 
    2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 2,231  
         
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (4,402 )
Income tax benefit
    1,080  
         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
  $ (3,322 )
         
 
Depreciation expense related to the discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $76.
 
10.   Income Taxes:
 
The Company’s annual estimated effective tax rate for fiscal year 2007 is 40.0% compared to the estimated effective tax rate for fiscal year 2008 of 42.3%.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN No. 48”), which prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. For each tax position, the Company must determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize within the financial statements. No benefits may be recognized for tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold.
 
Included in the total unrecognized tax benefits of $27,609 at September 30, 2008 was $23,303 that, if recognized, would have a favorable effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company executed a settlement agreement with a taxing authority, which resulted in the reclassification of $3,240 and subsequently reduced the Federal and state taxes receivable for the same amount. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits would not affect the Company’s effective tax rate.
 
In addition, the Company estimates $3,623 of unrecognized tax positions that may be recognized by September 30, 2009, due to expiration of statute of limitation and resolution of audits with taxing authorities, net of additional uncertain tax positions.
 
The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties associated with income taxes as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, approximately $7,033 and $6,418 respectively, was accrued in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet for the payment of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions. The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S. and various state, local and foreign income tax returns. All of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax returns filed by the Company are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the state and local tax authorities until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
11.   Debt:
 
The following table presents short-term and long-term debt by issuance:
 
                                 
    Issuance
    Maturity
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    Date     Date     2007     2008  
 
Short-term debt:
                               
Bank of America
    10/25/2007       4/25/2008     $ 15,000     $  
Bank of America
    9/18/2008       10/20/2008             5,000  
Bank of America
    9/18/2008       10/20/2008             10,000  
JPMorganChase
    12/31/2007       1/3/2008       15,000        
JPMorganChase
    9/30/2008       10/30/2008             15,000  
Citibank
    9/12/2008       10/13/2008             10,000  
Prudential: 4.46% Series D senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2009             100,000  
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       4,408       4,568  
Other
    Various       Various       763       474  
                                 
Short-term debt
                  $ 35,171     $ 145,042  
                                 
Long-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.46% Series D senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2009     $ 100,000     $  
4.60% Series E senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.00% Series F senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       25,000       25,000  
6.13% Series G senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       75,000       75,000  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013       17,500       17,500  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015       17,500       17,500  
6.28% Series I senior notes
    4/29/2008       4/29/2013             15,000  
6.28% Series I senior notes
    4/29/2008       4/29/2015             85,000  
Principal senior notes:
                               
6.03% Series A senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.16% Series B senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       25,000       25,000  
New York Life senior notes:
                               
5.87% Series A senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013       17,500       17,500  
5.87% Series A senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015       17,500       17,500  
6.35% Series B senior notes
    4/29/2008       4/29/2015             50,000  
Other obligations:
                               
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       7,299       5,108  
Other
    Various       Various       860       532  
                                 
Long-term debt
                  $ 403,159     $ 450,640  
                                 
 
Accrued interest associated with the Company’s outstanding master shelf debt obligations was $2,548 and $4,218 as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, respectively. Consolidated interest expense associated with the Company’s outstanding master shelf debt obligations was $16,802 and $22,213 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company utilized additional short-term borrowings from revolving credit facilities with Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase and Citibank to redeem Class A common stock. As of September 30, 2008, the interest on the outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facilities with Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase and Citibank is payable monthly at weighted average rates of 3.40%, 3.15% and 3.14%, respectively.
 
12.   Redeemable Common Stock:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 6,700,000 shares of Class A redeemable common stock. The Class A stock is reserved for the use in incentive plans for key employees and directors under the Option Plan, and for issuance to the ISO 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “KSOP”). The Class A stock has voting rights to elect nine of the thirteen members of the board of directors. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation limits those who may own Class A stock to current and former employees or directors, the KSOP and trusts by or for the benefit of immediate family members of employees and former employees.
 
Under the terms of the Option Plan, Class A stock resulting from exercised options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value at the date of the redemption request of the Class A stock. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption up to one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption for up to two years. Under the terms of the KSOP, eligible participants may elect to diversify 100% of their 401(k) and up to 35% of their ESOP contributions that were made in the form of Class A stock. In addition, upon retirement or termination, participants in the KSOP are required to liquidate their ownership in Class A common stock. Since the Class A stock distributed under the Option Plan and KSOP is subject to the restrictions above, the participant currently has the right to require the Company to repurchase stock based on the then current fair value of the Class A stock.
 
The fair value of the Company’s Class A redeemable common stock is established for purposes of the KSOP, generally on the final day of the quarter and such price is utilized for all share transactions in the subsequent quarter. The current valuation in effect for the KSOP is also considered fair value for Class A redeemable common stock and related transactions within the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.
 
The valuation methodology is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors including the nature of the business and history of the enterprise, the economic outlook in general and the condition of the specific industries in which the Company operates, the financial condition of the business, the Company’s ability to generate free cash flow, and goodwill or other intangible asset value. This determination of the fair market value employs both a comparable public company analysis, which examines the valuation multiples of companies deemed comparable, in whole or in part, to the Company, and a discounted cash flow analysis that determines a present value of the projected future cash flows of the business. The Company regularly assesses the underlying assumptions used in the valuation methodologies. As a result, the Company has utilized this quarterly fair value for all its Class A redeemable common stock transactions, as required by terms of the KSOP and the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.
 
The Company follows SEC Accounting Series Release (“ASR”) No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of Preferred Redeemable Stock (“ASR No. 268”). ASR No. 268 requires the Company to record Class A stock and vested stock options at full redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within the control of the Company. Redemption value for the Class A stock is determined quarterly on or about the final day of the quarter for purposes of the KSOP. The fourth quarter 2007 valuation was finalized on December 31, 2007, which resulted in a fair value per share of $862 on December 31, 2007. The third quarter 2008 valuation was finalized on October 1, 2008, which resulted in a


F-16


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
fair value per share of $879. The third quarter 2008 price will be used for all Class A stock transactions from October 1, 2008 through the earlier of the finalization of the proposed IPO or the next calculation of fair value, which is currently anticipated for the fourth quarter 2008. The redemption value of the Class A stock at December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 totaled $1,217,942 and $989,532, respectively, which includes $215,380 and $209,118, respectively, of aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding unexercised vested stock options.
 
During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, 201,031 and 355,994 Class A shares were redeemed by the Company at a weighted average price of $779.67 and $869.54 per share, respectively. Included in Class A repurchased shares were $11,608 and $17,862 for shares primarily utilized to satisfy minimum tax withholdings on options exercised during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
 
Subsequent changes to the redemption value of the securities is charged first to retained earnings; once retained earnings is depleted, then to additional paid-in-capital, if additional paid-in-capital is also depleted, then to accumulated deficit. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008 the balance of redeemable common stock decreased by $228,410. Additional information regarding the changes in redeemable common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 is provided in the table below.
 
                                                 
                            Notes
    Total
 
    Class A Redeemable Common Stock     Receivable
    Redeemable
 
    Outstanding
    Redemption
    Unearned
    Additional
    from
    Common
 
    Shares     Value     KSOP     Paid in Capital     Stockholders     Stock  
 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    1,163,066     $ 1,217,942     $ (4,129 )   $     $ (42,625 )   $ 1,171,188  
Redemption of Class A common stock
    (355,994 )     (309,552 )                 62,541       (247,011 )
KSOP shares earned
                567       16,786             17,353  
Stock based compensation
                      7,522             7,522  
Stock options exercised (including tax benefit of $17,101)
    80,506       69,548             (24,308 )     (20,148 )     25,092  
Other stock issuances
    266       237                         237  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          11,357                         11,357  
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2008
    887,844     $ 989,532     $ (3,562 )   $     $ (232 )   $ 985,738  
                                                 
 
13.   Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 20,000,000 Class B shares. The Class B shares have the same rights as Class A shares with respect to dividends and economic ownership, but have voting rights to elect three of the thirteen directors. The thirteenth seat on the board of directors is held by the chief executive officer of the Company. The Company repurchased 66,996 and 9,670 Class B shares during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 at an average price of $498.02 and $517.20 per share, respectively.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less the weighted average ESOP shares of common stock that have not been committed to be released. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding using the treasury stock method, if the dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options, had been issued. The


F-17


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008:
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Numerator used in basic and diluted EPS:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 115,379     $ 121,789  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (3,322 )      
                 
Net income
  $ 112,057     $ 121,789  
                 
Denominator:
               
Weighted average number of common shares used in basic EPS
    4,049,460       3,698,519  
Effect of dilutive shares:
               
Potential Class A redeemable common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options
    163,058       151,354  
                 
Weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares used in diluted EPS
    4,212,518       3,849,873  
                 
Basic EPS:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.49     $ 32.93  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (0.82 )      
                 
Basic EPS
  $ 27.67     $ 32.93  
                 
Diluted EPS:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 27.39     $ 31.63  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (0.79 )      
                 
Diluted EPS
  $ 26.60     $ 31.63  
                 
 
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from diluted earnings per share were 59,917 and 106,486 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, because the effect of including these potential shares was antidilutive.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income/(loss) per share is presented for additional information only. As disclosed in “Note 1 — Organization”, Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) will become the new holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. In conjunction with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will be exchanged for the stock of Verisk and Verisk plans to affect a stock split of its common stock. Pro forma net income/(loss) per share is computed as if this stock split occurred at the beginning of 2007.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The following is a summary of accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
                 
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Unrealized losses on investments
  $ (412 )   $ (11 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    154       242  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (8,441 )     (57,402 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (8,699 )   $ (57,171 )
                 
 
The before tax and after tax amounts for these categories, and the related tax benefit/(expense) included in other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
                         
          Tax Benefit /
       
September 30, 2007
  Before Tax     (Expense)     After Tax  
 
Unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year
  $ 1,132     $ (465 )   $ 667  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    (967 )     387       (580 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    295             295  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    8,196       (2,575 )     5,621  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 8,656     $ (2,653 )   $ 6,003  
                         
September 30, 2008
                       
Unrealized holding losses on investments arising during the year
  $ (819 )   $ 325     $ (494 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    1,488       (593 )     895  
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    88             88  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (80,552 )     31,591       (48,961 )
                         
Total other comprehensive loss
  $ (79,795 )   $ 31,323     $ (48,472 )
                         
 
14.   Stock Option Plan:
 
During 1998, the Company adopted the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”). The Option Plan provides for the granting of options to key employees and directors of the Company. Options granted have varying exercise dates within four years after grant date and expire after ten years. Stock obtained through the exercise of options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value of the Class A common stock. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for up to two years. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, stock options granted had an exercise price equal to fair value of the Class A common stock on date of grant. There are 1,992,795 shares of Class A common stock approved for issuance under the plan, of which up to 12,053 options to purchase shares were authorized for future grants at September 30, 2008. Cash received from stock option exercises for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $892.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
A summary of option activity under the Option Plan as of September 30, 2008, and changes from the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented below:
 
                         
                Aggregate
 
    Number
    Weighted Average
    Intrinsic
 
    of Options     Exercise Price     Value  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    496,753     $ 320.46     $ 269,012  
                         
Granted
    62,947     $ 864.84          
Exercised
    (80,506 )   $ 309.02     $ 44,670  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (10,640 )   $ 692.75          
                         
Outstanding at September 30, 2008
    468,554     $ 387.10     $ 230,482  
                         
Options exercisable at September 30, 2008
    332,619     $ 250.30     $ 209,118  
                         
 
Exercise prices for options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2008 ranged from $71 to $892 as outlined in the following table:
 
                                                 
    Stock Options Outstanding     Stock Options Exercisable  
    Weighted-
                Weighted-
             
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
 
Range of
  Remaining
    Options
    Average
    Remaining
    Options
    Average
 
Exercise Prices
  Contractual Life     Outstanding     Exercise Price     Contractual Life     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
 
$ 71 to $110
    2.0       77,079     $ 106.43       2.0       77,079     $ 106.43  
$116 to $148
    4.4       45,102     $ 141.89       4.4       45,102     $ 141.89  
$155 to $231
    4.6       113,250     $ 179.99       4.6       113,250     $ 179.99  
$240 to $445
    6.6       88,150     $ 415.70       6.6       66,260     $ 411.23  
$482 to $681
    7.6       41,396     $ 593.97       7.6       19,286     $ 610.22  
$755 to $892
    8.5       103,577     $ 822.17       7.5       11,642     $ 794.60  
                                                 
              468,554                       332,619          
                                                 
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company granted the following stock options with exercise prices and Black-Scholes values as follows:
 
                                 
    Number of
    Fair Value
          Black-Scholes
 
    Stock Options
    of Common
    Exercise
    Value of
 
Grant Dates
  Granted     Stock(1)     Price     Options  
 
March 1, 2008
    56,990     $ 862.00     $ 862.00     $ 204.72  
July 1, 2008
    5,357       892.00       892.00       223.56  
July 1, 2008
    600       892.00       892.00       241.85  
 
 
(1) The fair value for these shares is the current valuation in effect for the KSOP. This fair value is also utilized for all Class A share transactions for the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
The fair value of the stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that used the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table.
 
     
    September 30, 2008
 
Option pricing model
  Black-Scholes
Expected volatility
  28.02%
Risk-free interest rate
  2.58%
Expected term in years
  5.0
Dividend yield
  1.81%
Weighted average grant date fair value per stock option
  $206.68
 
The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) for awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2008 was estimated based on studies of historical experience and projected exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury zero coupon securities with a maturity equal to the expected term of the equity award. Expected volatility for awards prior to January 1, 2008 was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term, ending on the day of grant, and calculated on a quarterly basis for purposes of the KSOP. For awards granted after January 1, 2008, the volatility factor was based on an average of the historical stock prices of a group of the Company’s peers over the most recent period commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award. The expected dividends yield was based on the Company’s expected annual dividend rate on the date of grant.
 
The Company estimates expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Changes in the forfeiture assumptions may impact the total amount of expense ultimately recognized over the requisite service period, and may impact the timing of expense recognized over the requisite service period.
 
As of September 30, 2008, there was $22,250 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.75 years. The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 was $6,562 and $8,826, respectively.
 
15.   Pension and Postretirement Benefits:
 
Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company maintained a qualified defined benefit pension plan for substantially all of its employees through membership in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations (the “Pension Plan”), a multiple-employer trust. The Company has applied the projected unit credit cost method for its pension plan, which attributes an equal portion of total projected benefits to each year of employee service. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company amended the Pension Plan to determine future benefits using a cash balance formula. Under the cash balance formula, each participant has an account which is credited annually based on salary rates determined by years of service, as well as the interest earned on their previous year-end cash balance. Prior to December 31, 2001, pension plan benefits were based on years of service and the average of the five highest consecutive years’ earnings of the last ten years. Effective March 1, 2005, the Company established the Profit Sharing Plan, a defined contribution plan, to replace the Pension Plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Company also has a non-qualified supplemental cash balance plan (“SERP”) for certain employees. The SERP is funded from the general assets of the Company.
 
The Company also provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for both active and retired employees. The Postretirement Health and Life Insurance Plan (“the Postretirement Plan”) is contributory, requiring participants to pay a stated percentage of the premium for coverage. As of October 1, 2001, the


F-21


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Postretirement Plan was amended to freeze benefits for current retirees and certain other employees at the January 1, 2002 level. Also, as of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan had a curtailment, which eliminated retiree life insurance for all active employees and healthcare benefits for almost all future retirees, effective January 1, 2002.
 
The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan and the Postretirement Plan are as follows:
 
                                 
    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Plan  
    2007     2008     2007     2008  
 
Service cost
  $ 6,114     $ 5,814     $     $  
Interest cost
    15,714       16,266       1,251       1,275  
Amortization of transition obligation
                123       150  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                3        
Expected return on plan assets
    (20,595 )     (20,580 )            
Amortization of prior year service cost
    (600 )     (600 )            
                                 
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    429       375              
Net periodic expense
  $ 1,062     $ 1,275     $ 1,377     $ 1,425  
                                 
Employer contributions
  $ 88     $ 3,980     $ 3,069     $ 2,816  
                                 
 
Payments to the Pension Plan and the Postretirement Plan are consistent with the amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2007. As disclosed in Note 13, “Stockholders’ Deficit,” the pension and postretirement unfunded liability increased $80,552 during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 due to the decrease in fair value of the plan assets.
 
16.   Segment Reporting:
 
The Company has two operating segments, Risk Assessment and Decision Analytics. These designations have been made as the discrete operating results are reviewed by the Company’s chief decision maker to assess profitability. The Company does not allocate investment income, interest income, interest expense or income tax expense, since these items are not considered in evaluating the segment’s overall operating performance. The Company does not evaluate the financial performance of each segment based on assets.
 
Risk Assessment:   The Company is the leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. The Company’s databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. The Company uses this data to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standards and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   The Company develops solutions that its customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk: ‘prediction of loss,’ ‘selection and pricing of risk,’ ‘detection and prevention of fraud’ and ‘quantification of loss.’ The Company’s combination of algorithms and analytic methods incorporates its proprietary data to generate solutions in each of these four categories. In most cases, the Company’s customers integrate the solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria in order to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. The Company develops catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. The Company also develops solutions that allow customers to quantify costs


F-22


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
after loss events occur. Fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, mortgage and healthcare sectors.
 
The following table provides the Company’s revenue and operating income performance by reportable segment for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008:
 
                         
    September 30,
 
    2007  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 365,553     $ 234,158     $ 599,711  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues
    153,270       108,575       261,845  
Selling, general, and administrative
    52,265       30,324       82,589  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    160,018       95,259       255,277  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    14,408       8,889       23,297  
Amortization of intangible assets
    796       24,168       24,964  
                         
Operating income
    144,814       62,202       207,016  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    5,953  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    854  
Interest expense
                    (17,052 )
Other expense
                    (119 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 196,652  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 14,843     $ 13,485     $ 28,328  
                         
 


F-23


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
                         
    September 30,
 
    2008  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 378,542     $ 283,539     $ 662,081  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues
    154,724       134,261       288,985  
Selling, general, and administrative
    56,505       34,788       91,293  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    167,313       114,490       281,803  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    14,147       11,331       25,478  
Amortization of intangible assets
    605       21,373       21,978  
                         
Operating income
    152,561       81,786       234,347  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    2,005  
Realized losses on securities, net
                    (1,665 )
Interest expense
                    (22,566 )
Other expense
                    (21 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 212,100  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 9,741     $ 12,582     $ 22,323  
                         
 
Operating segment revenue by type of service is provided below:
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2008  
 
Risk Assessment:
               
Industry standard insurance program
    234,518       247,520  
Property-specific rating and underwriting information
    95,195       94,574  
Statistical agency and data services
    20,299       20,556  
Actuarial services
    15,541       15,892  
                 
Total Risk Assessment
  $ 365,553     $ 378,542  
                 
Decision Analytics:
               
Fraud identification and detection solutions
  $ 129,602     $ 157,654  
Loss prediction solutions
    59,408       69,353  
Loss quantification solutions
    45,148       56,532  
                 
Total Decision Analytics
  $ 234,158     $ 283,539  
                 
Total consolidated revenues
  $ 599,711     $ 662,081  
                 
 
17.   Research and Development Costs:
 
Research and development costs, which primarily relate to the personnel and related overhead costs incurred in developing new products and services, are expensed as incurred. Such costs were $6,126 and $7,329 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

F-24


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
18.   Related Parties:
 
The Company considers its Class A and Class B stockholders that own more than 5% of the outstanding stock within the respective class to be related parties as defined within FAS No. 57, Related Party Disclosures . At September 30, 2008, there were six Class B stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class B common stock. Two of these six Class B stockholders have employees who serve on the Company’s board of directors.
 
The Company incurred expenses associated with the payment of insurance coverage premiums to certain of the largest stockholders aggregating $502 and $611 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These expenses are included in “Cost of revenues” and “Selling, general and administrative” in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
19.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company is a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Including those matters described below, the Company is unable, at the present time, to determine the ultimate resolution of or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to these matters or the impact they may have on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. This is primarily because many of these cases remain in their early stages and only limited discovery has taken place. Although the Company believes it has strong defenses for the proceedings described below, the Company could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. The Company is among the named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including our Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. On August 18, 2008, the Company was voluntarily dismissed from the case with prejudice.
 
The Company has entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against us with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was made in 2006 for this proceeding and the total amount we paid in 2008 with respect to these settlements was less than $2,000. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California, that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss the Company from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
The following two lawsuits have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by our Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies. The plaintiffs seek to recover compensation for their damages in an amount equal to the difference between the amount paid by the defendants and the fair market repair/restoration costs of their damaged property.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company filed in March 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims which the defendants will oppose.
 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and Travelers Insurance Company filed in November 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against us other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings in the case pending an appraisal of the lead plaintiff’s insurance claim.
 
The third lawsuit, Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co. is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General in November 2007 in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage and seeks the forfeiture of any illegal profits and treble damages. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court. That decision was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Defendants have filed a motion to dismiss and plaintiffs are opposing the motion. The Attorney General has filed a motion to sever the case in two parts (one seeking injunctive relief and the other seeking treble damages), and to have portions of the case sent back to Louisiana state court. Defendants are opposing that motion.
 
At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution of, or estimate the liability related to, these matters. No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware Litigation.
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, our Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. Plaintiffs brought the action on their own behalf and on behalf of all similarly situated individuals whose personal information is contained in any motor vehicle record maintained by the State of Texas and who have not provided express consent to the State of Texas for the distribution of their personal information for purposes not enumerated by the DPPA and whose personal information has been knowingly obtained and used by the defendants. The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained such personal information and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages in the amount of $2.5 for each instance of a violation of the DPPA, punitive damages and the destruction of any illegally obtained personal information. The Court granted iiX’s motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing, and plaintiffs are appealing the dismissal.
 
20.   Subsequent Events:
 
The Company entered into two letters of intent to acquire two unrelated businesses to be included in the Decision Analytics segment. The letters of intent are not binding, but are subject to negotiations of definitive agreements. Subject to final agreements, the combined purchase price will be approximately $79,000 and both are subject to additional contingent payments based on achievement of certain financial results. The Company believes that it is probable that these acquisitions will occur, and the closing dates for both acquisitions, subject to final contracts, may occur in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
**************


F-26


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
Jersey City, New Jersey
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet for Verisk Analytics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2008. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Verisk Analytics, Inc. at September 30, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
 
November 20, 2008


F-27


Table of Contents

 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
BALANCE SHEET
September 30, 2008
 
         
ASSETS
Cash
  $ 1,000  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,000  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Total liabilities
  $  
Commitments and contingencies
       
Stockholders’ equity:
       
Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued
  $ 1  
Additional paid-in capital
    999  
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,000  
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,000  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
 
1.   Organization:
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc (the “Company”), formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc (“ISO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed initial public offering, (“IPO”), the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of ISO will be exchanged by the current stockholders for the common stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis.
 
Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B common stock, Class B (Series 1) common stock (the “Class B-1”) and Class B (Series 2) common stock (the “Class B-2”) will be formed and 50 percent of each ISO Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of the Company’s new Class B-1common stock and the remaining 50 percent of each ISO Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of the Company’s new Class B-2 common stock. Each share of the Company’s Class B-1 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of the Company’s Class B-2 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. In conjunction with the IPO, the Company plans to effect a stock split of both classes of common stock.
 
Class A common stock of the Company will not be redeemable by the holder and only Class A common stock will be offered to the public. All stock options granted under the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan will be transferred to the Company, without modification to the terms of the options other than such options will be exercisable for Class A common stock of Company.
 
Since the Company’s formation on May 23, 2008, there has been no operating activity.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation:
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
3.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company does not have any commitments and contingencies.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
Jersey City, New Jersey
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Insurance Services Office, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , effective December 31, 2006.
 
/s/  Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
 
Parsippany, New Jersey
August 12, 2008


F-30


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2006 and 2007
 
                 
    2006     2007  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 99,152     $ 24,049  
Available-for-sale securities
    7,257       28,350  
Accounts receivable, net (including amounts from related parties of $1,364 and $949, respectively)
    91,725       86,488  
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    4,271       347  
Prepaid expenses
    8,929       7,609  
Deferred income taxes
    19,019       22,654  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    5,449       3,003  
Other current assets
    13,191       8,525  
                 
Total current assets
    248,993       181,025  
Noncurrent assets:
               
Fixed assets, net
    70,470       85,436  
Intangible assets, net
    139,718       141,160  
Goodwill
    224,680       339,891  
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    11,883       12,356  
Deferred income taxes
    37,294       55,679  
Other assets
    11,693       12,936  
                 
Total assets
  $ 744,731     $ 828,483  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 66,710     $ 78,234  
Acquisition related liabilities
    13,414       100,300  
Short-term debt
    120,851       35,171  
Pension and postretirement benefits, current
    4,324       4,636  
Fees received in advance (including amounts from related parties of $8,677 and $5,817, respectively)
    124,136       127,907  
                 
Total current liabilities
    329,435       346,248  
Noncurrent liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    327,847       403,159  
Pension benefits
    29,185       17,637  
Postretirement benefits
    26,525       23,894  
Other liabilities
    22,163       62,085  
                 
Total liabilities
    735,155       853,023  
Redeemable common stock
               
Class A redeemable common stock, stated at redemption value, $.01 par value; 6,700,000 shares authorized; 2,849,885 and 2,922,253 shares issued and 1,347,540 and 1,163,066 outstanding in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    1,183,049       1,217,942  
Unearned Class A common stock KSOP shares
    (4,913 )     (4,129 )
Notes receivable from stockholders’
    (52,203 )     (42,625 )
                 
Total redeemable common stock
    1,125,933       1,171,188  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,004,500 shares issued and 2,945,900 and 2,873,412 outstanding in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    100       100  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (16,017 )     (8,699 )
Accumulated deficit
    (457,557 )     (508,136 )
Class B common stock, treasury stock, 7,058,600 and 7,131,088 shares in 2006 and 2007, respectively
    (642,883 )     (678,993 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,116,357 )     (1,195,728 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 744,731     $ 828,483  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-31


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands, except for share
 
    and per share data)  
 
Revenues (includes revenues from related parties of $79,269, $83,919 and $84,891 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively)
  $ 645,660     $ 730,133     $ 802,195  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    294,911       331,804       357,191  
Selling, general and administrative
    88,723       100,124       107,576  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,024       28,007       31,745  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916  
                         
Total expenses
    425,458       486,789       530,428  
                         
Operating income
    220,202       243,344       271,767  
Other income/(expense):
                       
Investment income
    2,919       6,585       8,442  
Realized gains (losses) on securities, net
    27       (375 )     857  
Interest expense
    (10,465 )     (16,668 )     (22,928 )
Other income (expense)
    (14 )     (109 )     9  
                         
Total other expense, net
    (7,533 )     (10,567 )     (13,620 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    212,669       232,777       258,147  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,722 )     (86,921 )     (103,184 )
                         
Income from continuing operations
    126,947       145,856       154,963  
                         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $721, $712 and $1,496 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively
    (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )
                         
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374  
                         
Basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )
                         
Net income per share
  $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44  
                         
Diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )
                         
Net income per share
  $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928  
                         
Diluted
    4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151  
                         
Pro forma basic income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
                       
Income from continuing operations
                       
Loss from discontinued operations
                       
                         
Pro forma net income per share
                       
                         
Pro forma diluted income/(loss) per share of Class A and Class B (unaudited):
                       
Income from continuing operations
                       
Loss from discontinued operations
                       
                         
Pro forma net income per share
                       
                         
Weighted average shares used in pro forma per share amounts (unaudited):
                       
Basic
                       
                         
Diluted
                       
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                                                 
          Accumulated
                         
          Other
                      Total
 
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Class B Common Stock     Treasury
    Stockholders’
 
    Deficit     Income (Loss)     Shares     Par Value     Stock     Deficit  
    (In thousands, except for share data)  
 
Balance, January 1, 2005
  $ (135,830 )   $ 191       10,004,500     $ 100     $ (602,390 )   $ (737,929 )
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    124,373                               124,373  
Other comprehensive losses
          (2,925 )                       (2,925 )
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                  121,448  
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                            (39,378 )     (39,378 )
Stock options exercised for 233,608 shares (including tax benefit of $27,852)
    (70,854 )                             (70,854 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (211,581 )                               (211,581 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ (293,892 )   $ (2,734 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (641,768 )   $ (938,294 )
                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    144,051                               144,051  
Other comprehensive gains
          2,352                         2,352  
Comprehensive income
                                  146,403  
Incremental adjustment to adopt FAS No. 158, net of tax of $9,317
          (15,635 )                       (15,635 )
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                            (1,115 )     (1,115 )
Stock options exercised for 179,967 shares (including tax benefit of $31,964)
    (81,516 )                             (81,516 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (226,200 )                             (226,200 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ (457,557 )   $ (16,017 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (642,883 )   $ (1,116,357 )
                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    150,374                               150,374  
Other comprehensive gains
          7,318                         7,318  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                  157,692  
                                               
Treasury stock acquired — Class B common stock
                            (36,110 )     (36,110 )
Stock options exercised for 72,083 shares (including tax benefit of $12,798)
    (36,655 )                             (36,655 )
Cumulative effect adjustment to adopt FIN No. 48
    (10,338 )                             (10,338 )
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
    (153,960 )                             (153,960 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ (508,136 )   $ (8,699 )     10,004,500     $ 100     $ (678,993 )   $ (1,195,728 )
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    22,123       28,119       31,843  
Amortization of intangible assets
    19,800       26,854       33,916  
KSOP compensation expense
    13,793       18,779       22,247  
Stock-based compensation
    4,094       6,148       8,244  
Non-cash charges associated with other employee compensation plans
    601       1,909       2,182  
Goodwill impairment
    1,500             1,744  
Accrued interest on notes receivable from stockholders’
    (1,516 )     (2,190 )     (2,454 )
Realized (gains) losses on securities
    (27 )     375       (857 )
Deferred income taxes
    (7,776 )     (11,848 )     (5,698 )
Other operating
    185       216       298  
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
          2,374       1,791  
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
    (27,852 )     (31,964 )     (12,798 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    (12,263 )     (3,987 )     7,194  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (3,486 )     (1,751 )     2,213  
Federal and state taxes receivable
    25,938       19,262       13,062  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    9,656       (7,014 )     (8,294 )
Fees received in advance
    3,682       27,219       3,751  
Other liabilities
    1,246       6,947       (237 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    174,071       223,499       248,521  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-34


Table of Contents

INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $3,466, $532 and $120, respectively
    (59,249 )     (201,617 )     (50,658 )
Earnout payments
    (10,771 )           (3,191 )
Proceeds from release of contingent escrows
    2,024       297       3,039  
Escrow funding associated with acquisitions
    (14,354 )     (14,600 )     (4,375 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (496 )     (35,081 )     (44,101 )
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities
    402       34,893       22,872  
Purchases of fixed assets
    (24,019 )     (25,742 )     (32,941 )
Proceeds from receipt of notes receivable from stockholders’
    4             301  
Issuance of notes receivable from stockholders’
    (985 )     (1,602 )     (1,777 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (107,444 )     (243,452 )     (110,831 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    15,000       15,000       30,000  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    220,000       175,000       85,000  
Redemption of Class A common stock
    (141,857 )     (126,857 )     (168,660 )
Repurchase of Class B common stock
    (39,378 )     (1,115 )     (36,110 )
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock
    100              
Repayment of short-term debt
    (172,884 )     (18,356 )     (136,008 )
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
    27,852       31,964       12,798  
Proceeds from exercised stock options
    213       271       389  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (90,954 )     75,907       (212,591 )
Effect of exchange rate changes
    (551 )     376       (202 )
                         
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (24,878 )     56,330       (75,103 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    67,700       42,822       99,152  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 42,822     $ 99,152     $ 24,049  
                         
Supplemental disclosures:
                       
Taxes paid
  $ 66,841     $ 78,800     $ 94,258  
                         
Interest paid
  $ 9,814     $ 14,901     $ 22,752  
                         
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Loans made to directors and officers in connection with the exercise of stock options
  $ (12,573 )   $ (24,438 )   $ (15,130 )
                         
Stock redemptions used to repay notes receivable from stockholders’ maturities and to exercise stock options
  $ 32,720     $ 13,854     $ 35,429  
                         
KSOP stock redemption funded in the prior year
  $     $ 10,001     $ 2,643  
                         
Deferred tax (liability) asset established on date of acquisition
  $ (8,918 )   $ 7,542     $ 24  
                         
Capital lease obligations
  $ 8,712     $     $ 9,554  
                         
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $     $     $ 4,688  
                         
Increase in goodwill due to acquisition related liabilities
  $ 1,000     $ 4,362     $ 98,343  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
1.   Organization:
 
Insurance Services Office, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) enable risk-bearing businesses to better understand and manage their risks. The Company provides its customers proprietary data that, combined with analytic methods, creates embedded decision support solutions. The Company is one of the largest aggregators and providers of data pertaining to U.S. property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance risks. The Company offers solutions for detecting fraud in the U.S. P&C insurance, mortgage and healthcare industries and sophisticated methods to predict and quantify loss in diverse contexts ranging from natural catastrophes to health insurance. The Company provides solutions, including data, statistical models or tailored analytics, all designed to allow clients to make more logical decisions.
 
The Company was formed in 1971 as an advisory and rating organization for the P&C insurance industry to provide statistical and actuarial services, to develop insurance programs and to assist insurance companies in meeting state regulatory requirements. Over the past decade, the Company has broadened its data assets, entered new markets, placed a greater emphasis on analytics, and pursued strategic acquisitions.
 
2.   Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include acquisition purchase price allocations, the fair value of goodwill, the realization of deferred tax assets, acquisition related liabilities, fair value of stock based compensation, liabilities for pension and postretirement benefits, fair value of the Company’s common stock, and the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates. Reclassifications from “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” to “Acquisition related liabilities”, and from “Noncurrent pension benefits” to “Pension and postretirement benefits, current” in an amount of $254 have been made in the 2006 consolidated balance sheet to conform to the 2007 presentation. Significant accounting policies include the following:
 
(a)  Intercompany Accounts and Transactions
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Insurance Services Office, Inc. and subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
(b)  Revenue Recognition
 
The following describes the Company’s primary types of revenues and the applicable revenue recognition policies. The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from sales of services and revenue is recognized as services are performed and information is delivered to our customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees and/or price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
 
Industry Standard Insurance Programs, Statistical Agent and Data Services, and Actuarial Services
 
Industry standard insurance programs, statistical agent and data services and actuarial services are sold to participating insurance company customers under annual agreements covering a calendar year where the price is determined at the inception of the agreement. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition (“SAB No. 104”), the Company


F-36


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
recognizes revenue ratably over the term of these annual agreements, as services are performed and continuous access to information is provided over the entire term of the agreements.
 
Property-Specific Rating and Underwriting Information
 
The Company provides property specific rating information through reports issued for specific commercial properties, for which revenue is recognized when the report is delivered to the customer, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
In addition, the Company provides hosting or software solutions that provide continuous access to information about the properties being insured and underwriting information in the form of standard policy forms to be used by customers. As the customer has a contractual right to take possession of the software without significant penalty, revenues from these arrangements are recognized in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions (“SOP No. 97-2”). The Company recognizes software license revenue when the arrangement does not require significant production, customization, or modification of the software and the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has occurred, fees are fixed or determinable, and collections are probable. These software arrangements include post-contract customer support (“PCS”). Currently, the Company recognizes software license revenue ratably over the duration of the annual license term as vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of PCS the only remaining undelivered element, cannot be established in accordance with SOP No. 97-2.
 
Fraud Identification and Detection Solutions
 
Fraud identification and detection solutions are comprised of transaction-based fees recognized as information is delivered to customers, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
 
Loss Prediction
 
Loss prediction solutions consist of term-based software licenses and revenues are recognized in accordance with SOP No. 97-2. These software arrangements include PCS, which includes unspecified upgrades on a when and if available basis. The Company recognizes software license revenue ratably over the duration of the annual license term as VSOE of PCS, the only remaining undelivered element, cannot be established in accordance with SOP No. 97-2.
 
The Company also provides software hosting arrangements to customers whereby the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenues from these contracts are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-03, Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements that Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity’s Hardware (“EITF No. 00-03”). As these arrangements include PCS throughout the hosting term, revenues from these multiple element arrangements are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF No. 00-21”). The Company recognizes revenue ratably over the duration of the license term, which range from one to five years, since the elements do not have stand alone value.
 
Loss Quantification Solutions
 
Loss quantification solutions consist of term-based software subscription licenses and revenues are recognized in accordance with SOP No. 97-2. These software arrangements include PCS,


F-37


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
which includes unspecified upgrades on a when and if available basis. Customers are billed for access on a monthly basis and the Company recognizes revenue accordingly.
 
With respect to an insignificant percentage of revenues, the Company uses contract accounting, as required by SOP No. 97-2, when the arrangement with the customer includes significant customization, modification, or production of software. For these elements, revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, using the percentage-of-completion method, which requires the use of estimates. In such instances, management is required to estimate the input measures, based on hours incurred to date compared to total estimated hours of the project, with consideration also given to output measures, such as contract milestones, when applicable. Adjustments to estimates are made in the period in which the facts requiring such revisions become known and, accordingly, recognized revenues and profits are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. The Company considers the contract substantially complete when there is compliance with all performance specifications and there are no remaining costs or potential risk.
 
(c)  Fees Received in Advance
 
The Company invoices its customers in annual, quarterly, monthly, or milestone installments. Amounts billed and collected in advance of contract terms are recorded as a fees received in advance on the balance sheet and are recognized as the services are performed and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.
 
(d)  Fixed Assets
 
Property and equipment, internal-use software and finite-lived intangibles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization which are computed on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.
 
The Company’s internal software development costs primarily relate to internal-use software. Such costs are capitalized in the application development stage in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a three year period which management believes represents the useful life of these capitalized costs.
 
In accordance with FAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets may not be recoverable, the Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment by first comparing the carrying value of the assets to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the assets’ undiscounted cash flows, the Company estimates an impairment loss by taking the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the assets.
 
(e)  Capital and Operating Leases
 
The Company leases various property, plant and equipment. Leased property is accounted for under FAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (“FAS No. 13”). Accordingly, leased property that meets certain criteria is capitalized and the present value of the related lease payments is recorded as a liability. Amortization of assets under capital leases is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life (principally 3 to 4 years for computer equipment and automobiles).


F-38


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Rent expense for operating leases, which may have rent escalation provisions or rent holidays, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable bases lease period in accordance with FAS No. 13. The initial lease term generally includes the build-out period, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent. Construction allowances received from landlords are recorded as a deferred rent credit and amortized to rent expense over the term of the lease.
 
(f)  Investments
 
The Company’s investments at December 31, 2006 and 2007 included registered investment companies, private equity securities, and U.S. common stock. All investments with readily determinable market values are classified as available-for-sale as defined in FAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. While these investments are not held with the specific intention to sell them, they may be sold to support the Company’s investment strategies. All available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value. The cost of all investments sold is based on the specific identification method. Dividend income is accrued on the ex-dividend date.
 
The Company performs periodic reviews of its investment portfolio when individual holdings have experienced a decline in fair value below their respective cost. The Company considers a number of factors in the evaluation of whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary including: (a) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer; (b) the Company’s ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; and (c) the period and degree to which the market value has been below cost. Where the decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded to realized investment losses and a new cost basis is established for the investment.
 
In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) released Staff Position (“FSP”) Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. The FSP addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. It also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The Company adopted these new pronouncements for its other-than-temporary impairment analysis as of January 1, 2006. The adoption of these did not have a significant impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
 
The Company’s investments in private equity securities are included in “Other Assets.” Those securities are carried at cost, as the Company owns less than 20% and does not otherwise have the ability to exercise significant influence. These securities are written down to their estimated realizable value, when management considers there is an other-than-temporary decline in value, based on financial information received and the business prospects of the entity.
 
(g)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and acquisition related liabilities are approximately equal to their carrying amounts because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of stockholders’ note receivables was estimated at $65,002 and $55,553 and is based on the Applicable Federal Rates as published by the Internal Revenue Service as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The fair value of the long-term debt was estimated at $329,725 and $407,784 and is based on an estimate of


F-39


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
interest rates available to the Company for debt with similar features as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
(h)  Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable is generally recorded at the invoiced amount. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on an analysis of the aging of the accounts receivable, historical write-offs, customer payment patterns, individual customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, and/or establishment of specific reserves for customers in adverse financial condition. The Company reassesses the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis.
 
(i)  Foreign Currency
 
The Company has determined local currencies are the functional currencies of the foreign operations. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the year-end rate of exchange and statement of income items are translated at the average rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ deficit.
 
(j)  Stock Based Compensation
 
The Company follows FAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“FAS No. 123(R)”). FAS No. 123(R) is a revision of FAS No. 123, as amended, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 25”). Under FAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the options granted, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. On January 1, 2005, the Company adopted FAS No. 123(R) using a prospective approach, as required under FAS No. 123(R). Under this application, the Company is required to record compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption.
 
FAS No. 123(R) requires that stock-based compensation expense be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service (the “substantive vesting period”). The Company’s 1996 Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Plan”) provides an accelerated vesting for awards provided to employees who retire at the minimum age of 62 and completes at least five years of prior service. For these awards the Company follows the substantive vesting period approach.
 
The fair value of the stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) was estimated using the simplified method as defined in SAB No. 107, in which the expected term equals the average of graded vesting term and the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury zero coupon securities with a maturity equal to the expected term of the equity award. Expected volatility was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term, ending on the day of grant, and calculated on a quarterly basis as determined for purposes of the KSOP. The Company estimates the expected volatility based on the fair value of its Class A common shares as determined quarterly. These values are utilized by the Company to provide liquidity to stockholders under the provisions of the Company’s defined contribution plan and Option Plan. The expected dividend yield has not been included in the fair value calculation as the Company has not and does not expect to pay dividends. The Company estimates expected forfeitures of equity awards at the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Changes in the forfeiture assumptions may impact the


F-40


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
total amount of expense ultimately recognized over the requisite service period, and may impact the timing of expense recognized over the requisite service period.
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Option pricing model
    Black-Scholes       Black-Scholes       Black-Scholes  
Expected volatility
    13.77 %     13.53 %     13.40 %
Risk-free interest rate
    4.08 %     4.59 %     4.54 %
Expected term in years
    6.13       6.18       6.19  
Dividend yield
                 
 
The per option weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $103.94, $167.49 and $210.69, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense in 2005 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $4,094 and net income to decrease by $2,432. Stock-based compensation expense in 2006 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $6,148 and net income to decrease by $3,846. Stock-based compensation expense in 2007 caused income before income taxes to decrease by $8,244 and net income to decrease by $4,988.
 
(k)  Research and development costs
 
Research and development costs, which primarily relate to the personnel and related overhead costs incurred in developing new services for our customers, are expensed as incurred. Such costs were $5,191, $7,007 and $8,944 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
(l)  Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method under FAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FAS No. 109”), which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
Deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not that all or some of the potential deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN No. 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with FAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized based on the technical merits when it is more-likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes. Income tax positions must meet a more likely than not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN No. 48 and in subsequent periods. This interpretation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.


F-41


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 , on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN No. 48, the Company recognized approximately a $10,338 increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007, balance of accumulated deficit. The balance sheet line items impacted by this increase are as follows:
 
         
Increase in non-current deferred income taxes
  $ 13,933  
Increase in federal and state taxes receivable
  $ 7,620  
Increase in other liabilities
  $ 31,891  
Increase in accumulated deficit
  $ 10,338  
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within “Other liabilities” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Prior to adopting FIN No. 48, the Company’s policy was to maintain tax contingency liabilities for potential audit issues. The tax contingency liabilities were based on an estimate of the probable amount of additional taxes that may be due in the future. Any additional taxes due would be determined only upon completion of current and future federal state and international tax audits. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $7,620 of tax contingency liabilities included in “Foreign and state taxes receivable.”
 
(l)  Earnings Per Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) are determined in accordance with FAS No. 128, Earnings per Share , which specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings per share. Basic EPS excludes all dilutive common stock equivalents. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS, as calculated using the treasury stock method, reflects the potential dilution that would occur if the Company’s dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised. For purposes of calculating earnings per share, Class A and Class B common shares are combined since both classes have identical rights to earnings.
 
(m)  Pension and Postretirement Benefits
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“FAS No. 158”). FAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the balance sheet; the recognition in other comprehensive income of gains or losses and prior service costs or credits arising during the period, but which are not included as components of periodic benefit cost and the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the balance sheet date. The Company adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. See “Note 17 — Pension and Postretirement Benefits” for additional disclosures required by FAS No. 158 and the effects of adoption.
 
(n) Product Warranty Obligations
 
The Company provides warranty coverage for certain of its products. The Company recognizes a product warranty obligation when claims are probable and can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, product warranty obligations were not significant.
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into numerous agreements that contain standard indemnities whereby the Company indemnifies another party for breaches of confidentiality, infringement of intellectual property or gross negligence. Such indemnifications are primarily granted under licensing of computer software. Most agreements contain provisions to limit


F-42


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications, however the Company is not able to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments to be made under these indemnifications as the triggering events are not subject to predictability.
 
(o) Loss contingencies
 
The Company accrues for costs relating to litigation, claims and other contingent matters when such liabilities become probable and reasonably estimable. Such estimates are based on management’s judgment. Actual amounts paid may differ from amounts estimated, and such differences will be charged to operations in the period in which the final determination of the liability is made.
 
(p) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This statement enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities using fair value, such as emphasizing that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and sets out a fair value hierarchy with the highest priority being quoted prices in active markets. FAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007; however, the FASB provided a one-year deferral for implementation of this standard for non-financial assets and liabilities. The adoption of FAS No. 157 will not have a material impact on how we measure fair value, but will require additional disclosures.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”), which delays the effective date of FAS No. 157 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Non-financial assets and liabilities include, among others: intangible assets acquired through business combinations; long-lived assets when assessing potential impairment; and liabilities associated with restructuring activities. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets & Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FAS No. 115 (“FAS No. 159”). FAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings for items measured using the fair value option. FAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. FAS No. 159 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2008 and it did not elect the fair value option for any of its qualifying financial instruments.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards , (“EITF No. 06-11”), that an entity should recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on affected securities charged to retained earnings as an increase in Additional Paid in Capital (“APIC”). The amount recognized in APIC should be included in the APIC pool. When an entity’s estimate of forfeitures increases or actual forfeitures exceed its estimates, the amount of tax benefits previously recognized in APIC should be reclassified into the statement of operations. The amount reclassified is limited to the APIC pool balance on the reclassification date. EITF No. 06-11 applies prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends declared on affected securities. The adoption of EITF No. 06-11, effective January 1, 2008, did not have an impact on the financial statements as the Company does not currently pay dividends on its common stock.


F-43


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141(R)”). FAS No. 141(R) replaces FAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS No. 141”). FAS No. 141(R) primarily requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, measured at their fair values as of that date. This replaces FAS No. 141’s cost-allocation process, which required the cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Generally, FAS No. 141(R) will become effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting FAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the business combinations that the Company may pursue and complete after its effective date.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, (“FAS No. 160”). FAS No. 160 requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be reported as equity and the amount of consolidated net income specifically attributable to the noncontrolling interest be identified in the consolidated financial statements. It also calls for consistency in the manner of reporting changes in the parent’s ownership interest and requires fair value measurement of any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. FAS No. 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 except the presentation and disclosure requirements which are required to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Earlier adoption of FAS No. 160 is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of FAS No. 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued FAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — An Amendment of FAS No. 133 (“FAS No. 161”). FAS No. 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures regarding their impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, FAS No. 161 requires the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; the disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk-related; and cross-referencing within the footnotes. FAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of FAS No. 161 will have, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP No. 142-3”). FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS No. 142”) . The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS No. 141(R), and other U.S. GAAP.  FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the potential impact, if any, the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Concentration of Credit Risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, available for sale securities and accounts receivable, which are generally not collateralized. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with higher credit quality financial institutions in order to limit the amount of credit exposure. The total cash balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance


F-44


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Corporation (“FDIC”) to a maximum amount of $100 per bank. At December 31, 2007, the Company had cash balances on deposit with five banks that exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC limit by approximately $11,567. At December 31, 2007, the Company also had cash on deposit with foreign banks of approximately $8,385.
 
The Company considers the concentration of credit risk associated with its trade accounts receivable to be commercially reasonable and believes that such concentration does not result in the significant risk of near-term severe adverse impacts. The Company’s top fifty customers for the year ended December 31, 2007, represent approximately 44% of revenue, with no individual customer accounting for more than 4% of revenue. No individual customer comprised more than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
 
4.   Cash and Cash Equivalents:
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks, money market funds, commercial paper and other liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.
 
5.   Accounts Receivables:
 
Accounts receivables consist of the following at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Billed receivables
  $ 90,366     $ 88,370  
Unbilled receivables
    6,632       6,365  
                 
Total receivables
    96,998       94,735  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (5,273 )     (8,247 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 91,725     $ 86,488  
                 
 
6.   Notes Receivable from Stockholders:
 
Notes receivable from stockholders consists of recourse loans issued by the Company to directors and senior management in connection with exercising stock options. These loans for the exercise price are classified as a component of “Redeemable common stock” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These loans may also include loans for the tax liability and accrued interest incurred in connection with exercising stock options are included in “Notes receivable from stockholders”’ as a component of total assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximately $68,357 and $55,328, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were outstanding. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, $9,913 and $2,776, respectively, of notes receivable from stockholders were due within one year. These notes were issued at rates approximating market rates of interest. Payments of principal and interest related to these notes are generally deferred until the end of the loan terms, which range from three to nine years. Interest income on notes receivable from shareholders was $1,516, $2,190 and $2,454 during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-45


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Investments:
 
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
2006
                               
U.S. common stock
  $ 15     $     $     $ 15  
Registered investment companies
    6,736       506             7,242  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 6,751     $ 506     $     $ 7,257  
                                 
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
2007
                               
Registered investment companies
  $ 29,036     $     $ (686 )   $ 28,350  
                                 
 
Noncurrent other assets include private equity securities for which no readily determinable market value exists. At December 31, 2006, and 2007, the carrying value which approximated the estimated fair value of such securities was approximately $200 and $0, respectively.
 
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments were $402, $34,893 and $22,872 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Realized gains, including write downs related to other-than-temporary impairments of available-for-sale securities and noncurrent other assets were as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Gross realized gains on U.S. common stock
  $     $     $ 135  
Gross realized gains on registered investment companies
    27       114       922  
Impairment of U.S. common stock
          (205 )      
Impairment of private equity securities
          (284 )     (200 )
                         
Realized gains (losses) on securities, net
  $ 27     $ (375 )   $ 857  
                         
 
Investment income in 2005 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $1,306, $1,516, and $96, respectively. Investment income in 2006 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $3,315, $2,190, and $424, respectively. Investment income in 2007 includes interest income from cash and cash equivalents, interest income from notes receivable from stockholders, and dividend income from investments of $4,096, $2,456, and $435, respectively.
 
From time to time, the Company has entered into certain derivative transactions involving the sale of covered call options on underlying investments held by the Company. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, these call options either expired or were exercised. The gain on the call premiums of $656 and $1,455 was recognized as investment income in 2006 and 2007, respectively.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Fixed Assets:
 
The following is a summary of fixed assets at December 31:
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
                Depreciation and
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2006
                               
Furniture and office equipment
    3-10 years     $ 77,372     $ (56,252 )   $ 21,120  
Leasehold improvements
    Lease term       23,573       (6,271 )     17,302  
Purchased software
    3 years       25,663       (20,759 )     4,904  
Software development costs
    3 years       58,047       (38,048 )     19,999  
Leased equipment
    3-4 years       21,093       (13,948 )     7,145  
                                 
Total fixed assets
          $ 205,748     $ (135,278 )   $ 70,470  
                                 
2007
                               
Furniture and office equipment
    3-10 years     $ 102,745     $ (67,687 )   $ 35,058  
Leasehold improvements
    Lease term       24,049       (7,876 )     16,173  
Purchased software
    3 years       30,918       (25,431 )     5,487  
Software development costs
    3 years       69,758       (45,632 )     24,126  
Leased equipment
    3-4 years       17,080       (12,488 )     4,592  
                                 
Total fixed assets
          $ 244,550     $ (159,114 )   $ 85,436  
                                 
 
Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, was approximately $22,024, $28,007 and $31,745, of which $5,281, $6,403 and $7,584 related to capitalized software development costs, respectively. Leased equipment includes amounts held under capital leases for automobiles, computer software, and computer equipment.
 
9.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets:
 
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives and are not amortized. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are subject to impairment testing annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. This testing compares carrying values to fair values and, when fair value is lower than carrying value, the carrying value of these assets is reduced to fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,500, $0, and $1,744, respectively, included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, both in total and as allocated to the Company’s operating segments:
 
                         
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2005
  $ 23,303     $ 126,295     $ 149,598  
Current year acquisitions
          69,328       69,328  
Earnout related payments
    4,362       8,934       13,296  
Reclassifications to deferred income taxes
          (7,542 )     (7,542 )
                         
Goodwill at December 31, 2006
    27,665       197,015       224,680  
Current year acquisitions
          14,157       14,157  
Earnout related payments
    243       102,555       102,798  
Impairment charge
          (1,744 )     (1,744 )
                         
Goodwill at December 31, 2007
  $ 27,908     $ 311,983     $ 339,891  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2006
                               
Technology-based
    6 years     $ 157,946     $ (55,869 )   $ 102,077  
Marketing-related
    4 years       16,990       (10,678 )     6,312  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (4,641 )     1,914  
Customer-related
    9 years       37,775       (8,360 )     29,415  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 219,266     $ (79,548 )   $ 139,718  
                                 
 
                                 
    Weighted
                   
    Average
          Accumulated
       
    Useful Life     Cost     Amortization     Net  
 
2007
                               
Technology-based
    5 years     $ 164,317     $ (80,419 )   $ 83,898  
Marketing-related
    4 years       25,846       (13,667 )     12,179  
Contract-based
    6 years       6,555       (5,596 )     959  
Customer-related
    13 years       57,906       (13,782 )     44,124  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 254,624     $ (113,464 )   $ 141,160  
                                 


F-48


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Consolidated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, was approximately $19,800, $26,854 and $33,916, respectively. Estimated amortization expense through 2012 and thereafter for intangible assets subject to amortization is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 30,025  
2009
  $ 27,920  
2010
  $ 22,721  
2011
  $ 16,455  
2012
  $ 14,319  
Thereafter
  $ 29,720  
 
10.   Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations:
 
2007 Acquisitions
 
In 2007, the Company acquired five entities for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $50,538 and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows totaling $3,344 and $1,031, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $3,513 and $900 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the five entities purchased in 2007 is as follows:
 
On January 11, 2007, the Company acquired the remaining 20% of the stock of National Equipment Register (“NER”), resulting in 100% ownership, in order to more closely align operations with existing businesses. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financials results for 2007 and 2008. NER is a provider of solutions to increase the recovery rate of stolen equipment and reduce the costs associated with theft for owners and insurers.
 
On March 23, 2007, the Company acquired the rights, title, and interest of the name, trade name, and service mark, “Rex Depot” and other intangible assets of Smith Sekelsky Web Products, LLC. The assets associated with this acquisition further enhance the capability of the Company’s appraisal software offerings.
 
On October 3, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of HealthCare Insight, LLC (“HCI”), a Salt Lake City, UT based company whose solutions enable healthcare claims payors to prevent fraud, abuse, and overpayment. The acquisition of HCI further supports the Company’s objective as the leading provider of data, analytics, and decision-support solutions for healthcare claims payors. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2008. HCI combines automated modeling and profiling of claims with the enhanced accuracy available through clinical validation.
 
On October 12, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of NIA Consulting, LTD (“NIA”), a Mason, TX based company, which is a leading provider of fraud detection and forensic audit services for the home mortgage and mortgage insurance industries. Adding NIA and its proprietary database to the Company’s fraud protection solution strengthens the Company’s search capacity and positions the Company to incorporate more real-world fraud schemes into the Company’s automated solutions. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2008.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On December 19, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Predicted Solutions, a leading provider of computer software applications and algorithms for commercial and governmental health plans and Medicaid to help health plan administrators detect and recover losses due to fraud, waste and abuse. The acquisition integrates with the Company’s analytic methodology to provide customers with the information needed to ensure their program integrity through better pharmacy and payment analysis.
 
The allocation of purchase price for the 2007 acquisitions resulted in finite lived intangible assets of $35,358 with no residual value, goodwill of $14,157, and fair value of tangible assets acquired of $581. The goodwill associated with the 2007 acquisitions is included within the Decision Analytics segment. The Company did not assume significant liabilities related to these acquisitions. The goodwill for all acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes over 15 years. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has not finalized the working capital adjustments related to the HCI and NIA acquisitions due to the timeframe established within the agreements relative to timing of year-end reporting.
 
The amounts assigned to intangible assets by type for the 2007 acquisitions are summarized in the table below:
 
                 
    Weighted Average
       
    Useful Life     Total  
 
Technology-based
    4 years     $ 6,371  
Marketing-related
    4 years       8,856  
Customer-related
    19 years       20,131  
                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 35,358  
                 
 
2006 Acquisitions
 
In 2006, the Company acquired four entities for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $202,149, of which $187,956 relates to Xactware, and funded indemnity and contingent payment escrows totaling $11,100 and $3,500, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $4,100 and $10,500 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the current and long-term portions of these escrows amounted to $543 and $10,700 and have been included in “Other current assets” and “Other assets”, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the dates of acquisition. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the four entities purchased in 2006 follows:
 
On March 28, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of RegsData, Inc. (“RegsData”), a Milford, CT based provider of automated mortgage-licensing compliance services allowing the ability to manage and monitor third-party relationships and provide a comprehensive solution for the mortgage industry. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for the trailing 15-month period ending June 30, 2007.
 
On August 8, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Xactware, Inc. (“Xactware”), an Orem, UT based provider of repair estimation and data analysis to assist property insurance carriers and their business partners in adjusting property claims, thus delivering more comprehensive products and services to the Company’s property insurance claims customers. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007 and 2008.


F-50


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On August 23, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Domus Systems, Inc. (“Domus”), an Agoura Hills, CA based provider of automated compliance and reporting services to the affordable-housing industry. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007.
 
On October 11, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of Urix LLC (“Urix”), a Cheshire, CT based provider of cutting-edge healthcare and employer reporting solutions. Urix is a leading developer of web-based healthcare analytic solutions that are both scalable and cost-effective on a national level. The purchase includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for the acquisitions that occurred in 2006. The goodwill associated with the 2006 acquisitions is included in the Decision Analytics segment.
 
                         
    Xactware     All other     Total  
 
Current assets
  $ 7,061     $ 926     $ 7,987  
Property and equipment
    2,320       107       2,427  
Other assets
    11             11  
Intangible assets
    121,603       7,234       128,837  
Goodwill
    63,309       6,019       69,328  
                         
Total assets acquired
    194,304       14,286       208,590  
Current liabilities
    6,348       93       6,441  
                         
Total liabilities assumed
    6,348       93       6,441  
                         
Net assets acquired
  $ 187,956     $ 14,193     $ 202,149  
                         
 
Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is presented below as if the acquisition of Xactware occurred at the beginning of the years 2005 and 2006. The pro forma information presented below is based on estimates and assumptions, which the Company believes are reasonable and is not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had this acquisition been completed at the beginning of 2005 and 2006. The unaudited pro forma information includes intangible asset amortization charges and incremental borrowing costs as result of the acquisition, net of related tax impacts, estimated using the Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations for each period.
 
                 
    2005     2006  
    (unaudited)  
 
Pro forma revenues
  $ 686,851     $ 761,192  
Pro forma net income
  $ 122,901     $ 148,009  
Pro forma basic income per share of Class A and Class B
  $ 28.86     $ 35.83  
Pro forma diluted income per share of Class A and Class B
  $ 27.54     $ 34.35  


F-51


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The amounts assigned to intangible assets by type for the 2006 acquisitions are summarized in the table below:
 
                                 
    Weighted Average
                   
    Useful Life     Xactware     All other     Total  
 
Technology-based
    6 years     $ 94,604     $ 5,221     $ 99,825  
Marketing-related
    3 years       4,640       1,074       5,714  
Customer-related
    12 years       22,359       939       23,298  
                                 
Total intangible assets
          $ 121,603     $ 7,234     $ 128,837  
                                 
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had estimated the allocation of purchase price to goodwill and deferred taxes for the RegsData, Xactware, Domus Systems and Urix acquisitions. In 2007, the Company finalized the RegsData, Xactware, Domus Systems and Urix purchase allocations. The goodwill for all acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes over 15 years. The acquired intangible assets have useful lives ranging from 2 to 14 years with no residual value.
 
2005 Acquisitions
 
In 2005, the Company acquired three entities within the Decision Analytics segment for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $62,715 and funded contingency escrows totaling $14,354. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price, excluding contingency escrows, was allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the dates of acquisition. Each entity’s operating results have been included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. A description of the three entities purchased in 2005 follows:
 
In 2005, the Company made two acquisitions in order to expand its decision analytics services into the mortgage industry. On January 14, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger to purchase 100% of the stock of Appintelligence, Inc. (“Appintelligence”), a Weldon Spring, MO based provider of data integrity, fraud prevention and risk assessment and mitigation tools, designed to maximize loss mitigation and recovery efforts for lenders in the mortgage industry.
 
On March 31, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger to purchase 100% of the stock of Sysdome, Inc. (“Sysdome”), a Calabasas, CA based provider of fraud-detection and decision-support tools, enabling mortgage professionals to detect identity and property fraud quickly and accurately.
 
On August 10, 2005, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of eLiens, a College Station, TX based provider of fast, easy, and economical lien holder and mortgagee notification services to insurance carriers. This acquisition utilized the Company’s expertise of data management for the insurance industry.
 
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had estimated the allocation of purchase price for deferred taxes and goodwill for the Appintelligence, Sysdome and eLiens acquisitions. In 2006, the Company finalized the Appintelligence, Sysdome and eLiens purchase allocations, resulting in a reallocation of $7,542 from goodwill to deferred taxes. Goodwill and intangible assets recognized in these transactions amounted to approximately $39,663 and $29,343, respectively. The goodwill for Appintelligence and Sysdome is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes, while goodwill for eLiens of $2,816 is expected to be deductible over 15 years. The acquired intangible assets have useful lives ranging from 1 to 7 years with no residual value.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Acquisition Contingent Payments
 
The annual aggregate maximum contingent payment, subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results, for the year ending December 31, 2008 would be $240,931, of which $191,800 relates to Xactware. A condition of the additional payments for certain of the acquisitions, is the continued employment of key employees resulting in the treatment of such additional payments as compensation expense. Compensation expense related to earn out payments for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $9,734, $9,027 and $3,605, respectively. Based on the actual results of operations and agreements which required the continuing employment of key employees the Company was required to make payments of $13,414 and $2,200, in 2006 and 2007, respectively. For Xactware, contingent payments were not related to continuing employment of key employees, and as such the amount due of $98,100 was treated as additional purchase price. These amounts, which are included in “Acquisition related liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet were paid the year after they were accrued.
 
Acquisition Contingent Escrows
 
Pursuant to the related acquisition agreements, the Company has funded various escrow accounts to satisfy pre-acquisition indemnity and tax claims arising subsequent to the acquisition date, as well as a portion of the contingent payments. The future additional payments that may be required pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements are not reflected as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the final payments are contingent on future events. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the current portion of the escrow amounted to $11,465 and $5,767 respectively, and has been included in “Other current assets.” The indemnification portion of these escrows were $600 and $4,083 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the noncurrent portion of the escrow, all of which are indemnification escrows, amounted to $10,510 and $11,596, of which $10,000 relates to Xactware, and has been included in “Other assets” at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company discontinued operations of its claims consulting business located in New Hope, PA and the United Kingdom. The results for this business were accounted for as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007. Within the 2007 pre-tax loss are $2,786 of expenses directly related to the exit activity, which primarily consist of goodwill impairment of $1,744, other current asset write-off of $445, fixed asset disposals of $265, and employee separation costs of $119. The summarized, combined statements of operations from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 4,249     $ 4,456     $ 2,352  
                         
Pre-tax loss
  $ (3,295 )   $ (2,517 )   $ (6,085 )
Tax benefit
    721       712       1,496  
                         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ (2,574 )   $ (1,805 )   $ (4,589 )
                         
 
Depreciation expenses related to the discontinued operations for years ending 2005, 2006 and 2007 were $99, $112 and $98, respectively.


F-53


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Income Taxes:
 
The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets, as of December 31 is as follows:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Employee wages, pensions and other benefits
  $ 12,633     $ 18,118  
Postretirement benefits
    11,923       11,231  
Fixed assets
    (4,700 )     (3,281 )
Deferred revenue adjustment
    4,632       7,391  
Deferred rent adjustment
    3,289       3,598  
Net operating loss carryover
    5,768       6,383  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    9,947       5,621  
Adjustment for unrealized (gains) losses
    (189 )     274  
State tax adjustments
          15,686  
Goodwill amortization
    13,159       8,586  
Other
    1,995       6,260  
Valuation allowance
    (2,144 )     (1,534 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 56,313     $ 78,333  
                 
 
As a result of certain realization requirements of FAS No. 123(R), the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2007 that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $13,436 if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses tax law ordering for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.
 
As of December 31, 2007, a deferred tax asset in the amount of $24 was recorded in connection with the acquisition of HCI. As of December 31, 2006, deferred tax assets in the amount of $823 and $6,719 were recorded in connection with the acquisition of AppIntelligence and Sysdome, respectively. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the future. The Company has provided for a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset associated with the capital loss carryforwards expiring in 2012 and the net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
 
         
2008–2015
  $ 78.8 million  
2016–2020
    0.6 million  
2021–2027
    31.4 million  
         
    $ 110.8 million  
         
 
A valuation allowance has been established based on management’s evaluation of the likelihood of utilizing the capital loss carryforwards before they expire. Management has determined that the generation of future foreign taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets is uncertain. Other than these items, management has determined, based on the Company’s historical operating performance, that taxable income of the Company will more likely than not be sufficient to fully realize the deferred tax assets.


F-54


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The income tax provision for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Current:
                       
Federal and foreign
  $ 82,723     $ 86,297     $ 96,277  
State and local
    10,718       12,663       17,843  
                         
    $ 93,441     $ 98,960     $ 114,120  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal and foreign
  $ (5,944 )   $ (9,800 )   $ (7,041 )
State and local
    (1,775 )     (2,239 )     (3,895 )
                         
    $ (7,719 )   $ (12,039 )   $ (10,936 )
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $ 85,722     $ 86,921     $ 103,184  
                         
 
The Company’s income tax benefit for discontinued operations for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $721, $712 and $1,496, respectively.
 
The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    2.7 %     2.9 %     3.2 %
Non-deductible KSOP expenses
    2.1 %     2.7 %     2.9 %
State tax adjustments
    (0.1 )%     (3.1 )%     (0.3 )%
Other
    0.6 %     (0.2 )%     (0.8 )%
                         
Effective tax rate for continuing operations
    40.3 %     37.3 %     40.0 %
                         
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, which prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. For each tax position, the Company must determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize within the financial statements. No benefits may be recognized for tax positions that do not meet the more likely than not threshold. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:
 
         
Unrecognized tax benefit at January 1, 2007
  $ 27,052  
Gross increase in tax positions in prior period
     
Gross decrease in tax positions in prior period
     
Gross increase in tax positions in current period
    7,662  
Settlements
     
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (2,684 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefit, December 31, 2007
  $ 32,030  
         
 
Included in the total unrecognized tax benefits of $32,030 was $24,368 that, if recognized, would have a favorable effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits would


F-55


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
not affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties associated with income taxes as a component of income tax expense. At January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, approximately $4,879 and $7,033, respectively, was accrued in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet for the payment of interest and penalties associated with income taxes. The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits largely include state exposures from allocation of income between jurisdictions, not filing a state tax return, the methods of filing state tax returns, and the utilization of tax credits. The Company does not expect an increase in unrecognized benefits related to state tax exposures within the coming year. In addition, the Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $3,394 of its currently remaining unrecognized tax positions, each of which is individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2008 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations.
 
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. (for both Federal and multiple states) and in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s 2004, 2005 and 2006 tax years are subject to examination by the U.S. and foreign tax authorities. With some exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state or foreign examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2004.
 
12.   Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions:
 
The following table presents the components of “Other current assets,” “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Other current assets:
               
Acquisition contingent escrows
  $ 11,465     $ 5,767  
Other current assets
    1,726       2,758  
                 
Total other current assets
  $ 13,191     $ 8,525  
                 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
               
Accrued salaries, benefits and other related costs
  $ 43,175     $ 48,417  
Other current liabilities
    23,535       29,817  
                 
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 66,710     $ 78,234  
                 
Other liabilities:
               
Unrecognized tax benefits
  $     $ 39,023  
Deferred rent
    10,044       11,028  
Other liabilities
    12,119       12,034  
                 
Total other liabilities
  $ 22,163     $ 62,085  
                 


F-56


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Debt:
 
The following table presents short-term and long-term debt by issuance:
 
                                 
                As of December 31,  
    Issuance Date     Maturity Date     2006     2007  
 
Short-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.11% Series B senior notes
    6/10/2004       6/10/2007     $ 60,000     $  
4.12% Series C senior notes
    6/28/2004       6/28/2007       40,000        
Bank of America
    10/25/2006       4/25/2007       15,000        
Bank of America
    10/25/2007       4/25/2008             15,000  
JPMorgan Chase
    12/31/2007       1/3/2008             15,000  
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       5,463       4,408  
Other
    Various       Various       388       763  
                                 
Short-term debt
                  $ 120,851     $ 35,171  
                                 
Long-term debt:
                               
Prudential senior notes:
                               
4.46% Series D senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2009     $ 100,000     $ 100,000  
4.60% Series E senior notes
    6/14/2005       6/13/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.00% Series F senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       25,000       25,000  
6.13% Series G senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       75,000       75,000  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013             17,500  
5.84% Series H senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015             17,500  
Principal senior notes:
                               
6.03% Series A senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2011       50,000       50,000  
6.16% Series B senior notes
    8/8/2006       8/8/2013       25,000       25,000  
New York Life senior notes:
                               
5.87% Series A senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2013             17,500  
5.87% Series A senior notes
    10/26/2007       10/26/2015             17,500  
Other obligations:
                               
Capital lease obligations
    Various       Various       1,814       7,299  
Other
    Various       Various       1,033       860  
                                 
Long-term debt
                  $ 327,847     $ 403,159  
                                 
 
Accrued interest associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $2,239 and $2,548 as of December 2006 and 2007, respectively. Consolidated interest expense associated with the Company’s outstanding debt obligations was $10,238, $16,184, and $22,590 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively.
 
Prudential Master Shelf Agreement
 
On June 13, 2003, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“Prudential Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with Prudential Capital Group (“Prudential”) in the aggregate principal amount of $200,000. On February 1, 2005, the Company amended the shelf agreement to increase the authorization of additional senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount by


F-57


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$150,000. On February 1, 2007, the Company amended the shelf agreement to increase the authorization of additional senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount by $100,000. Prudential Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) February 28, 2010 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate Prudential Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Prudential Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The Prudential Shelf Note agreement is uncommitted with a one time facility fee of $50. The net proceeds from the notes were utilized to repurchase Class B Company stock, to repay certain maturing notes and revolving credit facilities, and to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
Principal Master Shelf Agreement
 
On July 10, 2006, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“Principal Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with Principal Global Investors, LLC (“Principal”) in the aggregate principal amount of $75,000. Principal Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) July 10, 2009 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate Principal Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Principal Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The Principal Shelf Note is uncommitted with a one time facility fee of $25, no fees for the first issuance, and fees in the amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount for subsequent issuances. The net proceeds from the notes issued were utilized to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, $75,000 was outstanding under this agreement. The Principal Shelf Notes contain covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge ratios.
 
New York Life Master Shelf Agreement
 
On March 16, 2007, the Company authorized the issuance of senior promissory notes (“New York Life Shelf Notes”) under an uncommitted master shelf agreement with New York Life in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000. New York Life Shelf Notes may be issued and sold until the earliest of (i) March 16, 2010 (ii) the thirtieth day after receiving written notice to terminate; or (iii) the last closing day after which there is no remaining facility available. Interest is payable at a fixed rate or variable floating rate. Fixed rate New York Life Shelf Notes are subject to final maturities not to exceed ten years and, in the case of floating rate Shelf Notes, not to exceed five years. The New York Life Shelf Note is uncommitted with no fees for the first issuance, and fees in the amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount for subsequent issuances. The net proceeds from the notes issued were utilized to fund acquisitions. Interest on the notes is payable quarterly.
 
As of December 31, 2007, $35,000 was outstanding under this agreement. The New York Life Shelf Notes contain covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge ratios.


F-58


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Debt Maturities
 
The following table reflects the Company’s debt maturities:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 35,171  
2009
    104,272  
2010
    3,548  
2011
    125,305  
2012
    34  
2013 and thereafter
    170,000  
 
Revolving Credit Facilities
 
The following table presents the revolving credit facilities outstanding at December 31:
 
                                             
                Maximum
                 
    Effective
    Expiration
    Available
          Interest
  Borrowings
 
Description
  Date     Date     Committed     Uncommitted     Rate   Outstanding  
 
2006:
                                           
JPMorgan Chase
    9/30/2006       9/30/2007     $ 25,000     $ 50,000     LIBOR + .65%   $  
Bank of America
    9/30/2006       9/30/2007       10,000       40,000     LIBOR + .75%     15,000  
Citibank
    10/1/2006       10/31/2007       20,000       30,000     PRIME − 1.0%      
Morgan Stanley
    8/29/2006       8/28/2007             50,000     Determined at the
time of borrowing
     
                                             
Total
                  $ 55,000     $ 170,000         $ 15,000  
                                             
2007:
                                           
JPMorgan Chase
    10/1/2007       9/30/2008     $ 25,000     $ 50,000     LIBOR + .65%   $ 15,000  
Bank of America
    9/30/2007       9/30/2008       10,000       50,000     LIBOR + .65%     15,000  
Citibank
    10/31/2007       10/29/2008       20,000       30,000     LIBOR + .65%      
Morgan Stanley
    8/29/2007       8/28/2008             50,000     Determined at the
time of borrowing
     
                                             
                    $ 55,000     $ 180,000         $ 30,000  
                                             
 
In 2006, the Company amended its uncommitted master shelf agreements and revolving credit facilities to have four of its 100% owned subsidiaries, including ISO Claims Services, Inc., ISO Investment Holdings, Inc., AIR Worldwide Corporation, and ISO Services, Inc., fully and unconditionally, and jointly and severally guarantee all of its obligations under the credit facilities. In connection with this amendment, a sharing agreement was created between the Company and a syndicate of lenders in consideration of the exercise of set-off rights in connection with the guaranties. On September 30, 2007, the Company renegotiated the Bank of America credit facility to increase the availability to $60,000 and extend the maturity through September 2008.
 
The Bank of America committed line has an annual facility fee of $25 and interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly, at a rate of 5.59% at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, $15,000 of borrowings was outstanding under this credit facility.
 
In October 2005, the Company renegotiated the revolving credit facility with JPMorganChase to increase the availability to $75,000. Interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly, at a rate of 4.90% at December 31, 2007. The committed line has an annual facility fee of 0.10% of the unused portion and


F-59


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly. On September 30, 2007, the Company renegotiated the facility to extend the maturity through September 30, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, $15,000 of borrowings was outstanding under this credit facility.
 
On January 23, 2006, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit agreement with Citibank, of which $20,000 is committed. Interest is payable monthly at the Prime rate minus 1%. The Company has the option on the commitment termination date to convert the revolver to a one year term loan at a cost of a 10 basis point fee on the converted amount. On October 31, 2007, the agreement was amended to change the interest rate and extend the maturity until October 29, 2008.
 
In August 2006, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit facility with Morgan Stanley Bank. Interest is payable monthly at a rate to be determined at the time of borrowing. On August 29, 2007, the Company renegotiated the facility to extend the maturity through August 28, 2008.
 
14.   Redeemable Common Stock:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 6,700,000 Class A shares. The Class A shares are reserved for the use in incentive plans for key employees and directors under the Option Plan, and for issuance to the KSOP. The Class A shares have voting rights to elect nine of the thirteen members of the board of directors. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation limits those who may own Class A shares to current and former employees or directors, the KSOP and trusts by or for the benefit of immediate family members of employees and former employees.
 
Under the terms of the Option Plan, Class A shares resulting from exercised options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value at the date of the redemption request of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption up to one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the cash settlement of the redemption for up to two years. Under the terms of the KSOP, eligible participants may elect to diversify 100% of their 401(k) and up to 35% of their ESOP contributions that were made in the form of Class A stock. In addition, upon retirement or termination participants in the KSOP are required to liquidate their ownership in Class A common shares. Since the Class A shares distributed under the Option Plan and KSOP is subject to the restrictions above, the participant has the right to require the Company to repurchase shares based on the then current fair value of the Class A shares.
 
The fair value of the Company’s Class A redeemable common stock is established for purposes of the KSOP on the final day of the quarter and such price is utilized for all share transactions in the subsequent quarter. The current valuation in effect for the KSOP is also considered fair value for Class A redeemable common stock and related transactions within the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.
 
The valuation methodology is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors including the nature of the business and history of the enterprise, the economic outlook in general and the condition of the specific industries in which the Company operates, the financial condition of the business, the Company’s ability to generate free cash flow, and goodwill or other intangible asset value. The determination of the fair market value employs both a comparable public company analysis, which examines the valuation multiples of companies deemed comparable, in whole or in part, to the Company and a discounted cash flow analysis that determines a present value of the projected future cash flows of the business. The Company regularly assesses the underlying assumptions used in the valuation methodologies. As a result, the Company has utilized this quarterly fair value for all its Class A redeemable common stock transactions, as required by terms of the KSOP and the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.
 
The Company follows SEC Accounting Series Release (“ASR”) No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of Preferred Redeemable Stock (“ASR No. 268”). ASR No. 268 requires the Company to record


F-60


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Class A shares and vested stock options at full redemption value at each balance sheet date as the redemption of these securities is not solely within the control of the Company. Redemption value for the Class A shares is determined quarterly for purposes of the KSOP. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the fair value was $755 and $862 per Class A share, respectively. The redemption value of the Class A shares at December 31, 2006 and 2007 totaled $1,183,049 and $1,217,942, respectively, which includes $165,656 and $215,380, respectively, of aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding unexercised vested stock options.
 
During 2005, 2006, and 2007, 405,743, 253,000, and 256,842 Class A shares were redeemed by the Company at an average price per share of $430.26, $595.70, $803.73, respectively. Included in Class A shares redeemed were $86,271, $45,042 and $16,096 for shares utilized to satisfy minimum tax withholdings on options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 respectively.
 
Subsequent changes to the redemption value of the securities is charged first to retained earnings; once retained earnings is depleted, then to additional paid-in-capital, if additional paid-in-capital is also depleted, then to accumulated deficit. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the increases in redemption value of redeemable common stock totaled $178,881, $239,195 and $34,893, respectively. Additional information regarding the changes in redeemable common stock for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are provided in the table below.
 
                                                 
                            Notes
    Total
 
    Class A Redeemable Common Stock     Receivable
    Redeemable
 
          Redemption
    Unearned
    Additional
    from
    Common
 
    Shares     Value     KSOP     Pain-in-Capital     Stockholders’     Stock  
 
Balance, January 1, 2005
    2,435,584     $ 764,973     $ (6,561 )   $     $ (35,880 )   $ 722,532  
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (88,305 )                 11,411       (76,894 )
KSOP shares earned
                838       12,955             13,793  
Stock based compensation
                            4,094               4,094  
Stock options exercised
    233,608       10,484             27,852       (12,573 )     25,763  
Other stock issuances
    494       220                         220  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          256,482             (44,901 )           211,581  
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
    2,669,686     $ 943,854     $ (5,723 )   $     $ (37,042 )   $ 901,089  
                                                 
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (105,670 )                   9,277       (96,393 )
KSOP shares earned
                810       17,969             18,779  
Stock based compensation
                      6,148             6,148  
Stock options exercised
    179,967       62,435             31,964       (24,438 )     69,961  
Other stock issuances
    232       149                         149  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          282,281           $ (56,081 )           226,200  
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2006
    2,849,885     $ 1,183,049     $ (4,913 )   $     $ (52,203 )   $ 1,125,933  
                                                 


F-61


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
                            Notes
    Total
 
    Class A Redeemable Common Stock     Receivable
    Redeemable
 
          Redemption
    Unearned
    Additional
    from
    Common
 
    Shares     Value     KSOP     Pain-in-Capital     Stockholders’     Stock  
 
Redemption of Class A common stock
          (190,336 )                 24,708       (165,628 )
KSOP shares earned
                784       21,463             22,247  
Stock based compensation
                      8,244             8,244  
Stock options exercised
    72,083       28,526             12,798       (15,130 )     26,194  
Other stock issuances
    285       238                         238  
Increase in redemption value of Class A common stock
          196,465             (42,505 )           153,960  
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
    2,922,253     $ 1,217,942     $ (4,129 )   $     $ (42,625 )   $ 1,171,188  
                                                 
 
15.   Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
On November 18, 1996, the Company authorized 20,000,000 Class B shares. The Class B shares have the same rights as Class A shares with respect to dividends and economic ownership, but have voting rights to elect three of the thirteen directors. The thirteenth seat on the board of directors is held by the chief executive officer of the Company. The Company repurchased 161,837, 2,895, and 72,488 Class B shares in 2005, 2006, and 2007 at an average price of $243.32, $385.20, and $498.15 per share, respectively.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less the weighted average ESOP shares of common stock that have not been committed to be released. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding using the treasury stock method, if the dilutive potential common shares, such as stock awards and stock options, had been issued.
 
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) computations for the years ended
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Numerator used in basic and diluted EPS:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 126,947     $ 145,856     $ 154,963  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (2,574 )     (1,805 )     (4,589 )
                         
Net income
  $ 124,373     $ 144,051     $ 150,374  
                         

F-62


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average number of common shares used in basic EPS
    4,258,989       4,130,962       4,016,928  
Effect of dilutive shares:
                       
Potential Class A redeemable common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options
    203,120       178,014       168,223  
                         
Weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares used in diluted EPS
    4,462,109       4,308,976       4,185,151  
                         
Basic EPS:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 29.81     $ 35.31     $ 38.58  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (0.61 )     (0.44 )     (1.14 )
                         
Basic EPS
  $ 29.20     $ 34.87     $ 37.44  
                         
Diluted EPS:
                       
Income from continuing operation
  $ 28.45     $ 33.85     $ 37.03  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit
    (0.58 )     (0.42 )     (1.10 )
                         
Diluted EPS
  $ 27.87     $ 33.43     $ 35.93  
                         
 
The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from diluted earnings per share were 119,857, 66,570 and 60,661 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, because the effect of including these potential shares was antidilutive.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share is presented for additional information only. As disclosed in “Note 21 — Subsequent Events,” Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) will become the new holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc. In connection with the initial public offering, the stock of Insurance Services Office, Inc. will convert to stock of Verisk and Verisk plans to affect a stock split of its common stock. Pro forma net income (loss) per share is computed as if this stock split occurred at the beginning of 2007.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The following is a summary of accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
  $ 318     $ (412 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    357       154  
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    (16,692 )     (8,441 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (16,017 )   $ (8,699 )
                 

F-63


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The before tax and after tax amounts for these categories, and the related tax benefit (expense) included in other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
                         
          Tax Benefit
       
2005
  Before Tax     (Expense)     After Tax  
 
Unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year
  $ 176     $ (70 )   $ 106  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    (27 )     9       (18 )
Unrealized foreign currency losses
    (549 )           (549 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    (4,126 )     1,662       (2,464 )
                         
Total other comprehensive loss
  $ (4,526 )   $ 1,601     $ (2,925 )
                         
2006
                       
Unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year
  $ 467     $ (176 )   $ 291  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    91       (34 )     57  
Unrealized foreign currency gain
    376             376  
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    2,814       (1,186 )     1,628  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 3,748     $ (1,396 )   $ 2,352  
                         
2007
                       
Unrealized holding losses on investments arising during the year
  $ (2,250 )   $ 885     $ (1,365 )
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income
    1,057       (422 )     635  
Unrealized foreign currency losses
    (203 )           (203 )
Pension and postretirement unfunded liability adjustment
    12,577       (4,326 )     8,251  
                         
Total other comprehensive gain
  $ 11,181     $ (3,863 )   $ 7,318  
                         
 
16.   Compensation Plans:
 
KSOP
 
The Company has established the KSOP for the benefit of eligible employees in the U.S. and Puerto Rico. The KSOP includes both an employee savings component and an employee stock ownership component. The purpose of the combined plan is to enable the Company’s employees to participate in a tax-deferred savings arrangement under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k), and to provide employee equity participation in the Company through the ESOP accounts.
 
Under the KSOP, eligible employees may make pre-tax and after-tax cash contributions as a percentage of their compensation, subject to certain limitations under the applicable provisions of the Code. The maximum pre-tax contribution that can be made to the 401(k) account as determined under the provisions of Code Section 401(g) is $14, $15 and $16 for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Certain eligible participants (age 50 and older) may contribute an additional $4, $5 and $5 on a pre-tax basis for 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. After-tax contributions are limited to 10% of a participant’s compensation. The Company provides quarterly matching contributions in ISO Class A common stock. The quarterly matching contributions are equal to 75% of the first 6% of the participant’s contribution.
 
The Company established the ESOP component as a funding vehicle for the KSOP. This leveraged ESOP acquired 1,143,800 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at a cost of approximately $33,170 ($29 per share) in January 1997. The ESOP borrowed $33,170 from an unrelated third party to finance the purchase of the ESOP Shares. The common shares were pledged as collateral for its debt. The Company makes annual cash contributions to the KSOP equal to the ESOP’s debt service. As the debt is repaid, shares are released from collateral and are allocated to active employees in proportion to their annual salaries in


F-64


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
relation to total participant salaries. The Company accounts for its ESOP in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 93-6, Accounting Practices for Certain Employee Stock Ownership Plans (“SOP No. 93-6”) . Accordingly, the shares pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP shares in a contra-temporary equity account in the balance sheets. As shares are committed to be released from collateral, the Company reports compensation expense at the current fair value of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for EPS computations.
 
In 2004, the Company renegotiated the ESOP loan to require interest only payments for the third and fourth quarters of 2004. In December 2004, the Company repaid the ESOP loan and issued a new loan agreement between the Company and the KSOP, thereby extending the allocation of the remaining unreleased shares as of July 1, 2004 through 2013.
 
In 2005, the Company established the ISO Profit Sharing Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”), a defined contribution plan, to replace the pension plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Profit Sharing Plan is a component of the KSOP. Eligible employees will participate in the Profit Sharing Plan if they complete 1,000 hours of service each plan year and are employed on December 31 of that year. The Company will make an annual contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan based on the Company’s performance. Participants vest once they have completed four years and 1,000 hours of service. In 2007, the profit sharing contribution was funded using Class A common stock. In 2005 and 2006, compensation expense related to the Profit Sharing Plan amounted to $99 and $393, respectively, and was contributed to the KSOP in the form of cash.
 
The KSOP shares as of December 31, were as follows:
 
                 
    2006     2007  
 
Shares released for ESOP allocation
    848,730       865,166  
Shares released for 401(k) matching
    125,670       135,382  
Shares released for the Profit Sharing Plan
          860  
Unreleased shares
    169,400       142,392  
                 
Total KSOP shares
    1,143,800       1,143,800  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 127,897     $ 122,742  
                 
 
The fair value of the Class A shares is determined quarterly as determined for purposes of the KSOP. Upon retirement or termination under the terms of the KSOP, an eligible participant may require the Company to repurchase vested shares based on the then current fair value of the Class A shares. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the appraised fair value was $755 and $862 per share, respectively. KSOP compensation expense for 2005, 2006 and 2007 was approximately $13,793, $18,779 and $22,247, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the Company pre-funded anticipated KSOP share redemptions and recorded a prepaid asset in the consolidated balance sheets of $2,643.
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”) provides for the granting of options to key employees and directors of the Company. Options granted have varying exercise dates within four years after grant date and expire after ten years. Shares obtained through the exercise of stock options that are held by the employee for more than six months and one day may be put to the Company and redeemed at the then current fair value of the Class A shares. For options granted in 2002 through 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for one year. For options granted after 2004, the Company has the ability to defer the redemption for up to two years. In 2005, stock options granted had an exercise price in excess of the fair value of the stock on the grant date. In 2006 and 2007, stock options granted had an


F-65


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock on the grant date. There were 1,992,795 shares of Class A common stock approved for issuance under the plan, of which up to 62,800, 60,000 and 75,000 options to purchase shares were authorized for future grants at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Cash received from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $213, $271 and $389, respectively.
 
A summary of options outstanding under the Option Plan as of December 31, 2007, and changes during the three years then ended is presented below:
 
                         
          Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Number
    Average
    Intrinsic
 
    of Options     Exercise Price     Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2005
    765,800     $ 135.40     $ 215,649  
                         
Granted
    129,303     $ 431.03          
Exercised
    (233,608 )   $ 110.96     $ 70,854  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (14,467 )   $ 247.07          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    647,028     $ 200.89     $ 235,589  
                         
Granted
    69,441     $ 586.53          
Exercised
    (179,967 )   $ 144.16     $ 81,516  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (12,734 )   $ 360.11          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    523,768     $ 267.64     $ 255,264  
                         
Granted
    55,979     $ 760.35          
Exercised
    (72,083 )   $ 257.46     $ 36,655  
                         
Cancelled or expired
    (10,911 )   $ 458.18          
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    496,753     $ 320.46     $ 269,012  
                         
Options exercisable at December 31, 2007
    329,503     $ 208.35     $ 215,380  
                         
Options exercisable at December 31, 2006
    287,617     $ 179.04     $ 165,656  
                         


F-66


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested options as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and changes during the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, is presented below:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number
    Grant-Date
 
    of Options     Fair Value  
 
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2005
    449,486     $ 42.71  
Granted
    129,303     $ 103.94  
Vested
    (248,810 )   $ 51.18  
Cancelled or expired
    (14,467 )   $ 53.39  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2005
    315,512     $ 60.63  
                 
Granted
    69,441     $ 167.49  
Vested
    (136,068 )   $ 54.86  
Cancelled or expired
    (12,734 )   $ 89.34  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006
    236,151     $ 93.83  
                 
Granted
    55,979     $ 210.69  
Vested
    (113,969 )   $ 76.89  
Cancelled or expired
    (10,911 )   $ 117.45  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007
    167,250     $ 142.94  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2007, there was $18,336 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.44 years. As of December 31, 2007, there are 167,250 nonvested stock options of which 157,485 are expected to vest. The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $12,734, $7,465 and $8,763, respectively.
 
Exercise prices for options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 ranged from $71 to $836 as outlined in the following table:
 
                                                 
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
    Weighted-
                Weighted-
             
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
    Average
    Stock
    Weighted-
 
Range of
  Remaining
    Options
    Average
    Remaining
    Options
    Average
 
Exercise Prices
  Contractual Life     Outstanding     Exercise Price     Contractual Life     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
 
$ 71 to $110
    2.9       97,260     $ 104.45       2.9       97,260     $ 104.45  
$111 to $144
    5.2       53,460     $ 142.01       5.2       53,460     $ 142.01  
$145 to $231
    5.5       135,117     $ 186.53       5.3       109,967     $ 176.36  
$232 to $445
    7.3       101,504     $ 418.50       7.3       53,369     $ 408.19  
$446 to $681
    8.2       54,337     $ 586.88       8.3       13,776     $ 607.84  
$682 to $836
    9.1       55,075     $ 760.11       9.4       1,671     $ 807.89  
                                                 
              496,753                       329,503          
                                                 


F-67


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted the following stock options with exercise prices and Black-Scholes values as follows:
 
                                 
    Number of
    Fair Value
          Black-Scholes
 
    Stock Options
    of Common
    Exercise
    Value of
 
Grant Dates
  Granted     Stock (1)     Price     Options  
 
March 1, 2007
    52,280     $ 755.00     $ 755.00     $ 208.43  
June 30, 2007
    300     $ 836.00     $ 836.00     $ 244.81  
July 1, 2007
    1,315     $ 836.00     $ 836.00     $ 245.91  
July 1, 2007
    2,084     $ 836.00     $ 836.00     $ 240.26  
 
(1) The fair value for these shares is the current valuation in effect for the KSOP. This fair value is also utilized for all Class A share transactions for the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan.
 
Performance Based Appreciation Awards
 
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Applied Insurance Research Inc., Intellicorp, Ltd, AscendantOne, Inc, DxCG, Appintelligence and Sysdome, the Company issued performance based appreciation awards to key employees of these companies. These awards represent the right to receive cash equal to an amount by which each company’s award unit value exceeds the award unit value on the date of grant. Performance is measured on income from continuing operations before investment expense and interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). Each company’s award unit value is based on a multiple of EBITDA. Units granted prior to December 31, 2004 vest at 25% per year and expire after ten years. Units granted after December 31, 2004 vest at 25% per year and expire after four years. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense related to these units amounted to $721, $1,360 and $2,296, respectively. There were no redemptions in 2005, two redemptions in 2006 totaling $59 and four redemptions in 2007 totaling $342. The liability for these performance based awards of $2,183 and $4,137 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
Phantom ESOP Plan
 
In 2001, the Company established the ISO Phantom ESOP (“phantom ESOP”) for eligible employees of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Eligible employees will participate in the phantom ESOP if they complete 1,000 hours of service each plan year and are employed on December 31 of that year. The Company provides annual contributions to eligible participants in notional shares based on the value of ISO Class A common stock. Participants vest once they have completed four years and 1,000 hours of service. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense related to the phantom ESOP amounted to $601, $608 and $228, respectively. A phantom ESOP liability of $2,153 and $1,785 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
17.   Pension and Postretirement Benefits:
 
Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company maintained a qualified defined benefit pension plan for substantially all of its employees through membership in the Pension Plan for Insurance Organizations (the “Pension Plan”), a multiple-employer trust. The Company has applied the projected unit credit cost method for its pension plan, which attributes an equal portion of total projected benefits to each year of employee service. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company amended the Pension Plan to determine future benefits using a cash balance formula. Under the cash balance formula, each participant has an account which is credited annually based on salary rates determined by years of service, as well as the interest earned on their previous year end cash balance. Prior to December 31, 2001, pension plan benefits were based on years of service and the average of the five highest consecutive years’ earnings of the last ten years. Effective March 1, 2005, the


F-68


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company established the Profit Sharing Plan, a defined contribution plan, to replace the Pension Plan for all eligible employees hired on or after March 1, 2005. The Company also has a non-qualified supplemental cash balance plan (“SERP”) for certain employees. The SERP is funded from the general assets of the Company. The SERP liability of $190 and $10,333 is included in short-term pension and postretirement benefits and pension benefits, respectively at December 31, 2007.
 
The Pension Plan’s funding policy is to contribute annually at an amount between the minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. The Company contributed $167, $224 and $178 to the SERP in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and expects to contribute $339 in 2008. There was no minimum required funding for the Pension Plan for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007. The Company expects to contribute $5,500 to the Pension Plan in 2008.
 
The Pension Plan assets consist primarily of investments in various fixed income and equity funds. Investment guidelines are established with each investment manager. These guidelines provide the parameters within which the investment managers agree to operate, including criteria that determine eligible and ineligible securities, diversification requirements and credit quality standards, where applicable. Investment managers are prohibited from entering into any speculative hedging transactions. The investment objective is to achieve a maximum total return with strong emphasis on preservation of capital in real terms. The domestic equity portion of the total portfolio should range between 40% and 60%. The international equity portion of the total portfolio should range between 10% and 20%. The fixed income portion of the total portfolio should range between 20% and 40%. The asset allocation at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and target allocation for 2008 by asset category are as follows:
 
                         
    Percentage of Plan Assets     Target
 
Asset Category
  2006     2007     Allocation  
 
Equity securities
    62 %     62 %     60 %
Debt securities
    36 %     36 %     40 %
Other
    2 %     2 %     0 %
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
The expected rate of return on plan assets for 2006 and 2007 of 8.25% is determined by examining expected long term rates of return for each asset class.
 
The Company also provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for both active and retired employees. The Postretirement Health and Life Insurance Plan (the “Postretirement Plan”) is contributory, requiring participants to pay a stated percentage of the premium for coverage. As of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan was amended to freeze benefits for current retirees and certain other employees at the January 1, 2002 level. Also, as of October 1, 2001, the Postretirement Plan had a curtailment, which eliminated retiree life insurance for all active employees and healthcare benefits for almost all future retirees, effective January 1, 2002.
 
As discussed in “Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company adopted FAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. FAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan pension and other post retirement benefit in the balance sheet; the recognition in other comprehensive income of gains or losses and prior service costs or credits arising during the period, but which are not included as components of periodic benefit cost and the measurement of defined benefit


F-69


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
plan assets and obligations as of the balance sheet date. Additional minimum pension liabilities were derecognized upon adoption. The adoption of FAS No. 158 affected the consolidated balance sheet as follows:
 
         
    December 31, 2006  
 
Decrease in accrued and minimum pension liability
  $ 1,687  
Increase in postretirement benefits obligations — current
    (4,070 )
Decrease in postretirement benefits obligations — noncurrent
    679  
Increase in pension benefits obligation
    (23,248 )
         
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax
    (24,952 )
Increase in deferred income tax
    9,317  
         
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
  $ (15,635 )
         
 
The following tables set forth the changes in the benefit obligations and the plan assets, the unfunded status of the Pension Plan and Postretirement Plan, and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31:
 
                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 373,375     $ 373,674     $ 32,561     $ 30,595  
Service cost
    8,464       8,152       5        
Interest cost
    20,054       20,952       1,716       1,669  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (8,612 )     (15,934 )     (476 )     441  
Plan participants’ contributions
                1,894       2,227  
Benefits paid
    (19,607 )     (23,004 )     (5,497 )     (6,936 )
Federal subsidy on benefits paid
                392       344  
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 373,674     $ 363,840     $ 30,595     $ 28,340  
                                 
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 350,378     $ 341,829                  
                                 
Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31, used to determine benefit obligation:
                               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     6.25 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75 %     4.25 %     N/A       N/A  
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 338,338     $ 344,235     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets, net of expenses
    25,280       24,604              
Employer contributions
    224       178       3,211       4,365  
Plan participants’ contributions
                1,894       2,227  
Benefits paid
    (19,607 )     (23,004 )     (5,497 )     (6,936 )
Subsidies received/receivable
                392       344  
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 344,235     $ 346,013     $     $  
                                 
Unfunded status at end of year
  $ (29,439 )   $ (17,827 )   $ (30,595 )   $ (28,340 )
                                 


F-70


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The pre-tax components affecting accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 are summarized below:
 
                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
Transition obligation
  $     $     $ 997     $ 831  
Prior service benefit
    (4,918 )   $ (4,117 )         $  
Actuarial losses
    28,166       14,515       2,394       2,833  
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pretax
  $ 23,248     $ 10,398     $ 3,391     $ 3,664  
                                 
 
The components of net periodic benefit cost are summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Service cost
  $ 8,413     $ 8,464     $ 8,152     $ 18     $ 5     $  
Interest cost
    19,755       20,054       20,952       1,866       1,716       1,669  
Amortization of transition obligation
                      166       166       166  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                      21       4       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (27,219 )     (26,430 )     (27,458 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (801 )     (801 )     (801 )                  
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    607       901       572                    
                                                 
Net periodic expense
  $ 755     $ 2,188     $ 1,417     $ 2,071     $ 1,891     $ 1,837  
                                                 
 
The amounts recognized in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are summarized below:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Transition obligation
    N/A       N/A     $       N/A       N/A     $ (166 )
Amortization of actuarial (gains) losses
    N/A       N/A       (572 )     N/A       N/A        
Amortization of prior service benefit
    N/A       N/A       801       N/A       N/A        
Actuarial (gains) losses
    N/A       N/A       (13,079 )     N/A       N/A       439  
                                                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    N/A       N/A       (12,850 )     N/A       N/A       273  
                                                 
Total recognized in net periodic expense and other comprehensive income
  $ 755     $ 2,188     $ (11,433 )   $ 2,071     $ 1,891     $ 2,110  
                                                 


F-71


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The estimated amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during 2008 are summarized below:
 
                         
    Pension
    Postretirement
       
    Plan     Plan     Total  
 
Transition obligation
  $     $ 166     $ 166  
Prior service benefit
    (801 )           (801 )
Actuarial losses
    470             470  
                         
Total
  $ (331 )   $ 166     $ (165 )
                         
 
The weighted-average assumptions as of January 1, 2005, 2006 and 2007 used to determine net periodic benefit cost and the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are provided below:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
 
Weighted-average assumptions as of January 1, used to determine net benefit cost:
                                               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %     5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75 %     3.75 %     3.75 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
                                               
Short-term accrued benefit liability
          $ (254 )   $ (190 )           $ (4,070 )   $ (4,446 )
Accrued benefit liability
            (29,185 )     (17,637 )             (26,525 )     (23,894 )
                                                 
Total accrued benefit liability
          $ (29,439 )   $ (17,827 )           $ (30,595 )   $ (28,340 )
                                                 
 
The following table presents the estimated future benefit payments for the respective plans. The future benefit payments for the postretirement plan are net of the federal Medicare subsidy.
 
                 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Plan     Plan  
 
2008
  $ 22,139     $ 4,574  
2009
  $ 23,051     $ 4,368  
2010
  $ 24,184     $ 4,062  
2011
  $ 25,522     $ 3,722  
2012
  $ 26,998     $ 3,291  
2013-2017
  $ 164,039     $ 11,156  
 
The healthcare cost trend rate for 2007 was 11% gradually decreasing to 5% in 2013. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plan. A 1% change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    1% Decrease     1% Increase  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement healthcare benefit cost
  $ (7 )   $ 4  
                 
Effect on the healthcare component of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ (136 )   $ 76  
                 


F-72


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The expected subsidy from the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 reduced the Company’s accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $11,911 and $9,500 as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the net periodic benefit cost by approximately $1,407, $1,315 and $946 in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
18.   Segment Reporting
 
FAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“FAS No. 131”), establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. FAS No. 131 requires that a public business enterprise report financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CEO and Chairman of the Board is identified as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) as defined by FAS No. 131. To align with the internal management of the Company’s business operations based on product and service offerings, the Company is organized into the following two operating segments:
 
Risk Assessment:   The Company is a leading provider of statistical, actuarial and underwriting data for the U.S. P&C insurance industry. The Company’s databases include cleansed and standardized records describing premiums and losses in insurance transactions, casualty and property risk attributes for commercial buildings and their occupants and fire suppression capabilities of municipalities. The Company uses this data to create policy language and proprietary risk classifications that are industry standards and to generate prospective loss cost estimates used to price insurance policies.
 
Decision Analytics:   The Company develops solutions that its customers use to analyze the four key processes in managing risk: ‘prediction of loss,’ ‘selection and pricing of risk,’ ‘detection and prevention of fraud’ and ‘quantification of loss.’ The Company’s combination of algorithms and analytic methods incorporates its proprietary data to generate solutions in each of these four categories. In most cases, the Company’s customers integrate the solutions into their models, formulas or underwriting criteria in order to predict potential loss events, ranging from hurricanes and earthquakes to unanticipated healthcare claims. The Company develops catastrophe and extreme event models and offer solutions covering natural and man-made risks, including acts of terrorism. The Company also develops solutions that allow customers to quantify costs after loss events occur. Fraud solutions include data on claim histories, analysis of mortgage applications to identify misinformation, analysis of claims to find emerging patterns of fraud and identification of suspicious claims in the insurance, mortgage and healthcare sectors.
 
The two aforementioned operating segments represent the segments for which separate discrete financial information is available and upon which operating results are regularly evaluated by the CODM in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Company uses segment EBITDA as the profitability measure for making decisions regarding ongoing operations. Segment EBITDA is income from continuing operations before investment income and interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Segment EBITDA is used to assess corporate performance and is the measure of operating results and to assess optimal utilization of debt and acquisitions by operating segment. Segment operating expenses consist of direct and indirect costs principally related to personnel, facilities, software license fees, consulting, travel, and third-party information services. Indirect costs are generally allocated to the segments using fixed rates established by management based upon estimated expense contribution levels and other assumptions that management considers reasonable. The Company does not allocate investment income, realized gains/(losses), interest income, interest expense or income tax expense, since these items are not considered in evaluating the segment’s overall operating performance. The CODM does not evaluate the financial performance of each


F-73


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
segment based on assets. On a geographic basis, no individual country outside of the United States accounted for 1% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2006 or 2007. No individual country outside of the United States accounted for 1% or more of total consolidated long-term assets as of December 31, 2006 or 2007.
 
The following table provides the Company’s revenue and operating income performance by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, as well as a reconciliation to “Income from continuing operations before income taxes” for all years presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:
 
                         
    2005  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 448,875     $ 196,785     $ 645,660  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    191,516       103,395       294,911  
Selling, general, and administrative
    61,408       27,315       88,723  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    195,951       66,075       262,026  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    14,373       7,651       22,024  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,239       16,561       19,800  
                         
Operating income
    178,339       41,863       220,202  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    2,919  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    27  
Interest expense
                    (10,465 )
Other expense
                    (14 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 212,669  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 24,379     $ 8,352     $ 32,731  
                         
 


F-74


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    2006  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 472,634     $ 257,499     $ 730,133  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    203,878       127,926       331,804  
Selling, general, and administrative
    65,884       34,240       100,124  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    202,872       95,333       298,205  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    17,931       10,076       28,007  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,001       23,853       26,854  
                         
Operating income
    181,940       61,404       243,344  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    6,585  
Realized losses on securities, net
                    (375 )
Interest expense
                    (16,668 )
Other expense
                    (109 )
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 232,777  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 11,753     $ 13,989     $ 25,742  
                         
 
                         
    2007  
    Risk
    Decision
       
    Assessment     Analytics     Total  
 
Revenues
  $ 485,160     $ 317,035     $ 802,195  
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    204,182       153,009       357,191  
Selling, general, and administrative
    68,198       39,378       107,576  
                         
Segment EBITDA
    212,780       124,648       337,428  
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets
    19,397       12,348       31,745  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,047       32,869       33,916  
                         
Operating income
    192,336       79,431       271,767  
                         
Unallocated expenses:
                       
Investment income
                    8,442  
Realized gains on securities, net
                    857  
Interest expense
                    (22,928 )
Other income
                    9  
                         
Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ 258,147  
                         
Capital expenditures
  $ 33,059     $ 14,124     $ 47,183  
                         

F-75


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Operating segment revenue by type of service is provided below:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Risk Assessment
                       
Industry standard insurance programs
    290,204       303,957       311,087  
Property-specific rating and underwriting information
    114,467       123,627       126,291  
Statistical agency and data services
    25,228       25,793       27,282  
Actuarial services
    18,976       19,257       20,500  
                         
Total Risk Assessment
    448,875       472,634       485,160  
Decision Analytics
                       
Fraud identification and detection solutions
    143,258       168,189       172,726  
Loss prediction solutions
    53,527       67,129       81,110  
Loss quantification solutions
          22,181       63,199  
                         
Total Decision Analytics
    196,785       257,499       317,035  
                         
Total consolidated revenues
  $ 645,660     $ 730,133     $ 802,195  
                         
 
19.   Related Parties:
 
The Company considers its Class A and Class B stockholders that own more than 5% of the outstanding stock within the respective class to be related parties as defined within FAS No. 57 Related Party Disclosures. At December 31, 2007, there were six Class B stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class B shares. Two of these six Class B stockholders have employees that serve on the Company’s board of directors.
 
The Company incurred expenses associated with the payment of insurance coverage premiums to certain of the largest stockholders aggregating $1,911, $487, and $827 in 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
At December 31, 2007, there were three Class A stockholders each owning more than 5% of the outstanding Class A shares. One of these stockholders had total indebtedness to the Company of $10,588 at December 31, 2007. This indebtedness was repaid subsequent to December 31, 2007. Another of these stockholders is the ESOP. As discussed in Note 16, in December 2004, the Company repaid the prior ESOP loan with an unrelated third party and entered into a loan agreement with the KSOP, which requires quarterly payments through December 31, 2013. As debt is repaid, shares are released to the ESOP to fund 401(k) matching and profit sharing contributions and the remainder is allocated annually to active employees in proportion to their eligible compensation in relation to total participant eligible compensation.


F-76


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Commitments and Contingencies:
 
The Company’s operations are conducted on leased premises. Approximate minimum rentals under long-term noncancelable leases for all leased premises, computer equipment and automobiles are as follows:
 
                         
    Operating
    Capital
       
Years Ending
  Leases     Leases        
 
2008
  $ 19,285     $ 4,818          
2009
    18,900       4,136          
2010
    18,215       3,283          
2011
    18,250       164          
2012
    17,312                
2013-2017
    75,445                
2018-2022
    42,002                
                         
Net minimum lease payments
  $ 209,409     $ 12,401          
                         
Less amount representing interest
            (694 )        
                         
Present value of net minimum lease capital payments
          $ 11,707          
                         
 
Most of the leases require payment of property taxes and utilities and, in certain cases, contain renewal options. Operating leases consist of office space. Capital leases consist of computer equipment, office equipment, and leased automobiles. Rent expense on operating leases approximated $19,083, $19,258 and $19,833 in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
In addition, the Company is a party to legal proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Including those matters described below, the Company is unable, at the present time, to determine the ultimate resolution of or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to these matters or the impact they may have on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. This is primarily because many of these cases remain in their early stages and only limited discovery has taken place. Although the Company believes it has strong defenses for the litigations proceedings described below, the Company could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Claims Outcome Advisor Litigation
 
Hensley, et al. v. Computer Sciences Corporation et al. is a putative nationwide class action complaint, filed in February 2005, in Miller County, Arkansas state court. Defendants include numerous insurance companies and providers of software products used by insurers in paying claims. The Company is among the named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that certain software products, including the Company’s Claims Outcome Advisor product and a competing software product sold by Computer Sciences Corporation, improperly estimated the amount to be paid by insurers to their policyholders in connection with claims for bodily injuries. On August 18, 2008, the Company was voluntarily dismissed from the case with prejudice.
 
The Company has entered into settlement agreements with plaintiffs asserting claims relating to the use of Claims Outcome Advisor by defendants Hanover Insurance Group, Progressive Car Insurance, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Group. Each of these settlements has been granted final approval by the court and together they resolve the claims asserted in this case against the Company with respect to the above insurance companies, who settled the claims against them as well. A provision was recorded in 2006 for this proceeding and the total amount the Company paid in 2008 with respect to these settlements was less than $2 million. A fourth defendant, The Automobile Club of California that is alleged to have used Claims Outcome Advisor


F-77


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
has not settled. Plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss the Company from the case with prejudice once a discovery dispute relating to certain documents is resolved.
 
Xactware Litigation
 
The following two have been filed by or on behalf of groups of Louisiana insurance policyholders who claim, among other things, that certain insurers who used products and price information supplied by the Company’s Xactware subsidiary (and those of another provider) did not fully compensate policyholders for property damage covered under their insurance policies. The plaintiffs seek to recover compensation for their damages in an amount equal to the difference between the amount paid by the defendants and the fair market repair/restoration costs of their damaged property.
 
Schafer v. State Farm Fire & Cas. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and State Farm Fire & Casualty Company filed in March 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. The court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud, which will proceed to the discovery phase along with the remaining claims against State Farm. Plaintiffs have moved to certify a class with respect to the fraud and breach of contract claims which the defendants will oppose.
 
Mornay v. Travelers Ins. Co. , et al. is a putative class action pending against the Company and Travelers Insurance Company filed in November 2007 in the Eastern District of Louisiana. The complaint alleged antitrust violations, breach of contract, negligence, bad faith, and fraud. As in Schafer, the court dismissed the antitrust claim as to both defendants and dismissed all claims against the Company other than fraud. The court has stayed all proceedings pending an appraisal of the lead plaintiffs’ insurance claims.
 
The third lawsuit, Louisiana ex rel. Foti v. Allstate Ins. Co. , is a putative parens patriae action filed by the Louisiana Attorney General filed in November 2007 in Louisiana state court against numerous insurance companies, the Company, and other solution providers, and consultants. The complaint contains allegations of an antitrust conspiracy among the defendants with respect to the payment of insurance claims for property damage and seeks the forfeiture of any illegal profits and treble damages. Defendants removed the case to the Eastern District of Louisiana. A motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the district court and that denial was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Defendants have filed a motion to dismiss and plaintiffs are opposing the motion.
 
At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution of, or estimate the liability related to, these matters. No provision for losses has been provided in connection with the Xactware Litigation.
 
iiX Litigation
 
In March 2007, the Company’s Insurance Information Exchange, or iiX, subsidiary, as well as other information providers and insurers in the State of Texas, were served with a summons and class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging violations of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, or the DPPA. Plaintiffs brought the action on their own behalf and on behalf of all similarly situated individuals whose personal information is contained in any motor vehicle record maintained by the State of Texas and who have not provided express consent to the State of Texas for the distribution of their personal information for purposes not enumerated by the DPPA and whose personal information has been knowingly obtained and used by the defendants. The complaint alleges that the defendants knowingly obtained such personal information and that the obtaining and use of this personal information was not for a purpose authorized by the DPPA. The complaint seeks liquidated damages in the amount of $2,500 for each instance of a violation of DPPA, punitive damages and the destruction of any illegally obtained personal information. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint based on failure to state a claim and lack of standing and a decision on that motion is pending.


F-78


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
21.   Subsequent Events
 
On June 27, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved certain corporate governance changes necessary to allow the Company to proceed with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed IPO, the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the Class A and Class B common stock of the Company will be exchanged by the current stockholders for the common stock of Verisk Analytics, Inc. (“Verisk”) on a one-for-one basis. Verisk, formed on May 23, 2008, was established to serve as the parent holding company of Insurance Services Office, Inc.
 
All stock options granted under the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan will be transferred to Verisk, without modification to the terms of the options other than such options will be exercisable for Class A common stock of Verisk. Class A common stock of Verisk will not be redeemable by the holder and only Class A common stock will be offered to the public.
 
Upon consummation of the IPO, two new series of Class B common stock, Class B (Series 1) common stock (the “Class B-1”) and Class B (Series 2) common stock (the “Class B-2”) will be formed and 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new Class B-1 common stock and the remaining 50 percent of each Class B stockholders’ existing Class B common stock will be converted into shares of new Class B-2 common stock. Each share of Class B-1 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 18 months after the date of the IPO. Each share of Class B-2 common stock shall convert automatically, without any action by the stockholder, into one share of Class A common stock 30 months after the date of the IPO. In conjunction with the IPO, Verisk plans to effect a stock split of both classes of common stock. The strike price of stock options will be adjusted based on the effect of the stock split.
 
The Company provided full recourse loans to directors and senior management in connection with exercising their stock options. This loan program has been terminated and all of such loans have been repaid.
 
22.   Correction of an Error
 
In preparation for the initial public offering, the Company undertook a comprehensive review of its revenue recognition policies. As a result of this review conducted subsequent to issuance of the Company’s 2007 consolidated financial statements, it was decided that the revenue recognition for certain license agreements under the provision of SOP No. 97-2 were not correctly applied. As a result, the Company overstated “Revenues” and understated “Fees received in advance” related to these license agreements.


F-79


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following financial statement line items were impacted by the correction in the respective periods presented below:
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
          Adjustment for
             
    As Previously
    Discontinued
    Correction
    As
 
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     Operations     of Errors     Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 651,340     $ (4,249 )   $ (1,431 )   $ 645,660  
Operating income
    218,275       3,358       (1,431 )     220,202  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    210,805       3,295       (1,431 )     212,669  
Provision for income taxes
    (85,534 )     (721 )     533       (85,722 )
Income from continuing operations
    125,271       2,574       (898 )     126,947  
Net income
    125,271             (898 )     124,373  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    29.41       0.61       (0.21 )     29.81  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    29.41             (0.21 )     29.20  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    28.08       0.58       (0.21 )     28.45  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    28.08             (0.21 )     27.87  
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 731,636     $ (1,503 )   $ 730,133  
Operating income
    244,847       (1,503 )     243,344  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    234,280       (1,503 )     232,777  
Provision for income taxes
    (87,498 )     577       (86,921 )
Income from continuing operations
    146,782       (926 )     145,856  
Net income
    144,977       (926 )     144,051  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    35.54       (0.23 )     35.31  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    35.10       (0.23 )     34.87  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    34.07       (0.22 )     33.85  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    33.65       (0.22 )     33.43  
 


F-80


Table of Contents

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
    As
 
Caption of Consolidated Statement of Operations   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     Corrected  
 
Revenues
  $ 803,700     $     $ (1,505 )   $ 802,195  
Operating income
    273,272             (1,505 )     271,767  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    259,652             (1,505 )     258,147  
Provision for income taxes
    (102,546 )     (1,221 )     583       (103,184 )
Income from continuing operations
    157,106       (1,221 )     (922 )     154,963  
Net income
    152,517       (1,221 )     (922 )     150,374  
Basic income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    39.11       (0.30 )     (0.23 )     38.58  
Basic net income per share of Class A and Class B
    37.97       (0.30 )     (0.23 )     37.44  
Diluted income per share of Class A and Class B from continuing operations
    37.53       (0.28 )     (0.22 )     37.03  
Diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B
    36.43       (0.28 )     (0.22 )     35.93  
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Balance Sheet   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 14,387     $     $ 4,632     $ 19,019  
Total current assets
    244,361             4,632       248,993  
Deferred income taxes
    37,315             (21 )     37,294  
Total assets
    740,120             4,611       744,731  
Fees received in advance
    112,509             11,627       124,136  
Total current liabilities
    317,554       254       11,627       329,435  
Total liabilities
    723,528             11,627       735,155  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (15,996 )           (21 )     (16,017 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    729,971       (1,180,533 )     (6,995 )     (457,557 )
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    16,592       (1,125,933 )     (7,016 )     (1,116,357 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
    740,120             4,611       744,731  
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2007  
    As Previously
    Other
    Correction
       
Caption of Consolidated Balance Sheet   Reported     Adjustments(1)     of Errors     As Corrected  
 
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 17,373     $ 66     $ 5,215     $ 22,654  
Total current assets
    172,741       3,069       5,215       181,025  
Deferred income taxes
    37,859       17,756       64       55,679  
Total assets
    802,379       20,825       5,279       828,483  
Fees received in advance
    114,776             13,131       127,907  
Total current liabilities
    339,566       (6,449 )     13,131       346,248  
Total liabilities
    807,507       32,385       13,131       853,023  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (8,763 )           64       (8,699 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    882,488       (1,382,708 )     (7,916 )     (508,136 )
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (5,128 )     (1,182,748 )     (7,852 )     (1,195,728 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
    802,379       20,825       5,279       828,483  
 
 
(1) The “Other Adjustments” were required to prepare the financial statements for the initial public offering and do not represent a change from non-GAAP or incorrect GAAP to GAAP. These adjustments related to the adoption of FIN No. 48 (See note 11) and the classification of Class A shares as redeemable common stock (See note 14).

F-81


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)        
 
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 12,289,605     $ 12,636,914  
Accounts receivable, net
    4,682,223       3,450,648  
Unbilled receivables
          117,267  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    721,689       433,839  
                 
Total current assets
    17,693,517       16,638,668  
Property and equipment:
               
Furniture and fixtures
    60,034       156,078  
Computer equipment and software
    13,402,836       13,574,229  
Leasehold improvements
    304,765       316,463  
Other
    314,526       228,531  
                 
      14,082,161       14,275,301  
Accumulated depreciation
    (9,172,370 )     (9,298,899 )
                 
Net property and equipment
    4,909,791       4,976,402  
Long-term portion of notes receivable from related parties
    270,320       145,320  
Other non-current assets
    285,750       368,616  
                 
Total assets
  $ 23,159,378     $ 22,129,006  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 782,137     $ 1,097,437  
Accrued compensation
    2,759,008       1,884,386  
Other accrued expenses
    131,336       101,825  
Deferred revenue
    4,963,189       3,822,190  
                 
Total current liabilities
    8,635,670       6,905,838  
Stockholders’ equity
               
Common stock — no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,836,870 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005
    304,347       304,347  
Retained earnings
    14,219,361       14,918,821  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    14,523,708       15,223,168  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 23,159,378     $ 22,129,006  
                 
 
See accompanying notes


F-82


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Net revenues
  $ 25,249,061     $ 17,121,476  
Cost of revenues
    2,851,550       2,183,987  
Research and development expenses
    5,855,078       5,707,097  
Sales and marketing expenses
    2,046,968       1,532,302  
General and administrative expenses
    4,906,775       3,768,258  
                 
Total costs and expenses
    15,660,371       13,191,644  
                 
Income from operations
    9,588,690       3,929,832  
Interest and other expense
    (44,891 )     (94,993 )
Interest and other income
    289,588       88,541  
                 
Net income
  $ 9,833,387     $ 3,923,380  
                 
 
See accompanying notes


F-83


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
 
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 9,833,387     $ 3,923,380  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    1,102,842       1,356,968  
Gain/Loss on disposal of assets
    34,666       8,037  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (1,231,575 )     857,714  
Unbilled Receivables
    117,267       995,062  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (287,850 )     (156,427 )
Other non-current assets
    82,866       (92,416 )
Accounts payable
    (315,300 )     (688,882 )
Other accrued expenses
    29,511       345,739  
Accrued compensation
    874,622       276,134  
Deferred revenue
    1,140,999       (414,647 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    11,381,435       6,410,662  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Change in notes receivable from related parties
    (125,000 )     (65,310 )
Purchase of property and equipment
    (1,070,897 )     (1,632,330 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
          9,500  
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,195,897 )     (1,688,140 )
Cash flow from financing activities:
               
Payments on long-term debt
          (2,262,606 )
Distributions paid to stockholders
    (10,532,847 )     (3,616,533 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (10,532,847 )     (5,879,139 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (347,309 )     (1,156,617 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    12,636,914       7,619,555  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 12,289,605       6,462,938  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 10,225     $ 76,750  
 
See accompanying notes


F-84


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of Operations
 
Founded in 1986, Xactware, Inc. (“the Company”) is a privately held technology services company specializing in the property insurance, remodeling, and restoration industries. Xactware’s technology tools include software estimating programs for personal computers as well as powerful online systems for replacement cost calculations, estimate tracking, data trending in real time and multimedia construction training tools.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of results that can be expected for the full year.
 
Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Xactware Business Services, LLC, Xactware Information Services, Inc., iSkills, Inc., Xactnet, Inc., and XactSites, Inc. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company generates net revenues through software subscriptions, contracted development of software products, automated assignment workflow, online structural value estimates, support and maintenance of software products, and training.
 
Sales of software not under specific development contracts are recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. The Company records amounts billed to customers related to shipping as revenue and all expenses related to shipping as a cost of revenues. Software subscriptions and renewals of support and maintenance revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the contract periods. Transaction fee revenues associated with online structural value estimation and automated assignment workflow are recognized when transactions are completed. Training revenues are recognized when services are provided.
 
For development contracts involving a significant amount of services related to installation, modification, or customization of the software product, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (SOP 81-1). As prescribed by SOP 81-1, the Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method based upon available reliable estimates for the costs and effort necessary to complete the services.


F-85


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are stated at cost, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. Unbilled receivables result from our recognition of contract revenue in advance of contractual billing or progress billing terms.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Other property and equipment includes recreational property and equipment. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life or improve the asset are expensed in the year incurred. Weighted average estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
         
Furniture and fixtures
    7 years  
Computer equipment and software
    5 years  
Leasehold improvements
    13 years  
Other
    14 years  
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred. SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed , requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. Based on the Company’s product development process, technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 costs incurred by the Company between the completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for general release have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has charged all such costs to research and development expense in the period incurred.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company elects to file its federal and state income tax returns under the provisions of Subchapter S for Federal and Utah Revenue Codes, under which income and losses are passed through to the individual stockholders. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal or state income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
Concentration of Business and Credit Risk
 
The Company’s revenues are concentrated in the development of software programs for the insurance industry and software sales to insurance agents, independent adjusters, and contractors. Significant technological changes in customer requirements, or the emergence of competitive products with new capabilities or technologies, could adversely affect the Company’s operating results.


F-86


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) — (Continued)
 
During the six months ended June 30, 2006, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $3.9 million or 15% of revenues. During the six months ended June 30, 2005, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $2.7 million or 15% of revenues.
 
December 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 8% and 6% of total accounts receivable, respectively. At June 30, 2006, two customers accounted for 15% and 13% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
 
The Company maintains 100% of its cash and cash equivalents in a federally insured bank. The Company’s deposits may at times, exceed federal insurance limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Company grants credit to substantially all of its customers without requiring collateral. This credit risk is mitigated by the financial stability of its major customers and the Company’s reserves for estimated losses. Historical credit losses have not been significant.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation under the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , as permitted by SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company measured stock-based compensation expense as the difference, if any, between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price.
 
Pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2005, regarding the effect of issuing stock options during the year on net income (loss) is required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value of these options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method, which assumes zero volatility, with the following weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 4.93%; dividend yield of 0%; and a weighted-average expected life of the option of 8 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2005 is $.30.
 
If the Company had elected to account for employee stock option grants based on their fair value, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, net income would have been changed to the pro forma amounts as follows for the six months ended June 30, 2005:
 
         
Net Income, as reported
  $ 9,833,387  
Pro forma stock compensation expense
    (8,033 )
         
Pro forma net income
  $ 9,825,354  
         
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , using the prospective transition method, which requires the Company to apply its provisions only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense recognized beginning January 1, 2006 is based on the following: (a) the grant-date fair value of stock option awards granted or modified after January 1, 2006; and (b) the balance of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, which was calculated using the intrinsic-value method as previously permitted under APB Opinion No. 25. Results for prior periods have not been restated.
 
During the six month period ended June 30, 2006, the Company did not grant, modify, repurchase, or cancel any employee stock options. As of June 30, 2006, the Company did not have any deferred stock-based


F-87


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) — (Continued)
 
compensation related to stock option awards granted prior to January 1, 2006. Therefore, as a result of adopting SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , using the prospective transition method, the Company did not record any stock-based compensation for the six month period ending June 30, 2006.
 
2.   Notes Receivable from Related Parties
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
 
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 8.25% in December 2008
  $ 20,320     $ 20,320  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 3.83% in December 2014
    250,000       125,000  
                 
    $ 270,320     $ 145,320  
                 
 
3.   Operating Lease Obligations
 
The Company leases vehicles under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire through December 2008. Lease terms are generally 24 to 39 months. In management’s opinion, the risk of loss on residual value guarantees is minimal. Total vehicle lease expense paid for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $76,762 and $75,683 respectively.
 
The Company leases office facilities under renewable month-to-month operating leases from limited liability corporations (LLC) owned by the stockholders of the Company. Total rent expense paid to these LLC’s for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $202,980 and $202,980, respectively. The Company also leases temporary office space under a 2 year operating lease agreement and additional temporary office space under month-to-month operating leases from third parties. Total rent expense for the temporary office space for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $68,572 and $60,057 respectively.
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases at June 30, 2006 are as follows:
 
         
July through December 2006
  $ 95,414  
2007
    116,077  
2008
    49,886  
2009
    16,385  
2010 and thereafter
     
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 277,762  
         
 
4.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
Authorized common stock consists of 90,000,000 shares of no par voting stock and 10,000,000 shares of no par non-voting stock. All shares have equal rights to distributions and have equal rights in the event of dissolution or liquidation. There were 20,836,870 no par voting shares outstanding at June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.


F-88


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The Company has adopted an Employee Stock Option Plan (the Plan) under which employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company or an affiliate or subsidiary are eligible for stock options. The Company has reserved 5,300,000 common shares under the Plan. The Plan allows grants of incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common shares at a price that is not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. The Board of Directors determines the option price. Generally, the options have a 10-year life from the date of grant and vest 20% each year until fully vested.
 
A summary of stock option activity and related information is as follows:
 
                                 
          Outstanding
       
    Shares
    Stock Options     Weighted-
 
    Available
    Number of
    Price per
    Average
 
    for Grant     Shares     Share     Exercise Price  
 
Balance at January 1, 2005
    4,737,521       562,479     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
    19,114       (19,114 )   $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    4,756,635       543,365     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
                       
                                 
Balance at June 30, 2006
    4,756,635       543,365     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
 
There were 486,496 options exercisable as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options is three years.
 
5.   Related Party Transactions
 
The Company leases its office facilities from LLCs owned by the stockholders. During 2005, the Company issued two long-term notes receivable to a related parties in the amounts of $20,320 and $125,000, respectively.
 
6.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that allows employees to contribute an elected percentage of earnings to the plan. The Company makes a matching contribution of 75% of the contribution up to a maximum of 8% of eligible compensation. Additionally, the Company can make discretionary contributions. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after three months of service and attainment of age 18.
 
The Company contributed $312,703 and $229,178 to the plan for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Matching contributions are accrued monthly and paid annually on or about December 31. On August 9, 2006, the Xactware, Inc. 401k plan was terminated. All accrued matching contributions were paid through that date.
 
7.   Subsequent Events
 
On August 8, 2006, approximately 100% of the assets of the Company were acquired by Insurance Services Office, Inc., a Delaware based corporation. The sale includes a contingent payment provision subject to the achievement of certain predetermined financial results for 2007 and 2008. In April 2008, the contingent payment provision for fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 resulted in an additional payment. In connection with this acquisition, all outstanding stock options were cancelled in exchange for a one time cash payment.


F-89


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Auditors
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Xactware, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Xactware, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Xactware, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Salt Lake City, Utah
May 5, 2006


F-90


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 12,636,914     $ 7,560,755  
Marketable securities
          58,800  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $170,000 and $85,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively
    3,450,648       2,600,970  
Unbilled receivables
    117,267       995,062  
Current portion of notes receivable from related parties
          99,513  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    433,839       320,369  
                 
Total current assets
    16,638,668       11,635,469  
Property and equipment:
               
Furniture and fixtures
    156,078       174,867  
Computer equipment and software
    13,574,229       14,126,285  
Leasehold improvements
    316,463       269,461  
Other
    228,531       527,499  
                 
      14,275,301       15,098,112  
Accumulated depreciation
    (9,298,899 )     (8,415,292 )
                 
Net property and equipment
    4,976,402       6,682,820  
Long-term portion of notes receivable from related parties
    145,320       107,652  
Other non-current assets
    368,616       302,892  
                 
Total assets
  $ 22,129,006     $ 18,728,833  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,097,437     $ 832,608  
Accrued compensation
    1,884,386       1,628,702  
Other accrued expenses
    101,825       35,088  
Deferred revenue
    3,822,190       2,394,736  
Current portion of long-term debt
          2,003,746  
                 
Total current liabilities
    6,905,838       6,894,880  
Long-term debt
          1,700,243  
                 
Total liabilities
    6,905,838       8,595,123  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity
               
Common stock — no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,836,870 shares issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004
    304,347       304,347  
Retained earnings
    14,918,821       9,829,363  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,223,168       10,133,710  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 22,129,006     $ 18,728,833  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-91


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Net revenues
  $ 41,190,993     $ 32,700,070  
Cost of revenues
    4,964,774       4,307,031  
Research and development expenses
    12,133,116       10,617,525  
Sales and marketing expenses
    3,387,532       2,566,494  
General and administrative expenses
    7,350,424       6,808,460  
                 
Total costs and expenses
    27,835,846       24,299,510  
                 
Income from operations
    13,355,147       8,400,560  
Interest expense
    (135,013 )     (252,524 )
Interest and other income
    213,228       98,477  
                 
Net income
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-92


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc,
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                 
    Common Stock           Total
 
    Number
          Retained
    Stockholders’
 
    of Shares     Amount     Earnings     Equity  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
    20,836,870     $ 304,347     $ 7,938,264     $ 8,242,611  
Distributions paid to stockholders
                    (6,355,414 )     (6,355,414 )
Net income
                    8,246,513       8,246,513  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    20,836,870       304,347       9,829,363       10,133,710  
Distributions paid to stockholders
                (8,343,904 )     (8,343,904 )
Net income
                13,433,362       13,433,362  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    20,836,870     $ 304,347     $ 14,918,821     $ 15,223,168  
                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-93


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    2,528,710       2,602,690  
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    37,755       (55 )
(Gain) loss on marketable securities
    (1,817 )     (33,572 )
Purchase of marketable securities classified as trading
          (37,741 )
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities classified as trading
    60,617       58,013  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (849,678 )     (281,675 )
Unbilled Receivables
    877,795       (995,062 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (113,470 )     (19,028 )
Other non-current assets
    (65,724 )     (74,559 )
Accounts payable
    264,829       (423,275 )
Other accrued expenses
    66,737       15,558  
Accrued compensation
    255,684       242,661  
Deferred revenue
    1,427,454       197,181  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    17,922,254       9,497,649  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Change in notes receivable from related parties
    61,845       52,838  
Purchase of property and equipment
    (2,262,854 )     (2,588,874 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    158,600       1,087  
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,042,409 )     (2,534,949 )
Cash flow from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from long-term debt
          3,334,739  
Payment on long-term debt
    (3,703,989 )     (2,655,553 )
Distributions paid to stockholders
    (7,099,697 )     (6,355,414 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (10,803,686 )     (5,676,228 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    5,076,159       1,286,472  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    7,560,755       6,274,283  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 12,636,914     $ 7,560,755  
                 
Noncash and supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 135,013     $ 244,053  
                 
Distribution of assets to stockholders
  $ 1,244,207        
 
See accompanying notes.


F-94


Table of Contents

Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2005
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of Operations
 
Founded in 1986, Xactware, Inc. is a privately held technology services company specializing in the property insurance, remodeling, and restoration industries. Xactware’s technology tools include software estimating programs for personal computers as well as powerful online systems for replacement cost calculations, estimate tracking, data trending in real time and multimedia construction training tools.
 
Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Xactware Business Services, LLC, Xactware Information Services, Inc., iSkills, Inc., Xactnet, Inc., and XactSites, Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
 
Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to use certain estimates and assumptions. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although management believes its estimates are appropriate, changes in assumptions utilized in preparing such estimates could cause these estimates to change in the future.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company generates net revenues through software subscriptions, contracted development of software products, automated assignment workflow, online structural value estimates, support and maintenance of software products, and training.
 
Sales of software licenses not under specific development contracts are recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. The Company records amounts billed to customers related to shipping as revenue and all expenses related to shipping as a cost of revenues. Software subscriptions and renewals of support and maintenance revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the contract periods. Transaction fee revenues associated with online structural value estimation and automated assignment workflow are recognized when transactions are completed. Training revenues are recognized when services are provided.
 
For development contracts involving a significant amount of services related to installation, modification, or customization of the software licensed product, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (“SOP 81-1”). As prescribed by SOP 81-1, the Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method based upon available reliable estimates for the costs and effort necessary to complete the services.


F-95


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are stated at cost, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. Unbilled receivables result from our recognition of contract revenue in advance of contractual billing or progress billing terms.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Other property and equipment includes recreational property and equipment. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life or improve the asset are expensed in the year incurred. Weighted average estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
         
Furniture and fixtures
    7 years  
Computer equipment and software
    5 years  
Leasehold improvements
    13 years  
Other
    14 years  
 
The Company purchased additional recreational property and equipment during the year that had a carrying value of approximately $760,000 when it was distributed to stockholders. The Company distributed recreational property and equipment that had a total carrying value of approximately $1.2 million to its stockholders during 2005.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred. SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed , requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. Based on the Company’s product development process, technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 costs incurred by the Company between the completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for general release have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has charged all such costs to research and development expense in the period incurred.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company elects to file its federal and state income tax returns under the provisions of Subchapter S for Federal and Utah Revenue Codes, under which income and losses are passed through to the individual stockholders. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal or state income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.


F-96


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Concentration of Business and Credit Risk
 
The Company’s revenues are concentrated in the development of software programs for the insurance industry and software sales to insurance agents, independent adjusters, and contractors. Significant technological changes in customer requirements, or the emergence of competitive products with new capabilities or technologies, could adversely affect the Company’s operating results.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2005, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $7.2 million or 17% of revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2004, sales to one major customer accounted for approximately $6.0 million or 18% of revenues. At December 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 8% and 6% of total accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2004, two customers accounted for 29% and 12% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
 
The Company maintains 100% of its cash and cash equivalents in a federally insured bank. The Company’s deposits may at times, exceed federal insurance limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Company grants credit to substantially all of its customers without requiring collateral. This credit risk is mitigated by the financial stability of its major customers and the Company’s reserves for estimated losses. Historical credit losses have not been significant.
 
Advertising
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $84,635 and $41,758, respectively. Trade show expenses were $78,878 and $65,402 for 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) and related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options rather than adopting the alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation . Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company’s stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.
 
Pro forma information regarding the net income effect of issuing stock options is required by SFAS No. 123 as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The Company did not grant any stock options for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options’ vesting period. The stock compensation expense included in the pro forma disclosure below reflects the amortization of the estimated fair value of options granted prior to the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The full impact on pro forma net income may not be representative of compensation expense in future years.


F-97


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net loss if the Company had applied the fair-value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation.
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 13,433,362     $ 8,246,513  
Less stock compensation expense determined under the fair value method
    (16,066 )     (17,327 )
                 
Pro forma net income
  $ 13,417,296     $ 8,229,186  
                 
 
Comprehensive Income
 
The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income . There are no items of other comprehensive income in any of the periods presented and, therefore, net income equals total comprehensive income for all periods.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, as revised, Share-Based Payment (FAS 123R), which requires the cost resulting from all stock-based payment transactions to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued. Under FAS 123R, the fair value based method for recognition of compensation expense is required to be applied using the prospective transition method. The Company currently measures compensation expense for stock-based employee and director compensation under the intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognize no compensation costs for these options. The adoption of FAS 123R is not expected to have a material impact on The Company’s consolidated financial statements. The adoption of FAS 123R is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2006.


F-98


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
2.   Notes Receivable from Related Parties
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $526, including interest at 10.00%, due July 2006
  $     $ 9,209  
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $1,373, including interest at 10.00%, due July 2006
          24,040  
Note receivable from a stockholder, unsecured, due in annual installments of $17,751, plus accrued interest at 2.88%, due in April 2005
          17,710  
Note receivable from a stockholder, unsecured, due in annual installments of $27,465, plus accrued interest at 2.88%, due in April 2005
          27,399  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 4% in August 2005
          10,000  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 4.5% in September 2005
          12,000  
Note receivable from a limited liability corporation owned by the Company’s majority stockholder, unsecured, due in monthly installments of $1,461, including interest at 5.44%, due May 2012
          106,807  
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 8.25% in December 2008
    20,320        
Note receivable from a related party, unsecured, due in full plus accrued interest at 3.83% in December 2014
    125,000        
                 
      145,320       207,165  
Current portion
          (99,513 )
                 
    $ 145,320     $ 107,652  
                 
 
3.   Marketable Securities
 
In 2005 and 2004, the Company purchased equity securities classified as trading securities totaling $0 and $37,741, respectively. Also, in 2005 and 2004 the Company sold equity securities classified as trading securities totaling $60,617 and $58,013, respectively. These securities were valued at their fair value at December 31, 2004, based on quoted market prices on a national stock exchange. In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, unrealized and realized holding gains and losses were included in net income. The Company recognized a gain of $1,817 and $33,572 on the securities in 2005 and 2004 respectively. At December 31, 2004, $2,859 of the gain relates to trading securities held by the Company. The Company sold its remaining equity securities during 2005.


F-99


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
4.   Long-Term Debt
 
                 
    December 31  
    2005     2004  
 
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $44,935 including interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 0.75%, due June 2006
  $          —     $ 893,258  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in quarterly principal installments of $28,571, with interest payable monthly at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.00%, due July 2006
          198,925  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $45,872, including interest at the banks prime rate plus 1.5%, due May 2005
          223,968  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments including interest at the banks prime rate plus 0.5%, due March 2007
          1,155,475  
Note payable to bank, collateralized by equipment, guaranteed by majority stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $44,815 including interest at 4.75%, due March 2007
          1,142,523  
Note payable to financial institution, collateralized by a software license, payable in quarterly installments of $30,842, including interest at 5.92%, due August 2005
          89,840  
                 
            3,703,989  
Current maturities
          (2,003,746 )
                 
    $     $ 1,700,243  
                 
 
The Company repaid to the bank the remaining balance of the long term debt principal and related accrued interest during 2005. The Company did not record any gain or loss on the transaction.
 
5.   Operating Lease Obligations
 
The Company leases vehicles under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire through December 2008. Lease terms are generally 24 to 39 months. In management’s opinion, the risk of loss on residual value guarantees is minimal. Total vehicle lease expense paid for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $157,262 and $126,726, respectively.
 
The Company leases office facilities under renewable month-to-month operating leases from limited liability corporations (LLC) owned by the stockholders of the Company. Total rent expense paid to these LLC’s for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $372,130 and $437,210, respectively. The Company also leases temporary office space under month-to-month operating leases from third parties. Total rent expense for the temporary office space for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $118,304 and $96,021, respectively.


F-100


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2005 are as follows:
 
         
2006
  $ 189,549  
2007
    106,356  
2008
    40,166  
2009
    12,335  
2010 and thereafter
     
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 348,406  
         
 
6.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
Authorized common stock consists of 90,000,000 shares of no par voting stock and 10,000,000 shares of no par nonvoting stock. All shares have equal rights to distributions and have equal rights in the event of dissolution or liquidation. There were 20,836,870 no par voting shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The Company has adopted an Employee Stock Option Plan (the Plan) under which employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company or an affiliate or subsidiary are eligible for stock options. The Company has reserved 5,300,000 common shares under the Plan. The Plan allows grants of incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common shares at a price that is not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. The Board of Directors determines the option price. Generally, the options have a 10-year life from the date of grant and vest 20% each year until fully vested.
 
A summary of stock option activity and related information is as follows:
 
                                 
    Shares
    Outstanding Stock Options     Weighted-
 
    Available
    Number of
    Price per
    Average
 
    for Grant     Shares     Share     Exercise Price  
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    4,725,283       574,717     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
    12,238       (12,238 )   $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    4,737,521       562,479     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
Granted
                       
Cancelled
    19,114       (19,114 )   $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    4,756,635       543,365     $ 0.93     $ 0.93  
                                 
 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were 486,496 and 443,501, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options is five years.
 
7.   Related Party Transactions
 
Interest income of $8,952 and $13,304 was received on notes from stockholders and a limited liability corporation owned by the majority stockholder during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,


F-101


Table of Contents

 
Xactware, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement — (Continued)
 
respectively. The Company leases its office facilities from LLCs owned by the stockholders. During 2005, the Company issued two short-term notes receivable to related parties in the amounts of $20,320 and $125,000, respectively.
 
8.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that allows employees to contribute an elected percentage of earnings to the plan. The Company makes a matching contribution of 75% of the contribution up to a maximum of 8% of eligible compensation. Additionally, the Company can make discretionary contributions. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after three months of service and attainment of age 18.
 
The Company contributed $525,426 and $419,970 to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company also has established a cafeteria benefit plan, which enables employees to choose among certain benefits, and have the benefit amounts paid for with a portion of employee compensation before federal income or social security taxes are withheld.


F-102


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
                 
    Amount
       
    to be Paid        
 
Registration fee
  $ 29,475          
FINRA filing fee
  $ 75,500          
Listing fees
    *          
Transfer agent’s fees
    *          
Printing and engraving expenses
    *          
Legal fees and expenses
    *          
Accounting fees and expenses
    *          
Miscellaneous
    *          
                 
Total
  $ *          
                 
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article Twelfth of the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
 
The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.
 
The proposed forms of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provide for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.


II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
On June 2, 2008 we issued an aggregate of 100 shares of our common stock, par value $.01 per share, to Insurance Services Office, Inc. for $.01 per share. The issuance of such shares was not registered under the Securities Act because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
Since August 1, 2005, Insurance Services Office, Inc. has issued to directors, officers and employees options to purchase 184,575 shares of Class A common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $445 to $862, and has issued 353,054 shares of common stock upon exercise of outstanding options. The issuance of stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options to directors, officers and employees were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 as promulgated under the Securities Act. The share and per share information in this paragraph does not reflect the stock split the Company will consummate in connection with this offering.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws*
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  4 .2   Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc.
  4 .3   Amendment No. 1 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated February 1, 2005, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .4   Amendment No. 2 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .5   Amendment No. 3 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated January 23, 2006, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .6   Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated February 28, 2007, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .7   New York Life Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., New York Life Insurance Company and the other purchasers party thereto
  5 .1   Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*
  10 .1   401(k) Savings Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan**
  10 .2   Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10 .3   Form of Letter Agreement**
  10 .4   Form of Master License Agreement and Participation Supplement**
  10 .5   Schedule of Master License Agreements Substantially Identical in All Material Respects to the Form of Master License Agreement and Participation Supplement filed as Exhibit 10.4
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant*


II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney**
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
** Previously filed
 
(b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:
 
         
Schedule
   
Number
 
Description
 
  Schedule II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
        Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007


II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned hereby undertakes:
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jersey City, State of New Jersey, on the 20th day of November, 2008.
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Frank J. Coyne
Name: Frank J. Coyne
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer, President and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Frank J. Coyne

Frank J. Coyne
  Chief Executive Officer, President
and Chairman of the Board of Directors (principal executive officer)
  November 20, 2008
         
/s/  Mark V. Anquillare

Mark V. Anquillare
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
  November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

J. Hyatt Brown
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Glen A. Dell
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Henry J. Feinberg
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Christopher M. Foskett
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Constantine P. Iordanou
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  * 

John F. Lehman, Jr. 
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Stephen W. Lilienthal
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Samuel G. Liss
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Andrew G. Mills
  Director   November 20, 2008


II-5


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  *

Arthur J. Rothkopf
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

Barbara D. Stewart
  Director   November 20, 2008
         
/s/  *

David B. Wright
  Director   November 20, 2008
             
*By:  
/s/  Mark V. Anquillare

Attorney-in-Fact
      November 20, 2008


II-6


Table of Contents

Schedule II
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
(In thousands)
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Charged to
             
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Deductions —
    Balance at
 
Description
  of Year     Expenses(1)     Write-offs(2)     End of Year  
 
Year ended December 31, 2005:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,750     $ 1,554     $ (1,681 )   $ 3,623  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $     $ 2,144     $     $ 2,144  
                                 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,623     $ 3,069     $ (1,419 )   $ 5,273  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $ 2,144     $     $     $ 2,144  
                                 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 5,273     $ 6,807     $ (3,833 )   $ 8,247  
                                 
Valuation allowance for income taxes
  $ 2,144     $     $ (610 )   $ 1,534  
                                 
 
(1) Primarily additional reserves for bad debts.
 
 
(2) Primarily accounts receivable balances written off, net of recoveries, and the expiration of loss carryforwards.


S-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws*
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  4 .2   Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc.
  4 .3   Amendment No. 1 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated February 1, 2005, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .4   Amendment No. 2 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .5   Amendment No. 3 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated January 23, 2006, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .6   Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to the Prudential Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated February 28, 2007, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto
  4 .7   New York Life Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Insurance Services Office, Inc., New York Life Insurance Company and the other purchasers party thereto
  5 .1   Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell*
  10 .1   401(k) Savings Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan**
  10 .2   Verisk Analytics, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10 .3   Form of Letter Agreement**
  10 .4   Form of Master License Agreement and Participation Supplement**
  10 .5   Schedule of Master License Agreements Substantially Identical in All Material Respects to the Form of Master License Agreement and Participation Supplement filed as Exhibit 10.4
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .4   Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney**
 
* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously Filed.

Exhibit 1.1
 
 
Verisk Analytics, Inc.
(Delaware corporation)
[ l ] Shares of Class A Common Stock
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated: l , 2008
 
 

 


 

Verisk Analytics, Inc.
(Delaware corporation)
[ l ] Shares of Class A Common Stock
(Par Value $0.001 Per Share)
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
l , 2008
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
as Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o   Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
4 World Financial Center
New York, New York 10080
c/o   Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The persons listed in Schedule B hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”), confirm their respective agreements with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Selling Stockholders, acting severally and not jointly, and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Verisk Analytics, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) set forth in Schedules A and B hereto and (ii) the grant by the Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of l additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any. The aforesaid l shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all

1


 

or any part of the l shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Securities.”
     The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-152973), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as “Rule 430A Information.” Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).
     SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .
     (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.
          At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Time, the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

2


 

the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and at the Closing Time, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          As of the Applicable Time (as defined below), neither (x) the Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus (as defined below) as of the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule C hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), nor (y) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement:
          “Applicable Time” means l :00 [a/p]m (Eastern time) on l , 2008 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.
          “Statutory Prospectus” as of any time means the prospectus relating to the Securities that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.
          “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), relating to the Securities that (i) is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) is a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) whether or not required to be filed with the Commission or (iii) is exempt from filing pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).
          “Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show (as defined below)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule E hereto.
          “Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.
          The Company has made available a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433, in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.
          Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the issuer notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the

3


 

information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.
          The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.
          Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto) complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
          At the time of filing the Registration Statement, any 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations.
     (ii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.
     (iii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Prospectus present fairly in al material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the 1934 Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable.
     (iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one

4


 

enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
     (v) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.
     (vii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Prospectus). The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and will be validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholders, was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
     (viii) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
     (ix) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
     (x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in default in the performance or observance

5


 

of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their assets, properties or operations. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any subsidiary.
     (xi) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xii) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xiii) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.
     (xiv) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade

6


 

names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them in any material respect, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xv) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws.
     (xvi) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
     (xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xviii) Title to Property . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are described in the Prospectus or (b) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or

7


 

such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
     (xix) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
     (xx) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the knowledge of the Company there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
     (xxi) Registration Rights . Except as described in the Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.
     (xxii) Accounting Controls . The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Prospectus, since the end of the Insurance Services Office, Inc.’s (“ISO”) most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s or ISO’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s or ISO’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s or ISO’s internal control over financial reporting.

8


 

     (xxiii) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it and its subsidiaries will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and has no reason to believe that it will not be in timely compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or which will become applicable to the Company after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
     (xxiv) Payment of Taxes . Except as would not cause a Material Adverse Effect, all United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of ISO in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (xxv) Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with, to the knowledge of the Company, financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any subsidiary will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. In the last three years, neither of the Company nor any subsidiary has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
     (xxvi) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate, and where required the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.
     (xxvii) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company, and to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in

9


 

compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (xxviii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company and any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.
     (xxix) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries is currently a target of any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”).
     (b)  Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders . Each Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time, and, if the Selling Stockholder is selling Option Securities on a Date of Delivery, as of each such Date of Delivery, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (i) Accurate Disclosure . Such Selling Stockholder has reviewed and is familiar with the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and none of the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus any amendments or supplements thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the preceding sentence applies only to any statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto are based on written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein.
     (ii) Authorization of this Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
     (iii) Authorization of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement . The Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) and the Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”), in the respective forms heretofore furnished to the Representatives, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder. The Custody Agreement is the valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, and the Power of Attorney is valid and binding on such Selling Stockholder.
     (iv) Noncontravention . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and compliance by such Selling Stockholder with its obligations hereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, (i) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed

10


 

of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, or (ii) result in any violation of (a) the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other organizational instrument of such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or (b) any applicable treaty, law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties, except, in the cases of clause (i) or clause (ii)(b), for such conflicts, breaches, violations, creations, impositions or defaults as would not adversely affect such Selling Shareholders’ ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
     (v) Certificates Suitable for Transfer . The Class B-1 common stock or Class B-2 common stock, in each case par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Shares”), to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement upon conversion to Common Stock are certificated securities in registered form and are not held in any securities account or by or through any securities intermediary within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof (the “UCC”). Certificates for all of the Class B Shares to be sold upon conversion to Common Stock by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed in custody with [•] (the “Custodian”) with irrevocable conditional instructions to deliver such Securities to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.
     (vi) Valid Title . Such Selling Stockholder (a) owns (x) the shares of Common Stock or (y) the Class B Shares convertible into shares of Common Stock, as applicable and in either case to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, and (b) at the Closing Time and each Date of Delivery will have a “security entitlement”, within the meaning of Sections 8-102 and 8-501 of the UCC to, the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, in the case of both (a) and (b) free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances, other than those created by the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the statutory liens of the securities intermediary, and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.
     (vii) Delivery of Securities . Upon payment of the purchase price for the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and the crediting of such Securities on the books of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC, to such Securities), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser,” within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, of such Securities and will acquire its interest in the Securities (including, without limitation, all rights that such Selling Stockholder had or has the power to transfer in such Securities) free and clear of any adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Securities and (C) no action (whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or other theory) based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Securities may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment and crediting occur, (x) such Securities will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, and (z) appropriate entries to the

11


 

accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.
     (viii) Absence of Manipulation . Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
     (ix) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, is necessary or required for the performance by each Selling Stockholder of its obligations hereunder or in the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, or in connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as may have previously been made or obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws.
     (x) No Association with FINRA . Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, or is a person associated with (within the meaning of Article I (dd) of the By-laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”)), any member firm of FINRA, except as disclosed in such Selling Stockholder’s questionnaire.
     (c)  Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as such and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
     SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
     (a)  Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from each Selling Stockholder at the price per share set forth in Schedule C, that proportion of the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional securities.
     (b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Selling Stockholders hereby grant an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional l shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Schedule B, at the price per share set forth in Schedule C, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of

12


 

covering overallotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Selling Stockholders setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be earlier than two (unless such Date of Delivery is the Closing Time) nor later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as the Representatives in their discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
     (c)  Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).
     In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders.
     Payment shall be made to the Selling Stockholders by wire transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the Company pursuant to each Selling Stockholder’s Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. l , individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
     (d)  Denominations; Registration . The Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

13


 

     SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company and the Selling Stockholders . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
     (a)  Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect the filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
     (b)  Filing of Amendments and Exchange Act Documents . The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
     (c)  Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, upon request, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     (d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is

14


 

required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     (e)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.
     (f)  Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
     (g)  Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
     (h)  Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.
     (i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common

15


 

Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, cash or otherwise, (iii) permit the conversion of Class B Common Stock into shares of Common Stock or (iv) take any action to permit conversion of Class B Common Stock under section (d) of Article Fifth of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or take any other action to waive, permit or release any stockholder from the restrictions on Transfer (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) set forth in section (e) of Article Fifth of the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Prospectus or (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan, (E) issuance of any shares of Common Stock to owners of businesses which the Company may acquire in the future, whether by merger, acquisition of assets or capital stock or otherwise, as consideration for the acquisition of such business or to management employees of such businesses in connection with such acquisitions; provided that no more than an aggregate of [5%] of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing Time are issued as consideration in connection with all such acquisitions provided further, that the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto for the balance of the 180-day restricted period from the recipients receiving Common Stock in connection with such acquisitions, (F) any registration statement on Form S-8 under the 1933 Act with respect to the foregoing clauses (C) or (D), or (G) with respect to clause (E) only, a registration statement on Form S-4 under the 1933 Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
     (j)  Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
     (k)  Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission or, in the case of each Selling Stockholder, whether or not required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.

16


 

     SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .
     (a)  Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Stockholders’, except to the extent set forth in (b) below, obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (not to exceed $15,000) in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus and of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (vii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and half the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show and (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA (not to exceed $125,000) and (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange.
     (b)  Expenses of the Selling Stockholders . The Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will pay all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) any stamp duties, capital duties and stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the sale of the Securities to the Underwriters, and their transfer between the Underwriters pursuant to an agreement between such Underwriters, and (ii) the fees and disbursements of their respective counsel and other advisors; provided that the Company will pay all fees and disbursements of K&L Gates LLP and Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP.
     (c)  Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or Section 11 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
     (d)  Allocation of Expenses . The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may make for the sharing of such costs and expenses.

17


 

     SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:
     (a)  Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
     (b)  Opinion of Counsel for Company . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Davis Polk & Wardwell counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1 hereto.
     (c)  Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto.
     (d)  Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.
     (e)  Officers’ Certificate . At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, and (iv) to their knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated by the Commission.
     (f) Certificate of Selling Stockholders . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of an Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Stockholder, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of each Selling Stockholder contained in

18


 

Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct in all respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time and (ii) each Selling Stockholder has complied in all material respects with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be performed under this Agreement at or prior to Closing Time.
     (g)  Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received (1) from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (2) from Ernst & Young LLP, with respect to Xactware, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the years then ended and as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 and for the six-month periods then ended, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
     (h)  Bring-down Comfort Letter . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g)(1) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing Time.
     (i)  Approval of Listing . At Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the [New York Stock Exchange][Nasdaq National Market], subject only to official notice of issuance.
     (j)  No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
     (k)  Lock-up Agreements . (i) At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D-1 hereto.
     (ii) At the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have received an agreement signed by the persons listed on Schedule D-2 hereto, restricting the transfer of shares of Common Stock by such persons for a period of 18 months or 30 months, as applicable, following the date of this Agreement, substantially as described in the Registration Statement (the “Company Lock-up”).
     (l)  Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company, any subsidiary of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:
     (i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of such Date of Delivery.

19


 

     (ii) Certificate of Selling Stockholders . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of an Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Stockholder confirming that the certificate delivered at Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
     (iii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto.
     (iv) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders . The favorable opinion of counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto.
     (v) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.
     (m)  Additional Documents . At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
     (n)  Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.
     SECTION 6. Indemnification.
     (a)  Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
     (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact

20


 

contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
     (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;
     (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;
provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
     (b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information or any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information in respect of such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein and shall be liable only to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of its Securities. It is understood and agreed by the parties that the only such information furnished is contained (as to each individual Selling Stockholder only) under the caption: “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Prospectus. The Underwriters acknowledge that in such section, the name of each Selling Stockholder, the number of Securities each Selling Stockholder is offering and the number of Securities (or Class B Shares convertible into Securities) owned by each selling Stockholder, as well as any footnote disclosure setting forth information as to beneficial ownership and/or control of such Securities, constitute the only written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders for use in the Registration Statement.
     (c) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling Stockholders . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company

21


 

within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and each Selling Stockholder against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information or any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.
     (d)  Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6 (c) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (e)  Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification . The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to indemnification.

22


 

     SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
     The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.
     The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, (a) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission; and (b) no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the gross proceeds, net of underwriting discounts, received by it from the sale of Securities to the Underwriters exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

23


 

     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
     The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to contribution.
     SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Selling Stockholders submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling any Selling Stockholder and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.
     SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .
     (a)  Termination; General . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the [New York Stock Exchange][Nasdaq National Market], or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (iv) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
     (b)  Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
     SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right,

24


 

within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
     (i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or
     (ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
     No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Selling Stockholders to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company and any Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
     SECTION 11. Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders . If a Selling Stockholder shall fail at Closing Time or at a Date of Delivery to sell and deliver the number of Securities which such Selling Stockholder or Selling Stockholders are obligated to sell hereunder, and the remaining Selling Stockholders do not exercise the right hereby granted to increase, pro rata or otherwise, the number of Securities to be sold by them hereunder to the total number to be sold by all Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule B hereto, then the Underwriters may, at option of the Representatives, by notice from the Representatives to the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the fault of any non-defaulting party except that the provisions of Sections 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect or (ii) elect to purchase the Securities which the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell hereunder. No action taken pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Stockholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
     In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in this Section 11, each of the Representatives and the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or Date of Delivery for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required change in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.
     SECTION 12. Tax Disclosure . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, immediately upon commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Company) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions

25


 

contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Company relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. For purposes of the foregoing, the term “tax treatment” is the purported or claimed federal income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the term “tax structure” includes any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed federal income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     SECTION 13. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080, attention of l and 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, attention of l ; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at Verisk Analytics, Inc., 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686, attention of Kenneth E. Thompson; and notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be directed to c/o Verisk Analytics, Inc., 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1686, attention of Frank J. Coyne and Kenneth E. Thompson, as attorneys-in-fact.
     SECTION 14. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction among the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, or its respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.
     SECTION 15. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

26


 

     SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     SECTION 17. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
     SECTION 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.
     SECTION 19. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

27


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholders a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders in accordance with its terms.
         
  Very truly yours,

VERISK ANALYTICS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
         
     
  By:      
    As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of   
    the Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule B hereto 
 
 
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
     as of the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
            INCORPORATED
         
By        
  Authorized Signatory     
       
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
 
   
By        
  Name:        
  Title:        
 
For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

28

Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION COPY

 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
$100,000,000
SERIES A SENIOR NOTES
$100,000,000
UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
Dated as of June 13, 2003

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Not Part of Agreement)
             
1.
  AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF NOTES.     1  
1A.
  Authorization of Issue of Series A Notes.     1  
1B.
  Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes.     2  
 
           
2.
  PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.     2  
2A.
  Purchase and Sale of Series A Notes.     2  
2B.
  Purchase and Sale of Shelf Notes.     3  
2B(1).
  Facility.     3  
2B(2).
  Issuance Period.     3  
2B(3).
  Periodic Spread Information.     3  
2B(4).
  Request for Purchase.     4  
2B(5).
  Rate Quotes.     5  
2B(6).
  Acceptance.     5  
2B(7).
  Market Disruption.     6  
2B(8).
  Facility Closings.     6  
2B(9).
  Fees.     7  
 
           
2C.
  CERTAIN FLOATING RATE SHELF NOTE PROVISIONS     8  
2C(1).
  Floating Rate Interest     8  
2C(2).
  Breakage Cost Indemnity.     9  
2C(3).
  Reserve Requirement; Change in Circumstances     10  
2C(4).
  Illegality     12  
2C(5).
  Inability to Determine Interest Rate     12  
2C(6).
  Default Rate     13  
2C(7).
  Interest Rate Limitation     13  
2C(8).
  Assignment of Notes under Certain Circumstances     13  
2C(9).
  Time Bar on Compensation Claims     14  
 
           
3.
  CONDITIONS OF CLOSING.     14  
3A.
  Certain Documents.     14  
3B.
  Representations and Warranties; No Default.     15  
3C.
  Purchase Permitted by Applicable Laws.     15  
3D.
  Payment of Fees.     15  
3E.
  Proceedings.     15  
 
           
4.
  PREPAYMENTS.     16  
4A.
  No Required Prepayments of Series A Notes.     16  
4B.
  Required Prepayments of Shelf Notes.     16  
4C.
  Optional Prepayment of Shelf Notes.     16  
4D.
  Notice of Optional Prepayment.     16  

i


 

             
4E.
  Application of Prepayments.     17  
 
           
5.
  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.     17  
5A.
  Financial Statements; Notice of Defaults.     17  
5B.
  Information Required by Rule 144A.     18  
5C.
  Inspection of Property.     19  
5D.
  Intentionally Omitted.     19  
5E.
  Maintenance of Corporate Existence.     19  
5F.
  Maintenance of Insurance.     19  
5G.
  Maintenance of Properties.     19  
5H.
  Compliance with Laws.     19  
5I.
  Environmental and Safety Laws.     20  
5J.
  Payment of Taxes and Claims.     20  
5K.
  ERISA.     20  
5L.
  Pari Passu Status.     20  
5M.
  Most Favored Lender Status.     20  
 
           
6.
  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.     21  
6A.
  Financial Covenants.     21  
6B.
  Priority Debt.     21  
6C.
  Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances.     21  
6D.
  Merger and Consolidation.     23  
6E.
  Sale of Assets.     24  
6F.
  Sale of Receivables.     25  
6G.
  Subsidiary Restrictions.     25  
6H.
  Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries.     26  
6I.
  Guarantees.     26  
6J.
  Sale and Lease Back.     27  
6K.
  Transactions with Affiliates.     27  
6L.
  Nature of Business.     27  
6M.
  Loans, Advances and Investments.     27  
 
           
7.
  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.     29  
7A.
  Acceleration.     29  
7B.
  Rescission of Acceleration.     32  
7C.
  Notice of Acceleration or Rescission.     32  
7D.
  Other Remedies.     32  
 
           
8.
  REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES.     32  
8A.
  Organization.     32  
8B.
  Financial Statements.     33  
8C.
  Actions Pending.     34  
8D.
  Outstanding Debt.     34  

ii


 

             
8E.
  Title to Properties.     34  
8F.
  Taxes.     34  
8G.
  Conflicting Agreements and Other Matters.     34  
8H.
  Offering of Notes.     35  
8I.
  Use of Proceeds.     35  
8J.
  ERISA.     35  
8K.
  Governmental Consent.     36  
8L.
  Compliance with Laws.     36  
8M.
  Environmental Compliance.     36  
8N.
  Possession of Material Rights and Intellectual Property.     37  
8O.
  Regulatory Status.     37  
8P.
  Disclosure.     37  
 
           
9.
  REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.     37  
 
           
10.
  DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING MATTERS.     40  
 
           
11.
  MISCELLANEOUS.     55  

iii


 

Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
As of June 13, 2003
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”)
The Prudential Insurance Company of America
U.S. Private Placement Fund
Baystate Investments, LLC
United of Omaha Life Insurance Company
(collectively, the “ Series A Purchasers ”)
Each Prudential Affiliate (as hereinafter
defined) which becomes bound by certain
provisions of this Agreement as hereinafter
provided (together with the Series A
Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”)
c/o Prudential Capital Group
1114 Avenue of the Americas, 30 th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          The undersigned, Insurance Services Office, Inc. (together with its permitted successors and assigns, called the “ Company ”), hereby agrees with you as follows:
          1. AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF NOTES .
          1A. Authorization of Issue of Series A Notes. The Company will authorize the issue of its senior promissory notes (the “ Series A Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature June 13, 2005, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof until the principal thereof shall have become due and payable at the rate of 2.15% per annum and on overdue principal, Yield-Maintenance Amount and interest at the rate specified therein, and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 
A-1
attached hereto. The terms “ Series A Note ” and “ Series A Notes ” as used herein shall include each Series A Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Series A Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Series A Note pursuant to any such provision.

1


 

          1B. Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes. The Company will authorize the issue of its additional senior promissory notes (the “ Shelf Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, to be dated the date of issue thereof, (i) in the case of each Shelf Note so issued bearing a fixed rate of interest (each, a “ Fixed Rate Shelf Note ”), to mature no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof and to have an average life of no more than 10 years after the date of original issuance thereof or (ii) in the case of each Shelf Note so issued bearing a floating rate of interest (each, a “ Floating Rate Shelf Note ”), to mature no more than 5 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to such Shelf Note delivered pursuant to paragraph 2B(6), and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 attached hereto in the case of a Fixed Rate Shelf Note and Exhibit A-3 attached hereto in the case of a Floating Rate Shelf Note. The terms “ Shelf Note ” and “ Shelf Notes ” as used herein shall include each Shelf Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Shelf Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Shelf Note pursuant to any such provision. The terms “ Note ” and “ Notes ” as used herein shall include each Series A Note and each Shelf Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Note pursuant to any such provision. Notes which have (a) the same final maturity, (b) the same principal prepayment dates, (c) the same principal prepayment amounts (as a percentage of the original principal amount of each Note), (d) the same interest rate option (fixed or floating), (e) the same interest rate (in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes) or the same LIBOR Rate Margin and Base Rate Margin (in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes), (f) the same interest payment periods and (g) the same date of issuance (which, in the case of a Note issued in exchange for another Note, shall be deemed for these purposes the date on which such Note’s ultimate predecessor Note was issued), are herein called a “ Series ” of Notes.
          2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.
          2A. Purchase and Sale of Series A Notes. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Series A Purchasers and, subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Series A Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes set forth opposite its name on the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto (herein called the “ Purchaser Schedule ”) at 100% of such aggregate principal amount. On June 13, 2003 (herein called the “ Series A Closing Day ”), the Company will deliver to each Series A Purchaser at the offices of Prudential Capital Group, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 30 th Floor, New York, NY 10036, one or more Series A Notes registered in its name, evidencing the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes to be purchased by each Series A Purchaser and in the denomination or denominations specified with respect to each Series A Purchaser in the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto, against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Company’s account #001862294 at HSBC, New York, NY, ABA Routing Number 021001088.

2


 

          2B. Purchase and Sale of Shelf Notes.
          2B(1). Facility. Prudential is willing to consider, in its sole discretion and within limits which may be authorized for purchase by Prudential Affiliates, from time to time, the purchase of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement. The willingness of Prudential to consider such purchase of Shelf Notes is herein called the “ Facility ”. At any time, the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes stated in paragraph 1B, minus the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement prior to such time, minus the aggregate principal amount of Accepted Notes (as hereinafter defined) which have not yet been purchased and sold hereunder prior to such time and for which the closing has not been cancelled, plus the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, sold, and repaid or prepaid pursuant to this Agreement prior to such time is herein called the “ Available Facility Amount ” at such time. NOTWITHSTANDING THE WILLINGNESS OF PRUDENTIAL TO CONSIDER PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES BY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATES, THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO ON THE EXPRESS UNDERSTANDING THAT NEITHER PRUDENTIAL NOR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO MAKE OR ACCEPT OFFERS TO PURCHASE SHELF NOTES, OR TO QUOTE RATES, SPREADS OR OTHER TERMS WITH RESPECT TO SPECIFIC PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES, AND THE FACILITY SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY PRUDENTIAL OR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE .
          2B(2). Issuance Period. Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement until the earlier of:
     (i) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if such anniversary is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such anniversary),
     (ii) the thirtieth day after Prudential shall have given to the Company, or the Company shall have given to Prudential, written notice stating that it elects to terminate the issuance and sale of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement (or if such thirtieth day is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such thirtieth day),
     (iii) the last Closing Day after which there is no Available Facility Amount,
     (iv) the termination of the Facility under paragraph 7A of this Agreement, and
     (v) the acceleration of any Note under paragraph 7A of this Agreement.
The period during which Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement is herein called the “ Issuance Period ”.
          2B(3). Periodic Spread Information. Not later than 9:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on a Business Day during the Issuance Period if there is an Available Facility

3


 

Amount on such Business Day, the Company may request by telecopier or telephone, and Prudential will, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide to the Company on such Business Day (or, if such request is received after 9:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on such Business Day, on the following Business Day), information (by telecopier or telephone) with respect to various spreads at which Prudential Affiliates might be interested in purchasing Shelf Notes of different average lives; provided , however , that the Company may not make such requests more frequently than once in every five Business Days or such other period as shall be mutually agreed to by the Company and Prudential. The amount and content of information so provided shall be in the sole discretion of Prudential but it is the intent of Prudential to provide information which will be of use to the Company in determining whether to initiate procedures for use of the Facility. Information so provided shall not constitute an offer to purchase Shelf Notes, and neither Prudential nor any Prudential Affiliate shall be obligated to purchase Shelf Notes at the spreads specified. Information so provided shall be representative of potential interest only for the period commencing on the day such information is provided and ending on the earlier of the fifth Business Day after such day and the first day after such day on which further spread information is provided. Prudential may suspend or terminate providing information pursuant to this paragraph 2B(3) for any reason, including its determination that the credit quality of the Company has declined since the date of this Agreement.
          2B(4). Request for Purchase. The Company may from time to time during the Issuance Period make requests for purchases of Shelf Notes (each such request being herein called a “ Request for Purchase ”). Each Request for Purchase shall be made to Prudential by telecopier or overnight delivery service, and shall:
     (i) specify the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes covered thereby, which shall not be less than $5,000,000 and not be greater than the Available Facility Amount at the time such Request for Purchase is made,
     (ii) specify the principal amounts, final maturities (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, shall be no more than 12 year from the date of issuance and, in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, shall be no more than 5 years from the date of issuance), average life (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, shall be no more than 10 years from the date of issuance), principal prepayment dates (if any) and amounts of the Shelf Notes covered thereby,
     (iii) specify whether the rate quotes are to contain fixed rates of interest or floating rates of interest and the interest payment periods (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, shall be quarterly or semi-annually in arrears) of the Shelf Notes covered thereby,
     (iv) specify the use or uses of proceeds of such Shelf Notes,

4


 

     (v) specify the proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Shelf Notes, which shall be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days after the making of such Request for Purchase,
     (vi) specify the number of the account and the name and address of the depository institution to which the purchase prices of such Shelf Notes are to be transferred on the Closing Day for such purchase and sale,
     (vii) certify that the representations and warranties contained in paragraph 8 are true on and as of the date of such Request for Purchase and that there exists on the date of such Request for Purchase no Event of Default or Default, and
     (viii) be substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.
Each Request for Purchase shall be in writing and shall be deemed made when received by Prudential. Unless otherwise agreed by Prudential, the Company shall not submit a Request for Purchase for Floating Rate Shelf Notes if the aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Shelf Notes that have been issued hereunder plus the aggregate principal amount of any Accepted Notes that would constitute Floating Rate Shelf Notes exceeds $65,000,000.
          2B(5). Rate Quotes. Not later than five Business Days after the Company shall have given Prudential a Request for Purchase pursuant to paragraph 2B(4), Prudential may, but shall be under no obligation to, provide to the Company by telephone or telecopier, in each case between 9:30 A.M. and 1:30 P.M. New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential may elect) interest rate quotes for the several principal amounts, maturities, principal prepayment schedules, interest rate options (fixed or floating) and interest payment periods (in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes) of Shelf Notes specified in such Request for Purchase. Each quote shall represent the interest rate per annum (or, in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, shall represent the applicable LIBOR Rate Margin and Base Rate Margin) payable on the outstanding principal balance of such Shelf Notes at which a Prudential Affiliate would be willing to purchase such Shelf Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
     2B(6). Acceptance. Within 30 minutes after Prudential shall have provided any interest rate quotes pursuant to paragraph 2B(5) or such shorter period as Prudential may specify to the Company (such period herein called the “ Acceptance Window ”), the Company may, subject to paragraph 2B(7), elect to accept such interest rate quotes as to not less than $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes specified in the related Request for Purchase. Such election shall be made by an Authorized Officer of the Company notifying Prudential by telephone or telecopier within the Acceptance Window that the Company elects to accept such interest rate quotes, specifying the Shelf Notes (each such Shelf Note being herein called an “ Accepted Note ”) as to which such acceptance (herein called an “ Acceptance ”) relates. The day the Company notifies an Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes is herein called the “ Acceptance Day ” for such Accepted Notes. Any interest rate quotes as to which Prudential does not receive an Acceptance within the Acceptance Window shall expire, and no purchase or

5


 

sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on such expired interest rate quotes. Subject to paragraph 2B(7) and the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to sell to a Prudential Affiliate, and Prudential agrees to cause the purchase by a Prudential Affiliate of, the Accepted Notes at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes. As soon as practicable following the Acceptance Day, the Company and each Prudential Affiliate which is to purchase any such Accepted Notes will execute a confirmation of such Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (herein called a “ Confirmation of Acceptance ”). If the Company should fail to execute and return to Prudential within three Business Days following receipt thereof a Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes executed by the Purchasers of such Accepted Notes, Prudential or any Prudential Affiliate may at its election at any time prior to its receipt thereof cancel the closing with respect to such Accepted Notes by so notifying the Company in writing.
          2B(7). Market Disruption. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2B(6), if Prudential shall have provided interest rate quotes pursuant to paragraph 2B(5) and thereafter prior to the time an Acceptance with respect to such quotes shall have been notified to Prudential in accordance with paragraph 2B(6) the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or, in the case of quotes with respect to Floating Rate Shelf Notes, a general suspension, material limitation or significant disruption in the London interbank market, then such interest rate quotes shall expire, and no purchase or sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on such expired interest rate quotes. If the Company thereafter notifies Prudential of the Acceptance of any such interest rate quotes, such Acceptance shall be ineffective for all purposes of this Agreement, and Prudential shall promptly notify the Company that the provisions of this paragraph 2B(7) are applicable with respect to such Acceptance.
     2B(8). Facility Closings. Not later than 11:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on the Closing Day for any Accepted Notes, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser listed in the Confirmation of Acceptance relating thereto at the offices of the Prudential Capital Group, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 30 th Floor, New York, NY 10036, the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of one or more Notes in authorized denominations as such Purchaser may request for each Series of Accepted Notes to be purchased on the Closing Day not later than one Business Day prior to such Closing Date, dated the Closing Day and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Company’s account specified in the Request for Purchase of such Notes. If the Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the scheduled Closing Day for such Accepted Notes as provided above in this paragraph 2B(8), or any of the conditions specified in paragraph 3 shall not have been fulfilled by the time required on such scheduled Closing Day, the Company shall, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day notify Prudential (which notification shall be deemed received by each Purchaser) in writing whether (i) such closing is to be rescheduled (such rescheduled date to be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than one Business Day and not more than 10

6


 

Business Days after such scheduled Closing Day (the “ Rescheduled Closing Day ”)) and certify to Prudential (which certification shall be for the benefit of each Purchaser) that the Company reasonably believes that it will be able to comply with the conditions set forth in paragraph 3 on such Rescheduled Closing Day and that the Company will pay the Delayed Delivery Fee in accordance with paragraph 2B(9)(iii) or (ii) such closing is to be canceled. In the event that the Company shall fail to give such notice referred to in the preceding sentence, Prudential (on behalf of each Purchaser) may at its election, at any time after 2:00 P.M., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day, notify the Company in writing that such closing is to be canceled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in this Agreement, the Company may elect to reschedule a closing with respect to any given Accepted Notes on not more than one occasion, unless Prudential shall have otherwise consented in writing.
          2B(9). Fees.
          2B(9)(i). Facility Fee. In consideration for the time, effort and expense involved in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, at the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Prudential, the Company will pay to Prudential in immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “ Facility Fee ”) in the amount of $100,000.
          2B(9)(ii). Issuance Fee. The Company will pay to each Purchaser in immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Issuance Fee” ) on each Closing Day (other than the Series A Closing Day or any Closing Day occurring on or before September 13, 2003) in an amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to such Purchaser on such Closing Day.
          2B(9)(iii). Delayed Delivery Fee. If the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note is delayed for any reason beyond the original Closing Day for such Fixed Rate Accepted Note, the Company will pay to the Purchaser of such Accepted Note on the Cancellation Date or actual closing date of such purchase and sale a fee (herein called the “ Delayed Delivery Fee ”) calculated as follows:
(BEY — MMY) X DTS/360 X PA
where “ BEY ” means Bond Equivalent Yield, i.e. , the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note; “ MMY ” means Money Market Yield, i.e. , the yield per annum on a commercial paper investment of the highest quality selected by Prudential on the date Prudential receives notice of the delay in the closing for such Accepted Note having a maturity date or dates the same as, or closest to, the Rescheduled Closing Day or Rescheduled Closing Days (a new alternative investment being selected by Prudential each time such closing is delayed and, upon the request of the Company, such investment being identified to the Company); “ DTS ” means Days to Settlement, i.e. , the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day with respect to such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of such payment; and “ PA ” means Principal Amount, i.e. , the principal amount of the Accepted Note for which such

7


 

calculation is being made. In no case shall the Delayed Delivery Fee be less than zero. Nothing contained herein shall obligate any Purchaser to purchase any Accepted Note on any day other than the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, as the same may be rescheduled from time to time in compliance with paragraph 2B(8).
          2B(9)(iv). Cancellation Fee. If the Company at any time notifies Prudential in writing that the Company is canceling the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note, or if Prudential notifies the Company in writing under the circumstances set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 2B(6) or the penultimate sentence of paragraph 2B(8) that the closing of the purchase and sale of such Fixed Rate Accepted Note is to be canceled, or if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Fixed Rate Accepted Note is not consummated on or prior to the last day of the Issuance Period (the date of any such notification, or the last day of the Issuance Period, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Cancellation Date ”), the Company will pay the Purchasers in immediately available funds an amount (the “ Cancellation Fee ”) calculated as follows:
PI X PA
where “ PI ” means Price Increase, i.e. , the quotient (expressed in decimals) obtained by dividing (a) the excess of the ask price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Cancellation Date over the bid price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Notes(s) on the Acceptance Day for such Accepted Note by (b) such bid price; and “ PA ” has the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph 2B(9)(iii). The foregoing bid and ask prices shall be as reported by TradeWeb LLC (or, if such data for any reason ceases to be available through TradeWeb LLC, any publicly available source of similar market data). Each price shall be rounded to the second decimal place. In no case shall the Cancellation Fee be less than zero.
          2C. Certain Floating Rate Shelf Note Provisions.
          2C(1). Floating Rate Interest.
          (i) Each Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes shall evidence, at the time of issuance thereof, either a LIBOR Loan or a Base Rate Loan, as provided in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance (which Confirmation of Acceptance shall also specify, in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the initial Interest Period). Thereafter, in an irrevocable written notice from the Company by telecopier, U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service received by each holder of a Note of such Series no later than 12:00 noon New York City time on the third Business Day prior to (A) the last day of each Interest Period with respect to any outstanding LIBOR Loan or (B) the day (which shall be a Business Day) as of which the Company elects to convert a Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan (except with respect to any LIBOR Loan or Base Rate Loan which is to be prepaid on such last day pursuant to paragraph 4C), the Company shall elect (a) in the case of an outstanding LIBOR Loan, whether such outstanding LIBOR Loan is to be continued as a LIBOR Loan or converted into a Base Rate Loan and if such outstanding LIBOR Loan is to be continued as a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period or (b) in the case of an

8


 

outstanding Base Rate Loan being converted into a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period; provided that (x) at no time may more than one Interest Periods be in effect with respect to each Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes and (y) the Company may not select any Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan under any Series of Notes (1) that would extend beyond the maturity date of such Series of Notes, or (2) if, after giving effect to such selection the principal amount of such LIBOR Loan would exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be outstanding after giving effect to any prepayment. Any such election by the Company with respect to any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes shall apply to all Notes of such Series, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the outstanding principal amounts thereof.
          (ii) If the Company fails to properly give any notice with respect to any outstanding LIBOR Loan pursuant to paragraph 2C(1)(i) in a timely manner, the Company shall be deemed to have elected to continue such LIBOR Loan as a LIBOR Loan with an Interest Period of equivalent duration to the immediately preceding Interest Period. Promptly after the beginning of each Interest Period, at the written request of the Company, the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the applicable Series of Notes, shall notify the Company of the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period. Each determination of the applicable interest rate on any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for any Interest Period by such holder of the Notes of the applicable Series in accordance with this paragraph 2C(1)(ii) shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all holders of such Notes absent manifest error.
          (iii) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 2C(1), if an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the end of the Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Loan, then the Company shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan, and thereafter the Company shall not have the right to convert such Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan until there shall exist no Event of Default.
          (iv) Interest on Floating Rate Shelf Notes shall (a) be payable (w) in the case of LIBOR Loans, in arrears on the last date of each applicable Interest Period ( provided that, in the case of any Interest Period in excess of three (3) months, interest shall also be payable in arrears on the date which occurs three (3) months after the first day of such Interest Period), (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and each date a Base Rate Loan is converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan, (y) in the case of any Floating Rate Loan, on the date of any prepayment of the Notes of such Series (on the amount prepaid), (z) in the case of any Floating Rate Loan, at maturity of the Notes of such Series (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and after such maturity, on demand, and (b) be computed on the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (in the case of LIBOR Loans) and a year of 365/366 days (in the case of Base Rate Loans).
          2C(2). Breakage Cost Indemnity.
          (i) The Company agrees to indemnify each holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes for, and to pay promptly to such holder upon written request, any amounts required to compensate such holder for any losses (excluding loss of anticipated profit), costs or expenses

9


 

sustained or incurred by such holder by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such holder to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans in respect of such Floating Rate Shelf Notes as a consequence of (a) any event (including any prepayment of Floating Rate Shelf Notes as contemplated by paragraphs 4B or 4C or any acceleration of Floating Rate Shelf Notes in accordance with paragraph 7A) which results in (x) such holder receiving any amount on account of the principal of any LIBOR Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (y) the conversion of a LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan other than on the first day of the Interest Period in effect therefore, or (z) the closing of the purchase and sale of any Floating Rate Shelf Note in respect of a LIBOR Loan beyond the original Closing Day specified in the applicable Request for Purchase, or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment of principal required to be made in respect of a LIBOR Loan (such amount being the “ Breakage Cost Obligation ”).
          (ii) A certificate of any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes setting forth any amount or amounts which such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to this paragraph 2C(2) shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company agrees to pay such holder the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after its receipt of the same.
          (iii) The provisions of this paragraph 2C(2) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Notes, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of any Note.
          2C(3). Reserve Requirement; Change in Circumstances
          (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if after the date of this Agreement any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any holder of a Floating Rate Shelf Note of the principal of or interest on any Floating Rate Shelf Note or any fees, expenses or indemnities payable hereunder (other than changes in respect of taxes imposed on the overall net income of such holder by the United States or the jurisdiction in which such holder has its principal office or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes in respect of LIBOR Loans or shall impose on such holder or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Loans made by such holder and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such holder of making or maintaining any LIBOR Loan or to reduce the amount of any payment received or receivable by such holder hereunder or under any of the Floating Rate Shelf Notes in respect of LIBOR Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such holder to be material, then the Company agrees to pay

10


 

to such holder in accordance with clause (iii) below such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such holder for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided , however , that before making any such demand, each holder agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different lending office if the making of such designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such holder, subject such holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to such holder; and provided , further , that any holder that is organized outside the United State of America and that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Company is located or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, shall deliver to the Company, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and reasonably requested by the Company, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
          (ii) If any holder of a Floating Rate Shelf Note shall have determined that the adoption after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any amendment or modification after the date hereof to or of any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline (whether such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline had been originally adopted before or after the date hereof) or any change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration of any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such holder with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental authority or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such holder’s capital as a consequence of the LIBOR Loans made pursuant hereto to a level below that which such holder could have achieved but for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such holder’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such holder to be material, then from time to time the Company agrees to pay to such holder such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such holder for any such reduction suffered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder shall take all reasonable actions to avoid the imposition of, or reduce the amounts of, such increased costs, provided that such actions, in the reasonable judgment of such holder, would not subject such holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to such holder.
          (iii) A certificate of any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such holder as specified in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company agrees to pay such holder the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after its receipt of the same.
          (iv) Except as provided in paragraph 2C(9), failure or delay on the part of any holder of Notes to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts

11


 

received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such holder’s right to demand such compensation with respect to such period or any other period.
          (v) Subject to paragraph 2C(9), the provisions of this paragraph 2C(3) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the occurrence of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Notes, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of Notes.
          2C(4). Illegality.
          (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if, after the date hereof, any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes to make or maintain any LIBOR Loan, then (a) such holder shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such circumstances (which notice shall be withdrawn when such holder determines that such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the obligation of such holder to make LIBOR Loans, to continue LIBOR Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such holder to make or maintain LIBOR Loans, such holder shall then be obligated only to make or maintain Base Rate Loans and (c) such holder may require that all LIBOR Loans made by it be converted to Base Rate Loans, in which event all such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in clause (ii) below; provided , however , that each holder agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different lending office if the making of such designation would allow such holder to make or maintain LIBOR Loans and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such holder, subject such holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to such holder.
          (ii) For purposes of this paragraph 2C(4), a notice to the Company by any holder of Notes shall be effective as to each LIBOR Loan made by such holder, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such LIBOR Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Company. If any such conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, the Company agrees to pay such holder such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to paragraph 2C(2).
          2C(5). Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the applicable Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period in accordance with the definition of “LIBOR Rate”, such holder shall give

12


 

telefacsimile or telephonic notice thereof to the Company as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given, (i) any LIBOR Loans of such Series or Base Rate Loans of such Series that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as LIBOR Loans of such Series shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans of such Series and (ii) unless such notice is withdrawn, any other outstanding LIBOR Loans of such Series shall be converted, at the end of the then applicable Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by such holder no further LIBOR Loans shall be made or continued as such and the Company shall no longer have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans.
          2C(6). Default Rate. If any principal of or interest on any LIBOR Loan or Base Rate Loan, any Breakage Cost Obligation payment or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Floating Rate Shelf Note is not paid when due, to the extent permitted by applicable law interest thereon at the Default Rate shall be payable from and including the due date until paid. Such interest on any such amount shall be payable on the date such amount is paid or, at the option of the Person to whom such amount is payable, from time to time upon demand by such Person.
          2C(7). Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges which are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), as provided for herein or in any other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any holder of a Floating Rate Shelf Note, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by such holder in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable on such Floating Rate Shelf Note, together with all Charges payable to such holder shall be limited to the Maximum Rate.
          2C(8). Assignment of Notes under Certain Circumstances. In the event (i) any holder delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to paragraph 2C(3) or (ii) any holder delivers a notice described in paragraph 2C(4), the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such holder, require such holder to transfer and assign, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and its Floating Rate Shelf Notes to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may be another holder, if a holder accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Company or such assignee shall have paid to the affected holder in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding LIBOR Loans of such holder plus all fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such holder hereunder, and (z) if such assignment occurs on any day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, then the Company or such assignee shall pay any Breakage Cost Obligation to the affected holder.

13


 

          2C(9). Time Bar on Compensation Claims. The Company shall not be required to pay any amount claimed by a holder pursuant to paragraph 2C(3) unless such holder has requested payment of such amount within six months of becoming aware of the event giving rise to such claim.
          3. CONDITIONS OF CLOSING. The obligation of any Purchaser to purchase and pay for any Notes is subject to the satisfaction, as determined by such Purchaser in its sole discretion, on or before the Closing Day for such Notes, of the following conditions:
          3A. Certain Documents. Such Purchaser shall have received the following, each dated the date of the applicable Closing Day:
     (i) The Note(s) to be purchased by such Purchaser.
     (ii) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Notes on such Closing Day, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.
     (iii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and one other officer of the Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.
     (iv) Certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company.
     (v) Favorable opinions of Joseph P. Giasi, Jr. Esq., General Counsel of the Company and of Chadbourne & Parke, special counsel to the Company (or such other counsel designated by the Company and acceptable to the Purchaser(s)) satisfactory to such Purchaser and substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2 , respectively (in the case of the Series A Notes), or Exhibit D-3 and Exhibit D-4 , respectively (in the case of any Shelf Notes), attached hereto and as to such other matters as such Purchaser may reasonably request. The Company hereby directs each such counsel to deliver such opinion, agrees that the issuance and sale of any Notes will constitute a reconfirmation of such direction, and understands and agrees that each Purchaser receiving such an opinion will and is hereby authorized to rely on such opinion.
     (vi) A good standing certificate for the Company from the Secretary of State of Delaware dated of a recent date and such other evidence of the status of the Company as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

14


 

     (vii) Certified copies of Requests for Information or copies (Form UCC-11) or equivalent reports listing all effective financing statements which name the Company or any Subsidiary incorporated or formed in the United States (under its present name and previous names) as debtor and which are filed in the offices of the Secretaries of State of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, together with copies of such financing statements.
     (viii) A Private Placement number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in connection with the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) shall have been obtained (by Prudential, using reasonable efforts, on behalf of the Company) for the Notes to be purchased.
     (ix) Additional documents or certificates with respect to legal matters or corporate or other proceedings related to the transactions contemplated hereby as may be reasonably requested by such Purchaser.
          3B. Representations and Warranties; No Default. The representations and warranties contained in paragraph 8 shall be true on and as of such Closing Day, except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions herein contemplated; there shall exist on such Closing Day no Event of Default or Default and, after giving effect to the issuance of Notes on such Closing Day, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and the Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated such Closing Day, to both such effects.
          3C. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Laws. The purchase of and payment for the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the terms and conditions herein provided (including the use of the proceeds of such Notes by the Company) shall not violate any applicable law or governmental regulation (including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Securities Act or Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and shall not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty, liability or other onerous condition under or pursuant to any applicable law or governmental regulation, and such Purchaser shall have received such certificates or other evidence as it may request to establish compliance with this condition.
          3D. Payment of Fees. The Company shall have paid to Prudential or any Purchaser, as applicable, any fees due it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including any Facility Fee due pursuant to paragraph 2B(9)(i), any Issuance Fee due pursuant to paragraph 2B(9)(ii) and any Delayed Delivery Fee due pursuant to paragraph 2B(9)(iii).
     3E. Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Notes and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of

15


 

such documents as it may have requested no later than the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable Closing Day.
     4.  PREPAYMENTS. The Series A Notes and any Shelf Notes shall be subject to required prepayment as and to the extent provided in paragraphs 4A and 4B, respectively. Any prepayment made by the Company pursuant to any other provision of this paragraph 4 shall not reduce or otherwise affect its obligation to make any required prepayment as specified in paragraph 4A or 4B.
     4A. No Required Prepayments of Series A Notes. The Series A Notes shall not be subject to required prepayment.
     4B. Required Prepayments of Shelf Notes. Each Series of Shelf Notes shall be subject to required prepayments, if any, set forth in the Notes of such Series.
     4C. Optional Prepayment of Shelf Notes.
     (i) Each Series A Note and each Series of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes shall be subject to prepayment, in whole at any time or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of the Notes of such Series, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid plus interest thereon to the prepayment date and the Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, with respect to each such Note. Any partial prepayment of a Series of the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 4C(i) shall be applied in satisfaction of required payments of principal in inverse order of their scheduled due dates.
     (ii) Each Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes shall be subject to prepayment, in whole at any time or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of the Notes of such Series, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid plus interest thereon to the prepayment date; provided , however , that if any Notes are prepaid pursuant to this paragraph 4C(ii) on any day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, then such prepayment will be subject to paragraph 2C(2) and concurrently with such prepayment the Company shall pay any Breakage Cost Obligation payable thereunder.
     4D. Notice of Optional Prepayment. The Company shall give the holder of each Note of a Series to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4C irrevocable written notice of such prepayment not less than 10 Business Days prior to the prepayment date, specifying such prepayment date, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of the Notes of such Series held by such holder to be prepaid on that date and that such prepayment is to be made pursuant to paragraph 4C. Notice of prepayment having been given as aforesaid, the principal amount of the Notes specified in such notice, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date and together with the Yield-

16


 

Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation (as applicable), if any, herein provided, shall become due and payable on such prepayment date. The Company shall, on or before the day on which it gives written notice of any prepayment pursuant to paragraph 4C, give telephonic notice of the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid and the prepayment date to each Significant Holder which shall have designated a recipient for such notices in the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto or the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance or by notice in writing to the Company.
          4E. Application of Prepayments. In the case of each prepayment of less than the entire unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Notes of any Series pursuant to paragraphs 4A, 4B or 4C, the amount to be prepaid shall be applied pro rata to all outstanding Notes of such Series (including, for purposes of this paragraph 4E only, all Notes prepaid or otherwise retired or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates other than by prepayment pursuant to paragraph 4A, 4B or 4C) according to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof.
          5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. During the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any Note is outstanding and unpaid, the Company covenants as follows:
          5A. Financial Statements; Notice of Defaults. The Company covenants that it will deliver to each holder of any Notes in triplicate:
     (i) as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly period (other than the last quarterly period) in each fiscal year, consolidating and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such quarterly period, and a consolidating and consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period, setting forth in each case in comparative form figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by an authorized financial officer of the Company, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments;
     (ii) as soon as practicable and in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year, consolidating and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, and a consolidating and consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form corresponding consolidated figures from the preceding annual audit, all in reasonable detail and reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company whose report shall be without limitation as to scope of the audit;
     (iii) promptly upon transmission thereof, copies of all such financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports as it shall send to its public stockholders and copies of all registration statements (without exhibits) and all reports

17


 

which it files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions of the Securities and Exchange Commission);
     (iv) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each other report submitted to the Company or any Subsidiary by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company or any Subsidiary; and
     (v) with reasonable promptness, such other information respecting the conditions or operations (financial or otherwise) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as such holder may reasonably request.
Together with each delivery of financial statements required by clauses (i) and (ii) above, the Company will deliver to each holder of any Notes an Officer’s Certificate demonstrating (with computations in reasonable detail) compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries with the provisions of paragraphs 6A, 6B, 6C, 6E, 6H and 6M and stating that to the knowledge of such officer there exists no Event of Default or Default, or, if any Event of Default or Default exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. Together with each delivery of financial statements required by clause (ii) above, the Company will deliver to each holder of any Notes a certificate of such accountants stating that, in making the audit necessary for their report on such financial statements, they have obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, or, if they have obtained knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof. Such accountants, however, shall not be liable to anyone by reason of their failure to obtain knowledge of any Event of Default or Default which would not be disclosed in the course of an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
          The Company also covenants that immediately after any Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of an Event of Default or Default, it will deliver to each holder of any Notes an Officer’s Certificate specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
          5B. Information Required by Rule 144A. The Company covenants that, if another exemption from the registration requirement of the Securities Act is not then available, it will, upon the request of the holder of any Note, provide such holder, and any qualified institutional buyer designated by such holder, such financial and other information as such holder may reasonably determine to be necessary in order to permit compliance with the information requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in connection with the resale of Notes, except at such times as the Company is subject to and in compliance with the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. For the purpose of this paragraph 5B, the term “ qualified institutional buyer ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

18


 

          5C. Inspection of Property. The Company covenants that it will permit any Person designated by any Significant Holder in writing, at such Significant Holder’s expense if no Default or Event of Default exists and at the Company’s expense if a Default or Event of Default does exist, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to examine the corporate books and financial records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of any of such corporations with the principal officers of the Company and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as such Significant Holder may reasonably request.
          5D. Intentionally Omitted.
          5E. Maintenance of Corporate Existence. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, material rights, licenses, permits and franchises; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the abandonment or termination of the existence of any Subsidiary, or the rights, licenses, permits or franchises of any Subsidiary or the Company if such abandonment or termination would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5F. Maintenance of Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with insurers believed by the Company to be financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5G. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain and preserve all property used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals and replacements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5H. Compliance with Laws. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, environmental laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

19


 

          5I. Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company covenants that it will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, deliver promptly to you any notice of (i) any material enforcement, cleanup, removal or other material governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or, to the Company’s best knowledge, threatened pursuant to any Environmental and Safety Laws; (ii) all material Environmental Costs and Liabilities against or in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (iii) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s becoming aware of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining the property of the Company or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to cause such property or any material part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on its ownership, occupancy, transferability or use under any Environmental and Safety Laws.
          5J. Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge promptly all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, prior to the time penalties would attach thereto, as well as lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be subject to a Good Faith Contest or the failure of which to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5K. ERISA. The Company covenants that it and any such Subsidiary will deliver to you promptly and in any event within 10 days after it knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any event of the type specified in clause (xiii) of paragraph 7A notice of such event and the likely impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries.
          5L. Pari Passu Status. The Company covenants that any and all Indebtedness owing under the Notes and under this Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Company.
          5M. Most Favored Lender Status. The Company covenants that if it (or any Subsidiary) creates, incurs or assumes Indebtedness, or agrees to the modification of Indebtedness (or the indenture or other agreement underlying such Indebtedness) with representations, warranties, covenants and/or event of default provisions other than as set forth in, or more favorable to such lender or creditor than those already set forth in, paragraphs 5, 6, 7A or 8 hereof, then said paragraphs 5, 6, 7A or 8, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be automatically amended to include such other provision or more favorable provision, such amendment to be effective as of the date of such incurrence, creation, assumption or modification. Within three (3) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall deliver a written conforming amendment to this Agreement. Prior to the execution and delivery of such documents by the Company, this Agreement shall be deemed to contain each such more favorable (or, as the case may be, such additional) representation, warranty, covenant and/or event of default provision for purposes of determining the rights and obligations hereunder.

20


 

          6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. During the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any Note or other amount due hereunder is outstanding and unpaid, the Company covenants as follows:
          6A. Financial Covenants. The Company will not permit:
          6A(1). Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At any time the ratio of Consolidated Net Earnings Available for Fixed Charges to Consolidated Fixed Charges to be less than 2.75 to 1.00.
          6A(2). Consolidated Leverage Ratio. At any time the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.
          6B. Priority Debt. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Priority Debt if the aggregate amount of all Priority Debt at any time is in excess of an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Assets.
          6C. Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or on any income, participation, royalty or profits therefrom (whether or not provision is made for the equal and ratable securing of the Notes), except for:
     (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental levies or charges not yet due or which are subject to a Good Faith Contest;
     (ii) Liens in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6C hereto and any extensions renewals or replacements thereof, provided that (a) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien immediately prior to such extension, renewal or refunding is not increased or the maturity thereof changed and (b) such Lien is not extended to any other property in violation of this Agreement;
     (iii) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances of credit and which in the aggregate do not materially detract from the use or value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
     (iv) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
     (v) any attachment or judgment Lien, unless the judgment it secures shall not, within 30 days after the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed

21


 

pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged within 30 days after the expiration of any such stay, provided the aggregate amount of such attachment or judgment Liens shall not secure obligations in excess of $10,000,000 at any time;
     (vi) Liens existing (A) on any property or asset of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of or is merged with or into the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (B) at the time of the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of any property or asset, provided that (1) such Liens shall not have been created, incurred or assumed in contemplation of such purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition or other event, (2) such Liens shall be confined solely to the property or asset so acquired, and (3) all of such properties and assets shall not secure more than $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness;
     (vii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, contractors, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or that are subject to a Good Faith Contest;
     (viii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred, or deposits made, in the ordinary course of business, (A) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age benefit and other types of social security, (B) to secure (or to obtain letters of credit that secure) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, performance bonds, purchase, construction, government or sales contracts and other similar obligations or (C) otherwise to satisfy statutory or legal obligations; provided , that in each such case such Liens (1) were not incurred or made in connection with the incurrence or maintenance of Indebtedness, the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit, and (2) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or assets so encumbered or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
     (ix) minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to use of real property, that are necessary for the conduct of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries or that customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar businesses and are similarly situated and that do not in any event materially impair their use in the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (x) Liens arising as a result of the filing of any financing statement under any applicable state uniform commercial code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction covering consigned or leased goods which do not constitute assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries and which is not intended as security;

22


 

     (xi) Liens provided for in equipment leases (including financing statements and undertakings to file the same), provided that such Liens are limited to the equipment subject to such leases, accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof;
     (xii) Liens on cash collateral not in excess of $12,000,000 in the aggregate securing outstanding New Israeli Shekel-denominated Indebtedness used soley for hedging purposes;
     (xiii) Liens in or upon and any right of offset against, moneys, deposit balances, security or other property, or interests therein, held or received by or for or left in the possession of any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) in connection with working capital facilities, lines of credit, term loans or other credit facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business, except to the extent that such Liens secure Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) in excess of $30,000,000 owing to any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) or (B) in excess of $50,000,000 owing to one or more lenders; provided , however , that in no event shall the Company be subject to a minimum or compensating balance or similar arrangement or arrangement requiring it to maintain minimum cash funds or deposits with such lender or lenders; and
     (xiv) Liens in respect of Priority Debt permitted under paragraph 6B.
If, notwithstanding the prohibition contained herein, the Company shall, or shall permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien other than those permitted by the provisions (i) through (xiv) of this paragraph 6C, it will make or cause to be made effective provision whereby the Notes will be secured equally and ratably with any and all other obligations thereby secured, such security to be pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders and, in any such case, the Notes shall have the benefit, to the fullest extent that, and with such priority as, the holders of the Notes may be entitled under applicable law, of an equitable Lien on such property. Such violation of this paragraph 6C shall constitute an Event of Default, whether or not provision is made for an equal and ratable Lien pursuant to this paragraph 6C.
          6D. Merger and Consolidation. The Company will not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation, or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
     (i) the surviving corporation, if the Company is not the survivor, is a U.S. corporation that expressly assumes, by a written agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Holders (which agreement may require, in connection with such assumption, the delivery of such opinions of counsel as the Required Holders may require), the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes, including all covenants herein and therein contained, and such successor or acquiring entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a party hereto, provided , however , that no such sale shall release the

23


 

Company from any of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or the Notes unless such sale is followed by the complete liquidation of the Company and substantially all the assets of the Company immediately following such sale are distributed to the successor or acquiring entity in such liquidation;
     (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to such merger or consolidation; and
     (iii) the Consolidated Net Worth of the surviving corporation is at least as great as the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.
          6E. Sale of Assets. The Company will not Transfer or otherwise commit to Transfer any of its assets (including Subsidiary stock held by the Company), and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary to Transfer any of its assets (including Subsidiary stock held by such Subsidiary) or consolidate or merge into any other Person, except that:
     (i) any Subsidiary may Transfer assets to (or merge or consolidate with) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company;
     (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary may sell inventory in the ordinary course of business;
     (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary may Transfer assets that, in its good faith, reasonable judgment, have no further useful or productive capacity, are fully used or depreciated, are obsolete or are no longer necessary or productive in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;
     (iv) the Company may enter into and consummate transactions permitted by paragraph 6D;
     (v) the Company or any Subsidiary may otherwise Transfer assets or, in the case of any Subsidiary, may consolidate or merge with any Person, provided that after giving effect thereto, (A) the aggregate book value of assets Transferred and of any merged or consolidated Subsidiaries during the twelve-month period most recently ended prior to such Transfer does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to such Transfer or (B) such Transferred assets and such merged or consolidated Subsidiaries did not contribute more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended prior to such Transfer; and
     (vi) the Company or any Subsidiary may Transfer assets other than as set forth in the preceding clauses (i) through (v) if (A) the Net Proceeds therefrom, if any, are either (1) reinvested in outstanding capital stock of the Company, acquisitions otherwise

24


 

permitted hereby, internal product development or Investments of the type described in Schedule 6M(vii) within 90 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds or (2) applied within 90 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds to a make an optional prepayment of Notes having a principal amount equal to the Ratable Portion of the Notes and (B) except in the case of a Transfer of any Investment permitted by paragraph 6M, the Company provides each holder of the Notes with an Officer’s Certificate at least 5 Business Days prior to such Transfer identifying the assets to be sold and the anticipated use of proceeds therefrom and certifying that the Net Proceeds, if any, will be used in compliance with this paragraph 6E. As used in this clause (vi), “ Ratable Portion ” shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, being applied to the payment of the Notes and all other Indebtedness, if any, of the Company or any Subsidiary which may be secured but that is otherwise pari passu with the Notes in right of payment multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and such other Indebtedness.
          6F. Sale of Receivables . The Company covenants it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell with recourse, discount, Transfer, dispose of or incur a Lien on any of its accounts receivable, except accounts receivable the collection of which is doubtful in accordance with GAAP.
          6G. Subsidiary Restrictions. The Company covenants it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into, or be otherwise subject to, any contract, agreement or other binding obligation that directly or indirectly limits the amount of, or otherwise restricts (i) the payment to the Company of dividends or other redemptions or distributions with respect to its capital stock by any Subsidiary, (ii) the repayment to the Company by any Subsidiary of intercompany loans or advances, or (iii) other intercompany transfers to the Company of property or other assets by Subsidiaries other than:
     (A) restrictions in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6G hereto and any extensions, renewals or replacements thereof, provided that such extension, renewal or replacement does not contain restrictions more restrictive than those in effect on the date hereof;
     (B) restrictions pertaining to assets or property subject to a Lien permitted by paragraph 6C existing in agreements relating to such Lien or the Indebtedness secured by such Lien;
     (C) customary non-assignment provisions in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;
     (D) restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law;

25


 

     (E) restrictions in any agreement relating to a Transfer permitted under paragraph 6E insofar as it relates to the property or assets being Transferred;
     (F) any encumbrance or restriction, with respect to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than such Person which is becoming a Subsidiary; and
     (G) any encumbrance or restriction in the case of clause (iii) of this paragraph 6G arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that does not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Subsidiary.
          6H. Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries. The Company covenants that it will not permit any Subsidiary (either directly, or indirectly by the issuance of rights or options for, or securities convertible into, such shares) to issue, sell or dispose of any shares of its stock of any class (other than shares owned by the Company or any other Subsidiary) except (i) for directors’ qualifying shares or other shares issued to comply with local ownership legal requirements (but not in excess of the minimum number of shares necessary to satisfy such requirement), (ii) shares issued pursuant to employee stock option plans approved by the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary acting in good faith and shares issued in connection with the settlement of stock appreciation rights or as part of stock awards pursuant to plans or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary acting in good faith, (iii) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and (iv) shares issued for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each holder of the Notes at least 5 Business Days prior to such issuance identifying the shares to be issued and the anticipated use of proceeds therefrom and certifying that the Net Proceeds, if any, from such issuance will be used in compliance with this paragraph 6H) with the Net Proceeds therefrom being (A) reinvested in outstanding capital stock of the Company, acquisitions otherwise permitted hereby, internal product development or Investments of the type described in Schedule 6M(vii) within 90 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds or (B) applied within 90 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds to a make an optional prepayment of Notes having a principal amount equal to the Ratable Portion (as defined in clause (vi) paragraph 6E) of the Notes.
          6I. Guarantees. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, Guarantee or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for Indebtedness of any other Person, contingently or otherwise, except
     (i) Guarantees issued, if any, in favor of the holders of the Notes;

26


 

     (ii) existing Guarantees further described on Schedule 6I hereto, including any renewals thereof not in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate; or
     (iii) Guarantees by the Company which are not prohibited by paragraph 6A(2).
          6J. Sale and Lease-Back. The Company covenants that it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party providing for the leasing by the Company or any Subsidiary of real or personal property which has been or is to be Transferred by the Company or any Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property or rental obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary unless (i) the assets so Transferred are subject to, and may be Transferred in compliance with, paragraph 6E and (ii) such lease obligations are Capitalized Lease Obligations and, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to such transaction, including without limitation any default with respect to paragraph 6A.
          6K. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company covenants that it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, or otherwise deal with, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise any Affiliate except upon terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, other than pursuant to (i) agreements in existence on the date hereof, (ii) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary so long as (A) such loans or advances are used to (1) purchase shares in connection with any of the Company’s stock option or award programs, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, or (2) pay any tax liability incurred at the time of exercise of any stock options issued pursuant to such a program and (B) such shares are pledged to the Company to secure such loans or advances.
          6L. Nature of Business. The Company covenants it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.
          6M. Loans, Advances and Investments. The Company covenants it will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make or permit to remain outstanding, any loan or advance to, or extend loans, advances or credit to (other than loans, advances or credit extended in the normal course of business to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company), or own, purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any Person (other than repurchases of capital stock that is subsequently retired or classified as treasury stock of the Company), or commit to do any of the foregoing, (all of the foregoing collectively being “ Investments ”), except for:

27


 

     (i) Investments in any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
     (ii) Investments in any Subsidiary or a corporation which immediately after the purchase or acquisition of such stock, obligations or other securities will be a Subsidiary;
     (iii) obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government (whether issued by the United States Government or an agency thereof), and obligations guaranteed by the United States Government, in each case which mature within one year from the date acquired;
     (iv) demand and time deposits with, Eurodollar deposits with or certificates of deposit issued by any commercial bank or trust company (A) organized under the laws of the United States or any of its states or having branch offices therein, (B) having equity capital in excess of $500,000,000 and (C) who issues either (x) senior debt securities rated A or better by S&P, A2 or better by Moody’s or (y) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by S&P or P-1 or better by Moody’s, in each case payable in the United States in United States dollars and in each case which mature within one year from the date acquired;
     (v) readily marketable commercial paper rated as A-1 or better by S&P or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s and maturing not more than 270 days from the date acquired;
     (vi) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary so long as (A) such loans or advances are used to (1) purchase shares in connection with any of the Company’s stock option or award programs, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, or (2) pay any tax liability incurred at the time of exercise of any stock options issued pursuant to such a program and (B) such shares are pledged to the Company to secure such loans or advances;
     (vii) Investments of the type described in the “Investment Guidelines” of the Company dated July 1999, revised March 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 6M(vii) ;
     (viii) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits, in each case to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (ix) current assets arising from the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

28


 

     (x) Investments received in settlement of litigation, bankruptcy proceedings or in the good faith settlement of debt;
     (xi) Investments in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6M(xi) ;
     (xii) purchase or redemption of any Note pursuant to paragraph 4B or 4C of this Agreement and purchase or redemption of the Ratable Portion of any other Company Indebtedness in accordance with paragraph 6E or 6H of this Agreement;
     (xiii) Investments made by the Company’s Top Hat Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan; and
     (xiv) Investments other than those set forth in the preceding clauses (i) through (xiii); provided that, at the time of making any such Investment, the aggregate amount of such Investments, valued at the greater of the original cost or Fair Market Value thereof, shall not exceed 5% of Consolidated Assets.
          7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
          7A. Acceleration. If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing for any reason whatsoever (and whether such occurrence shall be voluntary or involuntary or come about or be effected by operation of law or otherwise):
     (i) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal of, or Yield- Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, any Note when the same shall become due and payable, either by the terms thereof or otherwise as herein provided; or
     (ii) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note or any fee payable under this Agreement for more than 5 days after the date due; or
     (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary defaults (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) in any payment of principal of or interest on any other obligation for indebtedness beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or the Company or any Subsidiary fails to perform or observe any other agreement, term or condition contained in any agreement under which any such obligation is created (or if any other event thereunder or under any such agreement shall occur and be continuing) and the effect of such failure or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such obligation (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, such obligation to become due (or to be repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary) prior to any stated maturity, provided that the aggregate amount of all obligations as to which any payment default shall occur and be continuing or any such failure or other event

29


 

causing or permitting acceleration (or resale to the Company or any Subsidiary) shall occur and be continuing exceeds $10,000,000; or
     (iv) any representation or warranty made by the Company herein or by the Company or any of its officers in any writing furnished in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which made; or
     (v) the Company fails to perform or observe any agreement contained in paragraph 6; or
     (vi) the Company fails to perform or observe any other agreement, term or condition contained herein and such failure shall not be remedied within 30 days after any Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof; or
     (vii) the Company or any Material Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or is generally not paying its debts as such debts become due; or
     (viii) any decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Material Subsidiary is entered under any bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law, whether now or hereafter in effect (herein called the “ Bankruptcy Law ”), of any jurisdiction; or
     (ix) the Company or any Material Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for, or consents to, the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of the assets of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any proceedings (other than proceedings for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a Subsidiary) relating to the Company or any Material Subsidiary under the Bankruptcy Law of any other jurisdiction; or
     (x) any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceedings are commenced, against the Company or any Material Subsidiary and the Company or such Material Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein, or an order, judgment or decree is entered appointing any such trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition in any such proceedings, and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than 30 days; or
     (xi) any order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the Company decreeing the dissolution of the Company and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days: or

30


 

     (xii) one or more final judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 is rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary and, within 30 days after entry thereof, any such judgment is not discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or within 30 days after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment is not discharged; or
     (xiii) (A) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code, (B) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA Section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of such proceedings, (C) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” on a projected benefit obligation basis under all Plans, determined using actuarial assumptions set forth in the most recent actuarial report for the Plan shall not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of the Plan by an amount which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (D) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (E) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (F) the Company or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would materially increase the liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (A) through (F) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
then (a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph 7A, any holder of any Note may at its option during the continuance of such Event of Default, by notice in writing to the Company, terminate the Facility and/or declare all of the Notes held by such holder to be, and all of the Notes held by such holder shall thereupon be and become, immediately due and payable together with interest accrued thereon, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company, (b) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (vii), (viii), (ix) or (x) of this paragraph 7A with respect to the Company, the Facility shall automatically terminate and all of the Notes at the time outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable together with interest accrued thereon and together with the Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, or the Breakage Cost Obligation, if any, with respect to each Note, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company, and (c) with respect to any event constituting an Event of Default, the Required Holder(s) of the Notes of any Series may at its or their option during the continuance of such Event of Default, by notice in writing to the Company, terminate the Facility and/or declare all of the Notes of such Series to be, and all of the Notes of such Series shall thereupon be and become, immediately due and payable together

31


 

with interest accrued thereon and together with the Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, or the Breakage Cost Obligation, if any, with respect to each Note of such Series, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company.
          7B. Rescission of Acceleration. At any time after any or all of the Notes of any Series shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7A, the Required Holder(s) of the Notes of such Series may, by notice in writing to the Company, rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if (i) the Company shall have paid all overdue interest on the Notes of such Series, the principal of and Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, and Breakage Cost Obligation, if any, payable with respect to any Notes of such Series which have become due otherwise than by reason of such declaration, and interest on such overdue interest, overdue principal, Yield-Maintenance Amount and Breakage Cost Obligation at the rate specified in the Notes of such Series, (ii) the Company shall not have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (iii) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to paragraph 11C, and (iv) no judgment or decree shall have been entered for the payment of any amounts due pursuant to the Notes of such Series or this Agreement. No such rescission or annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right arising therefrom.
          7C. Notice of Acceleration or Rescission. Whenever any Note shall be declared immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7A or any such declaration shall be rescinded and annulled pursuant to paragraph 7B, the Company shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the holder of each Note of each Series at the time outstanding.
          7D. Other Remedies. If any Event of Default or Default shall occur and be continuing, the holder of any Note may proceed to protect and enforce its rights under this Agreement and such Note by exercising such remedies as are available to such holder in respect thereof under applicable law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both, whether for specific performance of any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement. No remedy conferred in this Agreement upon the holder of any Note is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy conferred herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
          8. REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES. The Company represents, covenants and warrants as follows (all references to “Subsidiary” and “Subsidiaries” in this paragraph 8 shall be deemed omitted if the Company has no Subsidiaries at the time the representations herein are made or repeated):
          8A. Organization. The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and each Subsidiary is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated. Schedule 8A hereto (as such Schedule 8A may have been modified from time to

32


 

time by written supplements thereto delivered by the Company to Prudential) is an accurate and complete list of all Subsidiaries, including the jurisdiction of incorporation and ownership of all such Subsidiaries. The Company and each Subsidiary has the corporate power to own its respective properties and to carry on its respective businesses as now being conducted and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in each other jurisdiction in which the character of its respective properties or the nature of its respective businesses require such qualification or authorization except where the failure to be so qualified or authorized would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 8A as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 8A ).
          8B. Financial Statements. The Company has furnished each Purchaser of the Series A Notes and any Accepted Notes with the following financial statements, identified by a principal financial officer of the Company: (i) consolidating and consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at December 31 in each of the three fiscal years of the Company most recently completed prior to the date as of which this representation is made or repeated to such Purchaser (other than fiscal years completed within 90 days prior to such date for which audited financial statements have not been released) and consolidating and consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each such year, all reported on by the Company’s independent auditors (which auditors are one of the “Big Four” independent public accounting firms) and (ii) consolidating and consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the quarterly period (if any) most recently completed prior to such date and after the end of the most recent fiscal year (other than quarterly periods completed within 60 days prior to such date for which financial statements have not been released) and the comparable quarterly period in the preceding fiscal year and consolidating and consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity for the periods from the beginning of the fiscal years in which such quarterly periods are included to the end of such quarterly periods, prepared by the Company. Such financial statements (including any related schedules and/or notes) are true and correct in all material respects (subject, as to interim statements, to changes resulting from audits and year-end adjustments), have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently followed throughout the periods involved and show all liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be shown in accordance with such principles. The balance sheets fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof, and the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows fairly present in all material respects the financial results of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their cash flows for the periods indicated. There has been no material adverse change in the business, property or assets, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole since the end of the most recent fiscal year for which such audited financial statements have been furnished.

33


 

          8C. Actions Pending. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any properties or rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          8D. Outstanding Debt. Schedule 8D hereto (as such Schedule 8D may have been modified from time to time by written supplements thereto delivered by the Company to Prudential) sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Consolidated Total Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has outstanding any Indebtedness except as permitted by paragraphs 6A and 6B. There exists no default under the provisions of any instrument evidencing such Indebtedness or of any agreement relating thereto.
          8E. Title to Properties. The Company has and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to its respective owned real properties (other than properties which it leases) and good title to all of its other respective owned properties and assets, including the properties and assets reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in paragraph 8B (other than properties and assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business or in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement), subject to no Lien of any kind except Liens permitted by paragraph 6C. All leases necessary for the conduct of the respective businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect, except to the extent the failure to be valid, subsisting and in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          8F. Taxes. The Company has and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all federal, state and other income tax returns which, to the best knowledge of the officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, are required to be filed, and each has paid all taxes as shown on such returns and on all assessments received by it to the extent that such taxes have become due and payable, except such taxes that are subject to a Good Faith Contest or the failure of which to pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          8G. Conflicting Agreements and Other Matters. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction or agreement which materially and adversely affects its business, property or assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement or the Notes, nor the offering, issuance and sale of the Notes, nor fulfillment of nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and of the Notes will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any award of any arbitrator or any agreement (including any agreement with stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, except where it could not reasonably be expected

34


 

to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other contract or agreement (including its charter) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of the Company of the type to be evidenced by the Notes except as set forth in the agreements listed in Schedule 8G attached hereto (as such Schedule 8G may have been modified from time to time by written supplements thereto delivered by the Company to Prudential).
          8H. Offering of Notes. Neither the Company nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act or which would violate the provisions of any securities or Blue Sky law of any applicable jurisdiction.
          8I. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Series A Notes will be used by the Company for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, acquisitions and repurchases of capital stock of the Company. None of the proceeds of the sale of any Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U or X (12 CFR Parts 221 and 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (herein called “ margin stock ”) or for the purpose of maintaining, reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any stock that is then currently a margin stock or for any other purpose which might constitute the purchase of such Notes a “purpose credit” within the meaning of such Regulation U, unless the Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser which is purchasing such Notes, on the Closing Day for such Notes, an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such Purchaser stating that the purchase of such Notes does not constitute a violation of such Regulation U. Neither the Company nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause this Agreement or the Notes to violate Regulation U, Regulation T or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect now or as the same may hereafter be in effect. None of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes has been or will be used to finance a Hostile Tender Offer.
          8J. ERISA. No accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in section 302 of ERISA and section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan). No liability to the PBGC has been or is expected by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) by the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or presently expects to incur any withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The expected post-retirement benefit obligations (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 106, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by Section 4980B of the Code) of the Company

35


 

and its Subsidiaries is not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each Plan (other than Multiemployer Plans) on a projected benefit obligation basis, determined as of the end of such Plans’ most recently ended Plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumption specified for funding purposes in such Plans most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes will be exempt from or will not involve any transaction which is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA and will not involve any transaction in connection with which a penalty could be imposed under section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975 of the Code. The representation by the Company in the immediately preceding sentence is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of the representation of each Purchaser in paragraph 9B as to the source of funds to be used by it to purchase any Notes.
          8K. Governmental Consent. Neither the nature of the Company or of any Subsidiary, nor any of their respective businesses or properties, nor any relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any other Person, nor any circumstance in connection with the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Notes is such as to require the Company to obtain any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or take any action by or provide any notice to or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body (other than routine filings after the Closing Day for any Notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or state Blue Sky authorities) in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offering, issuance, sale or delivery by the Company of the Notes or fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or of the Notes.
          8L. Compliance with Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries and all of their respective properties and facilities have complied at all times and in all respects with all federal, state, local and regional statutes, laws, ordinances and judicial or administrative orders, judgments, rulings and regulations, including those relating to protection of the environment except, in any such case, where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          8M. Environmental Compliance. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8M hereto or to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Subsidiary (i) has complied in all material respects with all applicable material Environmental and Safety Laws and all laws regulating or relating to the Company’s business, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received (A) notice of any material failure so to comply, (B) any letter or request for information under Section 104 of CERCLA or comparable state laws or (C) any information that would lead it to believe that it is the subject of any Federal, state or local investigation concerning Environmental and Safety Laws; (ii) does not manage, generate, transport, discharge or store any Hazardous Materials in material violation of any material Environmental and Safety Laws; (iii) does not own, operate or maintain any underground storage tanks or surface impoundments; and (iv) is not aware of any conditions or

36


 

circumstances associated with their respective currently or previously owned or leased properties or operations (or those of their respective tenants) which may give rise to any Environmental Costs and Liabilities.
          8N. Possession of Material Rights and Intellectual Property. The Company and its Subsidiaries possess all material franchises, certificates, affiliation agreements, licenses, approvals, registrations, development and other permits and authorizations, and easements, rights of way and similar rights from governmental or political subdivisions, regulatory authorities or other Persons (collectively, “ Material Rights ”) and all Intellectual Property, that are necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation of their business, properties and assets, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any Material Rights nor has infringed upon or violated the Intellectual Property or Material Rights of any third party, except to the extent such failure to so possess, such violation or such infringement could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          8O. Regulatory Status. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (i) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” within the meaning of the Public Utility Act of 1935, as amended, or (iii) a “public utility” within the meaning of the Federal Power Act, as amended.
          8P. Disclosure. This Agreement together with the other documents, certificates or statements (other than financial projections) furnished to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company in connection herewith do not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein, taken as a whole, not misleading. The financial projections provided to the Purchasers were prepared by the Company acting in good faith based on reasonable assumptions (it being understood that actual results may vary from projected or forecasted results).
          9. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.
          Each Purchaser represents as follows:
          9A. Nature of Purchase.
     (i) Such Purchaser is not acquiring the Notes purchased by it hereunder with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s property shall at all times be and remain within its control.
     (ii) Such Purchaser is either (A) an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated by the Securities and

37


 

Exchange Commission under the Securities Act or (B) a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, in either case, with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as necessary in order to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes.
     (iii) If such Purchaser should in the future decide to dispose of any of the Notes, such Purchaser understands and agrees that it may do so only in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, as then in effect. It agrees to the imprinting of a legend on certificates representing all of the Notes to the following effect: “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.”
          9B. Source of Funds. At least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
     (i) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“ PTCE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTCE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile (if the Purchaser is a United States citizen); or
     (ii) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
     (iii) the Source is either (a) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTCE 90-1 or (b) a bank collective investment fund, within the

38


 

meaning of the PTCE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (iii) not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the applicable Closing Date, no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
     (iv) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTCE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “ QPAM ” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (a) the identity of such QPAM and (b) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (iv); or
     (v) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTCE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “ in-house asset manager ” or “ INHAM ” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(h) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (a) the identity of such INHAM and (b) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (v); or
     (vi) the Source is a governmental plan; or
     (vii) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (vii) not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the applicable Closing Date; or
     (viii) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

39


 

          As used in this paragraph 9B, the terms “ employee benefit plan ,” “ governmental plan ,” and “ separate account ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.
          10. DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING MATTERS. For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms defined in paragraphs 10A and 10B (or within the text of any other paragraph) shall have the respective meanings specified therein and all accounting matters shall be subject to determination as provided in paragraph 10C.
          10A. Yield-Maintenance Terms.
          “ Called Principal ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4C or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7A, as the context requires.
          “ Designated Spread ” shall mean 0.50% in the case of each Series of Notes unless the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to the Notes of such Series specifies a different Designated Spread in which case it shall mean, with respect to each Note of such Series, the Designated Spread so specified.
           “Discounted Value” shall mean, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (as converted to reflect the periodic basis on which interest on such Note is payable, if payable other than on a semi-annual basis) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
          “ Reinvestment Yield ” shall mean, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the Designated Spread over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City local time) on the Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date on the Treasury Yield Monitor page of MMS — Treasury Market Insight (or, if such yield shall cease to be reported in MMS — Treasury Market Insight or shall cease to be Prudential Capital Group’s customary source of information for calculating yield-maintenance amounts on privately placed notes, then such source as is then Prudential Capital Group’s customary source of such information), or if such yields shall not be reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time shall not be ascertainable, (ii) the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields shall have been so reported as of the Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. Such implied yield shall be determined, if

40


 

necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between yields reported for various maturities. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to that number of decimal places as appears in the coupon of the applicable Note.
          “ Remaining Average Life ” shall mean, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) each Remaining Scheduled Payment of such Called Principal (but not of interest thereon) by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) which will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
          “ Remaining Scheduled Payments ” shall mean, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due on or after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date.
          “ Settlement Date ” shall mean, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4C or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7A, as the context requires.
          “ Yield-Maintenance Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Called Principal of such Note over the sum of (i) such Called Principal plus (ii) interest accrued thereon as of (including interest due on) the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal. The Yield-Maintenance Amount shall in no event be less than zero.
          10B. Other Terms.
          “ Acceptance ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(6).
          “ Acceptance Day ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(6).
          “ Acceptance Window ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(6).
          “ Accepted Note ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(6).
          “ Affiliate ” shall mean any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Company, except a Subsidiary. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

41


 

          “ Authorized Officer ” shall mean (i) in the case of the Company, its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer, its chief accounting officer, any vice president of the Company designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Company in the Information Schedule attached hereto or any vice president of the Company designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Company for the purpose of this Agreement in an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer and delivered to Prudential, and (ii) in the case of Prudential, any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” in the Information Schedule or any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” for the purpose of this Agreement in a certificate executed by one of its Authorized Officers. Any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of the Company by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of the Company and whom Prudential in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of the Company at the time of such action shall be binding on the Company even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer of the Company, and any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of Prudential by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of Prudential and whom the Company in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential at the time of such action shall be binding on Prudential even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential.
          “ Available Facility Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(1).
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” shall have the meaning specified in clause (viii) of paragraph 7A.
          “ Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day and for each Floating Rate Loan that bears interest at the Base Rate, the higher of (i) the per annum floating rate established by The Bank of New York (New York, NY) as its “prime rate” for domestic (United States) commercial loans in effect on such day and (ii) the per annum floating rate equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) in excess of the Federal Funds Rate. The Bank of New York’s prime rate is a rate set by The Bank of New York based upon various factors, including The Bank of New York’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is neither directly tied to an external rate of interest or index nor necessarily the lowest or best rate of interest actually charged at any given time to any customer or particular class of customers for any particular credit extension. Without notice to the Company or any other Person, The Bank of New York’s “prime rate” shall change automatically from time to time, based upon publicly announced changes in such rate, with each such change to become effective as of the beginning of business on the day on which any such change is publicly announced.
          “ Base Rate Loan ” shall mean the amount outstanding from time to time under any Floating Rate Shelf Note that bears interest at the Base Rate.
          “ Base Rate Margin ” shall mean, with respect to Base Rate Loans under any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, the margin, specified in the Notes of such Series with

42


 

respect to Base Rate Loans, which is to be added to the Base Rate applicable from time to time to such Base Rate Loans.
          “ Breakage Cost Obligation ” shall have the meaning given in paragraph 2C(2).
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday, (ii) a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, (iii) for purposes of paragraph 2B(3) hereof only, a day on which Prudential is not open for business and (iv) when used in connection with a LIBOR Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in U.S. Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
          “ Cancellation Date ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(9)(iv).
          “ Cancellation Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(9)(iv).
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation” shall mean any rental obligation which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Company or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as indebtedness (net of interest expenses) in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Charges ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2C(7).
          “ Closing Day ” shall mean, with respect to the Series A Notes, the Series A Closing Day and, with respect to any Accepted Note, the Business Day specified for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note in the Request for Purchase of such Accepted Note, provided that (i) if the Company and the Purchaser which is obligated to purchase such Accepted Note agree on an earlier Business Day for such closing, the “ Closing Day ” for such Accepted Note shall be such earlier Business Day, and (ii) if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is rescheduled pursuant to paragraph 2B(8), the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, for all purposes of this Agreement except references to “original Closing Day” in paragraph 2B(9)(iii), shall mean the Rescheduled Closing Day with respect to such Accepted Note.
          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Confirmation of Acceptance ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(6).
          “ Consolidated Assets ” shall mean, at any time, the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries which would be shown as assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such time prepared in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all amounts properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of Subsidiaries.

43


 

          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, Consolidated Net Earnings plus (to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Earnings), (i) Consolidated Interest Charges, (ii) depreciation and amortization charges, (iii) non-cash charges for the appreciation of ESOP shares and (iv) all provisions for any federal, state or other income taxes made by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period.
          “ Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, the sum of (without duplication) (i) Consolidated Interest Charges, (ii) operating lease and rental expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (iii) dividends and distributions on capital stock paid in cash during such fiscal period by the Company or by any Subsidiary to the extent received by any Person other than the Company or another Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, leased software expense shall not be deemed a Consolidated Fixed Charge for so long as such expense is not treated as operating lease or rental expense pursuant to GAAP
          “ Consolidated Interest Charges ” shall mean, for any period all interest expense, including imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations, and all amortization of debt discount and expense on any Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Net Earnings ” shall mean, for any period, the net earnings (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, but excluding to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income:
          (i) any gains net of any losses up to the amount of any such gains on the sale or other disposition of fixed or capital assets (and any taxes on such excluded gains and any tax deductions or credits on account of any such excluded losses);
          (ii) the proceeds of any life insurance policy;
          (iii) net earnings and losses of any Subsidiary accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary;
          (iv) net earnings and losses of any Person (other than a Subsidiary), substantially all the assets of which have been acquired in any manner by the Company or any Subsidiary, realized by such Person prior to the date of such acquisition;
          (v) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such period;

44


 

          (vi) any gains from the acquisition of securities or the retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness;
          (vii) any income or gain (net of any loss up to the amount of any such income or gain) during such period resulting from any change in accounting principles made in accordance with GAAP, from any discontinued operations or the disposition thereof, from any extraordinary items or from any prior period adjustments resulting from any change in accounting principles made in accordance with GAAP;
          (viii) net earnings and losses of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) with which the Company or a Subsidiary shall have consolidated or which shall have merged into or with the Company or a Subsidiary prior to the date of such consolidation or merger;
          (ix) net earnings of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Subsidiary has an ownership interest unless such net earnings shall have actually been received by the Company or such Subsidiary in the form of cash distributions;
          (x) any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary which for any reason is unavailable for payment of cash dividends to the Company or any other Subsidiary;
          (xi) earnings (net of any losses) resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up (or write-down) of assets; and
          (xii) any deferred or other credit representing any excess of the equity in any Subsidiary at the date of acquisition thereof over the amount invested in such Subsidiary.
          “ Consolidated Net Earnings Available for Fixed Charges” shall mean, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, Consolidated Net Earnings plus (to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Earnings), (i) Consolidated Fixed Charges and (ii) all provisions for any federal, state or other income taxes made by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period.
          “ Consolidated Net Worth ” shall mean, at any time, (in each case eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries, and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP) the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined at such time in accordance with GAAP, minus (or, if applicable, plus ), to the extent included in consolidated stockholders’ equity and without duplication:

45


 

     (i) any net gains attributable to cumulative currency translation adjustments (or plus any net losses attributable to such adjustments),
     (ii) any net unrealized gains attributable to investment securities (or plus any net unrealized losses attributable to such investment securities),
     (iii) treasury stock and capital stock subscribed and unissued, and
     (iv) redemption obligations in respect of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock that is redeemable at the option of the holder.
          “ Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of the date of any determination thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (viii) and (ix) of the definition of Indebtedness or any Guarantee insofar as it relates to such types of Indebtedness) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis plus , without duplication, the redemption amount with respect to the capital stock of the Company required to be redeemed during the next succeeding twelve months at the option of the holder.
          “ Default Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each Series of Floating Rate Loans, a rate that is 2.00% over the rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Series in effect from time to time.
          “ Delayed Delivery Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(9)(iii).
          “ Environmental and Safety Laws ” shall mean all laws relating to pollution, the release or other discharge, handling, disposition or treatment of Hazardous Materials and other substances or the protection of the environment or of employee health and safety, including without limitation, CERCLA, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et. seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et. seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 401 et. seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et. seq.), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et. seq.) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (42 U.S.C. Section 11001 et. seq.), each as the same may be amended and supplemented.
          “ Environmental Costs and Liabilities ” shall mean, as to any Person, all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, remedial actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, contribution, cost recovery, costs and expenses (including all fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting fees, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, permit, order or agreement with any Federal, state or local governmental authority or other Person, arising from environmental, health or safety conditions, or the release or threatened release of a contaminant, pollutant or Hazardous

46


 

Material into the environment, resulting from the operations of such Person or its subsidiaries, or breach of any Environmental and Safety Law or for which such Person or its subsidiaries is otherwise liable or responsible.
          “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations as the Company within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code, or any trade or business which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code.
          “ Event of Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in paragraph 7A, provided that there has been satisfied any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, or the lapse of time, or the happening of any further condition, event or act, and “ Default ” shall mean any of such events, whether or not any such requirement has been satisfied.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “ Facility ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(1).
          “ Facility Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(9)(i).
          “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, at any time and with respect to any property, the sale value that would be realized in an arm’s length sale between an informed and willing buyer and seller, neither being under a compulsion to buy or sell as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day such rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Governmental Securities, or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation”) for such day under caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate for such day is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City local time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the applicable Series of Notes.

47


 

          “ Fixed Rate Accepted Note ” shall mean each Accepted Note which is to have a fixed rate of interest.
          “ Fixed Rate Shelf Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1B.
          “ Floating Rate Loans ” shall mean any Base Rate Loan or any LIBOR Loan outstanding at any time under the Notes.
          “ Floating Rate Shelf Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1B.
          “ GAAP ” or “ generally accepted accounting principles ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 10C.
          “ Good Faith Contest ” shall mean, with respect to any tax, assessment, Lien, obligation, claim, liability, judgment, injunction, award, decree, order, law, regulation, statute or similar item, any challenge or contest thereof by appropriate proceedings timely initiated in good faith by the Company or any Subsidiary for which adequate reserves therefor have been taken in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Guarantee ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted or sold with recourse by such Person, or in respect of which such Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable, including, without limitation, any such obligation in effect guaranteed by such Person through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet or other financial condition of the obligor of such obligation, or to make payment for any products, materials or supplies or for any transportation or service, regardless of the non-delivery or non-furnishing thereof, in any such case if the purpose or intent of such agreement is to provide assurance that such obligation will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guarantee shall be equal to the outstanding principal amount of the obligation guaranteed or such lesser amount to which the maximum exposure of the guarantor shall have been specifically limited.
          “ H.15(519) ” shall mean the weekly statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
          “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (i) any material or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous material,” “toxic substances” or any other formulations intended to define, list or classify substances by

48


 

reason of their deleterious properties, (ii) any oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substance, (iii) any flammable substances or explosives, (iv) any radioactive materials, (v) asbestos in any form, (vi) electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million, (vii) pesticides or (viii) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental agency or authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons in the vicinity thereof.
          “ Hedge Treasury Note(s) ” shall mean, with respect to any Fixed Rate Accepted Note, the United States Treasury Note or Notes whose duration (as determined by Prudential) most closely matches the duration of such Fixed Rate Accepted Note.
          “ Hostile Tender Offer ” shall mean, with respect to the use of proceeds of any Note, any offer to purchase, or any purchase of, shares of capital stock of any corporation or equity interests in any other entity, or securities convertible into or representing the beneficial ownership of, or rights to acquire, any such shares or equity interests, if such shares, equity interests, securities or rights are of a class which is publicly traded on any securities exchange or in any over-the-counter market, other than purchases of such shares, equity interests, securities or rights representing less than 5% of the equity interests or beneficial ownership of such corporation or other entity for portfolio investment purposes, and such offer or purchase has not been duly approved by the board of directors of such corporation or the equivalent governing body of such other entity prior to the date on which the Company makes the Request for Purchase of such Note.
          “ including ” shall mean, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, “including without limitation”.
          “ Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean without duplication:
     (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and its redemption obligations in respect of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock that is redeemable at the option of the holder;
     (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments;
     (iii) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 day past due);
     (iv) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person;

49


 

     (v) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 days past due);
     (vi) all obligations secured by any Lien or other charge upon property or assets owned by such Person, provided that if such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligations the amount of such obligation shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of the encumbered property or the obligation being secured,
     (vii) all liabilities appearing on its balance sheet in accordance with GAAP in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations;
     (viii) all obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging arrangements. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of the obligation under any such swap shall be the amount determined in respect thereof as of the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person, based on the assumption that such swap had terminated at the end of such fiscal quarter, and in making such determination, if any agreement relating to such swap provides for the netting of amounts payable by and to such Person thereunder or if any such agreement provides for the simultaneous payment of amounts by and to such Person, then in each such case, the amount of such obligation shall be the net amount so determined;
     (ix) all reimbursement obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or instruments serving a similar function; and
     (x) all Guarantees of such Person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of clauses (i) through (ix) hereof.
          “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, brand names, mechanical or technical processes and paradigms, know-how, and similar intellectual property and applications, licenses and similar rights in respect of the same.
          “ Interest Period ” shall mean, as to any LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Loan is made or, in the case of a continuation of an existing LIBOR Loan as a LIBOR Loan or a conversion of an existing Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan, on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable thereto, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (as the Company may elect or be deemed to elect as provided herein or as otherwise provided herein) thereafter; provided ,

50


 

however , that, if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the earlier of (a) the last day of such Interest Period or (b) the day on which the applicable LIBOR Loan is repaid or prepaid in full.
           “Investments” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 6M.
          “ Issuance Period ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(2).
          “ LIBOR Loan ” shall mean an amount outstanding from time to time under any Floating Rate Shelf Note that bears interest at the LIBOR Rate.
          “ LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan for such Interest Period:
     (i) the interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period, as reported by the British Bankers’ Association as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; or
     (ii) if such rate ceases to be reported in accordance with the above clause (i) or is unavailable, the rate per annum quoted by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the first day of such Interest Period for loans in U.S. dollars to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for a period equal to such Interest Period, commencing on the first day of such Interest Period, and in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable LIBOR Loan.
          “ LIBOR Rate Margin ” shall mean, with respect to LIBOR Loans under any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, the margin, specified in the Notes of such Series with respect to LIBOR Loans, which is to be added to any applicable LIBOR Rate for such LIBOR Rate Loans.
          “ Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) or any other type of preferential arrangement for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation.

51


 

          “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (i) a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) material impairment of the Company to perform any of its respective material obligations under the Agreement and the Notes or (iii) material impairment of the validity or enforceability or the rights of, or the benefits available to, the holders of any of the Notes under this Agreement or the Notes.
          “ Material Rights ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 8N.
          “ Material Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company the aggregate book value of which exceeds 5% of Consolidated Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or which contributed more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period.
          “ Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2C(7).
          “ Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
          “ Net Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer, the aggregate amount of the cash consideration received by such Person in respect of such Transfer minus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including any related income or transfer taxes) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Transfer minus payments made to retire Indebtedness secured by the assets or properties which are the subject of such Transfer minus appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP consistently applied against any liabilities associated with such Transfer and retained by the Company, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and any indemnification obligations, all as reflected in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each holder of Notes.
          “ Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1B.
          “ Officer’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer of the Company.
          “ PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
           “Permitted Business” shall mean the business of information services as conducted currently and in the future by the Company and its Subsidiaries including evaluating, participating in or pursuing any other business, activity or opportunity that is related or ancillary thereto.

52


 

          “ Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.
          “ Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in section 3 of ERISA) which is or has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or have been made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
          “ Priority Debt ” shall mean at any time, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (viii) and (ix) of the definition of Indebtedness or any Guarantee insofar as it relates to such types of Indebtedness) of the Company secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (i) to (xiii) of paragraph 6C, plus (b) all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries owed to any Person other than the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
          “ Prudential Affiliate ” shall mean (i) any corporation or other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Prudential or (ii) any managed account or investment fund which is managed by Prudential or a Prudential Affiliate described in clause (i) of this definition. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control”, “controlling” and “controlled” shall mean the ownership, directly or through subsidiaries, of a majority of a corporation’s or other entity’s Voting Stock or equivalent voting securities or interests.
          “ Purchaser Schedule ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2A.
          “ Ratable Portion ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 6E.
          “ Request for Purchase ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(4).
          “ Required Holders ” shall mean the holder or holders of at least 51% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding or, as the context may require, of each Series of Notes from time to time outstanding.
          “ Rescheduled Closing Day ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(8).
          “ Responsible Officer ” shall mean any Authorized Officer of the Company, the chief operating officer or general counsel of the Company or any other officer of the Company involved principally in its financial administration or its controllership function.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          “ Series ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1B.
          “ Series A Closing Day ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2A.

53


 

          “ Series A Note(s) ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
          “ Shelf Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 1B.
           “Significant Holder” shall mean (i) any Prudential Affiliate that holds any Note, or (ii) any other holder of at least 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding.
          “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any Person more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of which shall, at the time as of which any determination is being made, be owned by the Company either directly or through Subsidiaries.
          “ Transfer ” shall mean, with respect to any item, the sale, exchange, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of such item other than (i) any foreclosure against property secured by Liens permitted under paragraph 6C and (ii) any Transfer of cash in connection with the making of an Investment permitted by paragraph 6M.
          “ Transferee ” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement.
          “ Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any corporation, any shares of stock of such corporation whose holders are entitled under ordinary circumstances to vote for the election of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
          “ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company all of the stock of every class (other than directors’ qualifying shares but not in excess of the minimum number of shares necessary to satisfy local ownership legal requirements) of which is, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company either directly or through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
          10C. Accounting Principles, Terms and Determinations. All references in this Agreement to “GAAP” or to “generally accepted accounting principles” shall be deemed to refer to generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States at the time of application thereof. Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all determinations with respect to accounting matters hereunder shall be made, and all unaudited financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be furnished hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of paragraph 5A or, if no such statements have been so delivered, the most recent audited financial statements referred to in clause (i) of paragraph 8B.

54


 

          11. MISCELLANEOUS.
          11A. Note Payments. The Company agrees that, so long as any Purchaser shall hold any Note, it will make payments of principal of, interest on, any Yield-Maintenance Amount and any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, such Note, which comply with the terms of this Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit (not later than 12:00 noon, New York City local time, on the date due) to (i) the account or accounts of such Purchaser specified in the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto in the case of any Series A Note, (ii) the account or accounts of such Purchaser specified in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to such Note in the case of any Shelf Note or (iii) such other account or accounts in the United States as such Purchaser may from time to time designate in writing at least two Business Days in advance, notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any Note with respect to the place of payment. Each Purchaser agrees that, before disposing of any Note, it will make a notation thereon (or on a schedule attached thereto) of all principal payments previously made thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid. The Company agrees to afford the benefits of this paragraph 11A to any Transferee which shall have made the same agreement as the Purchasers have made in this paragraph 11A.
          11B. Expenses. The Company agrees, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, to pay, and save Prudential, each Purchaser and any Transferee harmless against liability for the payment of, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in connection with such transactions, including:
     (i) all taxes (together in each case with interest and penalties, if any), other than state, federal, local or foreign income taxes, intangible taxes, or franchise taxes, including without limitation, all stamp, recording and other similar taxes, which may be payable with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the execution, delivery or acquisition of any Note;
     (ii) all reasonable document production and duplication charges and the fees and expenses of any counsel (including fees assessed, if any, by Prudential’s in-house counsel) engaged by Prudential or any Purchaser or any Transferee in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and any subsequently proposed modification of, or proposed consent under, this Agreement, whether or not such proposed modification shall be effected or proposed consent granted; and
     (iii) the reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and financial advisory fees, incurred by Prudential or any Purchaser or any Transferee in enforcing (or determining whether or how to enforce) any rights under this Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or by reason of any Purchaser’s or any Transferee’s having acquired any Note, including without limitation costs and expenses incurred in any workout, restructuring or bankruptcy case.

55


 

The obligations of the Company under this paragraph 11B shall survive the transfer of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein by any Purchaser or any Transferee and the payment of any Note.
          11C. Consent to Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if the Company shall obtain the written consent to such amendment, action or omission to act, of the Required Holder(s) of the Notes except that, (i) with the written consent of the holders of all Notes of a particular Series, and if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, of the holders of all Notes of all Series, at the time outstanding (and not without such written consents), the Notes of such Series may be amended or the provisions thereof waived to change the maturity thereof, to change or affect the principal thereof, or to change or affect the rate or time of payment of interest on or any Yield-Maintenance Amount or any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to the Notes of such Series, (ii) without the written consent of the holder or holders of all Notes at the time outstanding, no amendment to or waiver of the provisions of this Agreement shall change or affect the provisions of paragraph 7A or this paragraph 11C insofar as such provisions relate to proportions of the principal amount of the Notes of any Series, or the rights of any individual holder of Notes, required with respect to any declaration of Notes to be due and payable or with respect to any consent, amendment, waiver or declaration, (iii) with the written consent of Prudential (and not without the written consent of Prudential) the provisions of paragraph 2B may be amended or waived (except insofar as any such amendment or waiver would affect any rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of Notes which shall have become Accepted Notes prior to such amendment or waiver), and (iv) with the written consent of all of the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of any Series (and not without the written consent of all such Purchasers), any of the provisions of paragraphs 2B and 3 may be amended or waived insofar as such amendment or waiver would affect only rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of the Accepted Notes of such Series or the terms and provisions of such Accepted Notes. Each holder of any Note at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any consent authorized by this paragraph 11C, whether or not such Note shall have been marked to indicate such consent, but any Notes issued thereafter may bear a notation referring to any such consent. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein and in the Notes, the term “ this Agreement ” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
          11D. Form, Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Notes; Lost Notes. The Notes are issuable as registered notes without coupons in denominations of at least $1,000,000, except as may be necessary to (i) reflect any principal amount not evenly divisible by $1,000,000 or (ii) enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes. The Company shall keep at its principal office a register in which the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any

56


 

Note at the principal office of the Company, the Company shall, at its expense, execute and deliver one or more new Notes of like tenor and of a like aggregate principal amount, registered in the name of such Transferee or Transferees; provided , however , that no Note may be transferred to any direct competitor of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company; and provided , further , that each Transferee agrees to be bound by this paragraph 11D and paragraph 11R of this Agreement. At the option of the holder of any Note, such Note may be exchanged for other Notes of like tenor and of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Note to be exchanged at the principal office of the Company. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall, at its expense, execute and deliver the Notes which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Each installment of principal payable on each installment date upon each new Note issued upon any such transfer or exchange shall be in the same proportion to the unpaid principal amount of such new Note as the installment of principal payable on such date on the Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange bore to the unpaid principal amount of such Note. No reference need be made in any such new Note to any installment or installments of principal previously due and paid upon the Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. Every Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Any Note or Notes issued in exchange for any Note or upon transfer thereof shall carry the rights to unpaid interest and interest to accrue which were carried by the Note so exchanged or transferred, so that neither gain nor loss of interest shall result from any such transfer or exchange. Upon receipt of written notice from the holder of any Note of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Note and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of such holder’s indemnity agreement (which shall be unsecured if such holder is an insurance company rated A or better by A.M. Best Company or is an institutional investor whose senior debt securities are rated BBB- or Baa3 or better by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., respectively) or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, the Company will make and deliver a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note.
          11E. Persons Deemed Owners; Participations. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner and holder of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on, and any Yield-Maintenance Amount or any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note shall be overdue, and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary. Subject to the preceding sentence, the holder of any Note may from time to time grant participations in all or any part of such Note to any Person on such terms and conditions as may be determined by such holder in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that no such Person shall have rights against the Company as a result thereof.
          11F. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement. All representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the

57


 

Company in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any Transferee, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any Transferee. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against any party because that party or its legal representative drafted the provision.
          11G. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements in this Agreement contained by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any Transferee) whether so expressed or not.
          11H. Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is prohibited by any one of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise be in compliance within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default if such action is taken or such condition exists.
          11I. Notices. All written communications provided for hereunder (other than communications provided for under paragraph 2) shall be sent by first class mail or nationwide overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid) and (i) if to any Purchaser, addressed as specified for such communications in the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto (in the case of the Series A Notes) or the Purchaser Schedule attached to the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of any Shelf Notes) or at such other address as any such Purchaser shall have specified to the Company in writing, (ii) if to any other holder of any Note, addressed to it at such address as it shall have specified in writing to the Company or, if any such holder shall not have so specified an address, then addressed to such holder in care of the last holder of such Note which shall have so specified an address to the Company and (iii) if to the Company, addressed to it at 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686, Attention: Joseph Giasi, Jr., Esq., provided , however , that any such communication to the Company may also, at the option of the Person sending such communication, be delivered by any other means either to the Company at its address specified above or to any Authorized Officer of the Company. Any communication pursuant to paragraph 2 shall be made by the method specified for such communication in paragraph 2, and shall be effective to create any rights or obligations under this Agreement only if, in the case of a telephone communication, an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information and of the party receiving the information are parties to the telephone call, and in the case of a telecopier communication, the communication is signed by an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information, addressed to the attention of an Authorized Officer of the party receiving the information, and in fact received at the telecopier terminal the number of which is listed for the party receiving the communication in the

58


 

Information Schedule or at such other telecopier terminal as the party receiving the information shall have specified in writing to the party sending such information.
          11J. Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, any payment of principal of or interest on, Yield-Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. In the case of any Series A Note or any Fixed Rate Shelf Note, if the date for any payment is extended to the next succeeding Business Day by reason of the preceding sentence, the period of such extension shall not be included in the computation of the interest payable on such Business Day.
          11K. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          11L. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the several paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
          11M. Satisfaction Requirement. If any agreement, certificate or other writing, or any action taken or to be taken, is by the terms of this Agreement required to be satisfactory to any Purchaser, to any holder of Notes or to the Required Holder(s), the determination of such satisfaction shall be made by such Purchaser, such holder or the Required Holder(s), as the case may be, in the sole and exclusive judgment (exercised in good faith) of the Person or Persons making such determination.
          11N. Governing Law. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF §5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          11O. Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company, Prudential and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or Federal court sitting in New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes, and each of the Company, Prudential and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in New York state or Federal court. Each of the Company, Prudential and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The Company, Prudential and each Purchaser agrees and irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding

59


 

by the mailing, by registered or certified U.S. mail, or by any other means or mail that requires a signed receipt, of copies of such process to it in the manner set forth in paragraph 11I hereof. Each of the Company, Prudential and each Purchaser agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this paragraph 11O shall affect the right of any Person to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of any Person to bring any action or proceeding against any other Person or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction. To the extent that the Company, Prudential or any Purchaser has or hereafter may acquire immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this agreement.
          11P. Severalty of Obligations . The sales of Notes to the Purchasers are to be several sales, and the obligations of Prudential and the Purchasers under this Agreement are several obligations. No failure by Prudential to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall relieve any Purchaser of its obligations hereunder or the Company of any of its obligations to any Purchaser hereunder. No failure by any Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall relieve Prudential or any other Purchaser of its obligations or the Company of any of its obligations to Prudential or to any other Purchaser. None of the Company, Prudential nor any Purchaser shall be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Person hereunder.
          11Q. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
          11R. Confidentiality. For the purposes of this paragraph 11R, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser or its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (including any Person specified in paragraph 5C) by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary or confidential in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser or any person acting on its behalf as being proprietary or confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on its behalf, (iii) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, any Subsidiary or a source known by such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or obligation of secrecy to or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iv) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under paragraph 5A or 5B and that are otherwise publicly available. Such Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by it in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to it, provided that such

60


 

Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes and such directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates have been advised of the confidential nature of such information and the terms of this paragraph 11R), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this paragraph 11R, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any institutional investor to which such Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein, (v) any Person from which such Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph 11R), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (a) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (b) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, or (c) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of its rights and remedies under the Notes and this Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this paragraph 11R as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this paragraph 11R.

61


 

          11S. Binding Agreement. When this Agreement is executed and delivered by the Company, Prudential and the Series A Purchasers, it shall become a binding agreement between the Company, Prudential and the Series A Purchasers. This Agreement shall also inure to the benefit of each Purchaser which shall have executed and delivered a Confirmation of Acceptance, and each such Purchaser shall be bound by this Agreement to the extent provided in such Confirmation of Acceptance.
         
    Very truly yours,
 
       
    INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Kenneth G. Geraghty
 
       
 
  Name:   Kenneth G. Geraghty
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President

62


 

         
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted
as of the date first above written.
   
 
       
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Vice President
   
 
       
THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA    
 
By:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Vice President
   
 
       
U.S. PRIVATE PLACEMENT FUND    
By:
  Prudential Private Placement Investors,    
 
  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)    
By:
  Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.    
 
  (as its General Partner)    
 
       
             
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
   
 
      Vice President    
 
           
BAYSTATE INVESTMENTS, LLC    
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
   
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
(as its General Partner)
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
   
 
      Vice President    
 
           
UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
   
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
(as its General Partner)
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Vice President
   

63

Exhibit 4.3
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO NOTE PURCHASE AND MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
     
 
  As of February 1, 2005
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), among Insurance Services Office, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), on the one hand, and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company (collectively, the “ Series A Purchasers ”), each Prudential Affiliates which has become bound by certain provisions of the Agreement (as provided therein) (together with the Series A Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”), and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), on the other, whereby the Company issued and sold its 2.15% Series A Notes due June 13, 2005 (the “ Series A Notes ”), its 4.11% Series B Notes due June 10, 2007 (the “ Series B Notes ”) and its 4.12% Series C Notes due June 28, 2007 (the “ Series C Notes ” and, together with the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     Pursuant to the request of the Company and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11C of the Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  AMENDMENTS .
     a. Paragraph 1B (Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes) is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “$100,000,000” appearing therein and replacing it with “250,000,000”.
     b. Paragraph 2B(2) (Issuance Period) is hereby amended by deleting the text in clause (i) which reads “the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if such anniversary is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such anniversary)” and replacing it with “February 1, 2008”.
     c. Each of Paragraph 1B, (Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes), 2B(4) (Request for Purchase) and Exhibit B (Form of Request for Purchase) is hereby amended by (i) deleting the reference to “12 years” appearing therein and replacing it with “10 years” and (ii) deleting the reference to “10 years” appearing therein and replacing it with “7 years”.
     d. Paragraph 6C (Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances) is hereby amended by amending and restating clause (xiii) as follows:

 


 

     “(xiii) Liens in or upon and any right of offset against, moneys, deposit balances, security or other property, or interests therein, held or received by or for or left in the possession or control of any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) in connection with working capital facilities, lines of credit, term loans or other credit facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business, except to the extent that such Liens secure Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) in excess of $45,000,000 owing to any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) or (B) in excess of $80,000,000 owing to one or more lenders; provided , however , that in no event shall (x) the Company be subject to a minimum or compensating balance or similar arrangement or arrangement requiring it to maintain minimum cash funds or deposits with such lender or lenders or (y) either the Company or any Subsidiary maintain in all of its respective accounts with all such lenders, at any time, overnight cleared cash balances in demand deposit accounts that are subject to set-off rights, in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all such respective accounts of either the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be (in each case, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any balances held in commercial paper or money market funds);”
     e. The following new Paragraph 6N (Restricted Payments) shall be inserted in the appropriate location:
     “6N. Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, repurchase or pay any dividends on (i) any Class A shares (other than shares held by the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan) or (ii) any Class B shares if, after giving effect to any such repurchase or payment, a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Agreement. With respect to grants of Class A shares (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005 to (x) any of Carole J. Banfield, Richard G. Boehning, Joseph P. Giasi, Jr., Patrick McLaughlin, John McCue, Roy G. Nicolosi, or Kevin B. Thompson or (y) any Person that is or becomes a member of the Company’s Senior Management Committee and is or becomes the holder of 25,000 or more Class A shares (or options in respect thereof), the Company shall cause the document relating to such grant to contain the language appearing in Exhibit E attached hereto. The Company further agrees (1) that no document relating to a grant of Class A shares (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005 to any such Persons shall contain provisions inconsistent with Exhibit E , (2) to provide a copy of each document relating to a grant of Class A shares (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005 to any such Persons to Prudential and, to the extent requested by the Required Holders, to make any necessary changes to such document to give effect to the attached Exhibit E , and (3) not to amend the provisions of any such document which contains the language set forth in Exhibit E (or any similar section) without the written consent of the Required Holders.”
     f. Each of Schedules 8A, 8D and 8G to the Agreement shall be amended and restated by the Schedule having the same number that is attached to this Amendment Agreement.

2


 

     g. A new Exhibit E shall be attached to the Agreement and shall be in the form attached to this Amendment Agreement as Exhibit E .
     2.  CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS.
     a.  Executed Counterparts . Prudential shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment Agreement executed by the Company.
     b.  Fleet Amendment . Prudential shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Company shall have entered into an amendment to the 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement between the Company and Fleet National Bank, dated as of August 26, 2003, which amendment shall contain language substantively the same as Section 1d of this Amendment Agreement (other than clause (y) of Paragraph 6C(xiii) of the Agreement, as amended hereby).
     c.  Shareholder Agreements . Prudential shall have received from each of Frank J. Coyne, Kenneth G. Geraghty and Scott Stephenson a written agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Prudential, not to exercise any put or similar rights or accept any payment with respect to his Class A shares if, after giving effect thereto on the exercise date or the payment date, a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Agreement.
     d.  Other Documents . Prudential shall have received each of the following:
     (i) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment Agreement and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Amendment Agreement.
     (ii) A certificate dated the date hereof of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and one other officer of the Company certifying that (A) the certificate of such Person previously delivered pursuant to Paragraph 3A(iii) of the Agreement continues to be true, current and correct and (B) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company previously delivered pursuant to Paragraph 3A(iv) of the Agreement continue to be in full force and effect and have not been modified or amended in any respect (in each case, except as specifically set forth therein, which modifications or amendments shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Purchasers).
     (iii) A good standing certificate for the Company from the Secretary of State of Delaware dated as of a recent date.
     (iv) Favorable opinion of Joseph P. Giasi, Jr., Esq., General Counsel of the Company and of Chadbourne & Parke, special counsel of the Company, dated the date hereof, satisfactory to the Purchasers and in form and substance substantially identical to Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2, respectively, to the Agreement. The Company hereby directs such counsel to deliver such opinions and understands and agrees that each Purchaser receiving such an opinion will and is hereby authorized to rely on such opinion.

3


 

     (v) Such additional documents or certificates with respect to legal matters or corporate or other proceedings related to the transactions contemplated hereby as may be reasonably requested by the Purchasers.
     e.  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 3 below shall be true on and as of the date hereof.
     f.  Facility Fee . The Company shall have paid Prudential Investment Management, Inc., by wire transfer of immediately available funds, on the date hereof a facility fee in the amount of $50,000.
     g.  Proceedings . All corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and form to the Purchasers, the Purchasers shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request, and counsel for the Purchasers shall be satisfied as to all legal matters relating to this Amendment Agreement.
     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . To induce you to enter into this Amendment Agreement, the Company represents, warrants and acknowledges as follows:
     a. Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 8 of the Agreement is true on and as of the date hereof (by reference to the attached updated Schedules and not the Schedules attached to the original Agreement).
     b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement (i) is within its corporate power and (ii) is legal and does not conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of the Company under the provisions of: (A) any charter, instrument or bylaw to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, (B) any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to it or its property, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any statute or other rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to it or its properties, except where such conflict, breach, default or Lien could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     c. This Amendment Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.
     d. After giving effect to this Amendment Agreement, no Default or Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     e. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or administrative or governmental body or third party is required in

4


 

connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement.
     f. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the “ SDN List ”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Order (such other lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Other Lists ”; the SDN List and the Other Lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Lists ”), (ii) has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, (iii) is owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person on the Lists or any other person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, and (iv) is failing to comply in any material way with the requirements of Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof.
     g. The Company has provided Prudential a true and correct copy of (i) the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan and (ii) the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan, in each case as in effect on the date hereof. There are no other stock ownership plans in place with respect to any of the Company’s shares.
     4.  MISCELLANEOUS.
     a. Except as specifically amended hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     b. This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     c. This Amendment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5


 

     Each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as an agreement under seal as of the date first above written.
         
    PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    U.S. PRIVATE PLACEMENT FUND
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.
(as Investment Advisor)
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as
its General Partner)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    BAYSTATE INVESTMENTS, LLC
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.
(as Investment Advisor)
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as
its General Partner)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.
(as Investment Advisor)
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as
its General Partner)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President

6


 

         
    PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
 
  By:   Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Asst Vice President
 
       
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT CEDED
BUSINESS TRUST
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE
AND ANNUITY COMPANY
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.
    By: Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
Inc., as Investment Manager
By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Sub-Adviser
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President

7


 

         
    ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as
Investment Advisor
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as
its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
COMPANY
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as
Investment Advisor
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as
its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
 
       
    BCBSM, INC. DBA BLUE CROSS AND BLUE
SHIELD OF MINNESOTA
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as
Investment Advisor
By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as
its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
       
 
      Vice President
         
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.  
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ Kenneth G. Geraghty
 
Kenneth G. Geraghty
   
Title:
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   

8

Exhibit 4.4
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO NOTE PURCHASE AND MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
As of June 1, 2005
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2005, and as further amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), among Insurance Services Office, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), on the one hand, and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company (collectively, the “ Series A Purchasers ”), each Prudential Affiliate which has become bound by certain provisions of the Agreement (as provided therein) (together with the Series A Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”), and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), on the other, whereby the Company issued and sold its 2.15% Series A Notes due June 13, 2005 (the “ Series A Notes ”), its 4.11% Series B Notes due June 10, 2007 (the “ Series B Notes ”) and its 4.12% Series C Notes due June 28, 2007 (the “ Series C Notes ” and, together with the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     Pursuant to the request of the Company and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11C of the Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  AMENDMENTS.
     a. Paragraph 6C (Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances) is hereby amended by amending and restating clause (xiii) as follows:
     “(xiii) Liens in or upon and any right of offset against, moneys, deposit balances, security or other property, or interests therein, held or received by or for or left in the possession or control of any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) in connection with working capital facilities, lines of credit, term loans or other credit facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that in no event shall (x) the Company be subject to a minimum or compensating balance or similar arrangement or arrangement requiring it to maintain minimum cash funds or deposits with such lender or lenders or (y) either the Company or any Subsidiary maintain in all of its respective accounts with all such lenders, at any time, overnight cleared cash balances in demand deposit accounts that are subject to set-off rights, in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate for all such respective accounts of either the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case

 


 

may be (in each case, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any balances held in commercial paper or money market funds);”
     b. Each of Schedules 8A, 8D and 8G to the Agreement shall be amended and restated by the Schedule having the same number that is attached to this Amendment Agreement.
     2.  CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS.
     a.  Executed Counterparts . Prudential shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment Agreement executed by the Company.
     b.  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 3 below shall be true on and as of the date hereof.
     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . To induce you to enter into this Amendment Agreement, the Company represents, warrants and acknowledges as follows:
     a. Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 8 of the Agreement is true on and as of the date hereof (by reference to the attached updated Schedules and not the Schedules attached to the original Agreement).
     b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement (i) is within its corporate power and (ii) is legal and does not conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of the Company under the provisions of: (A) any charter, instrument or bylaw to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, (B) any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to it or its property, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any statute or other rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to it or its properties, except where such conflict, breach, default or Lien could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     c. This Amendment Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.
     d. After giving effect to this Amendment Agreement, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     e. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or administrative or governmental body or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement.

2


 

     f. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the “ SDN List ”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Order (such other lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Other Lists ”; the SDN List and the Other Lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Lists ”), (ii) has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, (iii) is owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person on the Lists or any other person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, and (iv) is failing to comply in any material way with the requirements of Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof.
     4.  MISCELLANEOUS.
     a. Except as specifically amended hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     b. This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     c. This Amendment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

3


 

     Each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as an agreement under seal as of the date first above written.
             
    PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    U.S. PRIVATE PLACEMENT FUND    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
    (as Investment Advisor)    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.(as its General Partner)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    BAYSTATE INVESTMENTS, LLC    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
    (as Investment Advisor)    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
    (as Investment Advisor)    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   

4


 

             
    PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Asst Vice President
   
 
           
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT CEDED
BUSINESS TRUST
   
 
  By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE
AND ANNUITY COMPANY
   
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.    
    By: Prudential Investment Management (Japan), Inc., as Investment Manager    
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Sub-Adviser    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
   
    By: Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   

5


 

             
    ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
 
           
    BCBSM, INC. DBA BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD OF MINNESOTA    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By: Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
     
 
Vice President
   
         
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
   
By:
  /s/ Kenneth G. Geraghty    
Name:
 
 
Kenneth G. Geraghty
   
Title:
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

6

Exhibit 4.5
      AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AND MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
As of January 23, 2006
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2005 and Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement dated as of June 13, 2005, and as further amended from time to time, the “Agreement” ), among Insurance Services Office, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), on the one hand, and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company (collectively, the “Series A Purchasers” ), each Prudential Affiliate which has become bound by certain provisions of the Agreement (as provided therein) (together with the Series A Purchasers, the “Purchasers” ), and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. ( “Prudential” ), on the other, whereby the Company issued and sold its (i) 4.11% Series B Senior Notes due June 10, 2007 (the “Series B Notes” ), (ii) 4.12% Series C Senior Notes due June 28, 2007 (the “Series C Notes” ), (iii) 4.46% Series D Senior Notes due June 13, 2009 (the “Series D Notes” ), (iv) 4.59% Series E Senior Notes due June 13, 2011 (the “Series E Notes” ) and the proposed issuance by the Company and the purchase by the Purchasers of up to $350,000,000 of additional Shelf Notes (as defined in the Agreement) (such additional Shelf Notes, together with the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes and the Series E Notes are referred to herein, collectively, as the “Notes” ). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     Pursuant to the request of the Company and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11C of the Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  AMENDMENTS.
     a. Paragraph 6(C)(xiv) (Liens) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “(xiv) Liens in respect of Priority Debt permitted under paragraph 6B so long as such Liens do not secure Indebtedness owing in respect of the Credit Agreements or any other agreement or agreements in respect of the Company’s primary bank facility or facilities.”

1


 

     b. Paragraph 6I (Guarantees) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “6I. Guarantees . The Company will not permit any Subsidiary to, Guarantee or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for Indebtedness of any other Person, contingently or otherwise, except
     (i) Guarantees issued, if any, in favor of the holders of the Notes;
     (ii) existing Guarantees further described on Schedule 61 hereto, including any renewals thereof not in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate;
     (iii) Guarantees by the Company which are not prohibited by paragraph 6A(2); or
     (iv) Guarantees by any Subsidiary in favor of any other Person so long as
     (a) contemporaneously with the delivery of such Guarantee, such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a substantially similar Guarantee in favor of the holders of the Notes (which Guarantee shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the holders of the Notes), and
     (b) the beneficiary of such Guarantee shall have entered into a sharing agreement with the holders of the Notes which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of the Notes and shall provide, among other things, for the sharing of payments made under any such Guarantee.”
     c. Clause (iii) of Section 6D to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “(iii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended of the surviving corporation is at least as great as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for such period immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.”
     d. The definition of “Consolidated Total Debt” in Paragraph 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting at the end of such definition the following:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Total Debt shall not include the redemption amount with respect to any capital stock (x) which may be put to the Company by the Insurance Services Office, Inc., ESOP, except to the extent that the Insurance Service Office, Inc., ESOP exercises such put and (y) issuable upon the exercise of any option granted to an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the

2


 

Company, except to the extent such capital stock is actually put to the Company by such employee and the Company is required to redeem such capital stock during the next succeeding twelve months.”
     e. Paragraph 10B (Defined Terms) is hereby amended by inserting a new definition “Credit Agreements” therein in its proper alphabetical order, to read as follows:
     ““ Credit Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, each of that certain (i) 364-Day Revolving Credit Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2003 between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., (ii) uncommitted line of credit evidenced by a certain Promissory Note dated January 23, 2006 made available to the Company by JPMorgan Chase Bank (“ Chase ”), (iii) committed revolving credit facility (with a term-out option) governed by a certain loan agreement dated January 23, 2006 between the Company and Chase, (iv) uncommitted line of credit evidenced by a certain Promissory Not made available to the Company by Citibank, N.A. (“ Citibank ”) and (v) committed revolving credit facility (with a term-out option) governed by a certain loan agreement dated January 23, 2006 between the Company and Citibank, each as in effect from time to time, together with replacements of any of the foregoing.”
     f. The definition of “Indebtedness” in Paragraph 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting after the word “hereof” and before the “.” in clause (x) thereof, the following:
     “(other than any such liabilities owed to such Person or its Subsidiaries)”
     g. The definition of “Priority Debt” in Paragraph 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting after the word “Subsidiary” and before the “.” in the last line of such definition, the following:
     “(other than any Guarantee permitted by clause (iv) of Paragraph 6(I))”
     2.  CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS.
     a.  Executed Counterparts . Prudential shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment Agreement executed by the Company.
     b.  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 3 below shall be true on and as of the date hereof.
     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . To induce you to enter into this Amendment Agreement, the Company represents, warrants and acknowledges as follows:
     a. Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 8 of the Agreement is true on and as of the date hereof.

3


 

     b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement (i) is within its corporate power and (ii) is legal and does not conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of the Company under the provisions of: (A) any charter, instrument or bylaw to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, (B) any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to it or its property, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any statute or other rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to it or its properties, except where such conflict, breach, default or Lien could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     c. This Amendment Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.
     d. After giving effect to this Amendment Agreement, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     e. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or administrative or governmental body or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Amendment Agreement.
     f. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the “ SDN List ”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Order (such other lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Other Lists ”; the SDN List and the Other Lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Lists ”), (ii) has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, (iii) is owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person on the Lists or any other person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, and (iv) is failing to comply in any material way with the requirements of Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof.

4


 

     4.  MISCELLANEOUS.
     a. Except as specifically amended hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     b. This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     c. This Amendment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature pages follow.]

5


 

     Each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as an agreement under seal as of the date first above written.
                 
    PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA
   
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    BAYSTATE INVESTMENTS, LLC    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
        (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.    
        (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Assistant Vice President    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 


 

                 
    PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Assistant Vice President    
 
               
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT CEDED BUSINESS
TRUST
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
   
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND
ANNUITY COMPANY
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
Inc., as Investment Manager
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Sub-Adviser
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 


 

                 
    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as
Investment Manager
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
as Investment Advisor
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
as its General Partner
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
COMPANY
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
as Investment Advisor
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
as its General Partner
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 


 

                 
    BCBSM, INC. DBA BLUE CROSS AND BLUE
SHIELD OF MINNESOTA
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
as Investment Advisor
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
as its General Partner
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    THE PRUDENTIAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY, LTD.
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan), Inc.,
as Investment Manager
   
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
as Sub-Adviser
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    PHYSICIANS MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
        (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.    
        (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 


 

                 
    AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF
   FLORIDA, INC.
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
        (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.    
        (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    UNION SECURITY INSURANCE
  COMPANY
   
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.    
        (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.    
        (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
 
      Name:  
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 


 

         
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Kenneth G. Geraghty    
Name:
 
 
Kenneth G. Geraghty
   
Title:
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
[Signature page to Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement]

 

Exhibit 4.6
WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
As of February 28, 2007
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2005, Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2005, Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase and Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2006, and as further amended from time to time, the “ Shelf Agreement ”), among Insurance Services Office, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), on the one hand, and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, U.S. Private Placement Fund, Baystate Investments, LLC, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company (collectively, the “ Series A Purchasers ”), and each Prudential Affiliate which has become bound by certain provisions of the Agreement (as provided therein) (together with the Series A Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”), and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), on the other, whereby the Company issued and sold its (i) 4.11% Series B Senior Notes due June 10, 2007 (the “ Series B Notes ”), (ii) 4.12% Series C Senior Notes due June 28, 2007 (the “ Series C Notes ”), (iii) 4.46% Series D Senior Notes due June 13, 2009 (the “ Series D Notes ”) and (iv) 4.59% Series E Senior Notes due June 13, 2011 (the “ Series E Notes ”), and proposes to issue additional Shelf Notes (as defined in the Shelf Agreement) (such additional Shelf Notes, together with the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes and the Series E Notes are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Shelf Agreement. This Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement shall be referred to herein as this “ Agreement ”.
     Pursuant to the request of the Company and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11C of the Shelf Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  AMENDMENTS.
     Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof:
     a. Paragraph 1B ( Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes ) is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “$250,000,000” appearing therein and replacing it with “$450,000,000”.

 


 

     b. Paragraph 2B(2) (Issuance Period ) is hereby amended by deleting “February 1, 2008” in clause (i) and replacing it with “February 28, 2010.”
     c. Paragraph 5A ( Financial Statements; Notice of Defaults ) of the Shelf Agreement is hereby amended by renumbering clauses (iv) and (v) as clauses (v) and (vi), respectively, and adding a new clause (iv) to read as follows:
     “(iv) promptly upon the execution thereof, a copy of each document relating to the creation, incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary or any modification thereof (or any modification of the indenture or other agreement underlying such Indebtedness);”.
     2.  WAIVER.
     a.  Waivers . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3, hereof, each Purchaser hereby waives:
     (i) the Event of Default arising under Section 7A(vi) caused by the Company’s failure to comply with (A) Section 5.09 of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2006 (the “ Citibank Agreement ”), between the Company and Citibank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Citibank, F.S.B). (“ Citibank ”), (B) Section 5.09 of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2006 (the “ JPMorgan Agreement ”, and together with the Citibank Agreement, collectively, the “ Credit Agreements ”), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMorgan ”) and (C) any similar provisions contained in any of the Company’s other indebtedness set forth on Schedule 8G hereto (which provisions are deemed to be incorporated into the Shelf Agreement pursuant to paragraph 5M thereof ( Most Favored Lender Status )), solely to the extent of the Company’s failure to (1) notify the Purchasers that it had acquired Xactware Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Xactware ”) and (2) cause Xactware to enter into a Guarantee of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Shelf Agreement and deliver the legal opinion and other documentation required to be delivered under such section, in each case within 30 days of such notice;
     (ii) the Event of Default arising under Section 7A(vi) caused by the Company’s failure to comply with paragraph 5M ( Most Favored Lender Status ) solely to the extent of the Company’s failure to deliver amendments to the Shelf Agreement incorporating the more favorable provisions contained in (A) the Credit Agreements, (B) that certain Uncommitted Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2006 (the “ Principal Shelf Agreement ”), among Principal Global Investors, LLC, Principal Life Insurance Company and each other Principal Affiliate (as defined therein) party thereto (collectively, the “ Principal Noteholders ”), (C) that certain Grid Time Promissory Note, dated as of August 29, 2006 (the “ MSB Note ”), between the Company and Morgan Stanley Bank (“ MSB ”) in the aggregate principal amount of up to $50,000,000, (D) that certain 364-Day Revolving Credit Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2003 (the “ BofA Agreement ”), by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (successor by merger to Fleet National Bank) (“ BofA ”, and together with Citibank, JPMorgan and the Principal Noteholders, the “ Lenders ”), (E) that certain Master Note, dated as of January

2


 

23, 2006, as amended on September 30, 2006 (the “Citibank Note”), between the Company and Citibank, in the aggregate principal amount of up to $30,000,000, and (F) that certain Grid Time Promissory Note, dated as of January 23, 2006, as amended on September 30, 2006 (the “JPMorgan Note”), between the Company and JPMorgan, in the aggregate principal amount of up to $50,000,000;
     (iii) any Event of Default arising under Section 7A(v) caused by the Company’s failure to comply with paragraph 6B ( Priority Debt ) and paragraph 6I ( Guarantees ) solely to the extent that such failure resulted from the Company’s failure to deliver a Guarantee to the Purchasers from each of ISO Claims Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ISO Investment Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ISO Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Air Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Xactware (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”); and
     (iv) the Events of Default arising under paragraph 7A(iii) caused by the Company’s failure to deliver an amendment of (A) the BofA Agreement to BofA, incorporating any more favorable provisions contained in the JPMorgan Agreement, the Citibank Agreement, the Principal Shelf Agreement, the MSB Note, the Citibank Note and the JPMorgan Note, as required under Section 6.10 of the BofA Agreement (B) the JPMorgan Agreement to JPMorgan and the Citibank Agreement to Citibank, incorporating any more favorable provisions contained in the Principal Shelf Agreement and the MSB Note, in each case as required under Section 6.08 of such agreements and (C) the Principal Shelf Agreement incorporating any more favorable provisions contained in the MSB Note, as required under Section 5K of the Principal Shelf Agreement.
     b.  Effect of Waiver . Except as expressly provided herein, (i) no terms or provisions of the Shelf Agreement or any other agreement are modified or changed by this Agreement, and (ii) the terms of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver by the Purchasers of, or otherwise prejudice the Purchaser’s rights, remedies or powers under, the Shelf Agreement or under any applicable law, and all of such rights, remedies and powers are hereby expressly reserved.
     3.  CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .
     a.  Executed Counterparts . Prudential shall have received a counterpart of this Agreement executed by the Company.
     b.  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 4 below shall be true on and as of the date hereof.
     c.  Facility Fee . The Company shall have paid Prudential a fee, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the amount of $50,000.
     d.  Company Documents . The Company shall have delivered to Prudential fully executed copies of the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to Prudential and in full force and effect:

3


 

     (i) Waivers and Amendments under other Facilities — a separate waiver agreement from each of JPMorgan, Citibank, the Principal Noteholders, MSB and BofA waiving any defaults or events of default existing under the JPMorgan Agreement, the Citibank Agreement, the Principal Shelf Agreement, the MSB Note and the BofA Agreement, as applicable;
     (ii) Guarantees; Related Documentation — a Guarantee executed by each Guarantor, together with a legal opinion, secretary’s certificate (attaching its bylaws, certificate of incorporation and authorizing resolutions and incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers executing documents in connection therewith) and a good standing certificate dated as of a recent date; and
     (iii) Consent and Agreement to Sharing Agreement — the Consent and Agreement (the “ Consent and Agreement ”, and together with this Agreement and the Guarantee from each Guarantor, the “ Documents ”) to the Amended and Restated Sharing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Sharing Agreement ”), among Prudential and certain of the Company’s other lenders, executed by the Company and each Guarantor.
     e.  Sharing Agreement . The Sharing Agreement shall have been fully executed and delivered and shall be in full force and effect and Prudential shall have received a fully executed copy thereof.
     4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . To induce you to enter into this Agreement, the Company represents, warrants and acknowledges as follows:
     a. Each of the representations and warranties set forth in paragraph 8 of the Agreement is true on and as of the date hereof (by reference to the attached updated Schedules and not the Schedules attached to the original Shelf Agreement).
     b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each Subsidiary of the Documents to which it is a party (i) is within its corporate power and (ii) is legal and does not conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under the provisions of: (A) any charter, instrument or bylaw to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, (B) any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to it or its property, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any statute or other rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to it or its properties, except where such conflict, breach, default or Lien could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     c. The Documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each Guarantor, as the case may be, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and such Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar

4


 

laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.
     d. After giving effect to this Agreement and the waivers and amendments required under Section 3(d), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
     e. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or administrative or governmental body or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company and each Guarantor of the Documents to which it is a party.
     f. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the “ SDN List ”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Order (such other lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Other Lists ”; the SDN List and the Other Lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Lists ”), (ii) has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, (iii) is owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person on the Lists or any other person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, and (iv) is failing to comply in any material way with the requirements of Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof.
     5.  MISCELLANEOUS .
     a. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     b. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
[signature pages follow]

5


 

     Each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as an agreement under seal as of the date first above written.
                 
    PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    U.S. PRIVATE PLACEMENT FUND    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    BAYSTATE INVESTMENTS, LLC    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    

 


 

                 
    UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. (as Investment Advisor)    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Assistant Vice President    
 
               
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT CEDED BUSINESS TRUST    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    

 


 

                 
    GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan), Inc., as Investment Manager    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Sub-Adviser    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as Investment Manager    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Yvonne Guajardo    
             
    Name:   Yvonne Guajardo    
    Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
    ING LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    

 


 

                 
    BCBSM, INC. DBA BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD OF MINNESOTA    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P., as Investment Advisor    
    By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc., as its General Partner    
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Yvonne Guajardo
 
Yvonne Guajardo
   
 
      Title:   Vice President    
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Kenneth G. Geraghty
 
Kenneth G. Geraghty
   
Title:
  Executive Vice President    

 

Exhibit 4.7
EXECUTION VERSION
 
INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.
$100,000,000
UNCOMMITTED MASTER SHELF AGREEMENT
Dated as of March 16, 2007
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Not Part of Agreement)
         
1. AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF SHELF NOTES; DELIVERIES AT SIGNING
    1  
1A. Authorization
    1  
1B. Deliveries
    2  
2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES
    3  
2A. Purchase and Sale of Shelf Notes
    3  
2A(1). Facility
    3  
2A(2). Issuance Period
    3  
2A(3). Periodic Spread Information
    4  
2A(4). Request for Purchase
    4  
2A(5). Rate Quotes
    6  
2A(6). Acceptance
    6  
2A(7). Market Disruption
    7  
2A(8). Facility Closings
    7  
2A(9). Fees
    8  
2B. Certain Floating Rate Shelf Note Provisions
    9  
2B(1). Floating Rate Interest
    9  
2B(2). Breakage Cost Indemnity
    11  
2B(3). Reserve Requirement; Change in Circumstances
    11  
2B(4). Illegality
    13  
2B(5). Inability to Determine Interest Rate
    14  
2B(6). Default Rate
    14  
2B(7). Interest Rate Limitation
    14  
2B(8). Assignment of Notes under Certain Circumstances
    15  
2B(9). Time Bar on Compensation Claims
    15  
2B(10). Adjustment to Interest Rate
    15  
3. CONDITIONS OF CLOSING
    16  
3A. Certain Documents
    16  
3B. Representations and Warranties; No Default
    17  
3C. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Laws
    17  
3D. Payment of Fees
    18  
3E. Proceedings
    18  
4. PREPAYMENTS
    18  
4A. Required Prepayments of Shelf Notes
    18  
4B. Optional Prepayment of Shelf Notes
    18  
4C. Notice of Optional Prepayment
    19  
4D. Application of Prepayments
    19  
5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    20  
5A. Financial Statements; Notice of Defaults
    20  
5B. Inspection of Property
    22  
5C. Maintenance of Existence
    22  
5D. Maintenance of Insurance
    22  
5E. Maintenance of Properties
    22  
5F. Compliance with Laws
    23  
5G. Environmental and Safety Laws
    23  
5H. Payment of Taxes and Claims
    23  
5I. ERISA
    23  
5J. Pari Passu Status
    24  
5K. Most Favored Lender Status
    24  

i


 

         
6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    24  
6A. Financial Covenants
    24  
6B. Priority Debt
    25  
6C. Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances
    25  
6D. Merger and Consolidation
    27  
6E. Sale of Assets
    28  
6F. Sale of Receivables
    29  
6G. Subsidiary Restrictions
    29  
6H. Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries
    30  
6I. Guarantees
    31  
6J. Sale and Lease-Back
    31  
6K. Transactions with Affiliates
    31  
6L. Nature of Business
    32  
6M. Loans, Advances and Investments
    32  
6N. Restricted Payments
    34  
7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    34  
7A. Event of Default
    34  
7B. Acceleration
    37  
7C. Rescission of Acceleration
    37  
7D. Notice of Acceleration or Rescission
    38  
7E. Other Remedies
    38  
8. REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS, AND WARRANTIES
    38  
8A. Organization
    38  
8B. Financial Statements
    39  
8C. Actions Pending
    40  
8D. Outstanding Debt
    40  
8E. Title to Properties
    40  
8F. Taxes
    40  
8G. Conflicting Agreements and Other Matters
    40  
8H. Offering of Notes
    41  
8I. Use of Proceeds
    41  
8J. ERISA
    42  
8K. Governmental Consent
    42  
8L. Compliance with Laws
    43  
8M. Environmental Compliance
    43  
8N. Possession of Material Rights and Intellectual Property
    43  
8O. Regulatory Status
    43  
8P. Disclosure
    44  
8Q. Foreign Assets Control Regulations
    44  
8R. Plan Documents
    44  
9. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS
    45  
9A. Nature of Purchase
    45  
9B. Source of Funds
    45  
10. DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING MATTERS
    47  
10A. Yield-Maintenance Terms
    47  
10B. Other Terms
    49  
10C. Accounting Principles, Terms, and Determinations
    63  
11. MISCELLANEOUS
    63  
11A. Note Payments
    63  
11B. Expenses
    64  
11C. Consent to Amendments
    64  

ii


 

         
11D. Form, Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Notes; Lost Notes
    65  
11E. Persons Deemed Owners; Participations
    66  
11F. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement
    67  
11G. Successors and Assigns
    67  
11H. Independence of Covenants
    67  
11I. Notices
    67  
11J. Payments Due on Non-Business Days
    68  
11K. Severability
    68  
11L. Descriptive Headings
    68  
11M. Satisfaction Requirement
    68  
11N. Governing Law
    68  
11O. Submission to Jurisdiction
    68  
11P. Severalty of Obligations
    69  
11Q. Counterparts
    69  
11R. Confidentiality
    69  
11S. Binding Agreement
    71  
         
EXHIBIT A-1
  Fixed Rate Senior Note, Series ___, Due                         
EXHIBIT A-2
  Floating Rate Shelf Note, Series ___, Due                         
EXHIBIT B
  Request for Purchase    
EXHIBIT C
  Confirmation of Acceptance    
EXHIBIT D-1
  Opinion of Company’s Counsel    
EXHIBIT D-2
  Opinion of Chadbourne and Parke LLP, special counsel to Company    
EXHIBIT D-3
  Opinion of Company’s Counsel    
EXHIBIT D-4
  Opinion of Chadbourne and Parke LLP, special counsel to Company    
EXHIBIT E
  Agreement of Guaranty    
EXHIBIT F
  Restrictions on Shares and Options    
EXHIBIT G
  Sharing Agreement    
 
       
SCHEDULE 6C
  Existing Liens    
SCHEDULE 6G
  Existing Restrictions    
SCHEDULE 6I
  Existing Guarantees    
SCHEDULE 6M(g)
  Investment Guidelines    
SCHEDULE 6M(k)
  Existing Investments    
SCHEDULE 8A
  Subsidiaries    
SCHEDULE 8D
  Outstanding Debt    
SCHEDULE 8G
  Conflicts    
SCHEDULE 8M
  Environmental Conditions    

iii


 

Insurance Services Office, Inc.
545 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686
As of March 16, 2007
New York Life Insurance Company (“New York Life”)
and each New York Life Affiliate (as hereinafter
defined) which becomes bound by certain
provisions of this Agreement as hereinafter
provided, the “ Purchasers ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The undersigned, Insurance Services Office, Inc. (together with its permitted successors and assigns, called the “ Company ”), hereby agrees with you as follows:
     1.  AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF SHELF NOTES; DELIVERIES AT SIGNING .
     1A. Authorization . The Company will authorize the issue of senior promissory notes (the “ Shelf Notes ” or “ Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, each to be dated the date of its issue thereof, (a) in the case of each Shelf Note to be issued bearing a fixed rate of interest on the unpaid balance from the date of original issuance at the rate per annum as provided by the terms of this Agreement (each, a “ Fixed Rate Shelf Note ”), to mature no more than 10 years after the date of original issuance and to have an average life of no more than 7 years after the date of original issuance or (b) in the case of each Shelf Note to be issued bearing a floating rate of interest on the unpaid balance from the date of original issuance at the rate per annum as provided by the terms of this Agreement (each, a “ Floating Rate Shelf Note ”), and to mature no more than 5 years after the date of original issuance. Each Shelf Note also will be subject to the other terms of that Shelf Note as described in the Confirmation of Acceptance for the Shelf Note delivered pursuant to paragraph 2A(6). Each Shelf Note will be substantially in the form of attached Exhibit A-1 in the case of a Fixed Rate Shelf Note and attached Exhibit A-2 in the case of a Floating Rate Shelf Note. The terms “ Shelf Note ” and “ Shelf Notes ” as used in this Agreement includes each Shelf Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Shelf Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any

Page 1


 

Shelf Note pursuant to any such provision. Notes that have (a) the same final maturity, (b) the same principal prepayment dates, (c) the same principal prepayment amounts (as a percentage of the original principal amount of each Note), (d) the same interest rate option (fixed or floating), (e) the same interest rate (in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes) or the same LIBOR Rate Margin and Base Rate Margin (in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes), (f) the same interest payment periods, and (g) the same date of issuance (which, in the case of a Note issued in exchange for another Note, is deemed for these purposes the date on which such Note’s ultimate predecessor Note was issued), are a “ Series ” of Notes.
     1B. Deliveries . Company is delivering to New York Life with this signed Agreement the following:
     1B(1). Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and each Guarantor authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Agreement of Guaranty, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Agreement of Guaranty.
     1B(2). Certificates of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and one other officer of the Company and each Guarantor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company and each Guarantor authorized to sign this Agreement and the Agreement of Guaranty and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.
     1B(3). Certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company and each Guarantor.
     1B(4). Favorable opinions of Kenneth E. Thompson, Esq., General Counsel of the Company and Chadbourne & Parke LLP, special counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (or such other counsel designated by the Company and acceptable to New York Life) substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2 , respectively, attached hereto and as to such other matters as New York Life may reasonably request. The Company hereby directs counsel to deliver said opinion, agrees that the issuance and sale of any Notes will constitute a reconfirmation of that direction, and understands and agrees that New York Life receiving said opinions will and is hereby authorized to rely on those opinions.
     1B(5). A good standing certificate for the Company and each Guarantor from the Secretary of State of Delaware dated of a recent date and such other evidence of the status of the Company and each Guarantor as New York Life may reasonably request.

Page 2


 

     1B(6). Certified copies of Requests for Information or copies (Form UCC-1) or equivalent reports listing all effective financing statements, which name the Company or any Subsidiary incorporated or formed in the United States (under its present name and previous names) as debtor and which are filed in the offices of the Secretaries of State of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, together with copies of those financing statements.
     1B(7). A fully executed Agreement of Guaranty (the “ Agreement of Guaranty ”) in the form of Exhibit E executed and delivered by each Material Subsidiary.
     1B(8) Favorable opinion of White & Case LLP, special counsel to New York Life in connection with this Agreement as to such matters as New York Life may reasonably request.
     2.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.
     2A. Purchase and Sale of Shelf Notes.
     2A(1). Facility. New York Life is willing to consider, in its sole discretion and within limits that may be authorized for purchase by New York Life Affiliates, from time to time, the purchase of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement. The willingness of New York Life to consider such purchase of Shelf Notes is the “ Facility .” At any point in time, the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes stated in paragraph 1, minus the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement prior to that time, minus the aggregate principal amount of Accepted Notes (as defined in paragraph 2A(6)) that have not been purchased and sold hereunder prior to that time and for which the closing has not been cancelled, plus the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, sold, and repaid or prepaid pursuant to this Agreement prior to that time is the “ Available Facility Amount ” at that time. NOTWITHSTANDING THE WILLINGNESS OF NEW YORK LIFE TO CONSIDER PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES BY NEW YORK LIFE AFFILIATES, THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO ON THE EXPRESS UNDERSTANDING THAT NEITHER NEW YORK LIFE NOR ANY NEW YORK LIFE AFFILIATE WILL BE OBLIGATED TO MAKE OR ACCEPT OFFERS TO PURCHASE SHELF NOTES, OR TO QUOTE RATES, SPREADS OR OTHER TERMS WITH RESPECT TO SPECIFIC PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES, AND THE FACILITY IS NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY NEW YORK LIFE OR ANY NEW YORK LIFE AFFILIATE.
     2A(2). Issuance Period. Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement until the earlier of:

Page 3


 

     (a) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if said anniversary is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding that anniversary);
     (b) the thirtieth day after New York Life gives to the Company, or the Company gives to New York Life, written notice stating that it elects to terminate the issuance and sale of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement (or if said thirtieth day is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding that thirtieth day);
     (c) the last Closing Day after which there is no Available Facility Amount;
     (d) the termination of the Facility under paragraph 7A of this Agreement; and
     (e) the acceleration of any Note under paragraph 7A of this Agreement.
The period during which Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement is the “ Issuance Period.
     2A(3). Periodic Spread Information. Not later than 9:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on a Business Day during the Issuance Period, if there is an Available Facility Amount on that Business Day, the Company may request by e-mail or telephone, and New York Life will, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide to the Company on that Business Day (or, if a request is received after 9:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on a Business Day, on the following Business Day), information (by e-mail or telephone) with respect to various spreads at which New York Life Affiliates might be interested in purchasing Shelf Notes of different average lives. The Company, however, will not make such a request more frequently than once in every five Business Days or such other period as mutually agreed to by the Company and New York Life. The amount and content of information to be provided is in the sole discretion of New York Life, but it is the intent of New York Life to provide information that will be of use to the Company in determining whether to initiate procedures for use of the Facility. The delivery of the information requested is not an offer to purchase Shelf Notes, and neither New York Life nor any New York Life Affiliate is obligated to purchase Shelf Notes at the spreads specified. New York Life may suspend or terminate providing information pursuant to this paragraph 
2A(3) for any reason, including its determination that the credit quality of the Company has declined since the date of this Agreement.
     2A(4). Request for Purchase. The Company may, from time to time during the Issuance Period, make requests for purchases of Shelf Notes (each request is called a “ Request for Purchase ”). Each Request for Purchase will be made to New York Life by e-mail or overnight delivery service, and must:

Page 4


 

     (a) specify the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes covered by the Request for Purchase, in an amount not less than $5,000,000 and not greater than the Available Facility Amount at the time the Request for Purchase is made;
     (b) specify the principal amounts, final maturities (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, are no more than 10 years from the date of issuance and, in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, are no more than 5 years from the date of issuance), average life (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, is no more than 7 years from the date of issuance), principal prepayment dates (if any) of the Shelf Notes covered by the Request for Purchase;
     (c) specify whether the rate quotes are to contain fixed rates of interest or floating rates of interest and the Interest Period (which, in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes, will be quarterly or semi-annually in arrears) of the Shelf Notes by the Request for Purchase;
     (d) specify the use or uses of proceeds of the Shelf Notes covered by the Request for Purchase;
     (e) specify the proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of Shelf Notes, which will be a Business Day during the Issuance Period and not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days (or as otherwise agreed) after the making of that Request for Purchase;
     (f) specify the number of the account and the name and address of the depository institution to which the purchase prices of the Shelf Notes are to be transferred on the Closing Day;
     (g) certify that the representations and warranties contained in paragraph 8 are true on and as of the date of each Request for Purchase and that there exists on that same date no Event of Default or Default; and
     (h) be substantially in the form of the attached Exhibit B .
Each Request for Purchase must be in writing and will be deemed made when received by New York Life. Unless otherwise agreed by New York Life, the Company will not submit a Request for Purchase for Floating Rate Shelf Notes if the aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Shelf Notes that have been issued hereunder plus the aggregate principal amount of any Accepted Notes that would constitute Floating Rate Shelf Notes exceeds $50,000,000.00.

Page 5


 

     2A(5). Spread Quotes. Not later than five Business Days after the Company gives New York Life a Request for Purchase pursuant to paragraph 2A(4), New York Life may, but is under no obligation to, provide to the Company by telephone or e-mail, in each case between 9:30 A.M. and 1:30 P.M. New York City local time (or such later time as New York Life may elect) quotes for interest rate spreads for the several principal amounts, maturities, principal prepayment schedules, interest rate options (fixed or floating) and interest payment periods (in the case of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes) of Shelf Notes specified in that Request for Purchase. Spreads quoted for Fixed Rate Shelf Notes shall be spreads over U.S. Treasury securities closest to the maturities specified in the Request for Purchase or, as mutually agreed, an interpolated maturity. Each quote will represent the interest rate spread per annum (or, in the case of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, will represent the applicable LIBOR Rate Margin and Base Rate Margin) payable on the outstanding principal balance of the Shelf Notes as described in the Request for Purchase at which a New York Life Affiliate would be willing to purchase those Shelf Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
     2A(6). Acceptance. Within 30 minutes after New York Life provides interest rate spreads pursuant to paragraph 2A(5) or such shorter period as New York Life may specify to the Company (the period being the “ Acceptance Window ”), the Company may, subject to paragraph 2A(7), elect to accept those quotes as to not less than $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes specified in the related Request for Purchase. Each election must be made by an Authorized Officer of the Company, notifying New York Life by telephone or e-mail within the Acceptance Window, that the Company elects to accept a spread quote, specifying the Shelf Notes (each such Shelf Note being an “ Accepted Note ”) as to which said acceptance (the “ Acceptance ”) relates. Within one hour after such acceptance or as mutually agreed between such parties, the Company and New York Life shall agree on the interest rate for the Accepted Notes based on such spread quote. The day an interest rate is agreed with respect to Accepted Notes is the “ Acceptance Day ” for those Accepted Notes. Any quotes as to which New York Life does not receive an Acceptance within the Acceptance Window or which do not result in an interest rate determination will expire, and no purchase or sale of Shelf Notes will be made based on those expired quotes. Subject to paragraph 2A(7) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will sell to New York Life or a New York Life Affiliate, and New York Life will purchase or cause the purchase by a New York Life Affiliate of, the Accepted Notes at 100% of the principal amount of those Accepted Notes. Within three Business Days following the Acceptance Day, the Company will deliver, and each New York Life Affiliate purchasing the Accepted Notes will execute a confirmation of the Acceptance substantially in the form of attached Exhibit C (the “ Confirmation of Acceptance ”). If the Company fails to deliver to New York Life within three Business Days a Confirmation of Acceptance, New York Life or any New York Life Affiliate may, at its election, at any time prior to its receipt of the fully

Page 6


 

executed Confirmation of Acceptance, cancel the closing with respect to those Accepted Notes by notifying the Company in writing.
     2A(7). Market Disruption. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2A(6), if New York Life provides quotes pursuant to paragraph 2A(5) and prior to agreement of the interest rate for Accepted Notes in accordance with paragraph 2A(6), the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities has closed or there has occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or, in the case of quotes with respect to Floating Rate Shelf Notes, a general suspension, material limitation or significant disruption in the London interbank market, then said quotes will expire, and no purchase or sale of Shelf Notes will be made based on those expired quotes. If after the occurrence of any of those events the Company notifies New York Life of the Acceptance of said quotes, that Acceptance will be ineffective for all purposes of this Agreement, and New York Life will promptly notify the Company that the provisions of this paragraph 2A(7) are applicable with respect to said Acceptance.
     2A(8). Facility Closings. Not later than 11:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on the Closing Day for any Accepted Notes, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser listed in the Confirmation of Acceptance relating thereto at the offices of New York Life, the Accepted Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser in the form of one or more Notes in authorized denominations as that Purchaser requests not later than one Business Day prior to said Closing Day. The Accepted Notes will be dated the Closing Day and registered in the Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Company’s account specified in the Request for Purchase for those Notes. If the Company fails to tender to a Purchaser the Accepted Notes to be purchased by that Purchaser on the scheduled Closing Day for those Accepted Notes, or any of the conditions specified in paragraph 3 are not fulfilled by the time required on that scheduled Closing Day, the Company must, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City local time, on that scheduled Closing Day notify New York Life (which notification will be deemed received by each Purchaser) in writing whether (a) said closing is to be rescheduled (with the rescheduled date to be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than one Business Day and not more than 10 Business Days after the originally scheduled Closing Day (the “ Rescheduled Closing Day ”)) and certify to New York Life (which certification will be for the benefit of each Purchaser) that the Company reasonably believes that it will be able to comply with the conditions set forth in paragraph 3 on the Rescheduled Closing Day and that the Company will pay the Delayed Delivery Fee in accordance with paragraph 2A(9)(c), or (b) the closing is to be canceled. In the event the Company fails to give the notice referred to in the preceding sentence, New York Life (on behalf of each Purchaser) may at its election, at any time after 2:00 P.M., New York

Page 7


 

City local time, on the scheduled Closing Day, notify the Company in writing that the closing is canceled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in this Agreement, the Company may not elect to reschedule a closing with respect to any given Accepted Notes more than once, unless New York Life otherwise consents in writing.
     2A(9). Fees.
     (a). [Intentionally Omitted]
     (b). Issuance Fee. The Company will pay to each Purchaser in immediately available funds a fee (the “Issuance Fee” ) on each Closing Day (other than the Closing Day with respect to the first series of Notes issued hereunder or any other Closing Day occurring on or before the date that is 90 days from the date hereof) in an amount equal to 0.125% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to each Purchaser on each Closing Day.
     (c). Delayed Delivery Fee. If the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note is delayed for any reason beyond the original Closing Day for the Fixed Rate Accepted Note, the Company will pay to the Purchaser of said Accepted Note on the Cancellation Date or actual closing date of the purchase and sale a fee (the “ Delayed Delivery Fee ”) calculated as follows:
(BEY — MMY) X DTS/360 X PA
where “ BEY ” means Bond Equivalent Yield, i.e. , the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note; “ MMY ” means Money Market Yield, i.e. , the yield per annum on a commercial paper investment of the highest quality selected by New York Life on the date New York Life receives notice of the delay in the closing for said Accepted Note, having a maturity date or dates the same as, or closest to, the Rescheduled Closing Day or Rescheduled Closing Days (a new alternative investment will be selected by New York Life each time a closing is delayed and, upon the request of the Company, each such investment will be identified to the Company); “ DTS ” means Days to Settlement, i.e. , the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day with respect to said Accepted Note to, but excluding, the date of payment; and “ PA ” means New York Life Amount, i.e. , the principal amount of the Accepted Note for which the calculation is being made. In no case will the Delayed Delivery Fee be less than zero. No Purchaser is obligated by the terms of this Agreement to purchase any Accepted Note on any day other than the Closing Day for that Accepted Note, as the Closing Day may be rescheduled under paragraph 2A(8).

Page 8


 

     (d). Cancellation Fee. If the Company at any time notifies New York Life in writing that the Company is canceling the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note, or if New York Life notifies the Company in writing under the circumstances set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 2A(6) or the penultimate sentence of paragraph 2A(8) that the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note is to be canceled, or if the closing of the purchase and sale of any Fixed Rate Accepted Note is not consummated on or prior to the last day of the Issuance Period (the date of any such notification, or the last day of the Issuance Period, as the case may be, is the “ Cancellation Date ”), the Company will pay the Purchasers in immediately available funds an amount (the “ Cancellation Fee ”) calculated as follows:
PI X PA
where “ PI ” means Price Increase, i.e. , the quotient (expressed in decimals) obtained by dividing (i) the excess of the ask price (as determined by New York Life) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Cancellation Date over the bid price (as determined by New York Life) of the Hedge Treasury Notes(s) on the Acceptance Day for said Accepted Note by (ii) that bid price; and “ PA ” has the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph 2A(9)(c). The foregoing bid and ask prices will be as reported by any publicly available source of such market data. Each price will be rounded to the second decimal place. In no case will the Cancellation Fee be less than zero.
     2B. Certain Floating Rate Shelf Note Provisions.
     2B(1). Floating Rate Interest.
     (a) Each Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes will evidence, at the time of issuance, either a LIBOR Loan or a Base Rate Loan, as provided in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance (which Confirmation of Acceptance also will specify, in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the initial Interest Period). Thereafter, Company will deliver to each holder of one or more Notes of a Series an irrevocable written notice by e-mail, U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service received by each such holder no later than 12:00 noon New York City time on the third Business Day prior to (i) the last day of each Interest Period with respect to any outstanding LIBOR Loan or (ii) the day (which will be a Business Day) as of which the Company elects to convert a Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan (except with respect to any LIBOR Loan or Base Rate Loan, which is to be prepaid on such last day pursuant to paragraph 4C). In said notice, Company will elect (A) in the case of an outstanding LIBOR Loan, whether that outstanding LIBOR Loan is to be continued as a LIBOR Loan or converted into a Base Rate Loan and, if said outstanding LIBOR Loan is to be continued as a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period, or (B) in the case of an outstanding Base Rate Loan being converted into a LIBOR Loan, the applicable

Page 9


 

Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated by Company in its written notice, at no time will more than one Interest Period be in effect with respect to a Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes. Further, the Company will not select an Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan under any Series of Notes (1) that would extend beyond the maturity date of that Series of Notes, or (2) if, after giving effect to said election, the principal amount of the LIBOR Loan would exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of that Series outstanding after giving effect to any prepayment. Any election by the Company with respect to any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes applies to all Notes of that Series, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the outstanding principal amounts thereof.
     (b) If the Company fails to properly give written notice with respect to any outstanding LIBOR Loan pursuant to paragraph 2B(1)(a) in a timely manner, the Company is deemed to have elected to continue the LIBOR Loan as a LIBOR Loan with an Interest Period of equivalent duration to the immediately preceding Interest Period. Promptly after the beginning of each Interest Period, at the written request of the Company, the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the applicable Series of Notes, will notify the Company of the LIBOR Rate for that Interest Period. Each determination of the applicable interest rate on any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for any Interest Period by said holder of the Notes in accordance with this paragraph 2B(1)(b) is conclusive and binding upon the Company and all holders of such Notes absent manifest error.
     (c) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 2B(1), if an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the end of the Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Loan, then the Company is deemed to have elected to convert the LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan, and thereafter the Company does not have the right to convert that Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan until there exists no Event of Default.
     (d) Interest on Floating Rate Shelf Notes is (i) payable (A) in the case of LIBOR Loans, in arrears on the last date of each applicable Interest Period ( provided that, in the case of any Interest Period in excess of three months, interest also will be payable in arrears on the date that occurs three months after the first day of such Interest Period), (B) in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and each date a Base Rate Loan is converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan, (C) in the case of any Floating Rate Loan, on the date of any prepayment of the Notes of such Series (on the amount prepaid), (D) in the case of any Floating Rate Loan, at maturity of the Notes of such Series (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and after maturity, on demand, and (ii) computed on the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (in the case of LIBOR Loans) and a year of 365/366 days (in the case of Base Rate Loans).

Page 10


 

     2B(2). Breakage Cost Indemnity.
     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify each holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes for, and to pay promptly to each holder upon written request, any amounts required to compensate that holder for any losses (excluding loss of anticipated profit), costs or expenses sustained or incurred by the holder by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by the holder to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans in respect of said Floating Rate Shelf Notes as a consequence of (i) any event (including any prepayment of Floating Rate Shelf Notes as contemplated by paragraphs 4B or 4C or any acceleration of Floating Rate Shelf Notes in accordance with paragraph 7B) which results in (A) that holder receiving any amount on account of the principal of any LIBOR Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (B) the conversion of a LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan other than on the first day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (C) the closing of the purchase and sale of any Floating Rate Shelf Note in respect of a LIBOR Loan beyond the original Closing Day specified in the applicable Request for Purchase, or (ii) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment of principal required to be made in respect of a LIBOR Loan (such amount being the “ Breakage Cost Obligation ”).
     (b) A certificate of any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes setting forth the amount or amounts said holder is entitled to receive pursuant to this paragraph 2B(2)(b) will be delivered to the Company and will be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company agrees to pay said holder the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after its receipt of the same.
     (c) The provisions of this paragraph 2B(2)(c) remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Notes, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of any Note.
     2B(3). Reserve Requirement; Change in Circumstances.
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if after the date of this Agreement any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) either (i) changes the basis of taxation of payments of the principal of or interest on any Floating Rate Shelf Note to its holder or any fees, expenses or indemnities payable hereunder (other than changes in respect of taxes imposed on the overall net income of that holder by the United States or the jurisdiction in which that holder has its principal office or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or

Page 11


 

(ii) imposes, modifies, or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes in respect of LIBOR Loans or imposes on that holder or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Loans made by that holder, and the result of either of the foregoing is to increase the cost to said holder of making or maintaining any LIBOR Loan or to reduce the amount of any payment received or receivable by that holder hereunder or under any of the Floating Rate Shelf Notes in respect of LIBOR Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by that holder to be material; then the Company agrees to pay to that holder in accordance with clause (c) below additional amount or amounts as will compensate said holder for all additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. Before making a demand for said compensation, each holder agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different lending office if changing that designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of said holder, subject the holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to the holder. Further, any holder organized outside the United States of America and entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Company is located or any treaty to which that jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, will deliver to the Company, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and reasonably requested by the Company, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit payments on the Notes to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
     (b) If any holder of a Floating Rate Shelf Note determines that any of (i) the adoption after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or (ii) an amendment or modification after the date hereof to or of any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline (whether such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline had been originally adopted before or after the date hereof), or (iii) a change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration of any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the holder with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental authority or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on that holder’s capital as a consequence of the LIBOR Loans made pursuant hereto to a level below that which the holder could have achieved but for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such holder’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the holder to be material; then from time to time the Company agrees to pay to that holder such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the holder for any reduction suffered. Notwithstanding

Page 12


 

the foregoing, each holder will take all reasonable actions to avoid the imposition of, or reduce the amounts of, those increased costs, provided that the actions, in the reasonable judgment of the holder, would not subject the holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to the holder.
     (c) The certificate of a holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate that holder as specified in clause (a) or (b) above will be delivered to the Company and will be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company agrees to pay that holder the amount shown as due on said certificate within five Business Days after its receipt of the same.
     (d) Except as provided in paragraph 2B(9), failure or delay on the part of a holder of Notes to demand compensation for any increased costs, or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital is not a waiver of that holder’s right to demand said compensation with respect to the subject period or any other period.
     (e) Subject to paragraph 2B(9), the provisions of this paragraph 2B(3) remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the occurrence of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Notes, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any Note, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of Notes.
     2B(4). Illegality.
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if, after the date hereof, any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof makes it unlawful for any holder of Floating Rate Shelf Notes to make or maintain any LIBOR Loan, then (i) that holder will promptly notify the Company in writing of those circumstances (which notice will be withdrawn if the holder determines that the circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the obligation of the holder to make LIBOR Loans, to continue LIBOR Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans will be canceled immediately and, until such time as it is no longer unlawful for that holder to make or maintain LIBOR Loans, the holder is obligated only to make or maintain Base Rate Loans, and (iii) that holder may require that all LIBOR Loans made by it be converted to Base Rate Loans, in which event all such LIBOR Loans will be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans as of the effective date of notice to Company as provided in clause (b) below. Each holder, however, agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different lending office if that designation would allow the holder to make or maintain LIBOR Loans and would not, in the reasonable judgment

Page 13


 

     of that holder, subject the holder to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be otherwise disadvantageous to the holder.
     (b) For purposes of this paragraph 2B(4), a notice to the Company by any holder of Notes is effective as to each LIBOR Loan made by the holder, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to that LIBOR Loan; in all other cases the notice is effective on the date of receipt by the Company. If the conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day that is not the last day of the then applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, the Company agrees to pay the holder of said LIBOR Loan such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to paragraph 2B(2).
     2B(5). Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the applicable Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, determines (which determination is conclusive and binding upon the Company) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR Rate for that Interest Period in accordance with the definition of “LIBOR Rate,” the holder will give e-mail or telephonic notice thereof to the Company as soon as practicable thereafter. If notice is given, (a) LIBOR Loans of any Series that were to continue as LIBOR Loans of that Series will be converted to Base Rate Loans of the Series, (b) Base Rate Loans of any Series that were to be converted on the first day of that Interest Period to LIBOR Loans will continue as Base Rate Loans, and (c) unless said notice is withdrawn, any other outstanding LIBOR Loans of such Series will be converted, at the end of the then applicable Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans. Until said notice has been withdrawn by said holder, no further LIBOR Loans will be made or continued as such and the Company will no longer have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans.
     2B(6). Default Rate. If any principal of or interest on any LIBOR Loan or Base Rate Loan, any Breakage Cost Obligation payment or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Floating Rate Shelf Note is not paid when due, to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate on that amount is payable from and including the due date until paid. Interest on that amount is payable on the date the amount is paid or, at the option of the Person to whom the amount is payable, from time to time upon demand by that Person.
     2B(7). Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), to be paid under this Agreement or any other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any holder of a Floating Rate Shelf Note, exceeds the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”),

Page 14


 

the rate of interest payable on the Floating Rate Shelf Note, together with all Charges payable to the holder thereof is limited to the Maximum Rate.
     2B(8). Assignment of Notes under Certain Circumstances. In the event (a) any holder delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to paragraph 2B(3) or (b) any holder delivers a notice described in paragraph 2B(4), the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to that holder, require the holder to transfer and assign, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and its Floating Rate Shelf Notes to an assignee that will assume the assigned obligations (which assignee may be another holder, if a holder accepts the assignment). Said assignment, however, must not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction. The Company or assignee must pay to the affected holder in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of that payment to holder on the outstanding LIBOR Loans of the holder plus all Charges and other amounts accrued for the account of the holder under the Agreement, and if the assignment occurs on any day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, the Company or assignee will pay any Breakage Cost Obligation to the affected holder.
     2B(9). Time Bar on Compensation Claims. The Company is not required to pay any amount claimed by a holder pursuant to paragraph 
2B(3) unless that holder has requested payment of that amount within six months of becoming aware of the event giving rise to the claim.
     2B(10). Adjustment to Interest Rate .
     (a) If pursuant to generally applicable insurance regulations for U.S. life and health insurance companies the risk based capital factor (the “Risk Based Capital Factor”) attributable to any Note as of the Closing Day for that Note increases after the Closing Day for that Note (a “Negative RBC Change”), then the holder of that Note may give written notice of that Negative RBC Change to the Company, and the interest rate on that Note will increase by 75 basis points per annum effective as of the first day of the next Interest Period. Within 10 Business Days of receipt of notice from said holder, the Company will give written notice of the Negative RBC Change to all other holders of the Notes.
     (b) If the Risk Based Capital Factor attributable to any Note as of the Closing Day for that Note decreases after the Closing Day for that Note (a “Positive RBC Change”), then the Company may give written notice to the holder of the Note of the Positive RBC Change, and the interest rate on that Note will decrease by 10 basis points effective as of the first day of the next Interest Period.

Page 15


 

     (c) If subsequent to an interest rate adjustment on a Note as provided in either paragraph 2B(10)(a) or 2B(10)(b), the Risk Based Capital Factor with respect to such Note returns to its original level, as specified in a written notice from a holder to the Company, or by the Company to the holders, as applicable, then the interest rate on such Note will return to the original interest rate as of the Closing Day, effective as of the first day of the next Interest Period. If thereafter the Risk Based Capital Factor again increases or decreases as provided in paragraphs 
2B(10)(a) or 2B(10)(b), the provisions of those paragraphs will apply to that increase or decrease, as applicable. Each holder of a Note will use reasonable efforts to notify the Company promptly of any increase or decrease in the Risk Based Capital Factor of which the holder has actual knowledge (provided that the failure to do so will not affect the Company’s obligations hereunder).
     (d) If any Note is subject to the Default Rate at the same time an adjustment in the interest rate exists or would take effect under this paragraph 2B(10), that adjustment under this paragraph 2B(10) will be disregarded until such time as the Default Rate is no longer applicable.
     3.  CONDITIONS OF CLOSING. The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for any Notes is subject to the satisfaction, as determined by such Purchaser in its sole discretion, on or before the Closing Day for the Notes to be purchased, of the following conditions:
     3A. Certain Documents. Such Purchaser will have received the following, each dated the date of the applicable Closing Day:
     (a) The Note(s) to be purchased by such Purchaser executed by an Authorized Officer of the Company.
     (b) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Guarantors authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Agreement of Guaranty and of the issuance of the Notes on said Closing Day, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.
     (c) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and one other officer of the Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.
     (d) Certified copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company.
     (e) Favorable opinions of Kenneth E. Thompson, Esq., General Counsel of the Company and of Chadbourne & Parke LLP, special counsel to the Company (or

Page 16


 

such other counsel designated by the Company and acceptable to such Purchaser(s)) satisfactory to such Purchaser and substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3 and Exhibit D-4 , respectively, attached hereto and as to such other matters as such Purchaser may reasonably request. The Company hereby directs counsel to deliver said opinion, agrees that the issuance and sale of any Notes will constitute a reconfirmation of that direction, and understands and agrees that each Purchaser receiving said opinions will and is hereby authorized to rely on those opinions.
     (f) A good standing certificate for the Company from the Secretary of State of Delaware dated of a recent date and such other evidence of the status of the Company as the Purchaser may reasonably request.
     (g) Certified copies of Requests for Information or copies (Form UCC-1) or equivalent reports listing all effective financing statements, which name the Company or any Subsidiary incorporated or formed in the United States (under its present name and previous names) as debtor and which are filed in the offices of the Secretaries of State of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, together with copies of those financing statements.
     (h) A Private Placement number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in connection with the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) for the Notes to be purchased.
     (i) An Officer’s Certificate dated as of the Closing Day certifying the matters described by paragraph 3B and as to matters of fact as requested by such Purchaser to enable such Purchaser to determine compliance with paragraph 3C.
     (j) Additional documents or certificates with respect to legal matters or corporate or other proceedings related to the transactions contemplated hereby as may be reasonably requested by such Purchaser.
     (k) A fully executed sharing agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G.
     3B. Representations and Warranties; No Default. The representations and warranties contained in paragraph 8 are true as of the date of this Agreement and will be true on and as of each Closing Day, except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions herein contemplated; no Event of Default or Default exists as of each Closing Day; and, after giving effect to the issuance of Notes on each Closing Day, no Event of Default or Default will occur or be continuing.
     3C. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Laws. The purchase of and payment for all the Notes to be purchased by a Purchaser on the terms and conditions

Page 17


 

herein provided (including the use of the proceeds of such Notes by the Company) (a) is permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which the Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restrictions as to the character of the particular investment, (b) will not violate any applicable law or governmental regulation (including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Securities Act or Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and (c) will not subject the Purchaser to any tax, penalty, or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or governmental regulation.
     3D. Payment of Fees. The Company must have paid to New York Life or any Purchaser, as applicable, any fees due it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including any Issuance Fee due pursuant to paragraph 2A(9)(b), any Delayed Delivery Fee due pursuant to paragraph 2A(9)(c) and any counsel fees and expenses.
     3E. Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Notes and all documents incident thereto must be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser will have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it may have requested no later than the close of business on the Business Day preceding the applicable Closing Day.
     4.  PREPAYMENTS. The Shelf Notes will be subject to required prepayment as and to the extent provided in paragraph 4A. Any prepayment made by the Company pursuant to any other provision of this paragraph 4 will not reduce or otherwise affect its obligation to make any required prepayment as specified in paragraph 4A.
     4A. Required Prepayments of Shelf Notes. Each Series of Shelf Notes will be subject to required prepayments, if any, set forth in the Notes of the Series.
     4B. Optional Prepayment of Shelf Notes.
     (a) Each Series of Fixed Rate Shelf Notes will be subject to prepayment, in whole at any time or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of the Notes of the Series, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid plus interest thereon to the prepayment date and the Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, with respect to each Note. Any partial prepayment of a Series of the Notes pursuant to this

Page 18


 

paragraph 4B(a) will be applied in satisfaction of required payments of principal in inverse order of their scheduled due dates.
     (b) Each Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes will be subject to prepayment, in whole at any time or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of the Notes of the Series, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid plus interest thereon to the prepayment date. Any Notes that are prepaid pursuant to this paragraph 4B(b) on any day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, also will be subject to paragraph 2B(2) and, concurrently with the prepayment, the Company will pay any Breakage Cost Obligation to the holder.
     4C. Notice of Optional Prepayment. The Company will give the holder of each Note of a Series to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4B irrevocable written notice of the prepayment not less than 10 Business Days prior to the prepayment date, specifying the prepayment date, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the Series to be prepaid on that date, the principal amount of the Notes of the Series held by the holder to be prepaid on that date and that prepayment is to be made pursuant to paragraph 4B. If proper notice has been given, the principal amount of the Notes specified in that notice, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date and the Yield-Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation (as applicable), if any, will be due and payable on that prepayment date. The Company will, on or before the day on which it gives written notice of any prepayment pursuant to paragraph 4B, give telephonic notice of the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid and the prepayment date to the representatives of each Significant Holder as listed on the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance or by notice in writing to the Company.
     4D. Application of Prepayments. In the case of each prepayment of less than the entire unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Notes of a Series pursuant to paragraphs 4A or 4B, the amount to be prepaid will be applied pro rata to all outstanding Notes of that Series (including, for purposes of this paragraph 4D only, all Notes prepaid or otherwise retired or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates other than by prepayment pursuant to paragraphs 4A or 4B) according to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof.
     4E. Maturity; Surrender, Etc. In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to paragraph 4B, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, as

Page 19


 

aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
     4F. Purchase of Notes . The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate or Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
     5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. During the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any Note is outstanding and unpaid, the Company covenants as follows:
     5A. Financial Statements; Notice of Defaults. The Company will deliver to each holder of Notes in triplicate:
     (a) as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly period (other than the last quarterly period) in each fiscal year, consolidating and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of that quarterly period, and a consolidating and consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of that quarterly period, setting forth in each case in comparative form figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by an authorized financial officer of the Company, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments;
     (b) as soon as practicable and in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year, consolidating and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for that year, and a consolidating and consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of that year, setting forth in each case in comparative form corresponding consolidated figures from the preceding annual audit, all in reasonable detail and reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company whose report will be without limitation as to the scope of the audit;
     (c) promptly upon transmission, copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports it sends to its public stockholders and copies of all

Page 20


 

registration statements (without exhibits) and all reports it files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions of the Securities and Exchange Commission);
     (d) promptly upon receipt, a copy of each other report submitted to the Company or any Subsidiary by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company or any Subsidiary;
     (e) prompt notice of (i) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or governmental authority against or affecting the Company or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, together with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and
     (f) with reasonable promptness, such other information respecting the conditions or operations (financial or otherwise) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a holder may reasonably request.
Together with each delivery of financial statements required by clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company will deliver to each holder of Notes an Officer’s Certificate demonstrating (with computations in reasonable detail) compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries with the provisions of paragraphs 6A(1), 6A(2), 6B, 6C, 6E, 6H and 6M and stating that to the Officer’s knowledge, there exists no Event of Default or Default, or, if any Event of Default or Default exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. Together with each delivery of financial statements required by clause (b) above, the Company will deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of those accountants stating that, in making the audit necessary for their report on the financial statements, they have obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, or, if they have obtained knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof. The accountants, however, will not be liable to anyone by reason of their failure to obtain knowledge of any Event of Default or Default that would not be disclosed in the course of an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
     Immediately after any Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of an Event of Default or Default, the Company will deliver to each holder of Notes an Officer’s Certificate specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

Page 21


 

     The Company covenants that, if another exemption from the registration requirement of the Securities Act is not then available, it will, upon the request of the holder of any Note, provide such holder, and any qualified institutional buyer designated by such holder, such financial and other information as such holder may reasonably determine to be necessary in order to permit compliance with the information requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in connection with the resale of Notes, except at such times as the Company is subject to and in compliance with the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. For the purpose of this paragraph, the term “qualified institutional buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
     5B. Inspection of Property. The Company will permit any Person designated by any Significant Holder in writing, at such Significant Holder’s expense if no Default or Event of Default exists and at the Company’s expense if a Default or Event of Default does exist, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to examine the corporate books and financial records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of any of those entities with the principal officers of the Company and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as the Significant Holder may reasonably request.
     5C. Maintenance of Existence. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate, limited liability company or other entity existence, material rights, licenses, permits and franchises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may abandon or terminate the existence of any Subsidiary, or the rights, licenses, permits or franchises of any Subsidiary or the Company if the abandonment or termination would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5D. Maintenance of Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with insurers believed by the Company to be financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5E. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain, and preserve all property used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, and from time to time make, or

Page 22


 

cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals and replacements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection with those properties will be properly conducted at all times, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5F. Compliance with Laws. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, environmental laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5G. Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, deliver promptly to New York Life and each Purchaser of any Notes any notice of (a) any material enforcement, cleanup, removal or other material governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or, to the Company’s best knowledge, threatened pursuant to any Environmental and Safety Laws; (b) all material Environmental Costs and Liabilities against or in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (c) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s becoming aware of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining the property of the Company or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to cause such property or any material part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on its ownership, occupancy, transferability or use under any Environmental and Safety Laws.
     5H. Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to provide, pay and discharge promptly all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, prior to the time penalties would attach thereto, as well as lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon those properties or any part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged any tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim during such time as the validity or amount thereof is subject to a Good Faith Contest or the failure of which to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     5I. ERISA. The Company will, and will cause each of its affected Subsidiaries to deliver to New York Life and each Purchaser promptly and in any event within 10 days after it knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any event of the type specified in clause (m) of paragraph 7A, notice of that event and the likely impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Page 23


 

     5J. Pari Passu Status. All Indebtedness owing under the Notes and under this Agreement ranks at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Company.
     5K. Most Favored Lender Status. If Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) creates, incurs, maintains or assumes Indebtedness, or agrees to the modification of Indebtedness (or the indenture or other agreement underlying that Indebtedness) with representations, warranties, covenants or event of default provisions in addition to those set forth in, or more favorable to a lender or creditor than those already set forth in, paragraphs 5, 6, 7A or 8 hereof, then paragraphs 5, 6, 7A or 8, as the case may be, will be deemed to be automatically amended to include those additional provisions or more favorable provisions, effective as of the date hereof or of that incurrence, creation, assumption or modification. Within three (3) Business Days thereafter, the Company will deliver an executed written conforming amendment to this Agreement effective as of the date of said incurrence, creation, assumption, or modification.
     5L. Guarantees of Subsidiaries . The Company shall notify each holder of Notes at the time that any Person meeting the definition of Material Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days), cause such Person to (a) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to each holder of Notes a counterpart of the Agreement of Guaranty in the form of Exhibit E hereto, and (b) deliver to each holder of Notes documents of the types referred to in paragraphs 1B(1), 1B(2) and 1B(5) and a favorable opinion of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of such Agreement of Guaranty, subject to traditional carve-outs, including fraudulent conveyance), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to such holders.
     6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS. During the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any Note or other amount due hereunder is outstanding and unpaid, the Company covenants as follows:
     6A. Financial Covenants. The Company will not permit:
     6A(1). Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At any time the ratio of Consolidated Net Earnings Available for Fixed Charges to Consolidated Fixed Charges to be less than 2.75 to 1.00.
     6A(2). Consolidated Leverage Ratio. At any time the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

Page 24


 

     6B. Priority Debt. The Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries to not, permit the aggregate amount of all Priority Debt at any time to exceed an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Assets.
     6C. Limitations on Liens and Encumbrances. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or on any income, participation, royalty or profits therefrom (whether or not provision is made for the equal and ratable securing of the Notes), except for:
     (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental levies or charges not yet due or which are subject to a Good Faith Contest;
     (b) Liens in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6C hereto and any extensions renewals or replacements thereof, provided that (i) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by said Lien immediately prior to its extension, renewal or refunding is not increased or the maturity thereof changed and (ii) said Lien is not extended to any other property in violation of this Agreement;
     (c) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets, which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances of credit and which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the use or value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
     (d) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary to secure obligations of that Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
     (e) any attachment or judgment Lien, unless the judgment it secures is not, within 30 days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or is not discharged within 30 days after the expiration of any such stay, provided the aggregate amount of attachments or judgment Liens must not secure obligations in excess of $10,000,000 at any time;
     (f) Liens existing (i) on any property or asset of a Person at the time that Person becomes a Subsidiary of or is merged with or into the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) at the time of the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of any property or asset, provided that (A) those Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in contemplation of that purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition or other event, (B) the Liens are confined solely to the property or asset so acquired, and (C) all of those properties and assets do not secure more than $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness;

Page 25


 

     (g) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, contractors, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or that are subject to a Good Faith Contest;
     (h) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred, or deposits made, in the ordinary course of business, (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age benefit and other types of social security, (ii) to secure (or to obtain letters of credit that secure) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, performance bonds, purchase, construction, government or sales contracts and other similar obligations or (iii) otherwise to satisfy statutory or legal obligations; provided , that in each such case the Liens (A) were not incurred or made in connection with the incurrence or maintenance of Indebtedness, the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit, and (B) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or assets so encumbered or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
     (i) minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to use of real property, that are necessary for the conduct of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries or that customarily exist on properties of entities engaged in similar businesses and are similarly situated and that do not in any event materially impair the use of the real property in the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (j) Liens arising as a result of the filing of any financing statement under any applicable state uniform commercial code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction covering consigned or leased goods, which do not constitute assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries and which is not intended as security;
     (k) Liens provided for in equipment leases (including financing statements and undertakings to file the same), provided that those Liens are limited to the equipment subject to the leases, accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof;
     (l) Liens on cash collateral not in excess of $12,000,000 in the aggregate securing outstanding New Israeli Shekel-denominated Indebtedness used solely for hedging purposes;
     (m) Liens in or upon and any right of offset against, moneys, deposit balances, security or other property, or interests therein, held or received by or for or left in the possession or control of any lender (or any affiliate of such lender) in connection with working capital facilities, lines of credit, term loans or other credit facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that in no event shall (i) the Company be subject to a minimum or compensating balance or similar arrangement or

Page 26


 

arrangement requiring it to maintain minimum cash funds or deposits with such lender or lenders or (ii) either the Company or any Subsidiary maintain in all of its respective accounts with all such lenders, at any time, overnight cleared cash balances in demand deposit accounts that are subject to set-off rights, in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate for all such respective accounts of either the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be (in each case, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any balances held in commercial paper or money market funds);
     (n) Liens in respect of Priority Debt permitted under paragraph 6B so long as those Liens do not secure Indebtedness owing in respect of the Credit Agreements or any other agreement or agreements in respect of the Company’s primary bank facility or facilities.
If, notwithstanding the prohibition contained herein, the Company or any Subsidiary creates, incurs, assumes, or suffers to exist any Lien other than those permitted by the provisions (a) through (n) of this paragraph 6C, the Company will take all actions as are necessary for the Notes to be secured equally and ratably with those obligations secured by the non-permitted Liens pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to New York Life and the Required Holders. In any event, the Notes will have the benefit, to the fullest extent that, and with such priority as, the holders of the Notes may be entitled under applicable law to an equitable Lien on the property. A violation of this paragraph 6C constitutes an Event of Default, whether or not provision is made for an equal and ratable Lien pursuant to this paragraph 6C.
     6D. Merger and Consolidation. The Company will not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation, or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
     (a) the surviving corporation, if the Company is not the survivor, is a U.S. corporation that expressly assumes, by a written agreement satisfactory in form and substance to New York Life and the Required Holders (which agreement may require, in connection with the assumption, the delivery of such opinions of counsel as New York Life and the Required Holders may require), the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes, including all covenants herein and therein contained, and the successor or acquiring entity will succeed to and be substituted for the Company with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a party hereto, provided the Company will not be released from any of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or the Notes unless a sale as described in this paragraph 6D(a) is followed by the complete liquidation of the Company and substantially all the assets of the Company immediately following that sale are distributed to the successor or acquiring entity in liquidation;
     (b) no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the merger or consolidation; and

Page 27


 

     (c) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended of the surviving corporation is at least as great as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.
     6E. Sale of Assets. The Company will not Transfer or otherwise commit to Transfer any of its assets (including Subsidiary stock held by the Company), and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary to Transfer any of its assets (including Subsidiary stock held by the Subsidiary) or consolidate or merge into any other Person, except that:
     (a) any Subsidiary may Transfer assets to (or merge or consolidate with) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company;
     (b) the Company or any Subsidiary may sell inventory in the ordinary course of business;
     (c) the Company or any Subsidiary may Transfer assets that, in its good faith, reasonable judgment, have no further useful or productive capacity, are fully used or depreciated, are obsolete or are no longer necessary or productive in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;
     (d) the Company may enter into and consummate transactions permitted by paragraph 6D;
     (e) the Company or any Subsidiary may otherwise Transfer assets or, in the case of any Subsidiary, may consolidate or merge with any Person, provided that after giving effect thereto, (i) the aggregate book value of assets Transferred and of any merged or consolidated Subsidiaries during the twelve-month period most recently ended prior to such Transfer does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to that Transfer, or (ii) the business operations of the assets transferred and of any merged or consolidated Subsidiaries did not contribute more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to that Transfer; and
     (f) the Company or any Subsidiary may Transfer assets other than as set forth in the preceding clauses (a) through (e) if (i) the Net Proceeds therefrom, if any, are either (A) reinvested in outstanding capital stock of the Company, acquisitions otherwise permitted hereby, internal product development or Investments of the type described in Schedule 6M(f) within 90 days of the receipt of those Net Proceeds or (B) applied within 90 days of the receipt of the Net Proceeds to make an optional

Page 28


 

prepayment of Notes having a principal amount equal to the Ratable Portion of the Notes; and (ii) except in the case of a Transfer of any Investment permitted by paragraph 6M, the Company provides each holder of the Notes with an Officer’s Certificate at least 5 Business Days prior to the Transfer identifying the assets to be sold and the anticipated use of proceeds therefrom and certifying that the Net Proceeds, if any, will be used in compliance with this paragraph 6E(f). “ Ratable Portion ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, being applied to the payment of the Notes and all other Indebtedness, if any, of the Company or any Subsidiary, which may be secured but that is otherwise pari passu with the Notes in right of payment multiplied by (B) a fraction the numerator of which is the principal amount of the Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other Indebtedness.
     6F. Sale of Receivables . The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell with recourse, discount, Transfer, dispose of or incur a Lien on any of its accounts receivable, except accounts receivable the collection of which is doubtful in accordance with GAAP.
     6G. Subsidiary Restrictions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into, or be otherwise subject to, any contract, agreement or other binding obligation that directly or indirectly limits the amount of, or otherwise restricts (a) the payment to the Company of dividends or other redemptions or distributions with respect to its capital stock by any Subsidiary, (b) the repayment to the Company by any Subsidiary of intercompany loans or advances, or (c) other intercompany transfers to the Company of property or other assets by Subsidiaries other than:
     (i) restrictions in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6G hereto and any extensions, renewals or replacements thereof, provided that an extension, renewal or replacement does not contain restrictions more restrictive than those in effect on the date hereof;
     (ii) restrictions pertaining to assets or property subject to a Lien permitted by paragraph 6C existing in agreements relating to the Lien or the Indebtedness secured by the Lien;
     (iii) customary non-assignment provisions in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;
     (iv) restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law;

Page 29


 

     (v) restrictions in any agreement relating to a Transfer permitted under paragraph 6E insofar as it relates to the property or assets being Transferred;
     (vi) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof, which exists at the time that Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and is not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, that Person becoming a Subsidiary, provided that those encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or to the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the Person that becomes a Subsidiary; and
     (vii) any encumbrance or restriction in the case of clause (c) of this paragraph 6G arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that does not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Subsidiary.
     6H. Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary (either directly, or indirectly by the issuance of rights, warrants, or options for, or securities convertible into, such shares) to issue, sell or dispose of any shares of its stock of any class (other than shares owned by the Company or any other Subsidiary) except (a) for directors’ qualifying shares or other shares issued to comply with local ownership legal requirements (but not in excess of the minimum number of shares necessary to satisfy those requirement), (b) shares issued pursuant to employee stock option plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary acting in good faith and shares issued in connection with the settlement of stock appreciation rights or as part of stock awards pursuant to plans or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary acting in good faith, (c) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and (d) shares issued for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each holder of the Notes at least 5 Business Days prior to the issuance identifying the shares to be issued and the anticipated use of proceeds therefrom and certifying that the Net Proceeds, if any, from the issuance will be used in compliance with this paragraph 6H). The Net Proceeds from an issuance permitted by this paragraph 6H will be (i) reinvested in outstanding capital stock of the Company, acquisitions otherwise permitted hereby, internal product development or Investments of the type described in Schedule 6M(g) within 90 days of the receipt of Net Proceeds or (ii) applied within 90 days of the receipt of the Net Proceeds to an optional prepayment of Notes having a principal amount equal to the Ratable Portion of the Notes.

Page 30


 

     6I. Guarantees. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, Guarantee or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for Indebtedness of any other Person, contingently or otherwise, except
     (a) Guarantees issued, if any, in favor of the holders of the Notes including the Agreement of Guaranty;
     (b) existing Guarantees further described on Schedule 6I hereto, including any renewals thereof not in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate;
     (c) Guarantees by the Company that are not prohibited by paragraph 6A(2);
     (d) Guarantees by any Subsidiary in favor of any other Person so long as
     (i) contemporaneously with the delivery of the Guarantee, the Subsidiary executes and delivers a substantially similar Guarantee in favor of the holders of the Notes (which Guarantee will be satisfactory in form and substance to the holders of the Notes), and
     (ii) the beneficiary of that Guarantee enters into a sharing agreement with the holders of the Notes, in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of the Notes, which provides, among other things, for the sharing of payments made under that Guarantee.
     6J. Sale and Lease-Back. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any lender or investor or to which a lender or investor is a party providing for the leasing by the Company or any Subsidiary of real or personal property that has been or is to be Transferred by the Company or any Subsidiary to that lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by that lender or investor on the security of the Transferred property or rental obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary unless (a) the assets so Transferred are subject to, and may be Transferred in compliance with, paragraph 6E and (b) the lease obligations are Capitalized Lease Obligations and, immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the transaction, including, without limitation, any default with respect to paragraph 6A.
     6K. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, or otherwise deal with, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise any Affiliate except upon terms that are no

Page 31


 

less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, other than pursuant to (a) agreements in existence on the date hereof, and (b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary so long as (i) those loans or advances are used to (A) purchase shares in connection with any of the Company’s stock option or award programs, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, or (B) pay any tax liability incurred at the time of exercise of any stock options issued pursuant to such a program, and (ii) the shares are pledged to the Company to secure the loans or advances.
     6L. Nature of Business. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.
     6M. Loans, Advances and Investments. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make or permit to remain outstanding, any loan or advance to, or extend loans, advances or credit to (other than loans, advances or credit extended in the normal course of business to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company), or own, purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any Person (other than repurchases of capital stock that is subsequently retired or classified as treasury stock of the Company), or commit to do any of the foregoing, (all of the foregoing collectively being “ Investments ”), except for:
     (a) Investments in any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
     (b) Investments in any Subsidiary or a corporation which immediately after the purchase or acquisition of such stock, obligations, or other securities will be a Subsidiary;
     (c) obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government (whether issued by the United States Government or an agency thereof), and obligations guaranteed by the United States Government, in each case which mature within one year from the date acquired;
     (d) demand and time deposits with, Eurodollar deposits with, or certificates of deposit issued by any commercial bank or trust company (i) organized under the laws of the United States, or any of its states, or having branch offices therein, (ii) having equity capital in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) who issues either (A) senior debt securities rated A or better by S&P, A2 or better by Moody’s or (B) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by S&P or P-1 or better by Moody’s, in each case payable in the United States in United States dollars and which in each case mature within one year from the date acquired;

Page 32


 

     (e) readily marketable commercial paper rated as A-1 or better by S&P or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s and maturing not more than 270 days from the date acquired;
     (f) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary so long as (i) the loans or advances are used to (A) purchase shares in connection with any of the Company’s stock option or award programs, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, or (B) pay any tax liability incurred at the time of exercise of any stock options issued pursuant to such a program and (ii) the shares are pledged to the Company to secure those loans or advances;
     (g) Investments of the type described in the “Investment Guidelines” of the Company dated July 1997, revised March 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 6M(g);
     (h) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits, in each case to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (i) current assets arising from the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (j) Investments received in settlement of litigation, bankruptcy proceedings or in the good faith settlement of debt;
     (k) Investments in existence on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 6M(k) ;
     (l) purchase or redemption of any Note pursuant to paragraph 4B or 4C of this Agreement and purchase or redemption of the Ratable Portion of any other Company Indebtedness in accordance with paragraph 6E or 6H of this Agreement;
     (m) Investments made by the Company’s Top Hat Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan; and
     (n) Investments other than those set forth in the preceding clauses (a) through (m); provided that, at the time of making the Investment, the aggregate amount of all such Investments, including the subject Investment, valued at the greater of the original cost or Fair Market Value thereof, does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Assets.

Page 33


 

     6N. Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, repurchase or pay any dividends on (a) any Class A Shares of the Company (other than shares held by the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 401(K) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan) or (b) any Class B shares of the Company if, after giving effect to that repurchase or payment, a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Agreement. With respect to grants of Class A shares of the Company (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005, to (A) any of Carole J. Banfield, Richard G. Boehning, Joseph P. Giasi, Jr., Patrick McLaughlin, John McCue, Roy G. Nicolosi, or Kevin B. Thompson or (B) any Person which is or becomes a member of the Company’s Senior Management Committee and is or becomes the holder of 25,000 or more Class A shares of the Company (or options in respect thereof), the Company will cause the document relating to each grant to contain the language appearing in the attached Exhibit F . The Company further agrees (a) that no document relating to a grant of Class A shares of the Company (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005, to any Person will contain provisions inconsistent with Exhibit F , (b) to provide a copy of each document relating to a grant to any person of Class A shares of the Company (or options in respect thereof) occurring after February 1, 2005, to New York Life and, to the extent requested by New York Life, to make any necessary changes to that document to give effect to the attached Exhibit F , and (c) not to amend the provisions of any document that contains the language set forth in Exhibit F (or similar section) without the written consent of New York Life.
     7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
     7A. Event of Default . An Event of Default exists if any of the following events occurs and continues for any reason whatsoever (and whether the occurrence is voluntary or involuntary or comes about or is effected by operation of law or otherwise):
     (a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal of, or Yield- Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, any Note when the same becomes due and payable, either by the terms thereof or otherwise as herein provided; or
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note or any fee payable under this Agreement for more than 5 days after the date due; or
     (c) the Company or any Subsidiary defaults (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) in any payment of principal or interest or on any other obligation for Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or the Company or any Subsidiary fails to perform or observe any other covenant, term or condition

Page 34


 

contained in any agreement under which an obligation with respect to Indebtedness is created (or if any other event thereunder or under such an agreement occurs and is continuing) and the effect of the failure or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of the obligation (or a trustee on behalf of the holder or holders) to cause, said obligation to become due (or to be repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary) prior to any stated maturity, provided that a default under this Agreement with respect to the defaults, failures or other event described above in this paragraph 7(A)(c) will occur only if the aggregate amount of all of those obligations exceeds $10,000,000; or
     (d) any representation or warranty made by the Company herein or by any Guarantor in the Agreement of Guaranty or by the Company, such Guarantor or any of its officers in any writing furnished in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or the Agreement of Guaranty is false in any material respect on the date made; or
     (e) the Company fails to perform or observe any agreement contained in paragraph 6; or
     (f) the Company fails to perform or observe any other agreement, term or condition contained herein and the failure is not remedied within 30 days after any Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof; or
     (g) the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or is generally not paying its debts as the debts become due; or
     (h) any decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary is entered under any bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law, whether now or hereafter in effect (herein called the “ Bankruptcy Law ”), of any jurisdiction; or
     (i) the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for, or consents to, the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary or commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any proceedings (other than proceedings for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a Subsidiary) relating to the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary under the Bankruptcy Law of any other jurisdiction; or

Page 35


 

     (j) any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceedings are commenced, against the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary and the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein, or an order, judgment or decree is entered appointing a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition in any such proceedings, and the order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than 30 days; or
     (k) any order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary decreeing the dissolution of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary and the order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days: or
     (l) one or more final judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 is rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary and, within 30 days after entry thereof, all such judgment are not discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or within 30 days after the expiration of a stay, all such judgments are not discharged; or
     (m) (i) any Plan fails to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of those standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan has been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC has instituted proceedings under ERISA Section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC has notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” on a projected benefit obligation basis under all Plans, determined using actuarial assumptions set forth in the most recent actuarial report for each Plan exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of the Plan by an amount that reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would materially increase the liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
     (n) This Agreement, any Note or the Agreement of Guaranty shall at any time and for any reason cease to be in full force or shall be declared null and void by

Page 36


 

the Company or any Guarantor or its validity or enforceability shall be contested by the relevant party or such party shall deny it has any further liability or obligation; or
     (o) the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall suffer a material adverse change in its business, financial condition or properties; or
     (p) the seizure or foreclosure of any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to process of law or by respect of legal self-help, involving monetary damages aggregating more than $5,000,000.00, unless said seizure or foreclosure is stayed or bonded within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of same.
     7B. Acceleration .
     (a) If an Event of Default specified in clause (a) or (b) of paragraph 7A occurs, any holder of a Note may at its option during the continuance of that Event of Default, by notice in writing to the Company and to New York Life, declare all of the Notes held by the holder to be, and all of the Notes held by the holder will thereupon be and become, immediately due and payable; or
     (b) if an Event of Default specified in clauses (g), (h), (i) or (j) of paragraph 7A occurs with respect to the Company, the Facility will automatically terminate and all of the Notes at the time outstanding will become immediately due and payable; or
     (c) if any Event of Default occurs, New York Life may at its option during the continuance of such Event of Default, by notice in writing to the Company, terminate the Facility, and the Required Holders may at their option during the continuance of such Event of Default, by notice in writing to the Company and New York Life, declare all of the Notes of a Series to be, and all of the Notes so specified will be and become, immediately due and payable.
     (d) Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this paragraph 7B, whether automatically or by declaration, those Notes will immediately mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued at the Default Rate), (ii) the Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, and (iii) the Breakage Cost Obligation, if any, with respect to those Notes, will be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company.
     7C. Rescission of Acceleration. At any time after any or all of the Notes or the Notes of a Series are declared immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7B, New York Life or the Required Holder(s) of the Notes of the Series, as

Page 37


 

applicable, may, by notice in writing to the Company, rescind and annul the declaration of an Event of Default and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on said Notes, the principal of and Yield-Maintenance Amount, if any, and Breakage Cost Obligation, if any, payable with respect to said Note, which have become due otherwise than by reason of the declaration, and interest on the overdue interest, overdue principal, Yield-Maintenance Amount and Breakage Cost Obligation at the rate specified in said Notes, (b) the Company has not paid any amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of the declaration, have been cured or waived pursuant to paragraph 11C, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any amounts due pursuant to the Notes of the Series or this Agreement. No rescission or annulment will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right arising therefrom.
     7D. Notice of Acceleration or Rescission. Whenever any Note is declared immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7B, or whenever such a declaration is rescinded and annulled pursuant to paragraph 7C, the Company will promptly give written notice to the holder of each Note of each Series at the time outstanding.
     7E. Other Remedies. If any Event of Default or Default occurs and continues, any holder of a Note may proceed to protect and enforce its rights under this Agreement and the Note by exercising such remedies as are available to the holder in respect thereof under applicable law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both, whether for specific performance of any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement. No remedy conferred in this Agreement upon the holder of a Note is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy is cumulative and is in addition to every other remedy conferred herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
     8.  REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS, AND WARRANTIES. The Company represents, covenants and warrants as follows (all references to “Subsidiary” and “Subsidiaries” in this paragraph 8 are deemed omitted if the Company has no Subsidiaries at the time the representations herein are made or repeated):
     8A. Organization. The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and each Subsidiary is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated. Schedule 8A hereto (as such Schedule 8A may have been modified from time to time by written supplements thereto delivered

Page 38


 

by the Company to New York Life) is an accurate and complete list of all Subsidiaries, including the jurisdiction of incorporation and ownership of those Subsidiaries. The Company and each Subsidiary has the corporate power to own its respective properties and to carry on its respective businesses as now being conducted and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in each other jurisdiction in which the character of its respective properties or the nature of its respective businesses require such qualification or authorization except where the failure to be so qualified or authorized would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 8A as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 8A ).
     8B. Financial Statements. The Company has furnished and will furnish to each Purchaser of the Notes the following financial statements, certified by a principal financial officer of the Company: (a) consolidating and consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at December 31 in each of the three fiscal years of the Company most recently completed prior to the date as of which this representation is made or repeated to the Purchaser (other than fiscal years completed within 90 days prior to the date for which audited financial statements have not been released) and consolidating and consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each such year, all reported on by the Company’s independent auditors (which auditors have recognized national standing) and (b) consolidating and consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the quarterly period (if any) most recently completed prior to that date and after the end of the most recent fiscal year (other than quarterly periods completed within 60 days prior to that date for which financial statements have not been released) and the comparable quarterly period in the preceding fiscal year and consolidating and consolidated statements of income and cash flows and a consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity for the periods from the beginning of the fiscal years in which those quarterly periods are included to the end of those quarterly periods, prepared by the Company. Said financial statements (including any related schedules and/or notes) are true and correct in all material respects (subject, as to interim statements, to changes resulting from audits and year-end adjustments), have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently followed throughout the periods involved and show all liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be shown in accordance with such principles. The balance sheets fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof, and the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows fairly present in all material respects the financial results of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their cash flows for

Page 39


 

the periods indicated. There has been no material adverse change in the business, property or assets, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole since the end of the most recent fiscal year for which the audited financial statements have been furnished.
     8C. Actions Pending. There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any properties or rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, by or before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     8D. Outstanding Debt. Schedule 8D hereto (as such Schedule 8D may be modified from time to time by written supplements thereto delivered by the Company to New York Life) sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Consolidated Total Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has outstanding any Indebtedness except as permitted by paragraphs 6A and 6B. There exists no default under the provisions of any instrument evidencing the Indebtedness of the Company or of its Subsidiaries or of any agreement relating thereto.
     8E. Title to Properties. The Company has and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to its respective owned real properties (other than properties which it leases) and good title to all of its other respective owned properties and assets, including the properties and assets reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in paragraph 8B (other than properties and assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business or in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement), subject to no Lien of any kind except Liens permitted by paragraph 6C. All leases necessary for the conduct of the respective businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect, except to the extent the failure to be valid, subsisting and in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     8F. Taxes. The Company has and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all federal, state and other income tax returns which, to the best knowledge of the officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, are required to be filed, and each has paid all taxes as shown on those returns and on all assessments received by it, to the extent that the taxes have become due and payable, except such taxes that are subject to a Good Faith Contest or the failure of which to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     8G. Conflicting Agreements and Other Matters. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction or agreement that materially and adversely

Page 40


 

affects its business, property or assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement or the Notes, nor the offering, issuance and sale of the Notes, nor fulfillment of nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and of the Notes will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any award of any arbitrator or any agreement (including any agreement with stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, except where it could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or of any Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other contract or agreement (including its charter) that limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of the Company of the type to be evidenced by the Notes, except as set forth in the agreements listed in Schedule 8G attached hereto (as such Schedule 8G may be modified from time to time by written supplements thereto delivered by the Company to New York Life).
     8H. Offering of Notes. Neither the Company nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act or which would violate the provisions of any securities or Blue Sky law of any applicable jurisdiction.
     8I. Use of Proceeds. None of the proceeds of the sale of any Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U or X (12 CFR Parts 221 and 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (herein called “ margin stock ”) or for the purpose of maintaining, reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any stock that is a margin stock or for any other purpose which might constitute the purchase of such Notes a “purpose credit” within the meaning of such Regulation U, unless the Company has delivered to the Purchaser purchasing those Notes, on the Closing Day for the Notes, an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Purchaser stating that the purchase of the Notes does not constitute a violation of Regulation U. Neither the Company nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action that might cause this Agreement or the Notes to violate Regulation U, Regulation T or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect now or as the same may hereafter be in effect. None of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used to finance a Hostile Tender Offer.

Page 41


 

     8J. ERISA. No accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in section 302 of ERISA and section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan). No liability to the PBGC has been or is expected by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any ERISA Affiliate, which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, nor any Subsidiary, nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or presently expects to incur any withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The expected post-retirement benefit obligations (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 106, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by Section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each Plan (other than Multiemployer Plans) on a projected benefit obligation basis, determined as of the end of each Plan’s most recently ended Plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumption specified for funding purposes in the Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, does not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of the Plan allocable to those benefit liabilities by an amount, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is, and the issuance and sale of the Notes will be, exempt from or does not and will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA and does not and will not involve any transaction in connection with which a penalty could be imposed under section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975 of the Code. The representation by the Company in the immediately preceding sentence is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of the representation of each Purchaser in paragraph 9B as to the source of funds to be used by it to purchase any Notes.
     8K. Governmental Consent. Neither the nature of the Company or of any Subsidiary, nor any of their respective businesses or properties, nor any relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any other Person, nor any circumstance in connection with the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Notes is such as to require the Company to obtain any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or take any action by or provide any notice to or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body (other than routine filings after the Closing Day for any Notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or state Blue Sky authorities) in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offering, issuance, sale or delivery by the Company of the Notes or fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or of the Notes.

Page 42


 

     8L. Compliance with Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries and all of their respective properties and facilities are in compliance with and have complied at all times and in all respects with all federal, state, local and regional statutes, laws, ordinances and judicial or administrative orders, judgments, rulings and regulations, including those relating to protection of the environment except, in any such case, where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     8M. Environmental Compliance. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8M hereto or to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries and all of their respective properties and facilities (a) are in material compliance with and have complied at all times and in all material respects with all applicable Material Environmental and Safety Laws and all laws regulating or relating to the Company’s business, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received (i) notice of any material failure so to comply, (ii) any letter or request for information under Section 104 of CERCLA or comparable state laws or (iii) any information that would lead it to believe that it is the subject of any Federal, state or local investigation concerning Environmental and Safety Laws; (b) does not manage, generate, transport, discharge or store any Hazardous Materials in material violation of any Material Environmental and Safety Laws; (c) does not own, operate or maintain any underground storage tanks or surface impoundments; and (d) is not aware of any conditions or circumstances associated with their respective currently or previously owned or leased properties or operations (or those of their respective tenants) which may give rise to any Environmental Costs and Liabilities.
     8N. Possession of Material Rights and Intellectual Property. The Company and its Subsidiaries possess all material franchises, certificates, affiliation agreements, licenses, approvals, registrations, development and other permits and authorizations, and easements, rights of way and similar rights from governmental or political subdivisions, regulatory authorities or other Persons (collectively, “ Material Rights ”) and all Intellectual Property, which are necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation of their businesses, properties and assets, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any Material Rights nor has infringed upon or violated the Intellectual Property or Material Rights of any third party, except to the extent such failure to so possess, such violation or such infringement could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     8O. Status under Certain Statutes . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

Page 43


 

     8P. Disclosure. This Agreement together with the other documents, certificates or statements (other than financial projections) furnished to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company in connection herewith do not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein, taken as a whole, not misleading. The financial projections provided to the Purchasers were prepared by the Company acting in good faith based on reasonable assumptions (it being understood that actual results may vary from projected or forecasted results).
     8Q. Foreign Assets Control Regulations . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (The “SDN List”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Order (such other lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “Other Lists”; the SDN List and the Other Lists are referred to herein, collectively, as the “Lists”), (b) has been determined by a competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, (c) is owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person on the Lists or any other person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof, and (d) is failing to comply in any material way with the requirements of Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect thereof.
     8R. Plan Documents. The Company has provided New York Life with a true and correct copy of (a) the Insurance Services Office, Inc.
401(k) and Employee stock Ownership Plan, and (b) the Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1996 Incentive Plan, in each case as in effect on the date hereof. There are no other stock ownership plans in place with respect to any of the Company’s shares.
     8S. Authorization, Etc . This Agreement and the Notes when executed and delivered have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of

Page 44


 

creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     9.  REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.
     Each Purchaser represents as follows:
     9A. Nature of Purchase.
     (a) Such Purchaser is not acquiring the Notes with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s property at all times remains within its control.
     (b) Such Purchaser is either (i) an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, or (ii) a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, in either case, with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as necessary in order to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes.
     (c) If such Purchaser should in the future decide to dispose of any of the Notes, such Purchaser understands and agrees that it may do so only in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, as then in effect. It agrees to the imprinting of a legend on certificates representing all of the Notes to the following effect: “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.”
     9B. Source of Funds. At least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by each Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
     (a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“ PTCE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”))

Page 45


 

for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTCE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile (if such Purchaser is a United States citizen); or
     (b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
     (c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTCE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTCE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c) not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the applicable Closing Day, no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
     (d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTCE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “ QPAM ” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or
     (e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTCE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “ in-house

Page 46


 

asset manager ” or “ INHAM ” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(h) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or
     (f) the Source is a governmental plan; or
     (g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g) not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the applicable Closing Day; or
     (h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
     As used in this paragraph 9B, the terms “ employee benefit plan ,” “ governmental plan ,” and “ separate account ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.
     10.  DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING MATTERS. For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms defined in paragraphs 10A and 10B (or within the text of any other paragraph) have the respective meanings specified therein and all accounting matters are subject to determination as provided in paragraph 10C.
     10A. Yield-Maintenance Terms.
     " Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of the Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4B or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7B, as the context requires.
     " Designated Spread ” means 0.50% in the case of each Series of Notes unless the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to the Notes of the Series specifies a different Designated Spread in which case it means, with respect to each Note of the Series, the Designated Spread so specified.
      “Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (as converted to reflect the periodic basis on which

Page 47


 

interest on the Note is payable, if payable other than on a semi-annual basis) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to the Called Principal.
     “ Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the Designated Spread over the yield to maturity implied by (a) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City local time) on the Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to the Called Principal for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of the Called Principal as of the Settlement Date by New York Life’s customary source of information for calculating yield-maintenance amounts on privately placed notes or (b) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which the yields have been so reported as, of the second Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to the Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of the Called Principal as of the Settlement Date. The implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between yields reported for various maturities. The Reinvestment Yield will be rounded to that number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
     “ Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (a) the Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) each Remaining Scheduled Payment of the Called Principal (but not of interest thereon) by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) which will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to the Called Principal and the scheduled due date of the Remaining Scheduled Payment.
     “ Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of the Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due on or after the Settlement Date with respect to the Called Principal if no payment of the Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to paragraph 4B or paragraph 7B.
     “ Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which the Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to paragraph 4B or is

Page 48


 

declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 7B, as the context requires.
     “ Yield-Maintenance Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of the Note over the amount of such Called Principal. The Yield-Maintenance Amount in no event will be less than zero.
     10B. Other Terms.
     “ Acceptance ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(6).
     “ Acceptance Day ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(6).
     “ Acceptance Window ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(6).
     “ Accepted Note ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(6).
     “ Affiliate ” means any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Company, except a Subsidiary. A Person is deemed to control a corporation if the Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Agreement of Guaranty ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1B(9).
     “ Authorized Officer ” means (a) in the case of the Company, its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer, its chief accounting officer, any vice president of the Company designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Company in the Information Schedule attached hereto or any vice president of the Company designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Company for the purpose of this Agreement in an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer and delivered to New York Life, and (b) in the case of New York Life, any officer of New York Life designated as its “Authorized Officer” in the Information Schedule or any officer of New York Life designated as its “Authorized Officer” for the purpose of this Agreement in a certificate executed by one of its Authorized Officers. Any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of the Company by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement is an Authorized Officer of the Company and whom New York Life in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of the Company at the time of the action is binding on the Company even though the individual has ceased to be an Authorized Officer of the Company, and any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of New York Life by

Page 49


 

any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement is an Authorized Officer of New York Life and whom the Company in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of New York Life at the time of the action is binding on New York Life even though the individual ceased to be an Authorized Officer of New York Life.
     “ Available Facility Amount ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(1).
     “ Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning specified in clause (h) of paragraph 7A.
     “ Base Rate ” means, for any day and for each Floating Rate Loan that bears interest at the Base Rate, the higher of (a) the per annum floating rate established by The Bank of New York (New York, NY) as its “prime rate” for domestic (United States) commercial loans in effect on such day and (b) the per annum floating rate equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) in excess of the Federal Funds Rate. The Bank of New York’s prime rate is a rate set by The Bank of New York based upon various factors, including The Bank of New York’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is neither directly tied to an external rate of interest or index nor necessarily the lowest or best rate of interest actually charged at any given time to any customer or particular class of customers for any particular credit extension. Without notice to the Company or any other Person, The Bank of New York’s “prime rate” shall change automatically from time to time, based upon publicly announced changes in such rate, with each such change to become effective as of the beginning of business on the day on which any such change is publicly announced.
     “ Base Rate Loan ” means the amount outstanding from time to time under any Floating Rate Shelf Note that bears interest at the Base Rate.
     “ Base Rate Margin ” means, with respect to Base Rate Loans under any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, the margin, specified in the Notes of the Series with respect to Base Rate Loans, which is to be added to the Base Rate applicable from time to time to the Base Rate Loans.
     “ Breakage Cost Obligation ” shall have the meaning given in paragraph 2C(2).
     “ Business Day ” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday, (b) a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, (c) for purposes of paragraph 2B(3) hereof only, a day on which New York Life is not open for business, and (d) when used in connection with a LIBOR Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in U.S. Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Page 50


 

     “ Cancellation Date ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(9)(d).
     “ Cancellation Fee ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(9)(d).
     “ Capitalized Lease Obligation” means any rental obligation which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Company or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as indebtedness (net of interest expenses) in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Charges ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(7).
     “ Closing Day ” means, with respect to any Accepted Note, the Business Day specified for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Accepted Note in the Request for Purchase of the Accepted Note, provided that (a) if the Company and the Purchaser which is obligated to purchase the Accepted Note agree on an earlier Business Day for the closing, the “ Closing Day ” for the Accepted Note is the earlier Business Day, and (b) if the closing of the purchase and sale of the Accepted Note is rescheduled pursuant to paragraph 2A(8), the Closing Day for the Accepted Note, for all purposes of this Agreement except references to “original Closing Day” in paragraph 2A(9)(c), means the Rescheduled Closing Day with respect to the Accepted Note.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “ Confirmation of Acceptance ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(6).
     “ Consolidated Assets ” means, at any time, the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries which would be shown as assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such time prepared in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all amounts properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of Subsidiaries.
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, Consolidated Net Earnings plus (to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Earnings), (a) Consolidated Interest Charges, (b) depreciation and amortization charges, (c) non-cash charges for the appreciation of ESOP shares and (d) all provisions for any federal, state or other income taxes made by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period.
     “ Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, the sum of (without duplication) (a) Consolidated Interest Charges, (b) operating lease and rental expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (c) dividends and

Page 51


 

distributions on capital stock paid in cash during said fiscal period by the Company or by any Subsidiary to the extent received by any Person other than the Company or another Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, leased software expense is not deemed a Consolidated Fixed Charge for so long as the expense is not treated as operating lease or rental expense pursuant to GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any period all interest expense, including imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations, and all amortization of debt discount and expense on any Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Net Earnings ” means, for any period, the net earnings (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, but excluding to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Earnings:
     (a) any gains net of any losses up to the amount of any such gains on the sale or other disposition of fixed or capital assets (and any taxes on such excluded gains and any tax deductions or credits on account of any such excluded losses);
     (b) the proceeds of any life insurance policy;
     (c) net earnings and losses of any Subsidiary accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary;
     (d) net earnings and losses of any Person (other than a Subsidiary), substantially all the assets of which have been acquired in any manner by the Company or any Subsidiary, realized by such Person prior to the date of such acquisition;
     (e) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such period;
     (f) any gains from the acquisition of securities or the retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness;
     (g) any income or gain (net of any loss up to the amount of any such income or gain) during such period resulting from any change in accounting principles made in accordance with GAAP, from any discontinued operations or the disposition thereof, from any extraordinary items or from any prior period adjustments resulting from any change in accounting principles made in accordance with GAAP;

Page 52


 

     (h) net earnings and losses of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) with which the Company or a Subsidiary has consolidated or which has merged into or with the Company or a Subsidiary prior to the date of the consolidation or merger;
     (i) net earnings of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Subsidiary has an ownership interest unless the net earnings actually have been received by the Company or such Subsidiary in the form of cash distributions;
     (j) any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary, which for any reason is unavailable for payment of cash dividends to the Company or any other Subsidiary;
     (k) earnings (net of any losses) resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up (or write-down) of assets; and
     (l) any deferred or other credit representing any excess of the equity in any Subsidiary at the date of acquisition thereof over the amount invested in such Subsidiary.
     “ Consolidated Net Earnings Available for Fixed Charges” means, for the four fiscal quarter period immediately preceding the date of determination, Consolidated Net Earnings plus (to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Earnings), (a) Consolidated Fixed Charges and (b) all provisions for any federal, state or other income taxes made by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the period.
     “ Consolidated Net Worth ” shall mean, at any time, (in each case eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries, and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP) the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined at such time in accordance with GAAP, minus (or, if applicable, plus ), to the extent included in consolidated stockholders’ equity and without duplication:
     (a) any net gains attributable to cumulative currency translation adjustments (or plus any net losses attributable to such adjustments),
     (b) any net unrealized gains attributable to investment securities (or plus any net unrealized losses attributable to such investment securities),
     (c) treasury stock and capital stock subscribed and unissued, and
     (d) redemption obligations in respect of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock that is redeemable at the option of the holder.

Page 53


 

     “ Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (h) and (i) of the definition of Indebtedness or any Guarantee insofar as it relates to such types of Indebtedness) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis plus , without duplication, the redemption amount with respect to the capital stock of the Company required to be redeemed during the next succeeding twelve months at the option of the holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Total Debt does not include the redemption amount with respect to any capital stock, (A) which may be put to the Company by the Insurance Services Office, Inc., ESOP, except to the extent that the Insurance Service Office, Inc., ESOP exercises that put, and (B) issuable upon the exercise of any option granted to an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, except to the extent the capital stock is actually put to the Company by said employee and the Company is required to redeem the capital stock during the next succeeding twelve months.
      “Credit Agreements” mean, collectively, each of that certain (a) 364-Day Revolving Credit Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2003, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., (b) uncommitted line of credit evidenced by a certain Promissory Note dated January 23, 2006, made available to the Company by JPMorgan Chase Bank (“ Chase ”), (c) committed revolving credit facility (with a term-out option) governed by a certain loan agreement dated January 23, 2006, between the Company and Chase, (d) uncommitted line of credit evidenced by a certain Promissory Note made available to the Company by Citibank, N.A. ( “Citibank" ) and (e) committed revolving credit facility (with a term-out option) governed by a certain loan agreement dated January 23, 2006, between the Company and Citibank, each as in effect from time to time, together with replacements of any of the foregoing.
     “ Default Rate ” means a rate that is 2.00% over the rate of interest otherwise applicable to the Note.
     “ Delayed Delivery Fee ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(9)(c).
     “ Environmental and Safety Laws ” means all laws relating to pollution, the release or other discharge, handling, disposition or treatment of Hazardous Materials and other substances or the protection of the environment or of employee health and safety, including without limitation, CERCLA, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et. seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et. seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 401 et. seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et. seq.), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et. seq.) and the

Page 54


 

Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (42 U.S.C. Section 11001 et. seq.), each as the same may be amended and supplemented.
     “ Environmental Costs and Liabilities ” means, as to any Person, all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, remedial actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, contribution, cost recovery, costs and expenses (including all fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting fees, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, permit, order or agreement with any Federal, state or local governmental authority or other Person, arising from environmental, health or safety conditions, or the release or threatened release of a contaminant, pollutant or Hazardous Material into the environment, resulting from the operations of the Person or its subsidiaries, or breach of any Environmental and Safety Law or for which the Person or its subsidiaries is otherwise liable or responsible.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations as the Company within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code, or any trade or business which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code.
     “ Event of Default ” means any of the events specified in paragraph 7A, provided that there has been satisfied any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, or the lapse of time, or the happening of any further condition, event or act, and “ Default ” means any of such events, whether or not any such requirement has been satisfied.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ Facility ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(1).
     “ Fair Market Value ” means, at any time and with respect to any property, the sale value that would be realized in an arm’s length sale between an informed and willing buyer and seller, neither being under a compulsion to buy or sell as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for the day

Page 55


 

opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day the rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for the day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Governmental Securities, or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation”) for the day under caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate for the day is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation, the rate for the day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City local time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the holder of the greatest aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the applicable Series of Notes.
     “ Fixed Rate Accepted Note ” means each Accepted Note, which is to have a fixed rate of interest.
     “ Fixed Rate Shelf Notes ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
     “ Floating Rate Loans ” means any Base Rate Loan or any LIBOR Loan outstanding at any time under the Notes.
     “ Floating Rate Shelf Notes ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
     “ GAAP ” or “ generally accepted accounting principles ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 10C.
     “ Good Faith Contest ” means, with respect to any tax, assessment, Lien, obligation, claim, liability, judgment, injunction, award, decree, order, law, regulation, statute or similar item, any challenge or contest thereof by appropriate proceedings timely initiated in good faith by the Company or any Subsidiary for which adequate reserves therefor have been taken in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Guarantee ” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of the Person with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted or sold with recourse by the Person, or in respect of which the Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable, including, without limitation, any such obligation in effect guaranteed by the Person through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire the obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of the obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet or

Page 56


 

other financial condition of the obligor of the obligation, or to make payment for any products, materials or supplies or for any transportation or service, regardless of the non-delivery or non-furnishing thereof, in any such case if the purpose or intent of such agreement is to provide assurance that the obligation will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of the obligation will be protected against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guarantee is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the obligation guaranteed or such lesser amount to which the maximum exposure of the guarantor has been specifically limited.
     “ Guarantor(s) ” means each of the following Subsidiaries individually as a “Guarantor” and collectively, as the “Guarantors”: ISO Claims Services, Inc., ISO Investment Holdings, Inc., AIR Worldwide Corporation and ISO Services Inc. and Xactware Solutions, Inc. and each other direct or indirect Material Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “ H.15(519) ” means the weekly statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any material or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous material,” “toxic substances” or any other formulations intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of their deleterious properties, (b) any oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substance, (c) any flammable substances or explosives, (d) any radioactive materials, (e) asbestos in any form, (f) electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million, (g) pesticides or (h) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental agency or authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons in the vicinity thereof.
     “ Hedge Treasury Note(s) ” means, with respect to any Fixed Rate Accepted Note, the United States Treasury Note or Notes whose duration (as determined by New York Life) most closely matches the duration of such Fixed Rate Accepted Note.
     “ Hostile Tender Offer ” means, with respect to the use of proceeds of any Note, any offer to purchase, or any purchase of, shares of capital stock of any corporation or equity interests in any other entity, or securities convertible into or representing the beneficial ownership of, or rights to acquire, any such shares or equity interests; of if the shares, equity interests, securities or rights are of a class that is publicly traded on any securities exchange or in any over-the-counter market, other than purchases of the shares, equity interests, securities or rights representing less than

Page 57


 

5% of the equity interests or beneficial ownership of such corporation or other entity for portfolio investment purposes; and any such offer or purchase has not been duly approved by the board of directors of such corporation or the equivalent governing body of such other entity prior to the date on which the Company makes the Request for Purchase of such Note.
     “ including ” means, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, “including, without limitation.”
     “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means without duplication:
     (a) all obligations of the Person for borrowed money and its redemption obligations in respect of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock that is redeemable at the option of the holder;
     (b) all obligations of the Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or similar instruments;
     (c) all obligations of the Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 day past due);
     (d) all obligations of the Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by the Person;
     (e) all obligations of the Person issued or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 days past due);
     (f) all obligations secured by any Lien or other charge upon property or assets owned by the Person, provided that if the Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of the obligations, the amount of the obligation is deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of the encumbered property or the obligation being secured,
     (g) all liabilities appearing on its balance sheet in accordance with GAAP in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations;
     (h) all obligations of the Person in respect of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging arrangements. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of the obligation under any such swap is the amount determined in respect thereof as of the end of the

Page 58


 

then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Person, based on the assumption that the swap had terminated at the end of that fiscal quarter, and in making the determination, if any agreement relating to the swap provides for the netting of amounts payable by and to the Person thereunder or if any such agreement provides for the simultaneous payment of amounts by and to the Person, then in each such case, the amount of such obligation is the net amount so determined;
     (i) all reimbursement obligations of the Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or instruments serving a similar function; and
     (j) all Guarantees of such Person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (i) hereof (other than any liabilities owed to that Person or its Subsidiaries).
     “ Intellectual Property ” means all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, brand names, mechanical or technical processes and paradigms, know-how, trade secrets, and similar intellectual property and applications, registrations, licenses and similar rights in respect of the same.
     “ Interest Period ” means, as to any LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date the LIBOR Loan is made or, in the case of a continuation of an existing LIBOR Loan as a LIBOR Loan or a conversion of an existing Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan, on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable thereto, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (as the Company may elect or be deemed to elect as provided herein or as otherwise provided herein) thereafter; provided , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, the Interest Period will be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case the Interest Period will end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest will accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the earlier of (a) the last day of that Interest Period or (b) the day on which the applicable LIBOR Loan is repaid or prepaid in full.
      “Investments” has the meaning specified in paragraph 6M.
     “ Issuance Period ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(2)(b).
     “ LIBOR Loan ” means an amount outstanding from time to time under any Floating Rate Shelf Note that bears interest at the LIBOR Rate.

Page 59


 

     “ LIBOR Rate ” means for each LIBOR Loan for the applicable Interest Period:
     (a) the interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a period of time comparable to the Interest Period, as reported by the British Bankers’ Association as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of the Interest Period; or
     (b) if the rate ceases to be reported in accordance with the above clause (a) or is unavailable, the rate per annum quoted by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the first day of the Interest Period for loans in U.S. dollars to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for a period equal to the Interest Period, commencing on the first day of the Interest Period, and in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable LIBOR Loan.
     “ LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, with respect to LIBOR Loans under any Series of Floating Rate Shelf Notes, the margin, specified in the Notes of the Series with respect to LIBOR Loans, which is to be added to any applicable LIBOR Rate for such LIBOR Rate Loans.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) or any other type of preferential arrangement for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) material impairment of the Company to perform any of its respective material obligations under the Agreement and the Notes or (c) material impairment of the validity or enforceability or the rights of, or the benefits available to, the holders of any of the Notes under this Agreement, the Agreement of Guaranty or the Notes.
     “ Material Rights ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 8N.
     “ Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company the aggregate book value of which exceeds 5% of Consolidated Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or which contributed more

Page 60


 

than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period.
     “ Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2B(7).
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
     “ Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Transfer, the aggregate amount of the cash consideration received by such Person in respect of the Transfer minus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including any related income or transfer taxes) actually incurred by the Person in connection with the Transfer minus payments made to retire Indebtedness secured by the assets or properties which are the subject of the Transfer minus appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP consistently applied against any liabilities associated with the Transfer and retained by the Company, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and any indemnification obligations, all as reflected in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to each holder of Notes.
     “ New York Life Affiliate ” means (a) any corporation or other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, New York Life or (b) any managed account or investment fund which is managed by New York Life or a New York Life Affiliate described in clause (a) of this definition. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling” and “controlled” shall mean the ownership, directly or through subsidiaries, of a majority of a corporation’s or other entity’s Voting Stock or equivalent voting securities or interests.
     “ Notes ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
     “ Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer of the Company.
     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
      “Permitted Business” means the business of information services as conducted currently and in the future by the Company and its Subsidiaries including evaluating, participating in or pursuing any other business, activity, or opportunity that is related or ancillary thereto.
     “ Person ” means and includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, a limited liability company, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.

Page 61


 

     " Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in section 3 of ERISA) which is or has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or have been made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
     " Priority Debt ” means at any time, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (h) and (i) of the definition of Indebtedness or any Guarantee insofar as it relates to such types of Indebtedness) of the Company secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) to (m) of paragraph 6C, plus (b) all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries owed to any Person other than the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Guarantee permitted by clause (d) of paragraph 6I).
     " Ratable Portion ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 6E.
     " Request for Purchase ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(4).
     " Required Holders ” means the holder or holders of at least 51% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding or, as the context may require, of each Series of Notes from time to time outstanding.
     " Rescheduled Closing Day ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2A(8).
     " Responsible Officer ” means any Authorized Officer of the Company, the chief operating officer or general counsel of the Company or any other officer of the Company involved principally in its financial administration or its controllership function.
     " Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     " Series ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
     " Shelf Notes ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 1A.
      “Significant Holder” means (a) any New York Life Affiliate that holds any Note, or (b) any other holder of at least 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding.
     " Subsidiary ” means any Person more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of which shall, at the time as of which any determination is being made, be owned by the Company either directly or through Subsidiaries.

Page 62


 

     “ Transfer ” means, with respect to any item, the sale, exchange, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of such item other than (a) any foreclosure against property secured by Liens permitted under paragraph 6C and (b) any Transfer of cash in connection with the making of an Investment permitted by paragraph 6M.
     “ Transferee ” means any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement.
     “ Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, any shares of stock of the corporation whose holders are entitled under ordinary circumstances to vote for the election of directors of the corporation (irrespective of whether at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
     “ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company all of the stock of every class (other than directors’ qualifying shares but not in excess of the minimum number of shares necessary to satisfy local ownership legal requirements) of which is, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company either directly or through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
     10C. Accounting Principles, Terms, and Determinations. All references in this Agreement to “GAAP” or to “generally accepted accounting principles” is deemed to refer to generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States at the time of application thereof. Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein will be interpreted, all determinations with respect to accounting matters hereunder will be made, and all unaudited financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be furnished hereunder will be prepared, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (a) of paragraph 5A or, if no such statements have been so delivered, the most recent audited financial statements referred to in clause (a) of paragraph 8B.
     11.  MISCELLANEOUS.
     11A. Note Payments. The Company agrees that, so long as any Purchaser holds a Note, it will make payments of principal of, interest on, any Yield-Maintenance Amount and any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, that Note, which comply with the terms of this Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit (not later than 12:00 noon, New York City local time, on the date due) to (a) the account or accounts of such Purchaser specified in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to that Note in the case of any Shelf Note or (b) such other account or accounts in the United States as such Purchaser may from time to time designate in writing at least two Business Days in advance,

Page 63


 

notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any Note with respect to the place of payment. Each Purchaser agrees that, before disposing of any Note, it will make a notation thereon (or on a schedule attached thereto) of all principal payments previously made thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid. The Company agrees to afford the benefits of this paragraph 11A to any Transferee which makes the same agreement as the Purchasers have made in this paragraph 11A.
     11B. Expenses. The Company agrees, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, to pay, and save New York Life, each Purchaser, and any Transferee harmless against liability for the payment of, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in connection with such transactions, including:
     (a) all taxes (together in each case with interest and penalties, if any), other than state, federal, local or foreign income taxes, intangible taxes, or franchise taxes, including without limitation, all stamp, recording and other similar taxes, which may be payable with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the execution, delivery or acquisition of any Note;
     (b) all reasonable document production and duplication charges and the fees and expenses of any counsel engaged by New York Life or any Purchaser or any Transferee in connection with the drafting and negotiating of this Agreement not to exceed $                      and related documents and all additional reasonable fees and expenses of counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, when incurred, and any subsequently proposed modification of, or proposed consent under, this Agreement, whether or not that proposed modification is effected or proposed consent granted; and
     (c) the reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and financial advisory fees, incurred by New York Life or any Purchaser or any Transferee in enforcing (or determining whether or how to enforce) any rights under this Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or by reason of any Purchaser’s or any Transferee’s having acquired any Note, including without limitation costs and expenses incurred in any workout, restructuring or bankruptcy case.
The obligations of the Company under this paragraph 11B survive the transfer of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein by any Purchaser or any Transferee and the payment of any Note and the termination of this Agreement.
     11C. Consent to Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein

Page 64


 

required to be performed by it, if the Company obtains the written consent to that amendment, action or omission to act, of New York Life and the Required Holder(s) of the Notes except that (a) without the written consent of the holder or holders of all Notes at the time outstanding, no amendment to or waiver of the provisions of this Agreement will change or affect the provisions of paragraph 7A or this paragraph 11C insofar as the provisions of these paragraphs relate to proportions of the principal amount of the Notes of any Series, or the rights of any individual holder of Notes, required with respect to any declaration of Notes to be due and payable or with respect to any consent, amendment, waiver or declaration, (b) with the written consent of New York Life, the provisions of paragraph 2A may be amended or waived (except insofar as any amendment or waiver would affect any rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of Notes, which have become Accepted Notes prior to the amendment or waiver), and (c) with the written consent of all Purchasers which have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of any Series, any of the provisions of paragraphs 2A and 3 may be amended or waived insofar as the amendment or waiver would affect only rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of the Accepted Notes of the Series or the terms and provisions of those Accepted Notes.
     In addition, with the written consent of all holders of all Notes of a particular Series, and if an Event of Default occurs and continues, of all holders of all Notes of all Series, at the time outstanding, the Notes of the Series may be amended or the provisions thereof waived to change the maturity thereof, to change or affect the principal thereof, or to change or affect the rate or time of payment of interest on or any Yield-Maintenance Amount or any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to the Notes of such Series. Each holder of any Note at the time or thereafter outstanding is bound by any consent authorized by this paragraph 11C, whether or not the Note is marked to indicate the consent, but any Notes issued thereafter will bear a notation referring to each consent. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note will operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein and in the Notes, the term “ this Agreement ” and references thereto means this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
     11D. Form, Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Notes; Lost Notes. The Notes are issuable as registered notes without coupons in denominations of at least $1,000,000, except as may be necessary to (a) reflect any principal amount not evenly divisible by $1,000,000 or (b) enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes. The Company will keep at its principal office a register in which the Company provides for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, at its expense, execute and deliver one or more new Notes of like tenor and of a like aggregate principal amount, registered in the name of

Page 65


 

the Transferee or Transferees. No Note may be transferred to any direct competitor of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company, and each Transferee agrees to be bound by this paragraph 11D and paragraph 11R of this Agreement. At the option of the holder of any Note, the Note may be exchanged for other Notes of like tenor and of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Note to be exchanged at the principal office of the Company. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company will, at its expense, execute and deliver the Notes which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Each installment of principal payable on each installment date of the new Note issued upon a transfer or exchange will be in the same proportion to the unpaid principal amount of the new Note as the installment of principal payable on that same date on the Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange bore to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. No reference need be made in any new Note to any installment or installments of principal previously due and paid upon the Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. Every Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange will be duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the holder of the Note or the holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Any Note or Notes issued in exchange for a Note or upon transfer thereof will carry the rights to unpaid interest and interest to accrue, which were carried by the Note so exchanged or transferred, so that neither gain nor loss of interest results from the transfer or exchange. Upon receipt of written notice from the holder of any Note of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Note and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of the holder’s indemnity agreement (which shall be unsecured if such holder is an insurance company rated A or better by A.M. Best Company or is an institutional investor whose senior debt securities are rated BBB- or Baa3 or better by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., respectively) or in the case of mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of the Note, the Company will make and deliver a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note.
     11E. Persons Deemed Owners; Participations. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner and holder of the Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on, and any Yield-Maintenance Amount or any Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, the Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not the Note is overdue, and the Company will not be affected by notice to the contrary. Subject to the preceding sentence, the holder of any Note may from time to time grant participations in all or any part of the Note to any Person on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the holder in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that no such Person will have rights against the Company as a result thereof.

Page 66


 

     11F. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement. All representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company in connection herewith survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any Transferee, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any Transferee. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. No provision of this Agreement will be interpreted for or against any party because that party or its legal representative drafted the provision.
     11G. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements in this Agreement contained by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any Transferee) whether so expressed or not.
     11H. Independence of Covenants . All covenants hereunder will be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is prohibited by any one covenant, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise be in compliance within the limitations of, another covenant will not avoid the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default if the action is taken or such condition exists.
     11I. Notices. All written communications provided for hereunder (other than communications provided for under paragraph 2) will be sent by first class mail, nationwide overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid), or by e-mail and (a) if to a Purchaser, addressed as specified for such communications in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance or at such other address as the Purchaser has specified to the Company in writing, (b) if to any other holder of any Note, addressed to it at the address it specifies in writing to the Company or, if any holder has not so specified an address, then addressed to the holder in care of the last holder of the Note which has specified an address to the Company, and (c) if to the Company, addressed to it at 545 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310-1686, Attention: General Counsel. Any communication to the Company may also, at the option of the Person sending the communication, be delivered by any other means either to the Company at its address specified above or to any Authorized Officer of the Company. Any communication pursuant to paragraph 2 will be made by the method specified for the communication in paragraph 2. A telephone communication will be effective if an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information and of the party receiving the information are parties to the telephone call. An e-mail communication will be effective if the communication is sent by an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information, addressed to the attention of an Authorized Officer of the party receiving

Page 67


 

the information, and the receiving Authorized Officer acknowledges receipt of the e-mail by replying to it.
     11J. Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, any payment of principal of or interest on, and any Yield-Maintenance Amount or Breakage Cost Obligation payable with respect to, any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day will be calculated as of and made on the next succeeding Business Day. In the case of any Fixed Rate Shelf Note; however, if the date for a payment, other than the final payment on the Note, is extended to the next succeeding Business Day by reason of the preceding sentence, the period of the extension will not be included in the computation of the interest payable on the Business Day.
     11K. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will be ineffective as to that jurisdiction only, to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     11L. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the several paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
     11M. Satisfaction Requirement. If any agreement, certificate or other writing, or any action taken or to be taken, is by the terms of this Agreement required to be satisfactory to New York Life, a holder of Notes or to the Required Holder(s), the determination of the satisfaction will be made by New York Life, holder or Required Holder(s), as the case may be, in the sole and exclusive judgment (exercised in good faith) of the Person or Persons making the determination.
     11N. Governing Law. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF § 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, THIS AGREEMENT IS CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES ARE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     11O. Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company, New York Life and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or Federal court sitting in New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes, and the Company, New York Life and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any action or proceeding may be heard and determined in New York state or Federal court. The Company, New York Life and each Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives, to the

Page 68


 

fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The Company, New York Life and each Purchaser agrees and irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing, by registered or certified U.S. mail, or by any other means or mail that requires a signed receipt, of copies of such process to it in the manner set forth in paragraph 11I hereof. The Company, New York Life, and each Purchaser agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding is conclusive and enforceable in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this paragraph 11O affects the right of any Person to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of any Person to bring any action or proceeding against any other Person or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction. To the extent that the Company, New York Life or any Purchaser has or hereafter may acquire immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this agreement.
     11P. Severalty of Obligations . The sales of Notes to the Purchasers are to be several sales, and the obligations of New York Life and the Purchasers under this Agreement are several obligations. No failure by New York Life to perform its obligations under this Agreement relieves any Purchaser of its obligations hereunder or the Company of any of its obligations to any Purchaser hereunder. No failure by any Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement relieves New York Life or any other Purchaser of its obligations or the Company of any of its obligations to New York Life or to any other Purchaser. None of the Company, New York Life, or any Purchaser is responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Person hereunder.
     11Q. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original, but all of which together constitutes one instrument.
     11R. Confidentiality.
     (a) For the purposes of this paragraph 11R, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser or its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (including any Person specified in paragraph 5B) by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary or confidential in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by the Purchaser or any person acting on its behalf as being proprietary or confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided

Page 69


 

that Confidential Information does not include information that (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to the Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by the Purchaser or any person acting on its behalf, (iii) otherwise becomes known to the Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, any Subsidiary or a source known by the Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or obligation of secrecy to or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary, (iv) is independently developed by the Purchaser, or (v) constitutes financial statements delivered to the Purchaser under paragraph 5A and that are otherwise publicly available.
     (b) Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information it receives in accordance with procedures adopted by it in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to it, provided that the Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes and such directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates have been advised of the confidential nature of such information and the terms of this paragraph 11R), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this paragraph 11R, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any institutional investor to which the Purchaser sells or offers to sell a Note or any part thereof or any participation therein, (v) any Person from which the Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Company (if that Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph 11R), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the Purchaser’s investment portfolio or (viii) any other Person to which the delivery or disclosure of the Confidential Information may be necessary or appropriate (A) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Purchaser, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, or (C) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent the Purchaser may reasonably determine the delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of its rights and remedies under the Notes and this paragraph 11R.
     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or in any other document, agreement or understanding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each party (and each employee, representative, or other agent of such party) is authorized to disclose to any and all persons, beginning immediately upon commencement of discussions regarding the transactions contemplated by this

Page 70


 

Agreement, and without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal, state or local tax treatment and tax structure of such transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such party (or any employee, representative, or other agent of such party) relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. For purposes of this authorization, the “tax treatment” of a transaction means the purported or claimed tax treatment of the transaction, and the “tax structure” of a transaction means any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed tax treatment of the transaction. None of the parties to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement provides U.S. tax advice, and each party should consult its own advisers regarding its participation in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     (c) Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this paragraph 11R as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to the holder under this Agreement or requested by the holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this paragraph 11R.
     11S. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
     11T. Binding Agreement. When this Agreement is executed and delivered by the Company and New York Life, it shall become a binding agreement between the Company and New York Life. This Agreement also inures to the benefit of each Purchaser which executes and delivers a Confirmation of Acceptance, and each Purchaser is bound by this Agreement to the extent provided in the Confirmation of Acceptance.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    INSURANCE SERVICES OFFICE, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark V. Anquillare    
 
  Name:  
 
Mark V. Anquillare
   
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

Page 71


 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted
as of the date first above written.
NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
         
By:
  /s/ John P. Rafferty    
Name:
 
 
John P. Rafferty
   
Title:
  Vice President    

Page 72

Exhibit 10.5
SCHEDULE OF AGREEMENTS
SUBSTANTIALLY IDENTICAL IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS
TO FORM OF MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT FILED AS
EXHIBITS 10.4 TO THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
PURSUANT TO
INSTRUCTION 2 TO ITEM 601 OF REGULATION S-K
     In accordance with the Instructions to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant has omitted filing the Master License Agreements and Participation Supplements between Insurance Services Office, Inc. and the stockholders of greater than 5% of the Company’s Class B common stock as exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 because they are substantially identical in all material respects to the Form of Master License Agreement and Participation Supplement filed as Exhibit 10.4.
             
Licensor   Licensee   Master License Agreements   Date of Master License Agreement
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  ACE Insurance Co.   ISO Master License Agreement — Insurers   April 1, 2002
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  ACE USA   ISO Master License Agreement — Insurers   August 6, 2001
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  Great American Insurance Company   ISO Master License Agreement —Insurers, as amended by Amendment No. 1   November 19, 2001
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  American International Group, Inc.   ISO Master License Agreement for
Participating Insurers
  June 1, 1998
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  Transatlantic Reinsurance Company   ISO Master License Agreement for
Participating Insurers
  September 8, 1998
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  American International Group, Inc.   ISO Master License Agreement   November 16, 2000
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  Continental Casualty Company, CNA Financial Corporation and all affiliates and subsidiaries of CNA Financial Corporation who are property/casualty insurers   ISO Master License Agreement for Participating Insurers, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated December 30, 1998 and Amendment No. 2, dated June 21, 2006   December 30, 1998
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  The Hartford Group   ISO Master License Agreement for
Participating Insurers
  December 16, 1998

 


 

             
Licensor   Licensee   Master License Agreements   Date of Master License Agreement
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  The Hartford Fire Insurance
Company
  ISO Master License Agreement for Participating Insurers, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated September 23, 1999 and Amendment No. 2, dated June 1, 2006   September 23, 1999
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  St. Paul Re, Inc.   ISO Master License Agreement for
Participating Insurers
  August 18, 1998
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company   ISO Master License Agreement for Participating Insurers, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated November 22, 1999   November 22, 1999
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  The Travelers Indemnity Company   ISO Master License Agreement for Participating Insurers, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated December 29, 1999   December 23, 1999
 
           
Insurance Services Office, Inc.
  The Travelers Indemnity Company   ISO Master License Agreement —Property/Casualty Insurer, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated December 29, 2006   December 29, 2006

2

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-152973 of our report dated August 12, 2008, relating to the financial statements of Insurance Services Office, Inc. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the Company’s adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) ) appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and of our report dated August 12, 2008, relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
November 20, 2008

 

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-152973 of our report dated November 20, 2008, relating to the balance sheet of Verisk Analytics, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
November 20, 2008

 

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 5, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Xactware, Inc. included in the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-152973) and related Prospectus of Verisk Analytics, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
November 19, 2008